LEWISTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS POLICY MANUAL 36 Oak Street

Transcription

Last Updated for Web: December 2009
LEWISTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS
POLICY MANUAL
36 Oak Street
Lewiston, ME 04240
Tel: 207-795-4100
System Structure
The system is contained in 12 sections, or chapters, as follows:
A – Foundations and Basic commitments
B – School Committee Governance and Operations
C – General School Administration
D – Fiscal Management
E – Support Services
F – Facilities Development
G – Personnel
H – Negotiations
I – Instruction
J – Students
K – School Committee Relations
L – Education Agency Relations
The letter classification system was designed for expansion and adaptation to local
use. New descriptors and codes can and should be added to accommodate the
special policy needs of local school systems and new policy concerns brought with
changing times.
The system calls for the use of the letter symbols –R and –E following letter codes
to distinguish regulation (-R) and exhibits (-E) from policies. Color coding of the
paper also distinguishes policies (white), regulations (yellow), and exhibits
(green).
Updated 12/28/09
POLICY MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A – FOUNDATIONS AND BASIC COMMITMENTS
AC
AC-R
ACA
ACAA
ACAA-E
ACAB
ACAB-E
ACAD
Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity & Affirmative Action Grievance Procedure
Non-Sexist Language
Student Discrimination and Harassment Policy
Discrimination/Harassment Complaint Form
Employee Discrimination and Harassment Policy and Complaint Procedure
Hazing
AD
ADA
ADC
ADC-R
ADF
Educational Philosophy/Mission
School District Goals and Objectives
Tobacco Use and Possession
Tobacco Regulations K-12 Students
School District Commitment to Learning Results
B – SCHOOL COMMITTEE GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS
BAA
BAA-R
BBA
BBAA
BBB
School Committee Self Evaluation
School Committee Self-Evaluation Form
School Committee Powers and Responsibilities
School Committee Member Authority and Responsibility
School Committee Membership
BCA
BCB
BCC
School Committee Member Code of Ethics
School Committee Member Conflict of Interest
Nepotism
BDB
BDD
BDE
School Committee Officers
School Committee-Superintendent Relationship
School Committee Subcommittees
BE
BEA
BEC
BEC-E
BEDA
School Committee Meetings
School Committee Use of Electronic Mail
Executive Sessions
Executive Session Law
Notification of School Committee Meetings
-1-
Updated 12/28/09
BEDB
BEDC
BEDD
BEDG
BEDH
Agenda Preparation and Dissemination
Quorum
Rules of Order
Minutes
Public Participation at School Committee Meetings
BG
BG-R
School Committee Policy Process
Policy Adoption Procedure
BIA
BIB
New School Committee Member Orientation
School Committee Member Development Opportunities
C – GENERAL SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION
CB
CB-R
CBI
CBI-E
School Superintendent
Superintendent of Schools Job Description
Evaluation of the Superintendent
Evaluation of Superintendent
CF
CF-E
CFA
School Building Administration
School Building Administration Defined
Program Directors
CHD
Administration in the Absence of Policy
D – FISCAL MANAGEMENT
DA
Fiscal Management
DB
Annual Budget
DI
DID
Fiscal Accounting and Reporting
Inventories
DJ
DJG
Purchasing
Vendor Relations/Gifts
DM
Cash in School Buildings
DN
School Properties Disposition
-2-
Updated 12/28/09
E – SUPPORT SERVICES
EB
EBAA
EBAA-R
EBBB
EBCA
EBCA-E
EBCB
EBCB-R
EBCC
EBCE
EBCF
Environmental and Safety Program
Chemical Hazards
Chemical Hazard Audit Protocol
Accident Reports
Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan
Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan (Signature Page)
Fire Drills
Fire Drills Administrative Procedure
Bomb Threats
School Closings and Cancellations
Automated External Defibrillators (AEDs)
ECA
ECAAA
ECB
ECBA
ECBA-E1
ECBA-E2
ECBA-E3
Buildings and Grounds Security
Identification Badges
Buildings and Grounds Maintenance
Pest Management in School Facilities and on School Grounds
Pest Management Notification
Pest Management Notification (Registry)
Notice of Planned Pesticide Application
ED
Material Resources Management
EE
EEA
EEA-R
EEAEAA
EEAEAA-R
EEBB
Transportation Services Management
Student Transportation Services
Student Transportation Services – Street Listing
Drug and Alcohol Testing of School Bus Drivers
Drug and Alcohol Testing of School Bus Drivers Administrative Procedure
Use of Private Vehicles on School Business
EFC
EFDA
EFE
EFE-E
Free and Reduced Price Food Services
Sale of Foods and Beverages Outside of the School Nutrition Program
Vending Machines
Vending Machines – Examples
F – FACILITIES DEVELOPMENT
G – PERSONNEL
GBB
GBE
GBEBA
GBEC
GBGA
GBGAA
Staff Involvement in Decision Making
Professional Staff Responsibilities
Staff Dress
Drug-Free Workplace
Staff Health
Bloodborne Pathogens
-3-
Updated 12/28/09
GBGAB
GBI
GBJ
GBJAA
GBJAA-E
GBJC
GBN
GBN-R1
GBN-R2
GBO
Ergonomics
Staff Participation in Political Activities
Personnel Records and Files
Confidentiality in the Hiring Process
Confidentiality Form
Retention of Application Materials
Family and Medical Leave
Family & Medical Leave Act (FMLA) Administrative Procedure
Maine Family Medical Leave Administrative Procedure
Family Care Leave
GCAAD
GCAAD-R
GCAAD-E
GCBA
GCCAD
GCF
GCFB
GCFB-R
GCGA
GCGA-R
GCI
GCI-R
GCOA
GCOC
GCQC
GCSA
GCSA-R
GCSA-E
Athletic Coaching Positions
Volunteer Coaches
Volunteer Coach Application Form
Vocational Instructor Salaries
Military Leave
Professional Staff Hiring
Recruiting and Hiring of Administrative Staff
Recruiting and Hiring of Administrative Staff Procedures
Substitute Teachers
Teacher Responsibilities to Substitutes
Professional Staff Development Opportunities
Professional Staff Development Opportunities Administrative Procedure
Supervision and Evaluation of Professional Staff
Evaluation of Administrative Staff
Resignation of School Unit Employees
Employee Computer and Internet Use
Employee Computer and Internet Use Rules
Employee Computer/Internet Use Acknowledgment Form
H – NEGOTIATIONS
I – INSTRUCTION
ICB
Extended School Year Services
ID
School Day
IE
Organization of Instruction
IGA
Curriculum Development and Adoption
IHBA
IHBA-R
IHBAA
IHBAA-R
Individual Education Plans
Individualized Education Program (IEP) Team Membership
Referral/Pre-Referral of Students with Disabilities
Referral/Pre-Referral Procedures of Students with Disabilities
-4-
Updated 12/28/09
IHBAC
IHBACA
IHBACA-R
IHBAD
IHBAE
IHBAG
IHBAI
IHBAJ
IHBAJ-E
IHBAK
IHBAL
IHBEA
IHBEA-R
IHBG
IHBGA
IHBGB
IHCDA
IHD
IHD-R
IHDA
Child Find
Identification of Students as Disabled/Handicapped
Identification of Students as Learning Disabled
Personnel Development
Parent Involvement
Programming In the Least Restrictive Environment
Special Education Independent Evaluations
Special Education Student Oversight Agreement
Progress Report Form
Life-Sustaining Emergency Care
Grievance Procedure for Persons with Disabilities
Program for Limited English Proficient Students
Lewiston School Department’s LAU Plan
Home Schooling
Home Schooling—Participation in School Programs
Special Education Services for Students in Private Schools or Home Schooling
Post-Secondary Enrollment Options
Adult/Community Education
Adult-Community Education Administrative Procedure
Post-Graduate Students
IJJ
IJJ-E
IJL
IJNC
IJNC-E1
IJNC-E2
IJNDB
IJNDB-E
IJNDB-R
IJOA
IJOA-R
Instructional and Library-Media Materials Selection
Citizen’s Challenge of Educational Media Form
Library Material Selection and Adoption
School Libraries
Library Bill of Rights
Access to Resources & Services in the Library Media Programs
Student Technology and Internet Use
LMS Computer Home Use Procedure
Student Computer and Internet Use Rules
Field Trips
Field Trips Administrative Procedure
IKA
IKAB
IKB
IKE
IKE-R
IKE-E1
IKE-E2
IKE-E3
IKF
Student Grades/Evaluations
Progress Reports
Homework
Promotion, Retention and Acceleration of Students
Promotion, Retention and Acceleration Administrative Procedure (K-8)
Promotion/Retention/Assignment Student Information Form Grades K-6
Parental Consent Form Grades K-6
Lewiston Middle School Promotion/Retention/Assignment
Graduation Requirements
IL
ILA
ILD
Evaluation of Instructional Programs
Tests/Assessment
Educational Research: Student Submission to Surveys, Analyses, or Evaluations
-5-
Updated 12/28/09
IMBB
IMDA
IMDB
IMDC
IMG
IMGA
Exemption from Required Instruction
Patriotic Exercises
Flag Displays
Recognition of Religious Beliefs and Customs
Animals in School
Animals on School Premises
SECTION J: STUDENTS
JCA
Assignment of Students to Schools and Classes
JEA
JEA-R
Compulsory Attendance Ages
LHS/LRTC Attendance Policy
JFAA
JFAB
JFABB
JFC
JFCK
Admission of Resident Students
Admission of Non-Resident Students
Admission of Foreign Students
Dropout Prevention-Student Withdrawal from School
Student Use of Cellular Telephones and Other Electronic Devices
JGAA
Assignment of Students to Kindergarten/Grade 1
JHB
Truancy
JI
JIC
JICA
JICC
JICC-R
JICH
JICIA
JICIAA
JICK
JID
JIH
JIH-R
JIH-E
Student Rights and Responsibilities
System-Wide Student Code of Conduct
Student Dress
Student Conduct on School Buses
Student Conduct on School Buses Administrative Procedure
Drug and Alcohol Use by Students
Weapons, Violence and School Safety
Psychological Evaluation/Risk Assessment
Bullying
Students of Legal Age
Questioning and Searches of Students
Questioning and Searches of Students Administrative Procedure
Student Search Checklist
JJE
JJI
JJI-R1
JJI-R2
JJI-R3
JJIB
Student Fundraising Activities
Lewiston School Department’s Philosophy of Athletics
Lewiston High School Academic Eligibility
Lewiston Middle School Academic Eligibility
Athletic Eligibility Rules
Sponsorship and Evaluation of Athletic Programs
-6-
Updated 12/28/09
JJIBA
JJIBB
JJIBC
Hiring and Evaluation of Coaches
Sportsmanship
Relations With Booster Groups
JK
JKB
JKD
JKE
JKE-R
JKF
JKF-R
JKG
JKGA
JKGA-R
Student Discipline
Detention of Students
Suspension of Students
Expulsion of Students
Expulsion of Students – Guidelines
Disciplinary Removals of Students with Disabilities
Disciplinary Removals of Students with Disabilities Administrative Procedure
Physical Restraint
Time Out Rooms and Therapeutic Restraints
Time Out Rooms and Therapeutic Restraint Administrative Procedure
JL
JLC
JLCB
JLCC
JLCCA
JLCD
JLCD-E1
JLCD-E2
JLCD-E3
JLCD-E4
JLCE
JLCE-R
JLCEA
JLCEA-E1
JLCEA-E2
JLDBG
JLF
JLF-E1
JLF-E2
JLG
JLIB
Student Wellness
Student Health Services
Immunization of Students
Communicable/Infectious Diseases
Students with HIV/AIDS
Administering Medicines to Students
Authorization to Administer Medication Form, K-6 Students
Authorization to Administer Medication Form, 7-12 Students
Record of Training of School Personnel in the Administration of Medicines
Incident Report – Medication Administration
First Aid and Emergency Medical Care
First Aid – Procedures
School Guidelines for Managing Students with Food Allergies
Sample Letter for a Parent with a Child with an Allergy
Food Allergy Action Plan
Reintegration of Students from Juvenile Correctional Facilities
Reporting Child Abuse and Neglect
Suspected Child Abuse/Neglect Report Form
School Accident Report Form
Education of Homeless Students
Student Dismissal Precautions
JO
Employment of Students
JRA
JRA-R
JRA-E 1
JRA-E2
JRA-E3
Student Educational Records
Student Educational Records Administrative Procedure
Annual Notice of Student Education Records and Information Rights
Consent/Denial of Consent to Release Student Information
-7-
Updated 12/28/09
K – SCHOOL-COMMUNITY-HOME RELATIONS
KBF
KBF-E1
KBF-E2
Title I – Parent Involvement
Lewiston School Department Title One Parent Involvement Policy
Elementary Schools Title One Parent Involvement Policy
KCB
Community Involvement in Decision Making
KDA
KDB
KDB-E
Public Information Program
Public’s Right to Know/Freedom of Information
Public’s Right to Know/Freedom of Information Request Form
KE
Public Concerns and Complaints
KF
KF-R
KF-E1
KF-E2
KF-E3
Community Use of School Facilities
Lewiston Middle School Auditorium Use/Administrative Procedure
Lewiston Public Schools Facility Rental Rates
Lewiston Public Schools Facilities Rental Agreement
Lewiston Regional Technical Center/Culinary Arts Facilities Rental Agreement
KHB
KHC
KI
Advertising in the Schools
Public Distribution/Posting of Non-Curricular Materials
Visitors to the Schools
KLG
KLG-R
Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities
Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities Administrative Procedure
L – EDUCATION AGENCY RELATIONS
LB
Lewiston and Auburn School Committees – Educational Cooperation
-8-
SECTION A: FOUNDATIONS AND BASIC COMMITMENTS
Section A of the NEPN/NSBA classification system contains policies, regulations, and exhibits
on the district’s legal role in providing public education and the basic principles underlying
school committee governance. These policies provide a setting for al of the school committee’s
other policies and regulations.
AC
AC-R
ACA
ACAA
ACAA-E
ACAB
ACAB-E
ACAD
Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity & Affirmative Action Grievance Procedure
Non-Sexist Language
Student Discrimination and Harassment Policy
Employee Discrimination and Harassment Policy and Complaint Procedure
Hazing
AD
ADA
ADC
ADC-R
ADF
Educational Philosophy/Mission
School District Goals and Objectives
Tobacco Use and Possession
Tobacco Regulations K-12 Students
School District Commitment to Learning Results
NEPN/NSBA Code: AC
NONDISCRIMINATION/EQUAL OPPORTUNITY
AND AFFIRMATIVE ACTION
Discrimination against and harassment of school employees because of race, color, sex,
religion, ancestry or national origin, age, or disability are prohibited. Discrimination
against and harassment of students because of race, color, sex, religion, ancestry or
national origin, disability or sexual orientation are prohibited.
The School Committee directs the school administration to implement a continuing
program designed to prevent discrimination against all applicants, employees, students
and individuals with disabilities having access rights to school premises and activities.
Lewiston Public Schools’ Affirmative Action Plan will include designation of an
Affirmative Action Officer who will be responsible for ensuring compliance with all
federal and state requirements relating to nondiscrimination. The Affirmative Action
Officer will be a person with direct access to the Superintendent.
The School Committee directs the administration to provide notice of compliance with
federal and state civil rights laws to all applicants for employment, employees, students,
parents, and other interested persons, as appropriate.
The School Department will require all persons, agencies, vendors, contractors, and other
persons and organizations doing business with or performing services for the school unit
to subscribe to all applicable federal and state laws pertaining to contract compliance.
Legal Reference:
Equal Employment Opportunities Act of 1972 (P.L. 92-261)
amending Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42
U.S.C. § 2000(e) et seq.)
Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 U.S.C. § 1681 et
seq.)
Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (P.L. 88-352)
Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (29 U.S.C. § 621 et
seq.)
Equal Pay Act of 1963 (29 U.S.C. § 206)
Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq.)
Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.)
Maine Human Rights Act of 1972 (5 MRSA § 4571), as amended
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
Revised:
Lewiston Public Schools Affirmative Action Plan
ACAA – Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students
ACAB – Employee Harassment and Sexual Harassment
AC-R – Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity and Affirmative
Action Grievance Procedure
June 7, 2000
May 22, 2006
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: AC-R
NONDISCRIMINATION/EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AND AFFIRMATIVE
ACTION GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE
Lewiston Public Schools will provide equal opportunities to all persons and will adhere
to rules and regulations regarding equal opportunities as set forth in state and federal
laws.
Should a person feel discriminated against, these procedures will be followed. The
Affirmative Action Officer may be contacted for needed assistance in filing a grievance.
If the employee is more comfortable speaking with a female Affirmative Action Officer,
there will be one available.
The following notice has been posted for and disseminated to all employees and students:
An employee and/or student who believes that he/she has been or is being
subjected to discriminating acts or conduct should bring such acts or conduct to
the prompt attention of a supervisor, manager, administrator or teacher who is
either his/her immediate supervisor, the personnel authority, or other appropriate
management representative. Inquiries and/or grievances can be made directly to
the Superintendent of Schools, Dingley Building, 36 Oak Street, Lewiston, Maine
04240, telephone (207) 795-4100.
Employees and/or students may use the following internal grievance procedure
(see following), or may report their grievance(s) directly to the Maine Human
Rights Commission, State House Station #51, Augusta, ME 04333, telephone
(207) 624-6050, or to the US Department of Education, Office of Civil Rights,
33 Arch Street, Suite 900, Boston, MA 02110-1491, telephone (617) 223-9662.
Grievance Procedure
Any student or employee who has a grievance concerning discrimination should
consult the appropriate school official (teacher, coach, building administrator,
superintendent, manager, supervisor, etc.). If, however, the grievant shows cause
acceptable to the Affirmative Action Officer for by-passing the appropriate school
official or if satisfaction is not secured through consultation with the appropriate
school official, further relief may be sought through the Affirmative Action
Officer who shall follow the guidelines of the grievance procedure.
If referred to the Affirmative Officer, the grievance procedure shall consist of a
two-step process.
Page 1 of 3
A.
Step One
Step one shall be a first level conference. In the case of a student grievance, the
conference shall involve the grievant, the building administrator and the
Affirmative Action Officer. The conference will take place within five working
days of written notification.
If the grievant is an employee, the first level conference shall involve the
employee, the supervisor and the Affirmative Action Officer. At a first level
conference, the Affirmative Action Officer may consult with other school officials
when considering the grievance or arriving at a decision. The conference will take
place within five working days of receipt of the written notification to the
Affirmative Action Officer. The Officer will render a resolution within five
working days of the first level conference being held.
If a resolution is arrived at from the first level conference, the results shall be
submitted in writing by the Affirmative Action Officer to the appropriate official
for implementation, with a copy forwarded to the grievant and to the
Superintendent. The report of the resolution shall contain a timetable for
implementation and a requirement for a follow-up report at a specified date.
B.
Step Two
Step two shall be a second level conference. Should the student or employee not
be satisfied with the outcome of the level one conference, he/she may request
further relief through the Affirmative Action Officer who will arrange for a second
level conference with the Superintendent. The Superintendent shall, within five
working days of receipt of written request from the grievant, establish a meeting
with the grievant. The Superintendent shall render a resolution within five
working days to the grievant. If the grievant is not satisfied with the outcome of
level two, he/she may request further relief through the State or Federal agency
having jurisdiction over these matters.
It should be understood that a grievant may bypass the local grievance procedure and deal
with State or Federal agencies identified above – specifically, Maine Human Rights
Commission and/or Regional Office of Civil Rights, respectively.
Page 2 of 3
Rules Regulating Grievance Procedure
A. All charges shall be filed in writing and shall specify all facts giving rise to the
charge.
B. Upon receipt of a grievance, the person(s) against whom charges of specific
acts are made shall be notified of the charges and given the opportunity to
appear at the first level conference or hearing to respond to the charges. The
Superintendent of Schools shall be notified of the pending conference by the
Affirmative Action Officer.
C. The Affirmative Action Officer shall act as moderator at all conferences and
hearings.
D. The Affirmative Action Officer shall bring out all evidence relevant to the
case.
E. All evidence shall be presented in an orderly manner.
F. Conferences and hearings shall be carried out within a reasonable period of
time following a reported grievance.
G. All concerned parties shall be officially notified of the resolution of a
grievance.
H. Every effort will be made to protect the privacy of the grievant and the alleged
offender. All investigatory and disciplinary actions will comply with
collective bargaining agreements.
5/06
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: ACA
NON-SEXIST LANGUAGE
The School Committee expects all staff members to be especially alert to and avoid the
use of sexist or other discriminatory language in all communications, both oral and
written.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
AC – Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA CODE: ACAA
STUDENT DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT POLICY
Preamble: The Lewiston School Committee prohibits harassment and discrimination.
I.
Discrimination and Harassment are prohibited.
The Lewiston School Committee is committed to maintaining a positive climate
for learning and working, one in which all individuals are free from harassment or
discrimination. Discrimination against and harassment of students because of race,
color, sex, religion, ancestry, national origin, sexual orientation, or disability are
prohibited.
II.
Sexual Harassment
Sexual harassment is prohibited by state and federal law. Unwelcome sexual
advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a
sexual nature constitute sexual harassment when:
1. Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or
condition of a student’s educational benefits;
2. Submission to or rejection of such conduct by a student is used as the basis for
decisions on educational benefits;
3. Such conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an
individual’s academic performance or creating an intimidating, hostile or
offensive education environment.
Examples of sexual harassment include:
•
•
•
•
unwelcome sexual advances
suggestive or lewd remarks
unwanted hugs, touches, kisses
requests for sexual favors
Page 1 of 3
III.
Discipline for Discrimination or Harassment
Any student who engages in harassment prohibited by this policy will be subject
to discipline, including suspension and, in severe cases, expulsion.
IV.
How to Make a Complaint
Students who feel they have been harassed or discriminated against in violation of
this policy should report their concern to the principal/director, in addition each
school site will identify another male and female to whom complaints can also be
made. Students are encouraged to discuss concerns with the principal/director or a
guidance counselor if they are not sure whether discrimination or harassment has
occurred. Students will not be retaliated against for reporting suspected
discrimination or harassment.
Staff members, parents and other adults and students are also encouraged to report
possible incidents of student discrimination or harassment to the principal/director.
Employees have a responsibility to report incidents of suspected student
discrimination or harassment, particularly on behalf of younger students.
V.
Complaint Handling and Investigation
1. The principal/director shall promptly inform the superintendent of the
complaint.
2. The complaint will be investigated by the principal/director, unless another
person is appointed by the superintendent to investigate the complaint.
3. The principal/director shall keep a record of all parts of the investigation. The
confidentiality rights of students and employees shall be carefully observed.
4. The principal/director may take interim remedial measures to reduce the risk of
further harassment or discrimination while the investigation is pending. The
principal may consult with the superintendent concerning any issue relating to
the investigation, conclusions and remedial and disciplinary actions.
Page 2 of 3
5. If, after completing the investigation, the principal/director determines that
discrimination or harassment has occurred, the principal will:
a. Determine what, if any, remedial action is required; and
b. Determine what, if any, disciplinary action should be taken against the
individual(s) who engaged in the discrimination or harassment. Disciplinary
action against students and employees shall be kept confidential in
accordance with applicable state and federal law.
6. If the complaining student’s parent or guardian is dissatisfied with the
principal’s/director’s conclusions and/or remedial action, the parent or
guardian may appeal to the superintendent. The superintendent shall review
the report of the investigation and may conduct further investigation if he/she
deems it appropriate. The superintendent’s decision shall be final.
Students also have the right to report incidents of discrimination or harassment
to the Maine Human Rights Commission, State House Station 51, Augusta,
Maine 04333, telephone 207-624-6050; or to the federal Office for Civil
Rights, Regional Director, U.S. Department of Education, 33 Arch Street, Suite
900, Boston, MA 02110-1491.
Adopted: June 7, 2000
Revised: June 18, 2001
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: ACAA-E
DISCRIMINATION/HARASSMENT COMPLAINT FORM
TO:
Superintendent of Schools
36 Oak Street
Lewiston, ME 04240
Date of Receipt by Superintendent: __________________________
Type of dispute resolution requested (select one):
____ Mediation
____ Complaint
If requesting a complaint are you willing to participate in mediation?
(A mediation will not interfere with the timelines for a complaint.)
___ Yes
___ No
Name: ____________________________________________________________________________
Address: __________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone:
Home: ________ - _________ Work: ________ - _________ FAX: ________ - _________
Student’s name if this is being made for a student.
Date of Birth: _______ / _______ / _______
Disability: ____________________________________
(If Applicable)
Student’s Residence (if different from parent): ____________________________________________
School district the student attends: ______________________________________________________
School: ____________________________________________
Grade: __________________
Attorney/advocate: ___________________________________
Address: ___________________________________________
___________________________________________________
Telephone: ( ______ ) ______ - _______
FAX: ( ______ ) ______ - _______
Describe the nature of the problem and any facts relating to the problem. (Attach additional pages if necessary.)
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Please complete page 2 of this request form.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: ACAA-E
DISCRIMINATION/HARASSMENT COMPLAINT FORM (Continued)
How could this problem be resolved? (Attach additional pages if necessary.)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
What actions has the school taken to address the problem?
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Who did you notify? __________________________
Date notified: _______ / _______ / _______
How did you notify this person? _________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Signature of individual submitting request: __________________________ Date: _______ / _______ / _______
********************************************************************************************
For additional information or assistance you may wish to contact:
•
The Superintendent or Affirmative Action Officer of Lewiston Public Schools – Tel: 795-4100,
FAX: 753-6413, e-mail: tjarvis@lewnet.avcnet.org
•
The Special Needs Parent Information Network (SPIN) – 1-800-870-7746
•
The Maine Human Rights Commission 624-6050.
6/01
3/03
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA CODE: ACAB
EMPLOYEE DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT POLICY
AND COMPLAINT PROCEDURE
Preamble: The Lewiston School Committee prohibits harassment and discrimination.
I. Discrimination and Harassment Are Prohibited
The Lewiston School Committee is committed to maintaining a positive climate
for learning and working, one in which all individuals are free from harassment
and discrimination. Discrimination against and harassment of school employees
because of race, color, sex, religion, ancestry, national origin, sexual orientation,
or disability are prohibited.
II. Sexual Harassment
Sexual harassment is prohibited by state and federal law. Unwelcome sexual
advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a
sexual nature constitute sexual harassment when:
1. Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or
condition of an employee’s work environment or employee benefits;
2. Submission to or rejection of such conduct by a student is used as the basis for
decisions on employment benefits;
3. Such conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an
individual’s work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive
work environment.
Examples of sexual harassment include:
A.
B.
C.
D.
III.
Unwelcome sexual advances
Suggestive or lewd remarks
Unwanted hugs, touches, kisses
Requests for sexual favors
Discipline for Discrimination or Harassment
Any employee who engages in harassment or discrimination prohibited by this
policy will be subject to discipline, including in severe cases, possible dismissal.
Page 1 of 3
IV.
How to Make a Complaint
Employees who feel they have been harassed or discriminated against in violation
of this policy should report their concerns to the building principal/director, or if
uncomfortable reporting concerns to him or her, then the report should be made to
the Affirmative Action Officer or to the superintendent. In addition, each school
site will identify another male and female to whom complaints can also be made.
Employees are encouraged to discuss concerns with any of these individuals if
unsure about whether discrimination or harassment has occurred. Employees will
not be retaliated against for reporting suspected discrimination or harassment.
V. Complaint Handling and Investigation
1. The principal/director shall promptly inform both the superintendent and the
person who is the subject of the complaint that a complaint has been received.
2. The complaint will be investigated by the principal/director, unless the
superintendent chooses to investigate the complaint, or appoints another person
to investigate it on his or her behalf.
3. If the complaint is against an employee of Lewiston Public Schools, the
employee’s rights under his or her collective bargaining agreement shall be
fully respected.
4. The principal/director shall keep a record of all parts of the investigation, the
confidentiality rights of students and employees shall be carefully observed.
5. The principal/director may take interim remedial measures consistent with any
applicable collective bargaining provisions to reduce the risk of further
harassment or discrimination while the investigation is pending. The
principal/director may consult with the superintendent concerning any issue
relating to the investigation, conclusions and remedial and disciplinary actions.
6. If, after completing the investigation, the principal/director determines that
discrimination or harassment has occurred, the principal/director will:
a. Determine what, if any, remedial action is required: and
b. Determine what, if any, disciplinary action should be taken against the
individual(s) who engaged in discrimination or harassment. Disciplinary
action against students and employees shall be kept confidential in
accordance with applicable state and federal law.
Page 2 of 3
7. If the complaining employee is dissatisfied with the principal’s/director’s
conclusions and/or remedial action, he or she may appeal to the superintendent.
The superintendent shall review the report of the investigation and may
conduct further investigation if he or she deems it appropriate. The
superintendent’s decision shall be final.
Employees also have the right to report incidents of discrimination or harassment
to the Maine Human Rights Commission, State House Station 51, Augusta, Maine
04333, telephone 207-624-6050; or to the Federal Office for Civil Rights,
Regional Director, U.S. Department of Education, 33 Arch Street, Suite 900,
Boston, MA 02110-1491.
Adopted:
Revised:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
June 18, 2001
June 19, 2006
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: ACAB-E
DISCRIMINATION/HARASSMENT COMPLAINT FORM
Lewiston Public Schools encourages you to resolve any problem or issue informally with
the individuals involved. However, if you have a concern or experience a problem that
affects you or your co-workers, we ask that you complete this form and return it to the
Director of Human Resources.
To: Director of Human Resources
Lewiston Public Schools
Dingley Building
36 Oak Street
Lewiston, ME 04240
Date Received: _________________
Employee Information
Name of person claiming incident ___________________________________________
Address _______________________________________________________________
Telephone # ____________________________________________________________
Incident Information
Date/time of incident _____________________________________________________
Location of incident ______________________________________________________
Description of incident (attach narrative) _____________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Witnesses of incident ______________________________________________________
What ideas do you have for remedying the situation? _____________________________
Is there any other information you feel is relevant to this incident or situation? _________
________________________________________________________________________
Signature of person preparing report: _________________________________________
Date: ____________
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: ACAD
HAZING
Maine statute defines injurious hazing as “any action or situation which recklessly or
intentionally endangers the mental or physical health of any school personnel or a student
enrolled in a public school.”
It is the policy of the School Committee that injurious hazing activities of any type, either
on or off school property, by any student, staff member, group or organization affiliated
with this school unit, are inconsistent with the educational process and shall be prohibited
at all times.
No administrator, faculty member, or other employee of the school unit shall engage in,
encourage, permit, condone, or tolerate injurious hazing activities. No student, including
leaders of students' organizations, shall plan, encourage, or engage in injurious hazing
activities.
Persons not associated with this school unit who fail to abide by this policy may be
subject to ejection from school property and/or other measures as may be available under
the law.
Administrators, faculty members, students, and all other employees who fail to abide by
this policy may be subject to disciplinary action which may include suspension,
expulsion, or other appropriate measures.
In the case of an organization affiliated with this school unit which authorizes hazing,
penalties may include rescission of permission for that organization to operate on school
property or to receive any other benefit of affiliation with the school unit.
These penalties shall be in addition to any civil or criminal penalties to which the violator
organization may be subject.
The Superintendent shall assume responsibility for administering this policy
A copy of this policy shall be included in all school, parent, and faculty handbooks or
otherwise distributed to all school employees and students.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA Sec. 6553
Cross Reference: ACAA – Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students
ACAB – Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Employees
JICA – Weapons, Violence and School Safety
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Revised:
October 30, 2000
June 18, 2001
July 22, 2002
March 24, 2003
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: AD
EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY/MISSION
The School Committee recognizes that we live in a world society where technological,
social, cultural, economic and political forces stimulate a changing environment. With
such a dynamic society, one’s ability to adapt to change is critical.
In meeting this challenge, the acquisition of basic skills becomes essential. However,
since we cannot forecast with certainty what today’s students will need to know as
tomorrow’s adults, we believe students should also be able to direct their own learning by
developing skills which lead to the effective use of knowledge. Our schools believe the
building blocks for success and fulfilled adulthood in the 21 Century and the six Guiding
Principles: A Clear and Effective Communicator; A Self-Directed & Lifelong Learner; A
Creative & Practical Problem Solver; A responsible & Involved Citizen; A Collaborative
& Quality Worker; An integrative & Informed Thinker.
Our schools will strive to create an environment which will provide opportunities for all
students to develop intellectually, physically, and emotionally which in turn will lead the
students to a better understanding of themselves, their fellow person and the world
around them.
In order to achieve our purpose, a collective effort is necessary. It takes a community
determined to have the highest quality schools. It necessitates a highly competent and
dedicated faculty and administration. It requires students committed to the realization
that the right and privilege of education demands responsibility on their part to be
involved in the learning process. Finally, it requires a positive and forward thinking
School Committee dedicated to evaluating school programs and to providing the support
and resources necessary to achieve the goals of the School Department.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA § 1001 et seq.; 4511.3, A
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: ADA
SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
The School Committee recognizes its responsibility to set goals for the efficient operation
of the school unit. In discharging this responsibility, the School Committee will strive to
ensure that the resources of the unit are directed toward meeting the educational needs of
each eligible student.
The School Committee will develop annual goals based on input solicited from a variety
of sources. These goals will be shared with the community, the staff, and the students.
The administration shall develop appropriate objectives designed to achieve the stated
priorities.
The School Committee will regularly evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and will
adopt appropriate policies designed to facilitate their accomplishment.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA § 4511.3, A
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: ADC
TOBACCO USE AND POSSESSION
In order to promote the health, welfare and safety of students, staff and visitors and
to promote the cleanliness of Lewiston Public Schools’ facilities, the School
Committee prohibits smoking and all other use of tobacco products in school
buildings and other school unit facilities, on school buses, school vehicles or
vehicles leased to schools, and on school grounds at all times by all persons.
In addition, students are further prohibited from possessing, selling, distributing or
dispensing tobacco products in school buildings, facilities and on school grounds
and buses during school-sponsored events and at all other times.
Employees and all other persons are also strictly prohibited, under law and School
Committee policy, from selling, distributing or in any way dispensing tobacco products to
students.
Legal Reference:
22 MRSA §§ 1578(B), 1580(A)(3)
Me. PL 470 (An Act to Reduce Tobacco Use By Minors)
20 USC 6081-6084 (Pro-Children Act of 1994)
Revised: November 27, 2000
Revised: February 11, 2008
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA CODE: ADC-R
TOBACCO USE AND POSSESSION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
GRADES K-6
Smoking and the use, possession and sale of tobacco products are prohibited by school
policy in school buildings, on school grounds, on school buses and at school-sponsored
functions at all times.
1. First Incident
a. Confiscate material
b. Notify parent/guardian
c. Refer to guidance counselor
d. Meet with D.A.R.E. officer
e. May refer to police
f. Other consequences as appropriate, including suspension.
2. Second and subsequent Incidents
c. Refer to police
d. Meet with D.A.R.E. officer
e. A minimum of one hour detention which may include a tobacco
prevention education component
f. Two days of suspension per offense up to 10 days
g. Other consequences as appropriate
GRADES 7-12
Smoking and the use, possession and sale of tobacco products are prohibited by school
policy in school buildings, on school grounds, on school buses and at school-sponsored
functions at all times.
A. Smoking, Possession, Distribution, Sale or Use of Tobacco Products
1. First Incident
Page 1 of 3
A. Smoking, Possession, Distribution, Sale or Use of Tobacco Products
(Cont.)
c.
d.
e.
f.
Refer to police
Provide the SMOKELESS SATURDAY program option, if appropriate or
two-day suspension.
Refer the student for assessment to the substance abuse counselor or
tobacco intervention person
Other consequences as appropriate
2. Second Incident
c. Refer to police
d. 4 day suspension
e. Refer the student for assessment to the substance abuse counselor or
tobacco prevention person
3. Third and Subsequent Incidents
c. Refer to police
d. Refer the student to the substance abuse counselor or tobacco intervention
person
e. 2 days of suspension added for each offense up to ten days per offense
B. Support for Students Who Volunteer for a Cessation Program
1. Provide smoking-related educational materials
2. Offer a SMOKELESS SATURDAY CLASS
3. Provide a substance abuse counselor or a person trained in tobacco prevention
education
C. Employees and All Other Persons
The use of tobacco products by employees and all other persons is prohibited in
school buildings, facilities and on school buses during school-sponsored events and
at all other times on school grounds.
Page 2 of 3
D. Other Persons in Violation
All other persons violating this policy, e.g., employees, visitors, shall be immediately
directed to cease violative behavior. In addition, all persons suspected of selling,
distributing or in any way dispensing tobacco products to students shall be referred to
a law enforcement agency.
Any employee violating this policy shall be subject to appropriate disciplinary
measures.
Legal References:
20 USC §6081-6084 (Pro-children Act of 1994)
22 MRSA 1578-B
Me. PL470 (An Act to Reduce Tobacco Use by Minors)
Adopted:
November 27, 2000
Amended:
May 22, 2006
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA CODE: ADF
SCHOOL DISTRICT COMMITMENT TO LEARNING RESULTS
The Lewiston School Committee hereby adopts the system of Learning Results and the
Maine Department of Education’s applicable rules. The Learning Results system is
intended to serve as a foundation for education reform and to promote and provide
assessment of student learning, accountability and equity. The School Committee
recognizes that the legislative intent of the Learning Results system is to provide children
with schools that reflect high expectations and create conditions where these expectations
can be met.
The School Committee understands that implementation of the Learning Results system
has broad implications for the school unit, including curriculum, budget, professional
development, student assessment, professional evaluation, and graduation requirements.
Therefore, the School Committee is committed to examining its policies to ensure that
they are consistent with the intent and goals of the Learning Results system. This will
require a concerted and coordinated effort involving the School Committee, the
Superintendent, administrators, teachers, parents, students, and the community.
The School Committee directs the Superintendent to develop a plan and timeline for
implementing the Learning Results system.
Legal References:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA §§6208-6209
L.D. 1536, Chapter 51 Resolves
Chapter 131 (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rules)
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
SECTION B: SCHOOL COMMITTEE GOVERNANCE AND
OPERATIONS
Section B of the NEPN/NSBA classification system contains policies, regulations, and exhibits
on the School Committee – how it is appointed or elected; how it is organized; how it conducts
meetings, and how the committee operates. This section includes bylaws and policies
establishing the committee’s internal operating procedures.
BAA
BAA-R
BBA
BBAA
BBB
School Committee Self-Evaluation Form
School Committee Powers and Responsibilities
School Committee Member Authority and Responsibility
School Committee Membership
BCA
BCB
BCC
School Committee Member Code of Ethics
School Committee Member Conflict of Interest
Nepotism
BDB
BDD
BDE
School Committee Officers
School Committee-Superintendent Relationship
School Committee Subcommittees
BE
BEA
BEC
BEC-E
BEDA
BEDB
BEDC
BEDD
BEDG
BEDH
School Committee Meetings
School Committee Use of Electronic Mail
Executive Sessions
Executive Session Law
Notification of School Committee Meetings
Agenda Preparation and Dissemination
Quorum
Rules of Order
Minutes
Public Participation at School Committee Meetings
BG
BG-R
School Committee Policy Process
Policy Adoption Procedure
BIA
BIB
New School Committee Member Orientation
School Committee Member Development Opportunities
9/22/08
NEPN/NSBA CODE: BAA
The Lewiston School Committee believes that continuous evaluation is essential to
exemplary stewardship. The primary purpose of this policy is to improve school
committee effectiveness and leadership.
Educational leaders recognize the power and potential to improve teaching and learning
in our public schools through cooperative, purposeful and professional working
relationships between superintendents and school committee. It is critical that this
relationship be as strong as possible.
For success, the school committee and the superintendent of schools in any school district
must share the same goals and visions for providing students with quality education.
While school committee and superintendent roles are different, they should complement
each other. For the greatest success, school committee members and the superintendent
must work collaboratively as a governance team, with each clear on their roles and areas
of responsibility, each respecting the others’ roles and responsibilities and collaborating
effectively on those responsibilities that are shared.
In general, the school committee is a legislative body that develops, evaluates and
oversees education policies. The superintendent is the professional educator chosen by
the school committee to implement policies and to provide professional leadership and
vision for Lewiston Public Schools.
According to the 1994 study of the American Association of School Administrators
(AASA) and the National School Boards Association (NSBA), school districts with highquality governance teams and high student achievement are characterized by excellent
working relationships between the superintendent and school committee.
The Committee will use the self-evaluation form BAA-R to assist with the process of
insuring quality governance. It will be completed individually as a self-evaluation by
each School Committee member. In addition, a composite profile of responses will be
tabulated to allow for a more thorough analysis of School Committee performance. This
composite profile will be reviewed in conjunction with the annual performance
evaluation of the Superintendent of Schools.
Adopted: September 22, 2008
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA CODE: BAA-R
LEWISTON SCHOOL COMMITTEE SELF EVALUATION*
Please rate 1-4 (with 4 being the highest).
1
2
3
4
1. The chair runs meetings in a fair, open, orderly fashion.
2. School committee members are prepared for meetings.
3. School committee members relate to each other in a
courteous manner.
4. School committee members always insist on adequate
background information before making decisions.
5. School committee members always have the educational
well-being of children as the top priority.
6. School committee members are given the chance to speak
At meetings.
7. School committee members support decisions made
by the board, even if they disagree during the discussion.
8. School committee members recognize that they have no
individual power, and operate accordingly.
9. The school committee follows "Robert's Rules of Order" and
its bylaws.
10. The duties and responsibilities of school committee members
are clearly stated in policy regarding board committees.
11. The school committee keeps informed and current on
educational issues through reading and attendance at
conventions and workshops.
12. School committee members arrive at meetings on time.
13. School committee members read their agenda packets
before the meeting and are prepared to discuss issues on the
Agenda
14. The school committee employs written policies and
procedures for conducting board meetings.
15. The public interaction between the school committee and the
superintendent is a positive one.
16. The school committee conducts meetings in adequate
facilities for attendance of staff and community.
Page 1 of 8
Questions
1
2
3
4
17. The school committee defers action on items not on agenda
until they can be studied and discussed and until the
administration has a chance to respond.
18. School committee members avoid public criticism of staff or
staff recommendations.
19. School committee members respect the confidentiality of
executive sessions.
20. The school committee works toward compromise and
consensus when there are disagreements among members.
21. The school committee exhibits effective decision making skills.
22. School committee members do not allow their political
activities to affect their working as a board on district matters.
23. School committee members bring community comments and
remarks about district personnel to the superintendent to
check on and report back before accepting them as true.
24. The school committee evaluates itself on a regular basis,
at least once a year in conjunction with the Superintendent
evaluation.
25. The school committee conducts an orientation program for
new board members.
Comments:
Page 2 of 8
Questions
1
2
3
4
Policy
1. The school committee adopts policy on a regular,
basis.
2. All members of the school committee have read their policy
manual.
3. All school committee members demonstrate an understanding
of the existing body of policy.
4. The school committee reviews the existing body of policy on a
planned basis.
5. The school committee monitors that policy is being
implemented in a way that is acceptable to the board.
6. The school committee refrains from making policy under
pressure.
7. The policy manual is readily available to all interested persons.
8. The school committee insists that all board and staff adhere to
policy.
9. The school committee seeks the superintendent's
recommendations on policy issues.
Comments:
Page 3 of 8
Questions
1
2
3
4
Superintendent Relations
1. The school committee acts as a policy-making and
governance body, holding the superintendent responsible for
administration and evaluation of programs, as well as staff
evaluation.
2. The school committee develops, with cooperation from the
superintendent, a set of criteria used for superintendent
evaluation, which is done annually.
3. The school committee evaluates the superintendent fairly,
diligently and in a timely manner, in a mutually agreed upon
process.
4. The school committee requests information through the
superintendent and not directly from staff.
5. The school committee works and plans with the
superintendent in a spirit of mutual respect, trust, confidence
and cooperation.
6. The school committee, with the assistance of the
superintendent, has formulated clear performance expectations
against which the superintendent can be measured.
7. The school committee provides the superintendent with
sufficient time to plan projects thoroughly and develop
thoughtful recommendations.
8. The school committee provides meaningful praise to the
superintendent where deserved.
9. The school committee encourages and supports the
professional advancement of the superintendent.
Comments:
Page 4 of 8
Questions
1
2
3
4
Community Relations
1. The school committee has clear, written policies on
community-board relations.
2. The school committee encourages community attendance at
meetings via specific, planned activities.
3. The school committee makes clear the opportunities for
appropriate participation by community members.
4. The school committee demonstrates cooperation with the
news media.
5. The school committee keeps the community informed of its
actions in a positive, continuing manner via specific, planned
activities.
6. The school committee channels all concerns about the system
through the superintendent for study, and requests that he/she
report back to the school committee if action is required.
7. The community demonstrates an awareness of school
committee policies, and knows where to find such policies for
their inspection, such as the library, town hall, etc.
8. Community involvement in the schools is demonstrated and
encouraged.
Comments:
Page 5 of 8
Questions
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Staff and Personnel Relationships
1. The school committee employs sound and concise personnel
policies to support the superintendent's authority.
2. The school committee has developed and uses procedures for
staff complaints and suggestions to the board.
3. The school committee recognizes on a regular, planned basis,
outstanding staff performance.
4. The school committee encourages professional growth in the
staff by providing for attendance at educational meetings and
staff development programs through policy and appropriate
budgetary support.
5. The school committee policy affirms the importance of
teachers and teaching.
Comments:
Questions
The Instructional Program
1. The school committee employs clear policies on curriculum
development, implementation and review.
2. The school committee maintains a assessment program which
appropriately measures the aptitude and achievement of all
students.
3. The school committee monitors administrative utilization of
assessment
results to improve programs and increase student achievement.
4. The school committee demonstrates a commitment to
academic excellence.
Comments:
Page 6 of 8
Questions
1
2
3
4
Fiscal
1. The school committee employs comprehensive policies on
sound fiscal management.
2. The school committee understands the development of the
budget process.
3. The school committee members, via specific activities
(policies, board activities, etc.) create a climate of acceptance
for their budget.
4. The school committee begins and completes the budget
process in a timely fashion.
5. The completed budget is fiscally responsible while meeting the
needs of students.
6. The school committee makes certain that the budget, as
developed by the superintendent and approved by the board, is
directly related to identified board priorities, policies, and
approved (budgetary) goals and guidelines.
7. The school committee communicates with the town fiscal
authority, both during the budget cycle and at other times of
the year.
Comments:
Page 7 of 8
Questions
1
2
3
4
Goals:
1. The school committee establishes clearly defined annual goals
for the district.
2. The school committee actively seeks input from the
community in establishing goals and objectives.
3. The school committee checks periodically on the status of the
district goals.
4. The district has met the goals for the past year.
5. The school committee has a strategic plan.
6. The school committee reviews the strategic plan prior to
setting annual district goals.
7. The school committee establishes annual performance goals
for the board.
8. The school committee reviews annual performance goals for
the board.
Comments:
*Self-evaluation tool is adopted from the Connecticut
Association of Boards of Education, Inc.
Sep-08
Page 8 of 8
NEPN/NSBA Code: BBA
SCHOOL COMMITTEE POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The School Committee shall have general charge of all the public schools of this unit and
shall exercise such other responsibilities as specifically provided by law.
The Committee shall concern itself primarily with broad questions of policy rather than
with administrative details. The application of policies is an administrative task to be
performed by the Superintendent and his/her staff, who shall be held responsible for the
effective administration and supervision of the entire school system.
The Committee, functioning within the framework of state and federal laws and
regulations, court decisions, attorney generals’ opinions, and the Lewiston City Charter,
and recognizing the authority of the state, fulfills its mission as the governing body of a
political subdivision by acting as follows in the execution of its duties:
A.
Enacts policy;
B.
Selects, employs and evaluates the Superintendent;
C.
Provides for the planning, expansion, improvement, financing, construction
and maintenance of the physical plant of the school system;
D.
Prescribes the minimum standards needed for the efficient operation and
improvement of the school system;
E.
Requires the establishment and maintenance of records, accounts, archives,
management methods and procedures incidental to the conduct of school
business;
F.
Approves the budget, financial reports, audits, major expenditures, payment
of obligations, and policies whereby the administration may formulate
procedures, regulations, and other guides for the orderly accomplishment of
business;
G.
Estimates the funds necessary from taxes for the operation, support,
maintenance, and improvement of the school system;
H.
Adopts courses of study;
I.
Provides staff and instructional aids;
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BBA
J.
Evaluates the educational program to determine the effectiveness with
which the schools are achieving the educational purposes of the school
system;
K.
Provides for the dissemination of information relating to the schools
necessary for creating a well-informed public; and
L.
Approves/disapproves personnel nominations from the Superintendent and
determines (where appropriate via collective bargaining) compensation and
working conditions of all staff.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA § 1001
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BBAA
SCHOOL COMMITTEE MEMBER AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Members of the School Committee have authority only when acting as a School
Committee legally in session. The Committee shall not be bound in any way by any
action or statement on the part of any individual Committee member except when such
statement or action is in pursuance of specific instructions from the Committee.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA §§ 1001-1003
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BBB
SCHOOL COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
In accordance with the Lewiston City Charter, the Lewiston School Committee consists
of nine (9) members.
Each city ward elects one member (for a total of seven), and one member is elected at
large. The ninth member is a City Councilor nominated and appointed by the City
Council.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
Lewiston City Charter Article 5 V. School Administration
Section 5.01 School Committee
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BCA
SCHOOL COMMITTEE MEMBER CODE OF ETHICS
Having accepted the challenge of service on this School Committee, I accept the
principles set forth in the following code of ethics to guide me in helping to provide free
public education to all the children of my school unit within the State of Maine.
A.
I will view service on the School Committee as an opportunity to serve my
community, state, and nation because I believe public education is the best
means to promote the welfare of our people and to preserve our democratic
way of life.
B.
I will at all times think of children first and base my decisions on how they
will affect children, their education, and their training.
C.
I will make no disparaging remarks, in or out of the School Committee
meetings, about other members of the School Committee.
D.
I will remember at all times that as an individual I have no legal authority
outside the meetings of the School Committee, and that I will conduct my
relationship with the school staff, the local citizenry, and all media of
communications on the basis of this fact.
E.
I will recognize that my responsibility is not to operate the schools but to
see that they are well operated.
F.
I will seek to provide education for all children in the community
commensurate with their needs and abilities.
G.
I will listen to all citizens, refer all complaints to the proper authorities, and
discuss such complaints only at a regular meeting after failure of
administrative solution.
H.
I will not criticize employees publicly but will make such criticism to the
Superintendent for investigation and action, if necessary.
I.
I will make decisions openly after all facts bearing on a question have been
presented and discussed.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BCA
J.
I will refuse to make promises to other members as to how I will vote on a
matter that should properly come before the School Committee as a whole.
K.
I will not discuss the confidential business of the School Committee in my
home, on the street, or in my office; the place for such discussion being the
School Committee meeting.
L.
I will confine my School Committee action to policy making, planning, and
appraisal, leaving the administration of the schools to the Superintendent.
M.
I will welcome and encourage cooperation and participation by teachers,
administrators, students, and other personnel in developing policies that
affect their welfare.
N.
I will endeavor at all times to see that schools have adequate financial
support within the capabilities of the community and state in order that
every child may receive the best possible education.
O.
I will resist every temptation and outside pressure to use my position as a
School Committee member to benefit myself or any individual or agency
apart from the total interest of the school unit.
P.
I will endeavor to attend every regular and special School Committee
meeting recognizing that my presence means representation for my city.
If I find that this is not possible for an extended length of time, I will give
consideration to resigning from my position on the School Committee.
Q.
I will recognize at all times that the School Committee of which I am a
member is an agent of the state, and as such, I will abide by the laws of the
state and the regulations formulated by the Maine Department of Education
and by the State Board of Education.
Revised: October 16, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BCB
SCHOOL COMMITTEE MEMBER CONFLICT OF INTEREST
A School Committee member shall not have any direct or indirect pecuniary interest (as
defined by law) in a contract with the school unit, nor shall he/she furnish directly any
labor, equipment, or supplies to the unit.
In the event that a School Committee member is employed by a corporation or business,
or has a secondary interest in a corporation or business which furnishes goods or services
to the schools, the School Committee member shall declare his/her secondary interest and
refrain from debating or voting upon the question of contracting with the company.
It is not the intent of this policy to prevent the school unit from contracting with
corporations or businesses because a School Committee member is an employee of the
firm. The policy is designed to prevent the placing of School Committee members in a
position where their interest in public schools and their interest in their places of
employment (or other indirect interest) might conflict, and to avoid appearances of
conflict of interest even though such conflict may not exist.
A School Committee member may not, during the time the member serves on the School
Committee and for one year after the member ceases to serve on the School Committee,
be appointed to any civil office of profit or employment position which has been created
or the compensation of which has been increased by the action of the School Committee
during the time the member serves on the School Committee.
A member of the School Committee or spouse of a member may not serve as a volunteer
when that volunteer has primary responsibility for a curricular, co-curricular or
extracurricular program or activity and reports directly to the Superintendent, principal,
athletic/activities director or other school administrator in a public school within the
jurisdiction of the School Committee to which the member is elected, or in a contract
high school or academy located within a supervisory union in which the member is a
representative on the School Committee
Volunteer activities of a member of the School Committee or member’s spouse, other
than in roles that are prohibited by this section, may be prescribed by policies developed
and approved by the School Committee.
For the purpose of this policy, the following statutory definitions apply:
A.
“Employee” means a person who receives monetary payment or benefits,
no matter the amount paid or hours worked, for personal services
performed for a school administrative unit.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BCB
B.
“Volunteer” means a person who performs personal services for a school
administrative unit without monetary payments or benefits of any kind or
amount.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA§ 1002 et seq., § 1051
17 MRSA § 3104
30-A MRSA §§ 2251, 2604 et seq.
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BCC
NEPOTISM
It shall be the policy of the School Committee not to employ personnel to the staff of the
school unit when the candidate is a member of the immediate family of a School
Committee member or of the Superintendent. Immediate family, except spouses,
employed by the school unit as of the date of policy adoption, will be excluded from this
policy.
No person shall be employed in a position which is within the jurisdiction of an
administrative officer who is a member of the immediate family of such person, nor shall
any person be employed in a position where a member of the immediate family is
responsible, in whole or in part, for the supervision and/or evaluation of the employee.
Whenever a member of the immediate family of any employee is hired, the School
Committee shall be notified of the relationship.
The School Committee may approve an exception to this policy where the Committee
determines that granting of such exception is in the best interest of the school system.
For the purpose of this section, the following definitions shall apply.
A.
“Administrative Officer” shall mean any person who holds a supervisory
position of principal or higher rank.
B.
“Member of immediate family” shall mean spouse, brother, sister, parent,
son or daughter.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA § 1002
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BDB
SCHOOL COMMITTEE OFFICERS
The Chairperson shall be elected by Committee members at its first meeting in January
each year.
Duties of the Chairperson
The Chairperson shall preside at all meetings of the School Committee and shall perform
other duties as directed by law, Maine Department of Education rules, and by this School
Committee. In carrying out these responsibilities, the Chairperson shall:
A.
Sign the instruments, acts, and orders necessary to carry out state
requirements and the will of the School Committee;
B.
Consult with the Superintendent in the planning of the School Committee
meeting agendas;
C.
Confer with the Superintendent on crucial matters which may occur
between School Committee meetings;
D.
Appoint subcommittees, subject to School Committee, and serve as an exofficio member of all such committees;
E.
Call special meetings of the School Committee as necessary;
F.
Be the public spokesperson for the School Committee at all times except as
this responsibility is specifically delegated to others; and
G.
Preside at and be responsible for the orderly conduct of all School
Committee meetings.
As presiding officer at all meetings of the School Committee, the Chairperson shall:
A.
Call the meeting to order at the appointed time;
B.
Announce the business to come before the School Committee in its proper
order;
C.
Enforce the School Committee’s policies relating to the order of business
and the conduct of meetings;
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BDB
D.
Explain, as appropriate, what the effect of a motion would be;
E.
Restrict discussion when a motion is before the School Committee;
F.
Put motions to a vote and announce the vote result.
The Chairperson shall have the right, as other School Committee members have, to offer
motions, discuss questions, and vote. If the chairperson is absent, the School Committee
shall elect a chair pro tem to preside over the meeting.
Duties of the Secretary
The Superintendent shall serve as Secretary of the School Committee, with the right to
speak on all questions and offer recommendations. The Secretary shall be responsible for
ensuring that records are kept of all business transacted by the School Committee at both
regular and appropriately called special meetings, and shall perform such other functions
as are ordinarily functions of this office.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA § 1055
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BDD
SCHOOL COMMITTEE-SUPERINTENDENT RELATIONSHIP
The School Committee believes that exercising its legislative function through
policymaking is an important responsibility it takes seriously. The School Committee is
also responsible for setting the direction for the school unit and evaluating progress
toward goals.
The management of the schools is the function of the Superintendent. The School
Committee holds the Superintendent responsible for complying with all applicable laws,
rules and regulations; for administering School Committee policies and decisions; for the
operation of the schools and educational program; for the system of supervision and
evaluation of staff; and for keeping the School Committee informed about school
operations, problems and opportunities. The School Committee recognizes that the
Superintendent may delegate certain responsibilities to other personnel. Such delegation
does not relieve the Superintendent of the final responsibility for actions taken.
The School Committee, collectively and as individual members:
A.
Recognizes the Superintendent as the educational leader of the school unit;
B.
Provides direction for the Superintendent through written policies,
objectives and goals for the school unit;
C.
Gives the Superintendent full administrative authority and support for
properly discharging his/her professional duties, while holding him/her
responsible for acceptable results;
D.
Holds all School Committee meetings in the presence of the
Superintendent, except as otherwise permitted by law or when the
Superintendent voluntarily excuses him/herself at the request of the School
Committee.
E.
Refers complaints, criticisms, and requests to the Superintendent or other
appropriate personnel and discuss them at School Committee meetings only
after administrative solutions have been exhausted; and
F.
Evaluates the Superintendent and provide appropriate opportunities for the
Superintendent to share his/her perceptions regarding the working
relationship between the School Committee and Superintendent.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BDD
Legal Reference:
1 MRSA § 401 et seq.
20-A MRSA §§ 1001 et seq.; 1051 et seq.; 13201; 13301
Cross Reference:
BBA - School Committee Powers and Responsibilities
BCA - School Committee Member Code of Ethics
CB - School Superintendent
CB-R - Superintendent Job Description
CBI - Evaluation of the Superintendent
Adopted:
February 25, 2008
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BDE
SCHOOL COMMITTEE SUBCOMMITTEES
The School Committee shall authorize the establishment of only such subcommittees
from among its membership as it finds strictly necessary to study operations in specific
areas and to make recommendations for School Committee action. The following rules
will govern the appointment and function of such subcommittees.
A.
The subcommittee shall be established through action of the School
Committee.
B.
The subcommittee members shall be appointed by the School Committee
Chairperson.
C.
The subcommittee shall be provided with a list of its specific functions and
duties.
D.
The subcommittee may make recommendations for School Committee
action, but it may not act for the School Committee.
E.
The School Committee Chairperson and Superintendent shall be ex-officio
members of all standing committees.
F.
All subcommittees shall be dissolved at the end of the School Committee’s
year—at an annual organizational meeting—unless they are specifically
re-appointed. They may be dissolved at any time by a vote of the School
Committee.
G.
All subcommittee meetings shall be open to the public and subject to the
Freedom of Access law.
Subcommittees shall be composed of less than a majority of the membership of the
School Committee.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BE
SCHOOL COMMITTEE MEETINGS
All meetings of the School Committee shall be open to the public, except executive
sessions, as provided by law.
Regular Meetings
The School Committee will hold regular business meetings on the second and
fourth Monday of each month from September through May. During the months
of June, July and August, one regular meeting will be held each month on a day
and time approved by a majority vote of the School Committee.
Special Meetings
A special meeting may be called by the Chairperson or the Superintendent, at their
discretion, or at the request of any two members of the School Committee. No
business shall be transacted except that for which the meeting is called.
Emergency Meetings
An emergency meeting is any meeting called with fewer than four days’ notice.
This meeting may be called by the Chairperson or Superintendent. No business
shall be transacted except that for which the meeting is called.
Informational Meetings
The School Committee may, at its discretion, hold informational meetings on
topics of interest or in preparation for regular School Committee meetings. No
official action shall be taken at informational meetings.
Executive Sessions
Executive sessions of the School Committee shall be called in accordance with
state law and at such time and place as required for discussion of matters permitted
by statute. No action may be taken on topics while in executive session; all
actions of the School Committee are required by law to be in a public meeting.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 1001
Cross Reference:
BEC - Executive Sessions
BEDA - Notification of School Committee Meetings
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEA
SCHOOL COMMITTEE USE OF ELECTRONIC MAIL
Use of electronic mail (e-mail) by School Committee members should conform to the
same standards of judgment, propriety, and ethics as other forms of School Committee
related communication. School Committee members shall comply with the following
guidelines when using e-mail in the conduct of School Committee responsibilities:
A. The School Committee shall not use e-mail as a substitute for deliberations at
School Committee meetings or for other communications or business properly
confined to School Committee meetings.
B. School Committee members should be aware that e-mail and e-mail
attachments received or prepared for use in School Committee business or
containing information relating to School Committee business are likely to be
regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon
request, unless otherwise made confidential by law.
C. School Committee members should avoid reference to confidential
information about employees, students, or other matters in e-mail
communications because of the risk of improper disclosure. School Committee
members should comply with the same standards as school employees with
regard to confidential information.
Legal Reference:
1 MRSA §401 et. seq.
20-A MRSA §§6001-6002
20 USC §1232g
Cross Reference:
GBJ – Personnel Records and Files
JRA – Student Educational Records
Adopted:
August 28, 2006
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEC
EXECUTIVE SESSIONS
Except as provided by law, all meetings of the School Committee shall be open to the
public, and all persons shall be permitted to attend the meetings. The School Committee
may hold executive sessions upon recorded vote of 3/5 of the members present and
voting, and any motion to go into executive session shall indicate the nature of the
business of the executive session. Deliberations may be conducted in executive sessions
only on those matters defined in the law. No action can be taken in executive session.
By its very nature, the subject matter of executive sessions is highly confidential. It is
expected that all parties to such discussions will respect the need for confidentiality.
Legal Reference:
Cross Reference:
BE - School Committee Meetings
BEC-E - Executive Session Law
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEC-E
EXECUTIVE SESSION LAW
I.
II.
III.
To Enter Executive Session, a School Committee must:
A.
Start with a public meeting;
B.
Have a public recorded vote of 3/5 of members present and voting; and
C.
State the precise nature of business in motion to enter executive session.
The nature of each matter must be stated if more than one. When labor
contracts are the subject of an executive session, the parties must be named.
Restrictions During Executive Session
A.
Only matters stated in the motion may be considered.
B.
No actions can be taken.
C.
No public record shall be kept.
Items Which May Be Discussed In Executive Session
A.
Discussion or consideration of employment, appointment, assignment,
duties, compensation, evaluation, resignation, disciplining, promotion,
demotion or dismissal of public officials, appointees or employees or the
investigation of charges or complaints against persons, subject to the
following conditions:
1.
Only when public discussion could be reasonably expected to cause
damage to the reputation or violate the individual's right to privacy;
2.
Person charged or investigated has right to be present;
3.
Person charged or investigated may request in writing that the
investigation be conducted in open session. Such requests must be
honored; and
4.
Any person bringing charges shall be permitted to be present (does
not specify participation).
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEC-E
B.
Discussion or consideration of suspension or expulsion of a student, the
cost of whose education is paid from public funds. The student and legal
counsel (and parents or guardian if student is a minor) shall be permitted to
be present if student, parents or guardian so desire.
C.
Discussion or consideration of the condition, acquisition or the use of real
or personal property only if premature disclosure would prejudice the
bargaining position of the body or agency.
D.
School Committee discussion of labor contracts and proposals and
meetings may be held in executive session. (Negotiations between the
representatives of a public employer and public employees are closed
unless opened by agreement of both parties.)
E.
Consultations between a body or agency and its attorney concerning legal
rights, pending litigation, and settlement offers, when premature public
knowledge would give the School Committee substantial disadvantage.
F.
Discussion of records made, maintained or received by the body or agency,
when access by the general public is prohibited by statute.
Legal Reference:
1 MRSA § 405
Cross Reference:
BEC - Executive Sessions
6/00
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDA
NOTIFICATION OF SCHOOL COMMITTEE MEETINGS
It shall be the policy of the School Committee to announce all meetings publicly. Except
in the event of rare emergencies, such announcement will be made by the
Superintendent/designee in ample time to allow public attendance and shall be
disseminated in a manner reasonably calculated to notify the general public.
Whenever possible, School Committee members shall receive notice of special or
emergency meetings at least 24 hours in advance. Such notice shall include the date,
time, location and purpose of the meeting. The Superintendent/designee shall, whenever
practical, notify local representatives of the media by the same or faster means as used to
notify School Committee members.
Legal Reference:
Cross Reference:
BE - School Committee Meetings
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDB
AGENDA PREPARATION AND DISSEMINATION
The Superintendent, in cooperation with the Chairperson, shall prepare an agenda for
each meeting. Agendas and supporting information will be distributed to each School
Committee member no later than the Friday prior to the regular Monday meeting.
Copies of the regular meeting agenda will be posted in the schools and mailed to the
press and school-affiliated organizations at the same time it is sent to School Committee
members. Other interested parties may have regular agendas sent to them upon written
request and payment of printing and mailing costs. Copies of the agenda may also be
obtained at the regular meeting or the Superintendent’s Office.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
BE – School Committee Meetings
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDC
QUORUM
Unless otherwise required by law or School Committee policy, five members of the
School Committee shall constitute a quorum for purposes of taking action.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDD
RULES OF ORDER
Except as otherwise provided by law, by regulations of the Department of Education, or
by School Committee policy, Robert’s Rules of Order, Revised (latest edition available)
shall be used to resolve procedural matters.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDG
MINUTES
The Superintendent, in his/her function as School Committee Secretary, shall ensure that
accurate records are kept of all meetings of the School Committee. Minutes of all
meetings shall be distributed to all School Committee members, the media and other
designated persons with the next regular meeting agenda and posted in each school
building. Committee meeting minutes are made available for public inspection in the
Superintendent’s Office during regular business hours.
Minutes shall be reviewed at the next regular Committee meeting, corrected if necessary,
and approved.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 1055
Cross Reference:
BEDB – Agenda Preparation and Dissemination
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDH
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AT SCHOOL COMMITTEE MEETINGS
School Committee meetings are conducted for the purpose of carrying on the official
business of Lewiston Public Schools. All regular, special and emergency meetings of the
School Committee are open to the public; except that Executive Sessions are not open to
the general public. The public is cordially invited to attend and participate in School
Committee meetings consistent with the provisions of this policy.
The School Committee will provide appropriate opportunities for citizens to express
opinions and concerns related to the matters under consideration by the School
Committee. The intent is to allow a fair and adequate opportunity for the public to be
heard and to provide adequate time for the School Committee to obtain information and
opinions on subjects before it, while ensuring that the time allowed for public input does
not interfere with the fulfillment of the scheduled agenda. Time will be set aside for
public input for items not on the meeting agenda.
Members of the public may address the School Committee within the guidelines provided
in this policy.
The Chair shall be responsible for maintaining proper order and
compliance with these guidelines.
The following guidelines shall apply to public participation at School Committee
meetings.
A.
Citizens and employees of the school unit are welcome to participate as
provided in this policy. Others may be recognized to speak at the Chair’s
discretion. Individual employees and/or employee groups will not be
permitted to discuss matters for which complaint or grievance procedures
are provided.
B.
The Chair may limit the time allotted for comments on a particular topic as
well as the time each individual may speak.
C.
The Chair may require persons interested in speaking to sign up so they
may be called on in a fair and efficient manner.
D.
During the time set aside for public input, the Chair will be responsible for
recognizing all speakers, who must identify themselves as they begin
speaking.
E.
Speakers are not permitted to share hearsay, gossip, make defamatory
comments, or use abusive or vulgar language.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDH
F.
All speakers are to address the Chair and direct questions or comments to
particular School Committee members or the Superintendent only with
approval of the Chair. Requests for information or matters that require
further research may be referred to the Superintendent to be addressed at a
later time.
G.
Members of the School Committee and the Superintendent may ask
questions of any person who addresses the School Committee but are
expected to refrain from arguing or debating issues. Questions must be
addressed through the Chair.
H.
No complaints or allegations will be allowed at School Committee
meetings concerning any person employed by the school system or against
particular students. Personnel matters or complaints concerning student or
staff issues will not be considered in a public meeting. Such matters must
be handled using established policies and procedures.
I.
In order to use meeting time efficiently, the School Committee discourages
duplication or repetition of comments to the School Committee. The
School Committee requests that groups or organizations be represented by
designated spokespersons.
J.
The Chair has the authority to stop any presentation that violates these
guidelines or the privacy rights of others.
K.
Persons who disrupt the meeting may be asked to leave, and the Chair may
request law enforcement assistance as necessary to restore order.
An agenda shall be published in advance of each meeting in accordance with School
Committee policy. Copies will be posted and/or available prior to regular meetings, at
the Dingley Building. Anyone desiring additional information about an agenda item
should direct such inquiries to the Office of the Superintendent.
Legal Reference:
Cross Reference:
BEC – Executive Session
BEDA – Notification of School Committee Meetings
BEDB – Agenda
BEDD – Rules of Order
KE – Public Concerns and Complaints
Adopted:
February 25, 2008
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BG
SCHOOL COMMITTEE POLICY PROCESS
The School Committee considers policy development its chief function.
It is the intent of the School Committee to develop written policies to serve as the
framework for the successful and efficient functioning of the school unit.
The School Committee accepts the definition of policy set forth by the National School
Boards Association:
School Board policies are statements that set forth the purposes and
prescribe in general terms the organization and program of a school system.
They create a framework within which the Superintendent and the staff can
discharge their assigned duties with positive direction. They tell what is
wanted. They may also indicate why and how much. Policies should
define clearly the goals and objectives of the school system, allow for the
flexibility that is vital in day-to-day operations, reflect the School Board’s
vision, define roles and responsibilities (who is supposed to do what), and
include measurable outcomes.
It is the School Committee’s intention that its policies serve as sources of information and
guidance and direction for people who are interested in or connected with the schools.
The policies of the school unit are framed and are meant to be interpreted in terms of
federal and state statutes, rules of the State Board of Education and Department of
Education and other regulatory agencies within the local, county, state and federal
government. The policies are also framed and are meant to be interpreted in terms of
those educational objectives, procedures and practices which are broadly accepted by
leaders and authorities in the public education field.
Changes in needs, conditions, purposes and objectives will require revisions, deletions
and additions to the policies of the current School Committee and those of the future.
The School Committee will welcome suggestions for ongoing policy development.
The development of draft policies shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent.
Action on policy proposals will be taken by the School Committee.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
BG-R – Policy Adoption Procedure
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BG-R
POLICY ADOPTION PROCEDURE
The following procedure shall be used to adopt, review, revise or delete School
Committee policies:
A.
The Superintendent is charged with reviewing and recommending all
policies/policy changes to be considered by the School Committee.
1.
Individual School Committee members, other standing committees,
or other interested party should submit policy suggestions and
concerns to the Superintendent.
2.
The Superintendent shall have the responsibility to review and
research each suggestion in accordance with School Committee
policies, prepare draft policies as appropriate, and make
recommendations to the entire School Committee.
Any School Committee member may request that consideration of
the adoption, revision, or deletion of a policy be placed on the
agenda of any regular meeting if the Superintendent, after having
had full opportunity to consider the member's submitted suggestion,
fails to recommend action satisfactory to the member.
3.
At an appropriate stage in the process, the Superintendent shall
contact the representative teacher organization to meet and consult
regarding any proposed new or changed educational policy.
To the fullest extent practical, the Superintendent shall also discuss
the proposal with other groups affected by the policy.
B.
Upon recommendation by the Superintendent, the first reading of a new
policy, revision or deletion of policy shall be placed on the agenda of a
regular School Committee meeting. School Committee members shall
receive the policy and recommendations in advance of the meeting date.
Discussion may take place on the substance of the policy proposal, and a
formal vote shall be held to acknowledge the first reading of the policy.
Any changes to the policy agreed to by consensus or formally adopted
amendment shall be made prior to the second reading.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BG-R
C.
At a subsequent regular meeting, more than two weeks and less than eight
weeks after the first reading, the policy shall be placed on the agenda for
second reading and action. Amendments may be introduced and acted
upon. If a main motion to approve the policy is not passed at such a
meeting by a majority vote of the whole School Committee, the process for
that policy is ended.
However, if appropriate, further consideration of the policy may be tabled
to a specific date.
D.
Immediately upon approval, policies/revisions/deletions shall be
disseminated. Policies deleted and changed shall be recalled. The
Superintendent/designee shall ensure that all policy manuals are kept up-todate.
Legal Reference:
26 MRSA § 965.1,C
Cross Reference:
BG - School Committee Policy Process
6/00
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BIA
NEW SCHOOL COMMITTEE MEMBER ORIENTATION
A new School Committee member or a member-elect of the school unit shall be afforded
the fullest measures of courtesy and cooperation by the School Committee and staff.
Every feasible effort shall be made to assist the new member to become fully informed
about the School Committee’s functions, policies, procedures, and current issues.
A.
In the interim between appointment/election and actually assuming office,
the new member will be invited to attend meetings and functions of the
School Committee and is to receive reports and communications normally
sent to School Committee members.
B.
New members will be encouraged to attend appropriate out-of-district
orientation and boardsmanship workshops. Activities involving the
possible reimbursement of expenses should be cleared first with the School
Committee Chairperson or Superintendent.
C.
The new member is to be provided with copies of all appropriate
publications and aids, the School Committee policy manual, and
publications of the national and state school boards associations including
the MSBA Handbook.
D.
An orientation session is to be scheduled and conducted by the Chairperson
and the Superintendent for any new School Committee member(s) as soon
as practical. Ample time is to be provided for the roles and responsibilities
of the School Committee and individual members to be discussed, along
with the basic ways the School Committee functions, general information
about the school system, and resources which are available. All School
Committee members are to be invited to the orientation session and
encouraged to attend. The experience should serve as a useful review of
basic boardsmanship concepts for experienced members as they provide
information and counsel to new members.
E.
The School Committee Chairperson and members of the administrative
staff will also confer with the new members as necessary on special
problems or concerns.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: BIB
SCHOOL COMMITTEE MEMBER DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES
On-going development and in-service education are critical aspects of the overall
operation of a school system. It is recognized that the School Committee members of this
school unit, like administrators, teachers and other school personnel, need to be wellinformed and to stay current on education issues. Continually enhancing boardsmanship
skills is necessary to make each member the best that he/she can be.
Participation is encouraged in appropriate local, regional, state and national programs
sponsored by the Maine School Boards Association, the Maine School Management
Association, The National School Boards Association and other recognized leaders in
education. This School Committee is committed to the further development of its
members so that the greatest good can be rendered by them on behalf of the children in
our schools. Adequate funds are to be budgeted annually to fulfill that important
responsibility of school governance.
Reasonable expenses incurred by School Committee members when giving of their time
to obtain in-service education shall be reimbursed in accordance with existing policy and
budget allocations.
Members shall briefly report to the School Committee and the public at a meeting
subsequent to a formal in-service experience. This is to share knowledge gained and to
inform the community of the benefits from such expenditures to enhance the ability to
oversee the school system effectively. Written reports, by School Committee members or
about in-service education events attended, shall appear in school and community
publications when appropriate as part of the school unit’s public information program.
The School Committee is committed to the individual and collective seeking of good
advice, reliable information and feasible solutions to problems. The School Committee’s
needs are included with those of the staff for a well-developed, comprehensive in-service
education program to assist all who are responsible for effective and enlightened school
leadership.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
SECTION C: GENERAL SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION
Section C of the NEPN/NSBA classification system contains policies, regulations, and exhibits
on school management, administrative organization, and school building and department
administration – including the administrative aspect of special programs and system-wide
reforms such as school- or site-based management. It also houses personnel policies on the
superintendent, senior administrators (management team,) and school principals. All phases of
policy implementation – procedures or regulations – are properly located in this section.
CB
CB-R
CBI
CBI-E
School Superintendent
Superintendent of Schools Job Description
Evaluation of the Superintendent
Evaluation of Superintendent
CF
CF-E
CFA
School Building Administration
School Building Administration Defined
Program Directors
CHD
Administration in the Absence of Policy
NEPN/NSBA Code: CB
SCHOOL SUPERINTENDENT
A primary function of the School Committee is to select a Superintendent of Schools. To
select a Superintendent, a majority vote of all members of the School Committee shall be
required. He/she may be appointed to a contract of up to five years, in accordance with
the laws of the State of Maine.
The Superintendent shall be executive officer of the School Committee. In addition,
under Maine Statutes he/she shall serve as secretary ex officio to the School Committee.
He/she shall attend all meetings and have the right to speak on all subjects, but shall have
no vote.
The Superintendent shall administer and supervise the public educational system of the
city. He/she shall have discretionary authority, subject to later approval by the School
Committee, to act upon all emergency matters and those as to which his/her power and
duties are not specifically set forth or limited.
The Superintendent shall devote his/her entire working time to the duties of the position.
He/she may, without violation of the provisions of this section, perform educational
functions outside the town with the approval of the School Committee.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA §§ 1001, 1053
Cross Reference:
CBI - Evaluation of the Superintendent
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: CB-R
SUPERINTENDENT OF SCHOOLS JOB DESCRIPTION
TITLE: Superintendent of Schools
JOB GOAL:
To provide leadership in developing and maintaining the best possible educational
programs and services for the students of our school system. To lead, guide, and
direct every member of the administrative, instructional, and support services
teams in setting and achieving the highest standards of excellence in educational
programs and operating systems. To be responsible for a system of supervision
and evaluation for all staff designed to meet the goals of the school system. To
oversee and administer the use of all facilities, property, and funds in the best
interests of students and the school system.
MINIMUM JOB REQUIREMENTS:
Superintendent Certification (010) Maine Department of Education (or
certifiable).
REPORTS TO: School Committee
SUPERVISES:
All administrative and supervisory personnel of the school system.
PERFORMANCE RESPONSIBILITIES AND CRITERIA:
The criteria for performing the job responsibilities of the Superintendent include
the ability to function effectively in the following categories: 1) Communication;
2) Community Relations; 3) Curriculum; 4) School/Community Involvement; 5)
Leadership; 6) Organizational Management; 7) Personnel Management; 8) School
Facility Management; 9) School Finance/Budgeting; 10) School Improvement; 11)
Staff Development; 12) Superintendent/School Committee Relations; and 13)
Supervision/Evaluation.
A.
Communication—Able to communicate clearly with staff, parents,
students, and community, both verbally and in writing.
1.
Keeps the public informed of the status of the schools.
Page 1 of 9
B.
C.
2.
Conducts meetings of administrators, teachers and other staff
members as necessary for the discussion of matters concerning the
improvement and welfare of the schools.
3.
Communicates to all staff members, directly or through delegation,
actions of the School Committee relating to personnel matters and
receives from employees communications to be made to the School
Committee.
4.
Confers as appropriate with professional and lay groups concerning
the school program and transmits suggestions to the School
Committee and others, as appropriate.
Community Relations—Recognizes the importance of both stimulating
and reflecting community needs/wants regarding education.
Demonstrates ability to involve the community in developing and
implementing goals. Views the community/ school relationship as a
partnership.
1.
Establishes and maintains a program of public relations to keep the
public well informed of the activities and needs of the school
system, effecting a wholesome and cooperative working relationship
between the schools and the community.
2.
Communicates with and understands the needs and perspectives of
various community groups.
3.
Attends, or delegates a representative to attend, meetings of
municipal agencies at which matters pertaining to the school system
appear on the agenda or are expected to be raised.
4.
Keeps the public informed about current educational practices,
educational trends, and the policies, practices, successes and
challenges of the schools.
Curriculum—Strong commitment to leading the effort to define and
deliver an effective, consistent curriculum K-Adult Education.
1.
Administers the development and maintenance of educational
programs designed to meet the needs of the community and to carry
out the policies of the School Committee.
Page 2 of 9
D.
E.
2.
Conducts reviews of the total school program, and advises the
School Committee on recommendations for the educational
advancement of the schools.
3.
Recommends to the School Committee, through the use of
appropriate personnel, adoption of courses of study, curriculum,
teaching materials, etc.
4.
Oversees timely revisions of curriculum and courses of study.
School/Community Involvement—Visible in the schools, aware of
current issues and activities in the schools, and shows an interest in
community affairs.
1.
Visits schools and classrooms as appropriate. Attends a reasonable
number of student/staff events.
2.
Seeks to stay informed about issues and activities in the schools.
3.
Has a reasonable level of knowledge of administrators, staff, and
students.
4.
Has a reasonable level of knowledge about community events,
concerns, accomplishments, and direction.
Leadership—Able to motivate, lead, guide and direct people.
Committed to implementing the Mission and Vision Statement of the
school system.
1.
Facilitates the development of and implements a collaborative
educational vision and assists the School Committee in setting
priorities for the school system.
2.
Serves as the educational leader of the school system. Performs job
responsibilities using the Mission and Vision Statement as a guide.
3.
Communicates the educational vision and priorities effectively to
staff, students, and community.
4.
Attend conventions and conferences to keep abreast of latest
educational trends.
Page 3 of 9
5.
F.
Ensures that policies, procedures and school rules promote a safe,
respectful, and healthy school environment.
Organizational Management—Uses a systematic approach to
managing and improving the schools. Excellent organizational skills,
working knowledge of school law, and proven ability to resolve
organizational conflicts.
1.
Administers, as chief school executive, the development,
maintenance, and improvement of the educational program.
2.
Maintains, directly or through delegation, such personnel records,
pupil accounting records, business records and other records as
required by law and/or School Committee policy.
3.
Files, or causes to be filed, all reports required by state or federal
laws/regulations.
4.
Advises the School Committee of the need for new and revised
policies, and ensures that all policies of the School Committee are
implemented.
5.
Makes administrative decisions necessary for the effective and
efficient operations of the schools. Acts on own discretion when
emergency action is necessary in matters not covered by School
Committee policy. Reports such emergency actions to the School
Committee and recommends policy for future guidance.
6.
Develops and implements rules and procedures for staff and students
as necessary to comply with School Committee policies, and state
and federal laws/regulations.
7.
Delegates to other staff, at own discretion, the exercise of any
powers and duties, with the knowledge that such delegation does not
relieve the Superintendent of final responsibility for any actions
taken.
8.
Recommends attendance boundaries for all schools and the transfer
of students from one building to another in the interest of good
administration of the instructional program. Implements School
Committee policies and state laws/regulations for the promotion,
retention and acceleration of students.
Page 4 of 9
9.
G.
H.
Makes recommendations to the School Committee concerning the
transportation of students in accordance with School Committee
policies, state laws/regulations, and student safety considerations.
Personnel Management—Excellent people skills. Ability to recruit and
retain high quality staff. Strong personnel management practices and
understanding of collective bargaining issues.
1.
Develops and implements a hiring process that complies with
applicable state and federal laws and attracts the most qualified
candidates.
2.
Nominates to the School Committee for employment the most
qualified and competent teachers and administrators.
3.
Employs the most qualified and competent support staff.
4.
Develops job descriptions for all staff.
5.
Assigns and transfers employees as the interests of the school system
require.
6.
Participates, as deemed appropriate by the School Committee, in
negotiations with recognized employee bargaining units.
7.
Handles employee grievances or problems in accordance with
applicable School Committee policies, collective bargaining
agreements, and/or state/federal laws and regulations.
8.
Establishes and implements personnel policies and procedures for
non-union staff.
9.
Ensures that the School Committee complies with meet and consult
requirements on educational policy issues.
School Facility Management—Good understanding of facilities
management, including development of long-term maintenance plans,
and budgeting/planning for future building needs.
1.
Makes recommendations to the School Committee on the location
and size of new school sites and additions to existing sites; the
Page 5 of 9
location and size of new buildings on sites; plans for new school
buildings; appropriates for sites and buildings; and improvements,
alterations and changes in buildings and equipment.
I.
2.
Develops and implements short and long-term maintenance plans for
school buildings and grounds, delegating particular duties as the
Superintendent deems appropriate.
3.
Includes maintenance and other facilities/equipment needs in budget
planning.
4.
Develops and implements guidelines and procedures governing the
use and care of school facilities and property.
School Finance/Budgeting—Strong working knowledge of school
finance, including budget development and management. Ability to
effectively communicate with the School Committee, staff, community
and local municipal officials. Clear understanding of federal, state,
and local funding issues.
1.
Demonstrates the ability to perform effective financial forecasting
and long and short-term financial planning.
2.
Supervises the preparation and presentation of the annual budget and
recommends it to the School Committee for approval.
3.
Establishes and maintains efficient procedures and effective controls
for all expenditures of school funds in accordance with the adopted
budget.
4.
Clearly explains proposed budgets, needs and priorities to the School
Committee, community and local municipal officials.
5.
Conducts all financial operations and purchasing within School
Committee policies and applicable state/federal laws/regulations.
6.
Maintains appropriate financial accounts and ensures that audits are
performed on an annual basis.
7.
Provides prior notice to the School Committee when there is a need
to depart from School Committee policy in any financial matter.
Page 6 of 9
J.
K.
School Improvement—Commitment to supervise and evaluate school
programs in the spirit of continuous improvement. Understanding of
educational practices, research, and national/state/local initiatives,
including Maine’s Learning Results. Ability to frame issues for
discussion, reach timely decisions, and implement change.
1.
Develops, implements, and monitors the change process to improve
the educational program.
2.
Is familiar with current research and educational issues.
3.
Involves the staff and community in plans to improve the
educational program.
4.
Ensures that there is a comprehensive system of student assessment
in place.
5.
Informs and advises the School Committee about educational
programs and instructional practices in the schools.
6.
Communicates effectively with staff, students and the community
about educational trends, curriculum needs and instructional
programs.
7.
Ensures that the educational program complies with School
Committee policies and applicable state and federal
laws/regulations.
8.
Ensures that administrators and teachers communicate student
progress and school curricula to parents on a regular basis.
Staff Development—Committed to and fosters continuous staff
improvement. Emphasizes both system-wide and individual
development.
1.
Fosters an environment that encourages continuous learning and
improvement on the part of school staff.
2.
Develops and implements an effective system of staff development
focused on improving the educational and operational programs of
the schools, with appropriate input from the School Committee,
administration and staff.
Page 7 of 9
L.
3.
Provides reasonable opportunities for staff to participate in
conferences, visitations and coursework within the framework of the
school system’s budget.
4.
Ensures that all staff are involved in the school system’s staff
development opportunities.
5.
Informs the School Committee of staff development priorities,
needs, and activities.
Superintendent/School Committee Relations—Understands that the
Superintendent is responsible for management of the schools under the
School Committee’s policies and is accountable to the School
Committee. Supports and facilitates the work of the Committee.
Maintains open communication with the Committee.
1.
Supervises and ensures compliance with all laws, regulations and
School Committee policies.
2.
Keeps the School Committee informed about programs, activities,
accomplishments, problems, and needs of the schools.
3.
Presents information and recommendations necessary to assist the
School Committee in performing its duties effectively, including the
need for policy on particular subjects.
4.
Schedules and attends meetings of the School Committee.
5.
Serves as Secretary to the School Committee as required by law.
6.
Serves as an ex officio member of all school system/School
Committee committees, attending meetings as specified by the
School Committee.
7.
Advises and recommends action by the School Committee as
appropriate concerning student and staff disciplinary issues.
8.
Assists the School Committee in developing annual and long-range
goals for the school system.
9.
Represents the school system with the media and other groups as
deemed appropriate by the School Committee.
Page 8 of 9
10.
M.
Performs such other tasks as may be assigned by the School
Committee.
Supervision/Evaluation—Understands the importance of
accountability for staff and self. Uses an evaluation process that
establishes clear performance standards and follows through to resolve
performance issues.
1.
Develops and implements an effective system of supervision and
evaluation for all staff, based on School Committee policies and with
appropriate input from administration and staff.
2.
Oversees methods of teaching, supervision, evaluation and
administration in the schools.
3.
Handles employee disciplinary issues as necessary.
4.
Recommends salary changes or dismissal/non-renewal of
administrators and teachers to the School Committee for final action.
TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT:
Work year shall be twelve (12) months. Length of contract, salary and benefits
shall be determined by the School Committee and Superintendent under the
Superintendent’s individual contract.
EVALUATION:
Performance shall be evaluated in accordance with the provisions of the School
Committee’s policy on evaluation of the Superintendent.
Cross Reference: CBI – Evaluation of Superintendent
Adopted:
________
Page 9 of 9
NEPN/NSBA Code: CBI
EVALUATION OF THE SUPERINTENDENT
As a regular and scheduled activity, the School Committee will evaluate the performance
of the Superintendent with written standards agreed to by the evaluatee and the
evaluators. The primary purpose of the evaluation will be to effect improvements in
administrative leadership.
Performance Objectives
Using the evaluation of performance for a given year and new priorities established by
the School Committee, the School Committee and the Superintendent will mutually
establish, prior to October 1, a new set of specific performance goals and standards for
the Superintendent for the ensuing year. These will then become the primary criteria for
the next School Committee evaluation of the Superintendent at the end of the designated
year.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: CBI-E
EVALUATION OF THE SUPERINTENDENT
Guidelines
A.
The Superintendent should be involved in the development of the standards
with which he/she will be evaluated, or at least accept previously developed
standards as appropriate to his/her current operations.
B.
Evaluation should be at a scheduled time and place, with no other items on
the agenda, at a study or executive session with all School Committee
members present.
C.
The evaluation should be a composite of the individual School Committee
members’ opinions, but the School Committee as a whole should meet with
the Superintendent to discuss the evaluation.
D.
The evaluation should include a discussion of strengths as well as
weaknesses.
E.
Both parties should prepare for the evaluation—the Superintendent by
conducting a rigorous self-evaluation, the School Committee by examining
various sources of information relating to the Superintendent’s
performance.
F.
The School Committee should not limit itself to the items that appear on the
evaluation form. No form or set of guidelines can encompass the totality of
the Superintendent’s responsibilities.
G.
Each judgment should be supported by as much rationale and objective
evidence as possible. One School Committee member’s opinion should not
be the sole basis for judgment on an appraisal item.
H.
The evaluation may include an examination of the working relationships
between the School Committee and Superintendent.
6/00
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: CF
SCHOOL BUILDING ADMINISTRATION
The Building Administrator is responsible for the actual day-to-day administration and
supervision of the school building, staff and students. The Building Administrator is
responsible for administering school operations and programs in accordance with School
Committee policies and under the direction of the Superintendent.
The Building Administrator’s major responsibility is to serve as the educational leader of
his/her school and staff to support and improve the instructional program. The Building
Administrator will inform the Superintendent on a regular basis regarding the needs and
conditions of the students, staff and facilities for which he/she is responsible.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: CF-E
SCHOOL BUILDING ADMINISTRATION DEFINED
All school principals, assistant principals, LRTC director and assistant director.
6/00
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: CFA
PROGRAM DIRECTORS
Program directors are the chief administrators in the actual day-to-day management and
supervision of particular programs. Program directors are responsible for administering
programs in accordance with School Committee policies and under the direction of the
Superintendent. They will inform the Superintendent on a regular basis regarding the
needs and conditions of their program.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: CHD
ADMINISTRATION IN THE ABSENCE OF POLICY
In cases when action must be taken within the school system and the School Committee
has provided no guidelines for administrative action through policy, the Superintendent
shall have the power to act.
The Superintendent shall inform the School Committee of the need for policy on such
topics.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
CB-R - Superintendent Job Description
November 18, 2002
Page 1 of 1
SECTION D: FISCAL MANAGEMENT
Section D of the NEPN/NSBA classification system contains policies, regulations, and exhibits
on school finances and the management of funds. Policies on the financing of school
construction and renovation, however, are filed in Section F, Facilities Development.
DA
Fiscal Management
DB
Annual Budget
DI
DID
Fiscal Accounting and Reporting
Inventories
DJ
DJG
Purchasing
Vendor Relations/Gifts
DM
Cash in School Buildings
DN
School Properties Disposition
NEPN/NSBA Code: DA
FISCAL MANAGEMENT
The School Committee recognizes that money and money management comprise the
foundational support of the whole school program. To make that support as effective as
possible the School Committee intends:
A.
To encourage advance planning through the best possible budget
procedures;
B.
To explore all practical and legal sources of revenues;
C.
To guide the expenditure of funds so as to achieve the greatest educational
returns;
D.
To require maximum efficiency in accounting and reporting procedures;
and
E.
To maintain a level of per student expenditure needed to provide high
quality education.
As trustee of local, state and federal funds allocated for use in education, the School
Committee has the responsibility to protect the funds and to use them wisely.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: DB
ANNUAL BUDGET
The School Committee recognizes that financial resources and the proper management of
same are fundamental to the support of school programs and operations. With this in
mind, the School Committee will develop and present an annual operating budget as
directed by applicable laws. The annual budget will be for a 12-month period covering
the fiscal year July 1 through June 30.
The School Committee shall designate the Superintendent as its budget officer, but he/she
may delegate portions of such responsibility as appropriate. The three general areas of
responsibility of the budget officer are budget preparation, budget presentation and
budget administration.
The Superintendent shall work with school administrators and staff in determining
budgetary needs and priorities and developing the annual budget for School Committee
review.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA § 15617 et seq.
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: DI
FISCAL ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING
The Superintendent shall be responsible for properly accounting for all funds of the
school unit.
The accounting used shall be in accordance with requirements of the Maine Department
of Education and with good accounting practices, providing for the appropriate separation
of accounts, funds and special moneys.
It shall be the duty of the Superintendent/designee to direct and supervise the preparation
of reports to the School Committee; to advise building administrators and other
administrators periodically of expenditures related to budget appropriations; and to
prepare financial reports required by the Maine Department of Education or other
agencies with jurisdiction.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA § 1055
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: DID
INVENTORIES
Inventory of property and equipment shall be taken on an annual basis at the close of the
school year. The inventory system shall serve the functions of control and conservation.
Responsibility for the inventory system shall be with the Superintendent/designee, to
whom building administrators and other administrators shall be accountable for the
maintenance and reporting of accurate inventories in their schools/programs.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: DJ
PURCHASING
This purchasing policy provides a guide for procurement of supplies, materials,
equipment and contractual services in Lewiston Public Schools.
All purchasing activities are to be performed in accordance with this policy and
applicable laws. Any deviation therefrom must have the approval of the Superintendent
and the School Committee.
Definitions
For the purpose of this policy, the following terms, phrases, words and derivations shall
have the meaning given herein unless the context in which they are used clearly requires
a different meaning.
A.
Purchasing. Purchasing includes purchasing, renting, leasing, or otherwise
obtaining supplies or services.
B.
Supplies. Supplies shall mean and include all supplies, materials and
equipment.
C.
Services. Services shall mean and include all telephone, gas, water,
electrical and power services, towel service, laundry and cleaning service,
insurance, leases or rentals of all grounds, buildings, offices, space or
equipment required by the School Department or leased or rented by the
School Department to others, the repair or maintenance of equipment or
real property owned by or the responsibility of the School Department.
Purchasing Procedures
The Business Manager shall be responsible for supervising the purchase or contracting of
all supplies and contractual services in accordance with this policy, under the
supervision of the Superintendent.
A.
Formal Competitive Bids. All supplies and contractual services except as
otherwise provided herein, when the estimated cost thereof shall exceed
five thousand dollars ($5,000), shall be purchased by formal competitive
bids from the lowest responsible bidder, after due notice inviting proposals.
B.
Preparation. Preparation of the invitation for bids shall describe the
requirements of the School Department clearly, accurately and completely,
but avoid requirements which might unduly limit the number of bidders.
Page 1 of 7
NEPN/NSBA Code: DJ
The Business Manager is authorized to develop appropriate specifications
for all purchases and may utilize School Department personnel and private
vendors as necessary to accurately describe the requirements for any
purchase.
C.
Notices. The Business Manager shall place an advertisement in a local
newspaper of general circulation in Lewiston or other newspapers or
publications.
D.
Bid Deposits. Bid bonds will be required on all construction projects when
the estimated value of work to be done exceeds $20,000; is deemed
necessary by the Business Manager; or is required by federal or state law.
The bid deposit required shall be included in the public notice inviting bids.
Bid deposits shall be a minimum of 10% for bids under $500,000 and a
minimum of 5% for bids over $500,000. Surety of the unsuccessful bidders
shall be returned by the Business Manager after the bid has been awarded.
A successful bidder shall forfeit any surety required by the School
Committee upon failure on his/her part to enter into a contract within ten
days after the award.
E.
Performance & Payment Bonds. When the estimated value of work to be
done is in excess of $20,000 or when deemed necessary by the Business
Manager, a 100% performance bond will be required. The performance
bond requirement shall be included in the public notice inviting bids or
proposals.
F.
Bid Opening Procedure. Sealed bids shall be submitted to the Business
Manager and shall be identified as bids on the envelope. Openings shall be
in public at the time and place stated in the public notices. A record of all
bids submitted shall be kept by the Business Manager, and such record
shall be open to public inspection during regular business hours.
G.
Awards of Contract. Upon recommendation of the Business Manager, all
formal bids shall be awarded by the Superintendent.
When the Business Manager recommends a bid award to other than the low
bidder and the award exceeds $10,000, the recommendation shall be
submitted to the School Committee for final action.
Page 2 of 7
NEPN/NSBA Code: DJ
H.
Lowest Responsible Bidder. Contracts shall be awarded to the lowest
responsible bidder. In determining the lowest responsible bidder, the
following factors shall be considered in addition to price:
1.
The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract
or provide the service required;
2.
Whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service
promptly, or within the time specified, without delay or interference;
3.
The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and
efficiency of the bidder;
4.
The quality of performance of previous contracts or services;
5.
The previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and
ordinances relating to the contract or services;
6.
The sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to
perform the contract or provide the service;
7.
The quality, availability and adaptability of the supplies, or
contractual services to the particular use required;
8.
The ability of the bidder to provide maintenance and service for the
use of the subject of the contract; and
9.
The number and the scope of conditions attached to the bid.
I.
Award to Other Than Low Bidder. When the award is not given to the
lowest bidder, a statement of the reasons for placing the order elsewhere
shall be prepared and filed with the papers relating to the transaction.
J.
Preferential Treatment. Local vendors shall not be granted preferential
treatment except if all bids received are for the same total amount/unit
price, with quality and service being equal.
K.
Tie Bids. If all bids received are for the same total amount/unit price, with
quality and service being equal, the contract shall be awarded first to a local
bidder and second to an in-state bidder. If neither of the above applies, the
contract shall be awarded to one of the tie bidders by drawing lots in public.
Page 3 of 7
NEPN/NSBA Code: DJ
L.
Rejection of Bids. The Superintendent shall have the authority to reject
any and all bids when bids are deemed non-responsive, token, collusive, or
otherwise unacceptable and such action is in the best interest of the School
Department.
M.
Emergencies. When the public exigency will not permit the delay incident
to advertising, the Superintendent may authorize immediate negotiated
purchases of supplies or services necessary to protect the best interests of
the School Department.
N.
Formal Competitive Bids Impractical. When the specialized and
professional nature of services required render the competitive bid process
impractical or impossible, direct purchase may be authorized by the
Superintendent.
O.
“Waiver of Competition” may be authorized by the Superintendent when
the services or items are:
1.
A single source item;
2.
Must meet compatibility requirements with existing equipment
owned by the School Department;
3.
A specialized service with only one vendor available; and
4.
A product or service is unique and easily established as one of a
kind.
P.
Documentation. The Business Manager will document each waiver in as
much detail as possible to show justification for each waiver.
Q.
Authorization. After review of the criteria and documentation, the
Superintendent may authorize a waiver of competition.
R.
Negotiation Procedures and Policies. Negotiated procurements shall be
on a competitive basis to the maximum extent practical. Whenever
supplies or services are procured by negotiation, price quotations or other
evidence of reasonable prices and other vital factors deemed necessary by
the Superintendent shall be solicited from the maximum number of
qualified sources of supplies or services available, consistent with the
nature and requirements for the particular supplies or services.
Page 4 of 7
NEPN/NSBA Code: DJ
S.
Decentralized Purchases. At the discretion of the Business Manager and
subject to his/her review and approval, the Superintendent, building
administrators and directors may make purchases in amounts not to exceed
$200.00. The Business Manager shall issue such rules, procedures and
forms as he/she deems necessary to control such purchases. He/she may
also permit this monetary limitation to be exceeded with the approval of the
Superintendent.
T.
Purchases—Not to Exceed $2,000. When the Business Manager
considers prices to be fair and reasonable and the total amount of a
purchase does not exceed $2,000, procedures and documentation will be
simplified to the maximum degree possible. He/she shall establish such
rules and procedures for such purchases as he/she feels necessary to ensure
against abuse.
U.
Purchases—$2,000 to $5,000. Negotiated purchases exceeding $2,000,
but not exceeding $5,000 in total cost, will be supported by a record of
price quotation from three competitive sources or adequate explanations
justifying the absence of such competition. Such quotations may be
obtained in writing, verbally, or by other means as deemed appropriate by
the Business Manager.
Special Professional Services
A.
Architect, Engineer and Consultant Services—Policy and Procedures.
All requirements for such services shall be announced publicly and
contracts awarded on the basis of demonstrated competence and
qualifications for the type of professional services required; the technical
merits of offers; and the price of services to be rendered.
B.
Fees. No contracts shall be awarded wherein the fee is stated as a
percentage of the project cost. The preferred method of establishing a fee
shall be that of a firm fixed fee. Other methods may be employed if it is
impossible to arrive at a firm fixed fee.
C.
Selection. The Business Manager shall request firms engaged in the lawful
practice of their profession to submit a statement of qualifications and
performance data. If the anticipated fee exceeds $10,000, this data shall be
evaluated by a committee appointed by the Superintendent. The selection
committee shall conduct discussions with at least three firms, if possible,
regarding anticipated concepts and the relative utility of alternative methods
of approach for furnishing the required services. The committee shall
Page 5 of 7
NEPN/NSBA Code: DJ
select, in order of preference, no fewer than three firms deemed to be
adequately qualified to provide the services required. If for sound, specific
and documented reason(s), the committee decides that only one firm is
qualified, the Business Manager will negotiate a fair and reasonable price
subject to the final approval of the School Committee.
D.
Insurance and Bonds. All firms selected as qualified must provide
evidence of insurance covering their entire scope of operation for any “error
or omissions” resulting from their endeavors. The amounts of such
insurance coverage shall be commensurate with the magnitude of the
project under consideration and shall be established by the Business
Manager. Should timely performance be a matter of importance to the
School Committee, the firm selected may be requested to furnish an
acceptable performance bond, and/or a reasonable “Liquidated Damages”
penalty, and/or such other form of surety as may be mutually agreed upon
to ensure adherence to a mutually agreed time schedule.
E.
Award. After the selection committee has selected and rated those firms
qualified for a specific project, the Business Manager shall negotiate a
contract with the highest rated firm at compensation which the selection
committee determines to be fair and reasonable to the School Department.
In making this decision, the selection committee shall take into account the
estimated value, scope, complexity and professional nature of the services
to be rendered. Should the Business Manager be unable to negotiate a
satisfactory contract with the firm considered to be the highest rated at a fee
which the selection committee determines to be fair and reasonable, he/she
will undertake negotiations with the second-rated firm. If agreement is not
reached with the second firm, he/she will undertake negotiations with the
third-rated firm. Should the Business Manager be unable to negotiate a
satisfactory contract with any of the rated firms, the selection committee
shall select and rate additional firms and shall continue negotiations in
accordance with this section until an agreement is reached.
F.
Small Project. In instances where the fee does not exceed $10,000, the
procedures for selection may be simplified by the Business Manager in
consultation with the Superintendent. The Business Manager shall select
and rate three adequately qualified firms with whom he/she may negotiate
for a fair and reasonable fee. A complete record of the reasons for selecting
the qualified firms and the negotiation proceedings shall be part of the
record.
G.
Disqualification of Bidders. The Business Manager shall have the
authority to disqualify bidders who failed to complete the project, or default
Page 6 of 7
NEPN/NSBA Code: DJ
on their bids, quotations, contracts or purchase orders from receiving
further awards from the School Department for a stated period of time.
Vendors with legal actions pending may be disqualified per discretion of
Superintendent. The Business Manager will notify the bidder in writing of
such disqualification, and the bidder shall have the right to appeal to the
School Committee for a reversal or reinstatement.
General Purchasing Rules
A.
Requisition. Purchases involving the immediate encumbrance of funds
shall be made only on a written requisition.
B.
Revisory Power. The Business Manager shall examine each requisition
and shall have the authority to revise it as to quantity, quality or estimated
cost; but revision as to quality shall be only with the approval of the
Superintendent.
C.
Appropriation Required. No purchase of supplies or services not
provided for in the annual appropriation resolve as approved by the City
Council shall be made.
D.
Unauthorized Purchases. It shall be unlawful for any employee to
purchase any supplies or services other than through the Business Manager
and/or in accordance with these policies.
E.
Cooperative Purchasing. The Business Manager shall have the authority
to join other units of government (federal, state, county, municipal and
municipal subdivisions, including quasi-municipal agencies) in cooperative
purchasing plans when the best interests of the School Department would
be served thereby and such action is in accordance with applicable laws.
F.
Other Business Manager Duties. The Business Manager shall perform
such other duties related to the functions, duties and authorities set forth
herein, as may be prescribed by the Superintendent and any applicable
laws.
Legal Reference:
5 MRSA § 1743-A
20-A MRSA § 1001.14; 5401.13D; 5402
§ 13C (Maine State Board of Education Rules for School
Construction)
Cross Reference: DJG – Vendor Relations/Gifts
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 7 of 7
NEPN/NSBA Code: DJG
VENDOR RELATIONS/GIFTS
No School Committee members or employees of Lewiston Public Schools shall accept
any money, loan, gift, favor, service, or opportunity that reasonably tends to influence
them in the performance of their official duties.
Adopted:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
October 16, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: DM
CASH IN SCHOOL BUILDINGS
No money collected by staff shall be kept overnight in schools except in a locked
depository that the building administrator has made available for the purpose.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: DN
SCHOOL PROPERTIES DISPOSITION
The Superintendent is authorized to determine, through procedures he/she develops,
when personal property (supplies, materials, equipment), as distinguished from real
property, is obsolete or no longer of use to the school unit and to declare it surplus.
A.
Other municipal departments are to be informed in writing of property
declared surplus and are to have first option to purchase. The charges for
municipal purchases shall be determined by the Superintendent.
B.
Surplus property, including books, to be offered for sale shall be disposed
of by public sale. Public notice of any sale of surplus property shall be
given at least one week in advance.
C.
Any surplus property which is offered for public sale and is not sold may be
disposed of in a manner deemed advisable by the Superintendent.
D.
Any property determined to be worthless, or for any reason is considered to
be inappropriate for sale, shall be disposed of in a manner the
Superintendent deems appropriate.
E.
Any school unit identification that has been applied to the surplus property
shall be removed or, if not possible to remove, be further identified to
indicate the intended disposition and surplus nature (i.e., “SOLD BY,”
“SURPLUS”).
All revenues which result from the sale of surplus property shall be credited as
miscellaneous income except in any instance where law requires that it be credited to a
specific account.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA § 7
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
SECTION E: SUPPORT SERVICES
Section E of the NEPN/NSBA classification system contains policies, regulations, and exhibits
on non-instructional services and programs, particularly those on business management such as
safety, building and grounds management, office services, transportation, and food services.
EB
EBAA
EBAA-R
EBBB
EBCA
EBCA-E
EBCB
EBCB-R
EBCC
EBCE
EBCF
Environmental and Safety Program
Chemical Hazards
Chemical Hazard Audit Protocol
Accident Reports
Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan
Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan (Signature Page)
Fire Drills
Fire Drills Administrative Procedure
Bomb Threats
School Closings and Cancellations
Automated External Defibrillators (AEDs)
ECA
ECAAA
ECB
ECBA
ECBA-E1
ECBA-E2
ECBA-E3
Buildings and Grounds Security
Identification Badges
Buildings and Grounds Maintenance
Pest Management in School Facilities and on School Grounds
Pest Management Notification
Pest Management Notification (Registry)
Notice of Planned Pesticide Application
ED
Material Resources Management
EE
EEA
EEA-R
EEAEAA
EEAEAA-R
EEBB
Transportation Services Management
Student Transportation Services
Student Transportation Services – Street Listing
Drug and Alcohol Testing of School Bus Drivers
Drug and Alcohol Testing of School Bus Drivers Administrative Procedure
Use of Private Vehicles on School Business
EFC
EFDA
EFE
EFE-E
Free and Reduced Price Food Services
Sale of Foods and Beverages Outside of the School Nutrition Program
Vending Machines
Vending Machines – Examples
2/25/08
NEPN/NSBA Code: EB
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY PROGRAM
Accidents are undesirable, unplanned occurrences which may result in tragic
consequences—bodily harm, loss of school time, property damage, legal action and even
fatality. It shall be the policy of the School Committee to guard against such occurrences
by taking precautions to protect the safety of all students, employees, visitors and others
present on school property or at school-sponsored events.
The practice of safety shall also be considered a facet of the instructional plan of the
schools through educational programs in traffic and pedestrian safety, fire prevention,
emergency procedures, and other pertinent issues appropriately geared to students at
different grade levels.
The Superintendent and school administrators shall be responsible for the supervision of
a safety training program for the schools. General areas of emphasis shall include but not
be limited to: in-service training; accident record keeping; physical plant inspection;
driver and vehicle safety programs; fire prevention; emergency procedures; evacuation
plans; and traffic safety relevant to students, staff and the community.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBAA
CHEMICAL HAZARDS
Lewiston Public Schools shall comply with all applicable Maine and federal laws and regulations
concerning chemical hazards. The Superintendent is responsible for developing and
implementing a hazard communication program, training programs and any other procedures
necessary to ensure that the school department is in compliance with this policy and applicable
laws/regulations.
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)
A. The school department will obtain MSDS for all hazardous chemicals utilized in the
school department. Copies of the MSDS will be available for inspection during
regular business hours in each building where the chemicals are used.
B. MSDS will be reviewed and updated on an annual basis.
C. MSDS for new products put into use in the school department will be reviewed and
employees who may be exposed to the product shall receive appropriate training as
necessary.
Employee Training and Information Program
A. All employees who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals shall be given a list of
hazardous chemicals utilized in the school department and a copy of this policy.
B. All employees whose work involves hazardous chemicals are required to attend a
training program before commencing work. Training will also be provided whenever
a new chemical the employees have not been trained on is introduced into their work
area. Employee attendance at each required training program must be documented.
C. The school department’s training program shall be conducted in compliance with
applicable laws/regulations and include the following elements at a minimum:
1. An explanation of applicable laws and/or regulations;
2. Identification of work/storage areas where hazardous chemicals are present:
Page 1 of 3
3. Description of methods for detecting the presence or release of hazardous
chemicals in work/storage areas;
4. Explanation of potential health problems associated with hazardous chemicals in
the workplace;
5. Explanation of how to read a MSDS, product labels and other documents related
to hazardous chemicals and where in the facility the MSDS may be found;
6. Explanation of methods to protect employees from hazardous chemicals, including
the purpose, proper use and limitations of personal protective equipment; and
7. Explanation of emergency procedures.
Purchase of Hazardous Chemicals
The school department will establish a Hazardous Chemical Screening Process for the
Review and approval of purchases of hazardous chemicals needed for instructional and
service purposes. The process will be implemented under the supervision of the
Superintendent/designee, in consultation with school employees in areas in which
hazardous chemicals are to be used.
Requests for purchases of hazardous chemicals shall include at least the following
information:
1. The common and chemical name of the chemical;
2. The amount of the chemical needed for the year;
3. The storage requirements, instructional use and waste disposal procedures for the
chemical; and
4. The amount and age of any existing quantities of the chemical.
The school department shall order quantities that are expected to be fully consumed under
normal conditions within two years of purchase of, if the hazardous chemical has a shelf life of
less than two years, a quantity that is expected to be consumed within the shelf life period.
Page 2 of 3
Storage of Hazardous Chemicals
Hazardous chemicals will be stored in accordance with specifications described in
MSDS’s and with applicable laws and regulations.
All hazardous chemicals and products shall be labeled as required by law/regulations.
Containers that are not properly labeled shall not be allowed in the school department.
Product Disposal
The school department shall dispose of hazardous chemicals properly. When required by
law/regulations, hazardous chemicals shall be disposed of through an agency licensed by
the State. When it is necessary to store hazardous chemicals prior to removal from
school property, storage shall be in an approved tank or building.
Outside Contractors
The school department shall inform all outside contractors of hazardous chemicals they
could be exposed to in the course of their work, along with appropriate protective
measures. The school department shall also request outside contractors to provide
notification about their use of hazardous chemicals.
Annual Review
This policy shall be reviewed by the Superintendent/designee on an annual basis.
Legal Reference:
29 C.F.R. § 1910.1200
26 M.R.S.A. § 565
Me. Reg. Ch. 2 § 12-179
Me. Reg. Ch. 161 (Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Cross Reference: EBCA – Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan
Adopted:
November 18, 2002
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBAA-R
CHEMICAL HAZARD AUDIT PROTOCOL
Please circle
Y
N
1.
Y
N
2. The inventory lists the material, amount on location, and is safely
stored.
Y
N
3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are kept at location site and a
complete building list is kept in the main office or permanent area for
ready access.
Notations:
A building or program inventory of hazardous chemicals has been
completed.
Areas of particular concern include: science labs, home economics,
LRTC labs, nurse’s supplies, custodial supplies, office supplies,
technology supplies, industrial labs, and art.
a) Annual audit will be completed by September 15 of each year.
b) Audits will be completed by building administrators in conjunction
with Director of Nutrition, Director of Maintenance, and MIS
Director. Director of Maintenance will complete the Dingley
Building audit.
_______________________
School Building/Program
_____________________________
Signature of Building Administrator
____________
Date
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBBB
ACCIDENT REPORTS
Accurate and prompt accident reporting is essential to prevent similar accidents from
happening in the future. When there are personal injuries and/or property damage,
prompt reports are also vital in assuring the school unit, staff, students and others of
proper insurance coverage.
The School Committee requires that an accident report be filed for every accident that
takes place on school property; involves a school vehicle, students or staff on schoolsponsored trips; or involves staff members on authorized school business trips. Accident
reports are required whether or not an injury or damage is immediately evident.
The Superintendent/designee shall develop and implement accident report procedures and
forms which will be available in each school. The purposes of the forms are to:
1) provide information that will be helpful in preventing future accidents, 2) provide
information needed for filing insurance claims, and 3) provide information which may be
important in litigation.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBCA
COMPREHENSIVE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN
(FORMERLY: CRISIS RESPONSE PLAN)
The School Committee hereby adopts Lewiston Public Schools’ Comprehensive
Emergency Management Plan. The Superintendent and building administrators shall be
responsible for developing, in consultation with staff and persons or agencies with
expertise in planning for and responding to emergencies, a comprehensive emergency
management plan that identifies and addresses all hazards and potential hazards that
could reasonably be expected to affect the school unit and school facilities.
[NOTE: P.L. Chapter 408, effective September 20, 2007, repealed and replaced M.R.S.A
§ 1001(16). The statute now requires School Committees to annually approve a plan
“developed by the school unit administration working with teachers and staff and local,
county and state public safety officials, fire-fighting personnel, emergency management
officials, mental health officials and law enforcement officials . . .” The previous version
of the statute required School Committees to “annually approve a plan developed by the
school unit administration working with local public safety, mental health and law
enforcement officials to deal with crises and potential crisis situations involving violent
acts by or against students in each school in the school administrative unit.” The new law
involves a wider range of input and reflects a shift to an “all-hazards” preventionpreparedness-response-recovery approach to emergency planning and management.]
The Superintendent and building administrators shall be responsible for ensuring that the
plan is implemented in each school and evaluated on an annual basis. It is understood
that specific procedures may vary from school to school due to differences in school
facilities and the ages of students.
As required by law, the School Committee will approve the plan annually. Any
substantive changes in the plan shall be subject to the approval of the School Committee.
The following information pertaining to Lewiston Public Schools’ Comprehensive
Emergency Management Plan is considered public information:
A.
A description of the scope and purpose of the Plan and the process used for
developing and updating it;
B.
General information on auditing for safety and preparedness;
C.
Roles and responsibilities of school administrators, teachers and staff and
the designated chain of command during an emergency; and
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBCA
D.
Strategies for conveying information to parents and the general public
during an emergency.
Except as specified in paragraphs A through D above, those portions of the
Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan and any other records describing security
plans, security procedures or risk assessments prepared specifically for the purpose of
preventing or preparing for acts of terrorism shall not be considered public information
under the Freedom of Access Act but only to the extent that the release of such
information could reasonably be expected to jeopardize the physical safety of school unit
personnel or the public. For the purpose of this policy, “terrorism” is defined as in
1 M.R.S.A. § 402(3)(L) as “conduct that is designed to cause serious bodily injury or
substantial risk of bodily injury to multiple persons, substantial damage to multiple
structures whether occupied or unoccupied or substantial physical damage sufficient to
disrupt the normal functioning of a critical infrastructure.”
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
Revised:
Revised:
20-A MRSA § 1001(16)
March 22, 1999
June 7, 2000
February 11, 2008
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBCA-E
COMPREHENSIVE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN
(Signature Page)
In accordance with the Lewiston School Committee Policy Comprehensive
Emergency Management Plan (EBCA) I certify that I have updated and reviewed with
the staff the school’s Emergency Response Plan for the ________________ school year.
I also certify that in accordance with the Lewiston School Committee Policy Fire
Drills (EBCB) I have provided the staff and students annual orientation of the fire drill
procedure.
Signature _____________________________
Principal/Director
Date ________________________________
NOTE: This form is to be completed and sent to the Superintendent of Schools by
September 15 annually.
12/00
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBCB
FIRE DRILLS
In order to protect the health and safety of students and staff and in compliance with the
provisions of the Life Safety Code, schools at all levels, K-12, are required to hold two
fire drills during the first two weeks of school. Each elementary school will hold an
additional eight fire drills during the year; the Lewiston Middle School an additional six
fire drills; and Lewiston High School an additional four fire drills.
Each building administrator, in cooperation with local fire officials, will develop
procedures designed to accomplish the evacuation of school buildings as quickly and
efficiently as possible.
Building administrators shall keep a record of all fire drills held in their schools, stating
the date and time the drill was held; the time required for evacuation of the building; and
any deficiencies noted and corrected. This information will be reported to the
Superintendent or his/her designee after each drill. Fire officials will be notified before
each drill.
Staff members will receive an annual orientation to this procedure, and the fire drill
procedure will be prominently displayed in each classroom. At the beginning of each
school year, building administrators will ensure that each teacher acquaints the students
under his/her care with the designated evacuation routes.
Legal Reference:
CHAP. 125.17, B (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Cross Reference:
EBCB-R – Fire Drills Administrative Procedure
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBCB-R
FIRE DRILLS ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
Fire drills shall be conducted regularly in accordance with the applicable provisions of
the following:
A.
Each school shall conduct two exit drills within the first two weeks of each
new school year. In addition, each elementary school shall conduct eight
additional drills during the school year; the Middle School shall conduct six
additional drills during the school year and the High School shall conduct
four additional drills during the school year.
B.
When weather is severe during the winter months, drills should be held in the
fall and/or spring of the school year so as to complete the required number of
drills and not endanger the health of the students.
C.
Drills shall be executed at different hours of the day or evening; during the
changing of classes; when the school is at assembly, etc., so as to avoid any
distinction between drills and actual fires. If a drill is called when students
are going up and down the stairways, as during the time classes are changing,
the students shall be instructed to form in line and immediately proceed to the
nearest available exit in an orderly manner.
D.
Every fire exit drill shall be an exercise in proper school management for the
building administrator and teachers. The chief purpose of every drill is the
complete control of the students so that the teachers may form ranks quickly
and silently, may halt it, turn it, or direct it as desired. Great stress shall be
placed upon the execution of each drill in a brisk, quiet and orderly manner.
Running shall be prohibited. In case there are students incapable of holding
their places in a line moving at a reasonable speed, provisions shall be made
to have them taken care of by the more sturdy students, moving
independently of the regular line of march.
E.
Monitors shall be appointed from the more mature students to assist in the
proper execution of all drills. They shall be instructed to hold open doors in
the line of march or to close doors where necessary to prevent spread of fire
or smoke. There shall be at least two substitutes for each appointment so as
to provide for proper performance in case of absence of the regular monitors.
The searching of toilets or other rooms shall be the duty of the teachers or
other members of the staff. If the teachers are to do the searching, it should
be done after they have joined their classes to the preceding lines of
evacuation.
Page 1 of 3
F.
As all drills simulate an actual fire condition, students shall not be allowed to
obtain clothing after the alarm is sounded, even when in home rooms, on
account of the confusion which would result in forming the lines and the
danger of tripping over dragging apparel.
G.
Each class or group shall proceed to a predetermined point outside the
building and remain there while a check is made to see that all are accounted
for, leaving only when a recall signal is given to return to the building, or
when dismissed. Teachers must have either rank books, registers or some
other means of verifying that their students are out of the building. Some
points shall be sufficiently far away from the building and from each other so
as to avoid danger from any fire in the building, interference with fire
department operations, or confusion between different classes or groups.
H.
Where necessary for drilling lines to cross roadways, signs reading STOP,
SCHOOL FIRE DRILL or equivalent shall be carried by monitors to the
traffic intersecting points in order to stop traffic during the period of the drill.
I.
Fire exit drill alarms shall not include any fire extinguishing operations.
J.
Evacuation plans for handicap students shall be the responsibility of each
building administrator.
Signals
A.
All fire exit drills shall be sounded on the fire alarm system and not on the
signal system used to dismiss classes.
B.
Whenever any of the school authorities shall determine that an actual fire
exists, they shall immediately call the Lewiston Fire Department using the
public fire alarm system or such other facilities as are available.
C.
In order that students will not be returned to a building which is burning, the
recall signal shall be one that is separate and distinct from and cannot be
mistaken for any other signal. Such signals may be given by distinctive
colored flags or banners. If the recall signal is electrical, the push buttons or
other controls shall be kept under lock; the key for which shall be in the
possession of the building administrator or some other designated person in
order to prevent a recall at a time when there is a fire. Regardless of the
method of recall, the means of giving the signal shall be kept under a lock or
be a clearly designated signal from the administrator.
Page 2 of 3
Inspection
A.
It shall be the duty of the building administrators and teachers to inspect all
exits in order to make sure that all stairways, doors and other exits are in
proper condition.
B.
Open plan buildings require extra surveillance to ensure that exit paths are
maintained clear of obstruction and are obvious.
Notice to Lewiston Fire Department
A.
Immediately prior to the calling of a fire drill, the administrator must notify
the Lewiston Fire Department of the school’s intent to have a drill and the
time that the drill will be scheduled.
B.
Immediately upon the conclusion of a drill, the administrator must notify the
Lewiston Fire Department that the drill has ended. A written report will be
sent to the Director of the Fire Prevention Bureau within 48 hours of the
conclusion of the drill, and the administrator will note the same on the
weekly Principals’ Report to the Superintendent.
6/00
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBCC
BOMB THREATS
The School Committee recognizes that bomb threats are a significant concern to Lewiston Public
Schools. Whether real and carried out or intended as a prank or for some other purpose, a bomb
threat represents a potential danger to the safety and welfare of students and staff and to the
integrity of school property. Bomb threats disrupt the instructional program and learning
environment and also place significant demands on school financial resources and public safety
services. These effects occur even when such threats prove to be false.
Any bomb threat will be regarded as an extremely serious matter and treated accordingly. The
School Committee directs the Superintendent to react promptly and appropriately to information
concerning bomb threats and to initiate or recommend suitable disciplinary action.
A. Conduct Prohibited
No person shall make, or communicate by any means, whether verbal or non-verbal, a
threat that a bomb has been, or will be, placed on school premises. Because of the
potential for evacuation of the schools and other disruption of school operations,
placement of a bomb or of a “look-alike” bomb on school premises will be considered
a threat for the purpose of this policy.
It is also a violation of the School Committee policy to communicate by any
means that any toxic or hazardous substance or material has been placed, or will
be placed, on school premises with the intent to endanger the safety and welfare
of students or staff and/or to disrupt the operations of the schools. For the
purpose of this policy, “toxic or hazardous substance or material” means any
material or substance, including biomedical materials or organisms, that, when
placed as threatened, could be harmful to humans.
B. Definitions
1. A “bomb” means an explosive, incendiary or poison gas bomb, grenade, rocket,
missile, mine, “Molotov cocktail” or other destructive device.
2. A “Look-alike bomb” means any apparatus or object that conveys the appearance
of a bomb or other destructive device.
3. A “bomb threat” is the communication, by any means, whether verbal or nonverbal, that a bomb has been, or will be, placed on school premises, including
possession or placement of a bomb or look-alike bomb on school premises.
Page 1 of 5
4. “School premises” means any school property and any location where any school
activities may take place.
C. Development of Bomb Threat Procedures
The Superintendent/designee shall be responsible for developing and implementing
procedures specific to bomb threats as part of the school unit’s Comprehensive
Emergency Management Plan. These procedures are intended to inform
administrators and staff to appropriate protocols to follow in the event that a bomb
threat is received and should include provisions to address:
1. Threat assessment (for the purpose of identifying a response that is in proportion
to the threat, in light of what is necessary to ensure safety);
2. Building evacuation and re-entry (including selection of potential alternative sites
for those who are evacuated);
3. Incident “command and control” (who is in charge, and when);
4. Communications contacts and mandatory bomb threat reporting;
5. Parent notification process;
6. Training for staff members; and
7. Support services for students and staff.
The initial bomb threat procedure will be subject to approval by the School
Committee. The Superintendent/designee will be responsible for overseeing a review
or evaluation of bomb threat procedures prior to the School Committee’s required
annual approval of the school department’s Comprehensive Emergency Management
Plan, or following implementation of the procedure in response to a specific threat.
D. Reporting of Bomb Threats
A student who learns of a bomb threat or the existence of a bomb on school premises
must immediately report such information to the building principal, teacher, the
School Resource Officer or other employee in a position of authority.
Page 2 of 5
An employee of the school department who learns of a bomb threat shall immediately
inform the building administrator. The building administrator shall immediately take
appropriate steps to protect the safety of students and staff in accordance with the
school department’s bomb threat procedure, as developed under Section C, and
inform the Superintendent of the threat.
All bomb threats shall be reported immediately to the local law enforcement
authority, as provided in the bomb threat procedures.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for reporting any bomb threat to the
Department of Education within two business days of the incident. Reports will
include the name of the school, the date and time of the threat, the medium used to
communicate the threat, and whether or not the perpetrators have been apprehended.
E. Student Disciplinary Consequences
Making a bomb threat is a crime under Maine law. Any student suspected of making
a bomb threat shall be reported to law enforcement authorities for investigation and
possible prosecution. Apart from any penalty imposed by law, and without regard to
the existence or status of criminal charges, a student who makes a bomb threat shall
be subject to disciplinary action by the school.
The administration may suspend and/or recommend for expulsion any student who
makes a bomb threat. The making of a bomb threat will be considered deliberately
disobedient and deliberately disorderly within the meaning of 20-A M.R.S.A. §
1001(9) and will be grounds for expulsion if found necessary for the peace and
usefulness of the school.
In addition, a student who is found after hearing by the Board to have brought a bomb
to school shall be expelled from school for at least one year in accordance with 20-A
M.R.S.A. § 1001(9-A) and Policy JICIA (Weapons, Violence and School Safety),
except that the Superintendent may modify the requirement for expulsion based on
individual circumstances.
A student who has been identified through the PET process as having a disability and
whose conduct in violation of this policy is related to the disability shall be
disciplined as provided in Policy JKF (Suspension/Expulsion of Special Education
Students).
Page 3 of 5
F. Aiding Other Students in Making Bomb Threats
A student who knowingly encourages, causes, aids or assists another student in
making or communicating a bomb threat shall be subject to the disciplinary
consequences described in Section E of this policy.
G. Failure to Report a Bomb Threat
A student who fails to report information or knowledge of a bomb threat or the
existence of a bomb or other destructive device in a school building or on school
property may be subject to disciplinary consequences, which may include suspension
and/or expulsion.
H. Staff Disciplinary Consequences
A school system employee who makes or communicates a bomb threat will be
reported to appropriate law enforcement authorities and will be subject to disciplinary
action up to and including termination of employment. Disciplinary action taken
shall be consistent with collective bargaining agreements, other employment
agreements and School Committee policies.
A school system employee who fails to report information or knowledge of a bomb
threat or the existence of a bomb on school premises will be subject to discipline up
to and including termination of employment.
I. Civil Liability
Lewiston Public Schools reserve the right to bring suit against any
individual responsible for a violation of this policy and to seek restitution and other
damages as permitted by law.
J. Lost Instructional Time
Instructional time lost as a result of a bomb threat will be rescheduled at the earliest
appropriate (or practicable) opportunity, as determined by the Superintendent in
consultation with the School Committee.
Time lost may be rescheduled on a weekend or vacation day, or after what would
normally be the last day of the school year, except on days when schools must be
closed as required by law.
Page 4 of 5
K. Notification Through Student Handbook
All student handbooks shall address the school department’s bomb threat policy and
procedures and explain the educational consequences of bomb threats. In addition,
student handbooks shall notify students and parents that bomb threats violate School
Committee policy and civil and criminal law.
Legal References:
18 U.S.C. §§ 921; 8921
17-A M.R.S.A. § 210
20-A M.R.S.A. §§ 263; 1001(9); 1001(9-a); 1001(17); 1001(18)
Cross References:
EBCA – Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan
JKD – Suspension of Students
JKE – Expulsion of Students
JKF – Suspension/Expulsion of Students with Disabilities
JICIA – Weapons, Violence and School Safety
Student Code of Conduct
Adopted: November 18, 2002
Page 5 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBCE
SCHOOL CLOSINGS AND CANCELLATIONS
The Superintendent is authorized to cancel school because of weather and/or road
conditions or when any emergency endangers the health and welfare of students and staff.
“No school” announcements will be made via local radio and television stations.
The School Committee recognizes that occasionally the schools may need to be closed
after students have already arrived. Each school will have in place a procedure for
dismissing students in an emergency closing which has been reviewed and approved by
the Superintendent and communicated to parents.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBCF
AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATORS (AED’S)
The Board recognizes that from time to time medical emergencies may arise that warrant
the use of an automated external defibrillator (AED). Lewiston Public Schools may
acquire one or more AEDs for use in its schools and at school athletic events.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for developing, in consultation with the school physician
or other qualified expert and in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions, protocols for the
use, storage, location, testing, and maintenance of the school unit’s AEDs and for identification
of school personnel who should be trained in the use of an AED.
Although the School Committee authorizes the acquisition of AEDs, it cannot and does
not guarantee that an AED or a person trained in its use will be available at any particular
school site or school-sponsored event.
Legal Reference:
14 MRSA § 164
20-A MRSA § 4009
22 MRSA § 2150-C
Cross Reference:
EBCA - Crisis Response Plan
JLCE - First Aid and Emergency Medical Care
Adopted:
February 25, 2008
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: ECA
BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SECURITY
Buildings and grounds represent a large financial investment for the school unit, and it is
necessary to safeguard this investment for students and the taxpayers of the community.
The Superintendent/designee shall develop and implement the administrative procedures
necessary to provide security for the school unit’s buildings, grounds and property. The
School Committee encourages close cooperation with the local, county and state public
safety departments, as well as insurance company inspectors in maintaining and
improving security.
Security shall include maintenance of secure buildings, protection from fire hazards and
faulty equipment, and safe practices in the use of machinery and electrical, heating and
plumbing equipment.
Access to school buildings outside of regular school hours or authorized school and
recreational activities shall be limited to school staff whose work requires it. An
adequate key control system shall be established which limits access to authorized
personnel and safeguards against keys being obtained by unauthorized persons.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: ECAAA
IDENTIFICATION BADGES
The School Committee recognizes the importance of a safe and secure learning
environment for its students and staff. Being able to easily determine whether an
individual is in a building legitimately is one aspect of providing such an
environment. Therefore, all employees of Lewiston Public Schools shall be provided
with and are required to wear a picture identification badge.
The district’s photo identification badge system will serve as an instant identification
system for security purposes and will assist parents and other visitors to school
locations in identifying school employees. Employees will display the identification
badge at all times in the performance of their duties on district property.
All employee identification badges are the property of the School Department and
must be returned to the building administrator upon resignation, termination, or
retirement.
Employees are required to report the loss or theft of their identification badge to the
Office of Human Resources (795-4100) as soon as possible during normal business
hours.
A badge system, with appropriate designation, shall be used for visitors to schools
during regular school hours and for substitutes and/or temporary employees.
The Superintendent shall develop appropriate procedures to implement this policy.
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: ECB
BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS MAINTENANCE
The School Committee recognizes its responsibility to protect the community’s
investment in school buildings and grounds and to ensure that they are properly
maintained. The Superintendent shall ensure that a maintenance program is developed
and implemented that meets applicable health and safety requirements and protects
the financial investment of the community.
The Superintendent may delegate the direct supervision of the maintenance program
and personnel as he/she deems appropriate, while retaining overall responsibility for
the program.
The Superintendent shall report periodically to the School Committee on the
maintenance program and any significant problems. The Superintendent/designee
shall develop such administrative procedures as deemed appropriate to encourage the
proper care and respect for the school unit’s property by staff, students and the public.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §1001; 1054; 4001
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: ECBA
PEST MANAGEMENT IN SCHOOL FACILITIES
AND ON SCHOOL GROUNDS
The School Committee recognizes that structural and landscape pests can pose significant
problems for people and school unit property, but that use of some pesticides may raise concerns
among parents, students and staff. It is therefore the policy of Lewiston Public Schools to
incorporate Integrated Pest Management (IPM) principles and procedures for the control of
structural and landscape pests. A copy of this policy shall be kept in every school and made
available upon request to staff, parents, students and the public.
IPM is a systematic approach to pest management that combines a variety of methods for
managing pests including monitoring; improved horticultural, sanitation and food storage
practices; pest exclusion and removal; biological control; and pesticides.
For the purpose of this policy, “pests” are populations of living organisms (animals, plants or
microorganisms) that interfere with use of school facilities and grounds. “Pesticide” is defined
as any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling or
mitigating any pests and any substance or mixture of substances intended for use as a plant
regulator, defoliant or desiccant.
The objective of the school unit’s IPM program is to provide effective pest control while
minimizing pesticide use. The goals of the IPM program include managing pests to reduce any
potential hazards to human health; preventing loss or damage to school structures or property;
preventing pests from spreading beyond the site of infestation to other school property; and
enhancing the quality of life for students, staff and others.
The Superintendent and/or designee shall develop and implement a Pest Management
Plan consistent with the following IPM principles and procedures:
A.
Appointment of an IPM Coordinator
The Superintendent/designee will appoint an IPM Coordinator for the
school unit. The IPM Coordinator will be the primary contact for pest
control matters and will be responsible for overseeing the implementation
of the IPM plan, including making pest control decisions.
The IPM Coordinator will consult with the building principal and/or
Superintendent before a decision is made to do a pesticide application for
which notice is required and before providing notification of the planned
application.
Page 1 of 4
The IPM Coordinator’s responsibilities may include:
B.
1.
Recording and monitoring data and pest sightings by school staff
and students;
2.
Coordinating pest management with pest control contractors;
3.
Recording and ensuring that maintenance and sanitation
recommendations are carried out where feasible;
4.
Ensuring that any pesticide use is done according to the school unit’s
Pest Management Plan and Chapter 27 Me. Dept. of Agriculture
Board of Pesticides Control Rules (“Standards for Pesticide
Applications and Public Notification in Schools”);
5.
Making the school system’s pest management policy available in
every school building;
6.
Having available for parents and staff a copy of the Maine regulation
pertaining to pesticide applications in schools (Chapter 27 Me. Dept. of
Agriculture Board of Pesticides Control “Standards for Pesticide
Applications and Public Notification in Maine Schools”) and a record of
prior pesticide applications and information about the pesticides used.
7.
Initiating and coordinating notification of parents and staff of
pesticide applications according to the school unit’s notification
procedure and posting notification signs as appropriate; and
8.
Recording all pesticides used by either a professional applicator or
school staff and maintaining other pest control data.
Identification of Specific Pest Thresholds
Routine inspection and accurate identification of pests are needed to
recognize potential problems and determine when action should be taken.
Action thresholds for specific sites will be determined on a case-by-case
basis by the IPM Coordinator in consultation with the building principal
and/or Superintendent, and if necessary, with the advice of a professional
pest control expert.
Page 2 of 4
As pest management objectives will differ from site to site (e.g.:
maintaining healthy turf and specific playing surfaces on athletic fields,
carpenter ant control in buildings, or maintenance of ornamental plants),
differences should be considered before setting an action threshold.
C.
Pesticide Applicators
Any person who applies pesticides in school buildings or on school
grounds, including school personnel, must possess a Maine pesticide
applicators license and should be trained in the principles and practices of
IPM. All pesticide use must be approved by the school unit’s IPM
Coordinator. Applicators must follow state regulations and label
precautions and must comply with the IPM policy and pest management
plan.
D.
Selection, Use and Storage of Pesticides
Pesticides should be used only when needed. Non-chemical pest
management methods will be implemented whenever possible to provide
the desired control. The choice of using a pesticide will be based on a
review of other available options (sanitation, exclusion, mechanical means,
trapping, biological control) and a determination that these options have not
worked or are not feasible. When it has been determined that a pesticide
must be used to achieve pest management goals, the least hazardous
effective pesticide should be selected. Application should be conducted in
a manner that, to the extent practicable using currently available
technology, minimizes human risk.
Decisions concerning the particular pesticide to be used and the timing of pesticide
application should take into consideration the use of the buildings or grounds to be
treated.
Pesticide purchases should be limited to the amount expected to be used for
a specific application or during the year. Pesticides will be stored and
disposed of in accordance with label directions and state and federal
regulations. Pesticides must be stored in an appropriate, secured location
not accessible to students or unauthorized personnel.
Page 3 of 4
E.
Notification of Students, Staff and Parents of Use of Pesticides
A notice will be provided to staff, students and parents within the first two
weeks of the school year briefly explaining the school unit’s IPM/ pesticide
use policy including provisions for notification to parents and staff of
specific planned pesticide applications in school buildings or on school
grounds.
When required by regulations, the school will notify staff, students and
parents/guardians at least five days in advance of planned pesticide
treatments in the school or on school grounds, including playgrounds and
playing fields.
When required by regulations, signs will be posted at each point of access
to the treated area and in a common area of the school at least two working
days prior to the application and for at least 48 hours following the
application in accordance with applicable Maine Board of Pesticides
Control regulations.
F.
Recordkeeping
When a pesticide has been used, records pertinent to the application
including labels and material safety data sheets will be maintained at a
designated location for two years following application. Records are to be
completed on the day the pesticide is applied. Pest surveillance records
should be maintained to verify the need for pesticide treatments.
Legal Reference:
7 MRSA §§ 601-625
Cross Reference:
EBAA - Chemical Hazards
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)
22 MRSA §§ 1471-A-1471-X
Ch. 27 Me. Dept. of Agriculture Board of Pesticides Control
Rules (Standards for Pesticide Applications and Public Notification
in Schools)
Adopted:
September 15, 2003
Revised:
May 9, 2005
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA: ECBA-E1
PEST MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATION
Lewiston Public Schools use an Integrated Pest Management (IPM) approach to the
control of insects, rodents, microorganisms, weeds and other pests in school buildings
and on school grounds. IPM combines a variety of methods for managing pests including
monitoring, improved sanitation and food storage practices, pest exclusion and removal,
biological control, and pesticides. The objective of the IPM program is to provide
effective pest control while minimizing pesticide use.
Pesticides
Non-chemical pest management methods will be implemented whenever possible.
However, sometimes pesticide use may be necessary to control a pest problem. When
that happens, the school will use the least hazardous effective pesticide feasible.
Notification
When required by law, parents/guardians and school staff will be notified at least five
days in advance of specific pesticide applications. When required by law, pesticide
application notices will be posted in school and on school grounds.
Notification need not be given for pesticide applications recognized by law or regulations
to pose little or no risk of exposure to students or staff.
A copy of the school system’s IPM/Pest Management policy is available for review in the
school office. The school also keeps records of prior pesticide applications and the
pesticides used. You may review these records, a copy of the policy and Maine’s
“Pesticides in Schools” regulation (Chapter 27 of the Department of Agriculture Board of
Pesticides Control “Standards for Pesticide Applications and Public Notification in
Schools”) by contacting our IPM Coordinator the Director of Maintenance at the Dingley
Building, 36 Oak Street, Lewiston, ME 04240 (207) 795-4107).
9/03
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: ECBA-E2
PEST MANAGEMENT NOTIFICATION (REGISTRY)
Lewiston Public Schools use an Integrated Pest Management (IPM) approach to the
control of insects, rodents, microorganisms, weeds and other pests in school buildings
and on school grounds. IPM combines a variety of methods for managing pests including
monitoring, improved sanitation and food storage practices, pest exclusion and removal,
biological control, and pesticides. The objective of the IPM program is to provide
effective pest control while minimizing pesticide use.
Pesticides
Non-chemical pest management methods will be implemented whenever possible.
However, sometimes pesticide use may be necessary to control a pest problem. When
that happens, the school will use the least hazardous effective pesticide feasible.
Notification
When required by law, parents/guardians and school staff will be notified in advance of
specific pesticide applications. In order to receive notification, you must request to be
placed on the school’s notification registry. Notification will be given at least five days
before the planned pesticide application. When required by law, pesticide application
notices will be posted in school and on school grounds.
Notification need not be given for pesticide applications recognized by law or regulations
to pose little or no risk of exposure to students or staff.
A copy of the school system’s IPM/Pest Management policy is available for review in the
school office. The school also keeps records of prior pesticide applications and the
pesticides used. You may review these records, a copy of the policy and Maine’s
“Pesticides in Schools” regulation (Chapter 27 of the Department of Agriculture Board of
Pesticides Control “Standards for Pesticide Applications and Public Notification in
Schools”) by contacting our IPM Coordinator the Director of Maintenance at the Dingley
Building, 36 Oak Street, Lewiston, Maine 04240 (207) 795-4107.
For further information about pests, pesticides and notification, you may contact the
Board of Pesticides Control at 207-287-27631 or go to their website
www.state.me.us/agriculture/pesticides/schoolipm.
9/03
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: ECBA-E3
NOTICE OF PLANNED PESTICIDE APPLICATION
The following notice is provided in compliance with State regulations establishing standards for
pesticide applications and notification in schools.
________________________________, EPA registration number _________________,
Product name
containing ___________________________________________ will be applied by
chemical name
_____________________________________________________________________
name of pest control company or licensed applicator
to _____________________________________________________________________
area in building or on school property where pesticide will be applied
during ______________________for the purpose of controlling __________________.
approx. time of day & date of application
type of pest
For additional information regarding this application, you may contact the Director of
Maintenance at (207) 795-4107.
Legal Reference:
Ch. 27 § 4, Department of Agriculture Board of Pesticides Control
Rule (Standards for Pesticide Applications and Public Notification in
Schools).
9/03
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: ED
MATERIAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Proper management of the school unit’s materials, supplies and equipment—both
instructional and non-instructional—is the general responsibility of the Superintendent.
The Superintendent may delegate particular resource management duties as he/she deems
appropriate.
The Superintendent/designee shall establish procedures as necessary for the proper
control of materials, supplies and equipment. Controls shall include an inventory system,
maintenance records and records of materials/equipment assigned to students or staff
members for personal use. Staff and students are expected to exhibit reasonable care for
school property issued for their use.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
DID – Inventories
GCSA – Employee Computer and Internet Use
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EE
TRANSPORTATION SERVICES MANAGEMENT
The school unit shall provide transportation services for elementary and secondary
students in accordance with School Committee policies and applicable laws. The major
priorities of the school unit’s transportation program are to provide safe, comfortable
transportation for students in the most efficient and economical manner feasible.
All vehicles used to transport students shall be inspected and maintained regularly so as
to provide safe and efficient transportation with a minimum of delays and disruptions due
to mechanical or equipment failure. All legal and safety requirements shall be
scrupulously observed.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 5401
Cross Reference:
EEA - Student Transportation Services
EEAEAA - Drug and Alcohol Testing of School Bus Drivers
JICC - Student Conduct on School Buses
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EEA
STUDENT TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
The School Committee will provide transportation for all students who live beyond a
reasonable distance from their school as the School Committee has determined. Students
in kindergarten through grade 6 shall be transported if they live one mile or more from
school. Students in grades 7 and 8 shall be transported if they live one mile or more from
school, or if they reside on streets listed in EEA-R.
Students in grade 9 through 12 shall be transported if they reside one and one-quarter
mile (1.25) or more from school, or if they reside on streets listed in EEA-R.
Distance shall be measured by the shortest publicly traveled way from the residence to
the bus stop or school door. In cases questioned, distance will be measured and
established by the Superintendent/designee.
Exceptions to the above distance shall be made for the following reasons only:
A.
Health
Exceptions to established walking distances may be made for students with
disabilities as required by their IEP. Exceptions may also be made to
accommodate a student’s need for transportation with written
documentation for the student’s physician.
B.
Hazardous Walking Conditions
Hazardous walking conditions shall be defined as those which would place
a child of a given age in a situation of greater than normal or average
danger. See streets listed in EEA-R.
Authorized bus stops will be located so as to load and unload students with the most
safety allowed by road conditions. The distance between stops may vary according to
safety factors. If possible, students will be loaded and unloaded so that it is not necessary
for them to cross a main highway to reach their homes.
Requests for bus stops inconsistent with these guidelines must be made in writing and
submitted to the Superintendent. The Superintendent shall consider all relevant factors
including the best interest of the student, bus capacity and established routes in deciding
whether to grant the request.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: EEA
Buses which arrive at school more than 15 minutes prior to the start of school shall not
discharge their passengers until the regularly-scheduled time unless authorized to do so
by the building administrator or duty teacher/staff member.
Legal Reference:
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
Revised:
20-A MRSA § 5401
JICC – Student Conduct on School Buses
June 7, 2000
May 21, 2007
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: EEA-R
STUDENT TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
STREET LISTING
Grades 7 and 8:
Students in Grade 7 and 8 shall be transported if they live one mile or more from
school, or if they reside west of Main Street (inclusive of the westerly side of Main
Street); north of Russell Street (inclusive of the northerly side of Russell Street); and east
of East Avenue (inclusive of the easterly side of East Avenue).
Grades 9 through 12:
Students in grade 9 through 12 shall be transported if they reside one and onequarter mile (1.25) or more from school, or if they reside west of Main Street (inclusive
of the westerly side of Main Street); north on Main Street starting at the intersection of
Main Street and Frye Street; north of Russell Street (inclusive of the northerly side of
Russell Street); south of Canal Street; south of Lisbon Street starting at the intersection
of Lisbon Street and Adams Avenue and proceeding in a southeasterly direction
(inclusive of the southerly side of Lisbon Street); and east of Scribner Boulevard
(inclusive of both sides of Scribner Boulevard).
The following streets shall also be eligible for transportation: Rosemount Street,
Cote Street, East Cote Street, Fairmount Street, Ashmount Street, Hilltop Avenue,
Webster Street starting at the intersection of Webster Street and Hilltop Avenue and
proceeding in a southeasterly direction, Orleans Street, Revere Street, Shank Street,
Marguerette Street, Russell Street Extension, Harold Street, Bushey Circle, and Holy
Family Street.
5/21/07
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EEAEAA
DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING OF SCHOOL BUS DRIVERS
In accordance with the federal Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991,
in addition to other pertinent state and federal laws promulgated to effectuate a drug and
alcohol free workplace, the Lewiston School Committee is committed to the
establishment of an alcohol and controlled substance testing program for school bus
drivers, in addition to any other employees who drive vehicles to transport sixteen (16) or
more passengers, including the driver.
The purpose of the testing program shall be to help prevent accidents, injuries and deaths
resulting from the misuse of alcohol and controlled substances by drivers performing
safety-sensitive functions. The Superintendent shall be responsible for the
implementation of an alcohol and drug testing program consistent with federal
regulations and shall implement additional administrative procedures to assist and further
the implementation of the federal mandates regarding alcohol and controlled substances
testing as he/she deems necessary.
Bid specifications and contracts for transportation shall require that the contractor
establish a drug and alcohol testing program which complies with federal regulations.
Legal References:
49 CFR Part 382
26 MRSA §§ 681(8)(B); 685(2); 689
Cross Reference:
EEAEAA-R – Drug and Alcohol Testing of School Bus Drivers
Administrative Procedure
Adopted:
Revised:
April 8, 1996
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EEAEAA-R
DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING OF SCHOOL BUS DRIVERS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
The Lewiston School Committee is committed to the establishment of an alcohol and controlled
substance testing program that meets all applicable requirements of the federal Omnibus
Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, in addition to pertinent state laws and regulations.
The purpose of the testing program shall be to help prevent accidents and injuries resulting from
the misuse of alcohol and controlled substances by drivers performing safety-sensitive functions.
The following administrative procedure represents a summary of the main provisions
found in federal regulations promulgated to effectuate drug and alcohol testing of bus
drivers. The following procedure in no way attempts to modify said regulations, which
should always be referred to when questions as to implementation of this policy/
procedure arise.
I.
APPLICABILITY
All persons operating a commercial motor vehicle in commerce in any state and
subject to the commercial driver’s license requirements mandated under both
federal and state laws, including the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing
Act of 1991, shall be subject to the drug and alcohol testing provisions herein
contained.
II.
IMPLEMENTATION
The Superintendent shall be responsible for implementing a drug and alcohol
testing program which complies with procedures set forth in Title 49 Parts 40,
382, 390 and 395 of the Federal Code of Regulations. Such testing program shall
include pre-employment/pre-duty drug testing, post-accident testing, random
testing, reasonable suspicion testing, return-to-duty and follow-up testing. This
school unit shall provide parties subject to testing with written notice of materials
and information available to them as required by Part 382.
III.
CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES
Controlled substances in this policy/procedure refer to those covered by the
Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, including marijuana,
cocaine, opiates, amphetamines, and phencyclidine (PCP).
Page 1 of 8
IV.
SAFETY-SENSITIVE FUNCTION
Safety-sensitive function(s) in this policy/procedure refer to functions defined in
49 CFR §382.107 and §395.2 (On-Duty Time, paragraphs (1) through (6)).
V.
PROHIBITIONS
All drivers subject to this policy shall be prohibited from:
VI.
A.
Using any alcohol while on duty and four (4) hours prior to going on duty;
B.
Possessing alcohol while on duty;
C.
Reporting for duty or remaining on duty while having an alcohol
concentration of 0.02 or greater;
D.
Using any alcohol for eight (8) hours following an accident, or until he/she
undergoes a post-accident alcohol test, whichever occurs first;
E.
Refusing to submit to a required alcohol or controlled substance test(s);
F.
Reporting for duty or remaining on duty when using any controlled
substance, except when use is pursuant to the instructions of a physician
who advised the driver that the substance does not adversely affect the
driver’s ability to safely operate the vehicle; and
G.
Reporting for duty, remaining on duty, or performing a safety-sensitive
function, if the driver tests positive for a controlled substance.
REQUIRED TESTING
A.
Pre-Employment Testing. Prior to the first time a driver performs a
safety-sensitive function for the school unit, the driver shall undergo testing
for controlled substances. However, no driver shall be subjected to preemployment controlled substance testing prior to having been offered a
position. Employment is conditioned upon a verified negative controlled
substance test result.
Page 2 of 8
B.
Post-Accident Testing. As soon as practicable following an accident, each
surviving driver will be subject to alcohol and controlled substance testing
as follows:
1.
Any driver performing safety-sensitive functions with respect to the
vehicle if the accident involved loss of human life;
2.
Any driver who receives a citation under State or local law for a
moving violation arising from the accident; and
3.
a.
Causes bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury,
immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene
of the accident; or
b.
Should one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling
damage as a result of the accident, require a motor vehicle to
be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other
motor vehicle.
In addition, the following provisions will also apply.
a.
Alcohol. If a test required under this section is not
administered within two (2) hours following the accident, the
school unit shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating
the reasons the test was not promptly administered. If a test is
not administered within eight (8) hours following the
accident, the school unit shall cease attempts to administer the
test and shall prepare and maintain the same record. Records
shall be submitted to the Federal Highway Administration
(FHWA) upon request of the Associate Administrator.
b.
Controlled Substances. If a test required by this section is
not administered within thirty-two (32) hours following the
accident, the school unit shall cease attempts to administer the
test and shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating the
reasons the test was not promptly administered. Records
shall be submitted to the FHWA upon request of the
Associate Administrator.
Page 3 of 8
C.
D.
Random Testing. All drivers subject to this policy/procedure will be
subject to random and unannounced alcohol and controlled substance
testing throughout the year. The minimum annual percentage rate for
testing of bus drivers is as follows:
1.
Random alcohol testing shall be a minimum of 10 percent of the
number of driver positions each selection period; and
2.
Random controlled substance testing shall be a minimum of 50
percent of the number of driver positions each selection period.
Reasonable Suspicion Testing. All drivers subject to this policy/
procedure shall submit to alcohol and controlled substance testing when the
employer has reasonable suspicion to believe that the driver has violated
the prohibitions found in Part V. of this procedure, with the exception of
Part V. B. regarding alcohol possession. The school unit shall base its
determination that reasonable suspicion exists requiring the driver to
undergo such testing on observations concerning appearance, behavior,
speech or body odors of the driver. When controlled substances are at
issue, observations may include indications of the chronic and withdrawal
effects of controlled substances.
In addition, the following provisions also apply.
1.
Alcohol. Alcohol testing will be performed only if the
aforementioned observations are made during, just preceding, or just
after the period of the work day that the driver is required to be in
compliance with this policy/procedure. If a test required under this
section is not administered within two (2) hours following the
reasonable suspicion determination, the school unit shall prepare and
maintain on file a record stating the reasons the test was not
promptly administered. If a test required under this section is not
administered within eight (8) hours following a determination that
reasonable suspicion exists, the school unit shall cease attempts to
administer an alcohol test and shall state in the record reasons for not
administering the test. The school unit shall submit to the FHWA
records of tests required by this section that were not completed
within eight (8) hours according to the mandates of 49 CFR
§382.307 (3).
2.
Controlled Substances. The school unit shall, within twenty-four
(24) hours or before the results of the controlled substances test are
Page 4 of 8
released, whichever is earlier, create a written record of the
observations leading to a controlled substances test which shall be signed
by the supervisor or school unit official making said observations.
E.
Return-to-Duty Testing. Prior to returning to duty requiring the
performance of safety-sensitive functions when a driver has engaged in
conduct prohibited under this policy/procedure, the driver shall undergo a
return-to-duty alcohol and/or controlled substances test(s) as appropriate.
Drivers found to have engaged in prohibited conduct under the alcohol
provisions of this policy/procedure will not be permitted to return to duty
unless the subsequent alcohol test reveals a result less than or consistent
with federal and state standards. In cases involving controlled substances, a
verified negative result is necessary before a driver may return to duty.
F.
VII.
Follow-up Testing. In the event that a driver has been found to have been
in violation of the prohibitions herein contained and is identified as
requiring assistance in resolving problems associated with alcohol and/or
controlled substances, the school unit shall require the driver to submit to at
least six (6) unannounced follow-up alcohol and/or controlled substances
tests during the first twelve (12) months after returning to duty. Follow-up
tests will be unannounced and may continue for up to sixty (60) months
after returning to duty. Follow-up alcohol testing shall be conducted only
when the driver is performing, just before, or just after ceasing to perform
safety-sensitive functions.
REFUSAL TO SUBMIT TO TESTING
All drivers who are required by federal regulations to submit to drug/alcohol
testing must do so immediately upon being directed to submit to the test(s). A
driver’s refusal to submit to testing will subject the driver to immediate removal
from the performance of safety-sensitive functions. In addition, failure to comply
with Federal regulations or this procedure is grounds for disciplinary action up to
and including dismissal. Any of the following actions on the part of a driver
constitutes a refusal to submit to a test:
A.
Failure to provide adequate specimens/samples of substance(s) undergoing
testing, including but not limited to breath and urine, without a valid
medical reason;
B.
Engaging in conduct which obstructs the testing process; and
C.
Refusal by an employee to complete and sign testing forms.
Page 5 of 8
VIII. TRAINING FOR SUPERVISORS
This school unit will assign persons who will be designated to determine whether
reasonable suspicion exists to require a driver to undergo testing under Part 382,
with at least sixty (60) minutes of training on alcohol misuse and receive at least
an additional sixty (60) minutes of training on controlled substances. Training
shall cover the physical, behavioral, speech, and performance indicators of
probable alcohol misuse and use of controlled substances.
IX.
ENFORCEMENT
This school unit, in its independent authority as an employer, shall subject any
driver who violates this policy/administrative procedure or Federal regulations to
potential disciplinary action up to and including dismissal, except to the extent that
any state law or collective bargaining agreement requires otherwise.
In addition, any driver who refuses to submit to a post-accident, random,
reasonable suspicion, return-to-duty or follow-up test(s) shall not perform or
continue to perform safety-sensitive functions.
Furthermore, no driver tested and found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02
or greater but less than 0.04 shall perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive
functions including driving a commercial motor vehicle until the start of the
driver’s next regularly scheduled duty period, but not less than twenty-four (24)
hours after the test was administered.
X.
RECORDS
Employee drug and alcohol tests and results shall be maintained under strict
confidentiality in a secure location with controlled access and released only in
accordance with law. A driver, upon written request, shall receive copies of any
records pertaining to his/her use of drugs or alcohol, including any records
pertaining to his/her drug tests. Records shall be made available to subsequent
employers or other identified persons only when expressly requested in writing by
the driver.
XI.
NOTIFICATIONS
Each driver shall receive educational materials prior to the school unit’s
commencement of alcohol and controlled substances testing. Such material will
explain the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49 Part 382,
and contain a copy of the School Committee’s policy and administrative
Page 6 of 8
procedures for meeting these requirements. Representatives of employee
organizations shall be notified of the availability of this information. The school
unit shall also include in the package of informational material submitted to each
driver, a statement certifying that he/she has received the informational material.
The school unit shall maintain the original signed copy of the statement on file.
In addition to the aforementioned items, the school unit shall also make available
to drivers and representatives of employee organizations information which shall
identify:
A.
The person designated by the school unit to answer questions about the
materials;
B.
The procedures that will be used to test for the presence of alcohol and
controlled substances; protect the driver and the integrity of the testing
processes, safeguard the validity of the test results, and ensure that those
results are attributed to the correct driver;
C.
Information concerning the effects of alcohol and controlled substances on
an individual’s health, work, and personal life; signs and symptoms of an
alcohol or a controlled substance(s) problem (the driver’s or co-worker’s);
and available methods of intervening when an alcohol or controlled
substances problem is suspected, including confrontation, referral to any
employee assistance program and/or referral to management.
XIII. REFERRAL, EVALUATION, & TREATMENT
A.
Referral. A driver who has engaged in conduct prohibited by this
policy/procedure shall be advised by the school unit of resources available
to the driver in evaluating and resolving problems associated with the
misuse of alcohol and use of controlled substances. The information the
bus driver receives will include: names, addresses, and telephone numbers
of substance abuse professionals, counseling and treatment programs, in
addition to information relating to his/her responsibility with regard to
payment of such services.
B.
Evaluation/Treatment. A driver who engages in such prohibited conduct
shall be evaluated by a substance abuse professional who shall determine
what assistance or treatment, if any, the employee needs in resolving
controlled substance(s) use.
Page 7 of 8
XIV. RETURN TO DUTY
If a school unit has not discharged a driver due to his/her engagement in prohibited
conduct under this policy/procedure, the bus driver must, prior to returning to
safety-sensitive duties:
XV.
A.
Undergo return-to-duty testing and obtain an alcohol concentration level of
less than 0.02 and/or a verified negative test for controlled substances;
B.
Have been evaluated by a substance abuse professional; and
C.
Have followed prescribed and/or recommended treatment.
OTHER POLICIES/PROCEDURES
Nothing contained in this administrative procedure shall prevent the School
Committee from establishing and enforcing independent policies/procedures
relating to the possession, being under the influence of, distribution, sale or use of
alcohol or controlled substances or any misconduct associated therewith and the
penalties for violation of those policies/procedures, up to and including dismissal.
Legal References:
49 CFR Parts 40, 382, 390, 395
Title 26 MRSA §§ 681(8)(B); 685(2); 689
6/00
Page 8 of 8
NEPN/NSBA Code: EEBB
USE OF PRIVATE VEHICLES ON SCHOOL BUSINESS
The School Committee recognizes that certain school employees use their own vehicles
for school business. To safeguard the school unit in matters of liability, particularly
regarding the transportation of students, employees shall strictly adhere to administrative
procedures concerning the use of private vehicles.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EFC
FREE AND REDUCED PRICE FOOD SERVICES
Lewiston Public Schools shall take part, as feasible, in the National School Lunch and
Breakfast Programs and other food programs which may become available to assure that
all children for whom this School Committee is responsible shall have the opportunity to
receive proper nourishment.
Parents shall be advised that this program is available and eligibility criteria shall be
made public.
In accordance with the guidelines for participation in these programs, and in accordance
with the wishes of the School Committee, no child who a teacher believes is improperly
nourished shall be denied a free lunch, breakfast or other food, simply because proper
application has not been received from his/her parents or guardian. No student is to be
denied food as a disciplinary measure.
The School Nutrition Program Director shall be responsible for the day to day operations
of the food service program under the supervision of the Superintendent. The
Superintendent/designee shall implement and communicate, as appropriate,
administrative procedures which conform with state and federal requirements and the
intent of this policy regarding participation in programs for free/reduced price meals and
supplementary food.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EFDA
SALE OF FOODS AND BEVERAGES OUTSIDE OF THE
SCHOOL NUTRITION PROGRAM
Lewiston Public Schools support good nutrition as part of a school environment that
contributes to student health and encourages positive food choices and eating habits. The
School Committee believes that nutrition influences a student’s ability to take full
advantage of the school system’s educational program and is, therefore, related to student
achievement.
The School Committee also recognizes that proceeds from the sale of foods and
beverages outside of the School Nutrition Program (“competitive foods 1”) are a
significant source of funds for student activities that Lewiston Public Schools might not
otherwise be able to provide.
RESTRICTION ON SALE OF FOODS AND BEVERAGES OUTSIDE OF THE
Maine Department of Education Rule Chapter 51 mandates that any food or beverage
sold at any time on school property of a school participating in the National School
Lunch or School Breakfast Programs shall be a planned part of the total food service
program 2 of the school and shall include only those items which contribute both to the
nutritional needs of children and the development of desirable food habits, and shall
not include foods of minimal nutritional value as defined in applicable federal
1
Beginning July 1, 2005, any food or beverage sold at any time on school property of a school participating in the
National School Lunch or School Breakfast Programs shall be a planned part of the total food service program of the
school and shall include only those items which contribute both to the nutritional needs of children and the
development of desirable food habits, and shall not include foods of minimal nutritional value as defined in Section
1 above, except that the local School Committee or the Career and Technical Education Region cooperative board,
established in accordance with 20-A MRSA Section 8301-A(6), may permit, by policy, the sale of food and
beverages outside the total food service program.
2
According to DOE Rule Chapter 51 (1)(b), the “Total Food Service Program” includes the federal Milk Program
as defined in 7 C.F.R. § 215; the federal Breakfast Program, which means the federal program under which a
breakfast that meets the nutritional requirements set forth in 7 C.F.R. § 220 is offered; the National School Lunch
Program (including the After School Snack), which means the federal program under which the school operates a
nonprofit lunch program that meets the requirements of 7 C.F.R.§ 210; or any combination of these programs.
Page 1 of 3
regulations 3, except as provided for by School Committee policy in certain
circumstances.
As allowed by Rule Chapter 51, the sale of food and beverages outside the total food
program is permitted with respect to:
1. The public at community events held on school property.
2. Staff Vending Machines that are in accordance to Vending Machine Policy
(NEPN/NSBA CODE: EFE).
3. LRTC School Store, consistent with the requirement that this program
excludes foods of minimal nutritional value as defined in applicable federal
regulations.
4. LRTC Culinary Arts Program.
When foods and beverages are sold to raise funds for schools or student activities,
students, staff, parents, or school-sponsored organizations involved in such sales are
encouraged to include healthy food choices.
SALE OF CANDY OR CANDY SALES
The sale of candy or candy sales by a school or school sanctioned organization, at any
time, is prohibited.
FUNDS FROM SALES OF FOODS AND BEVERAGES OUTSIDE OF THE
Funds from all food and beverage sales made at any time on school property shall accrue
to the benefit of the school’s non-profit school food service program, except that funds
raised through authorized sales outside the total food service program shall accrue to the
3
“Foods of minimal nutritional value” as defined in 7 C.F.R. § 210.11 means: (a) In the case of artificially
sweetened foods, a food which provides less than 5 percent of the Reference Daily Intake (RDI) for each of the eight
specified nutrients per serving; (b) in the case of all other foods, a food which provides less than 5 percent of the
RDI for each of eight specified nutrients per 100 calories and less than 5 percent of the RDI for each of eight
specified nutrients per serving. The eight nutrients to be assessed for this purpose are: protein, vitamin A, vitamin
C, niacin, riboflavin, thiamin, calcium, and iron. This definition is applicable to foods that are part of the total food
service program of the school, and foods and beverages sold at food sales, school stores, and in vending machines.
A listing of “Categories of Foods of Minimal Nutritional Value” is in Appendix B to 7 C.F.R. Part 210 (National
School Lunch Program).
Page 2 of 3
sponsoring school or approved student organization in accordance with applicable
policies, cash-management procedures and administrative directives.
COMPLIANCE
The building principal, in consultation with the Director of Food Services, shall monitor
compliance with this policy.
TRANSITION
Organizations and parent support groups, such as booster clubs, may use stock that is
currently on hand, but may not order additional stock of prohibited items under this
policy. Notwithstanding the transition provision in this policy, sales of foods and
beverages outside of the school nutrition program shall be prohibited effective November
21, 2005.
Contracts with vendors to provide products for sale of items prohibited under this policy
may be fulfilled so long as the contract has been in force prior to the adoption of this
policy. Contracts may not be initiated with any vendor to provide products for sale of
prohibited items under this policy after the effective date of this policy.
POLICY REVIEW
This policy will be reviewed within one year of its adoption.
Legal Reference: Ch. 51 (Department. of Education Rule) (Child Nutrition Programs in
Public Schools and Institutions)
Adopted: July 17, 1989
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA CODE: EFE
VENDING MACHINES
Good nutrition provides the foundation for student growth, development and learning. Many
children consume at least one-third of their daily food intake in the school setting. Having
healthy foods available contributes to better nutrient intake and more appropriate levels of
caloric consumption. Healthy eating can improve academic performance, attendance, mood,
alertness and behavioral issues.
In order to model healthy food choices and establish consistency with health and nutrition
information, taught in the classroom, the sale of soft drinks and other foods as defined below in
all vending machines is prohibited in Lewiston Public Schools.
Food Prohibited From Sale in Vending Machines
Soft drinks – includes regular and low calorie carbonated soft drinks, carbonated fruit juice
drinks and sweetened and unsweetened carbonated water.
Artificially sweetened foods are foods that provide less than 5% of the recommended daily
intake (RDI) for one of the eight specified nutrients per 100 calories, and less than 5% of the
RDI for one of the eight specified nutrients per serving. The eight specified nutrients are protein,
vitamin A, vitamin C, niacin, riboflavin, thiamin, calcium, and iron.
Responsibilities
1. The building principal in consultation with the Director of Food Service – shall monitor
compliance with the vending machine policy.
2. Revenues and expenses derived from the vending machines other than those maintained by
the school nutrition program shall be the responsibility of the building principal.
3. The building principal shall report all vending machine revenues and expenditures to the
Business Manager.
Exceptions
Vending machines located in teacher's rooms shall be in compliance with the policy by
December 31, 2005.
Cross Reference: EFDA Restrictions on sale of food.
Adopted: May 23, 2005
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: EFE-E
Examples of the 5% Rule
NUTRITION FACTS
Item: Pretzels
Serving Size 1 package
Servings Per Container 1
Amount Per Serving 1 oz
Calories 110 Per Serving
Total Calories =
110
Times 5%
=
x .05
______
5.5%
Product must contain 5.5% of the RDI
for one of the 8 Specified Nutrients.
NUTRITION FACTS
Item: Potato Chips
Serving Size 1 oz.
Servings Per Container 1.75
Amount Per Serving 28g/about 15 chips
Total Calories =
150
Times 5%
=
x .05
______
7.5%
Calcium 0%
*Thiamin 8%
*Niacin 6%
Vitamin A 0%
Calcium 0%
*Iron 8%
Riboflavin 4%
Phosphorus 2%
*Vitamin C 10%
Iron 0%
* Meets 5% Rule in Thiamin, Niacin
and Iron
* Meets 5% Rule in Vitamin C
NUTRITION FACTS
Item: Snickers Bar
Serving Size 1/3 Bar
Amount Per Serving 1.23 oz
Total Calories =
170
Times 5%
=
x .05
______
8.5%
NUTRITION FACTS
Item: Ice Cream Sandwich
Serving Size 1 Sandwich
Amount Per Serving 3.5 oz
Total Calories =
160
Times 5%
=
x .05
______
8.0%
Vitamin A 0%
Vitamin C 0%
Calcium 2%
Iron 0%
Thiamine 2%
Riboflavin 2%
Niacin 4%
* Does Not Meet the 5% Rule.
Vitamin A 2%
Calcium 4%
Vitamin C 0%
Iron 4%
* Does Not Meet the 5% Rule.
5/05
Page 1 of 1
SECTION F: FACILITIES DEVELOPMENT
Section F of the NEPN/NSBA classification system contains policies, regulations, and exhibits
on facility planning, financing, construction, and renovation. It also includes the topics of
temporary facilities and school closings.
[This section is intentionally left blank.]
SECTION G: PERSONNEL
Section G of the NEPN/NSBA classification system contains policies, regulations, and exhibits
on all school employees except for the superintendent (policies on the school chief are located in
Section C, General Administration). The category is divided into three main divisions: GB has
policies applying to all school employees or to general personnel matters; GC refers to
instructional and administrative staff; and GD refers to support or classified staff.
GBB
GBE
GBEBA
GBEC
GBGA
GBGAA
GBGAB
GBI
GBJ
GBJAA
GBJAA-E
GBJC
GBN
GBN-R1
GBN-R2
GBO
Staff Involvement in Decision Making
Professional Staff Responsibilities
Staff Dress
Drug-Free Workplace
Staff Health
Bloodborne Pathogens
Ergonomics
Staff Participation in Political Activities
Personnel Records and Files
Retention of Application Materials
Family and Medical Leave
Family & Medical Leave Act (FMLA) Administrative Procedure
Maine Family Medical Leave Administrative Procedure
Family Care Leave
GCAAD
GCAAD-R
GCAAD-E
GCBA
GCCAD
GCF
GCFB
GCFB-R
GCGA
GCGA-R
GCI
GCI-R
GCOA
GCOC
GCQC
GCSA
GCSA-R
GCSA-E
Athletic Coaching Positions
Volunteer Coaches
Volunteer Coach Application Form
Vocational Instructor Salaries
Military Leave
Professional Staff Hiring
Recruiting and Hiring of Administrative Staff
Recruiting and Hiring of Administrative Staff Procedures
Substitute Teachers
Teacher Responsibilities to Substitutes
Professional Staff Development Opportunities
Professional Staff Development Opportunities Administrative Procedure
Supervision and Evaluation of Professional Staff
Evaluation of Administrative Staff
Resignation of School Unit Employees
Employee Computer and Internet Use
Employee Computer and Internet Use Rules
Employee Computer/Internet Use Acknowledgment Form
2/25/08
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBB
STAFF INVOLVEMENT IN DECISION MAKING
The formulation of policy involving the curriculum, instruction and the overall school
program is one of the primary responsibilities of the School Committee, and the
Committee reserves the right to make the final decision regarding such policies. The
School Committee believes that the best interests of the district’s students should be the
principle guiding the adoption of all educational policy. The School Committee further
believes that appropriate input from the professional staff is important to the decisionmaking process.
The Superintendent shall ensure that there is a process in place to encourage meaningful
professional staff input prior to making recommendations regarding curriculum,
instruction and the school program to the School Committee. The process should be
conducted in a spirit of cooperation, with a clear focus on student learning as the most
important function of the schools, and with the understanding that the staff is collectively
responsible for student performance.
Participation in the decision-making process is accompanied with an expectation of
accountability by the professional staff. All proposals for changes to the curriculum,
instruction or the district’s educational goals should incorporate evaluation procedures
linked to student outcomes. The School Committee encourages the use of professional
development activities specifically directed to improving staff research, analytical and
decision-making abilities.
The Superintendent shall ensure that the administrative team has the appropriate support
to lead an effective instructional program with a consistent focus on student learning and
outcomes.
Legal Reference:
26 MRSA § 965
Cross Reference:
GCI – Professional Staff Development Opportunities
GCOA – Supervision and Evaluation of Professional Staff
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBE
PROFESSIONAL STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES
Professional staff have a responsibility to make themselves familiar with and abide by
School Committee policies, administrative procedures, school rules and applicable state
and federal laws.
Professional staff are expected to carry out their job responsibilities conscientiously and
to participate in staff development programs, staff meetings, parent conferences and
school functions as directed by the administration. Staff members are also encouraged to
develop outside interests and to participate in community activities.
Professional staff are expected to devote to their assignments the time necessary to meet
their responsibilities.
Lesson Plans
A.
Teachers are responsible for completing their lesson plans at least three
days in advance.
B.
Lesson plans shall be left at school unless prior approval is given by a
C.
Lesson plans shall be in sufficient detail so as to explain the procedures and
to provide an understanding of what the teacher plans to accomplish in each
lesson.
D.
Lesson plans shall be checked periodically by an administrator and/or
department head.
E.
All lesson plans shall be retained by the building administrator at the end of
the school year to be used as a reference.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
GBEBA – Staff Dress
GCI – Professional Staff Development Opportunities
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBEBA
STAFF DRESS
The School Committee expects school staff to maintain a standard of dress that reflects
their professional status and does not interfere with the effective performance of their job
responsibilities in the performance of their duties.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
GBE – Professional Staff Responsibilities
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBEC
DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE
The School Committee recognizes that alcoholism and drug dependency are treatable
diseases. Left untreated, they may result in serious personal and family problems. At the
same time, the School Committee is also seriously concerned about the effects of alcohol
and drug dependency upon an employee’s job performance and ability to serve as a role
model for our students.
The School Committee believes strongly that all employees and students should be able
to work and learn in an environment free from alcohol and drug abuse. Accordingly, the
school unit expects all employees to report for work and to perform their duties in a
manner which does not jeopardize the health, safety and well-being of co-workers and
students.
No employee shall distribute, dispense, possess, use or be under the influence of any
alcoholic beverage, malt beverage or fortified wine or other intoxicating liquor. Nor shall
an employee unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use or be under the
influence of any look-alike substance or narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug,
amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana, anabolic steroid or any other controlled substance
(as defined in schedules I through V of section 202 of the federal Controlled Substance
Act [21 USC § 812]; by regulation at 21 CFR, § 1300.11 through 1300.15; and in 17-A
MRSA, § 1101). This applies before, during and after school hours, at school or in any
other school system location, defined as follows:
“School system location” means in any school building or on any school premises;
in any school-owned vehicle or in any other school-approved vehicle used to
transports students to and from school or school activities; off school property at
any school-sponsored or school-approved activity, event or function, such as a
field trip or athletic event, where students are under the jurisdiction of the school
unit; or during any period of time such employee is supervising students on behalf
of the school system or otherwise engaged in school unit business.
Any employee who suspects that he/she may have an alcohol or drug dependency
problem is strongly encouraged to contact his/her supervisor to seek voluntary diagnosis
and treatment. The employee will be provided confidential referral services to an outside
agency upon request and assisted in determining the extent to which insurance coverage
to help pay for such services is available. All voluntary referrals shall be kept
confidential.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBEC
Any illegal use, possession, furnishing, selling or provision of assistance in obtaining
alcoholic beverages or scheduled drugs not covered by the preceding paragraph may,
depending upon the circumstances, constitute sufficient grounds for discipline, up to and
including dismissal. Referrals under foregoing paragraphs of this policy will not
preclude disciplinary action under this paragraph, depending on the circumstances.
As provided in the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988, any employee is required to notify
the school unit of a criminal or civil conviction for a drug violation occurring in the
workplace no later than five calendar days after such conviction. In turn, the
Superintendent, within 10 calendar days of learning of such a conviction, is to give
written notification to the U.S. Department of Education and to any other federal agency
from which the unit receives grant funds.
Appropriate personnel sanctions shall be taken against any employee who violates the
terms of this school unit’s drug and alcohol policy, up to and including termination.
Employees may also be referred to law enforcement authorities as deemed appropriate by
the Superintendent.
Implementation
The Superintendent shall be responsible for developing and administering appropriate
procedures to implement this policy.
Communication
A copy of this policy is to be given or mailed to all current employees and to new
employees at the time of their employment and is to be posted in appropriate locations
throughout the school system.
Legal Reference:
21 U.S.C. § 812 (Controlled Substances Act)
21 C.F.R. §§ 1300.11-1300.15
Fed. P.L. 101-226
17-A MRSA § 1101
Cross Reference:
JICH - Drug and Alcohol Use by Students
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBGA
STAFF HEALTH
The school unit will comply with all applicable laws pertaining to communicable
diseases. The School Committee retains the right to require employees to submit to a
physical examination when there are reasonable grounds to believe that an employee’s
condition may pose a health and/or safety risk to students and staff.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBGAA
BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS
The School Committee acknowledges the risk of infection from bloodborne pathogens
that employees may incur when they handle or participate in procedures that involve
blood, other body fluids or other potentially infectious materials.
The School Committee directs the Superintendent to implement the mandated
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard to eliminate or
minimize occupational exposure to potentially infectious material for employees who
have a reasonable anticipation of exposure to blood and other body fluids.
The Superintendent shall prepare for School Committee consideration and approval an
initial Occupational Exposure Control Plan with updates on at least an annual basis. The
adopted plan shall be distributed to all employees. The following issues shall be
addressed in the plan:
A.
Exposure determination;
B.
Preventive measures including training, universal precautions, Hepatitis B
vaccination, engineering controls, work practice controls, and personal
protective equipment;
C.
Post-exposure evaluation and follow-up; and
D.
Recordkeeping.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBGAB
ERGONOMICS
Lewiston Public Schools support ergonomically correct work sites. A plan will be
developed and site reviews will be conducted by qualified personnel on a regular basis.
Training will be provided to specific school personnel to insure compliance with
recommended standards. A component of student and adult technology education will
include an understanding of and use of ergonomically correct work stations.
Adopted: March 23, 1998 (Vote 2)
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBI
STAFF PARTICIPATION IN POLITICAL ACTIVITIES
Employees of Lewiston Public Schools may participate in political activities in
accordance with the provisions of the U.S. Constitution and federal and state laws.
Employees may not distribute political materials or promote particular political parties or
candidates while performing their duties for the school unit.
Teachers may not use the classroom as a personal forum to influence the political views
of students. Teachers may identify and express their own point of view, provided that
they identify it as such and the opinion is presented in the context of instruction which
provides a balance of viewpoints.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA § 13602
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBJ
PERSONNEL RECORDS AND FILES
The school unit shall maintain records of current and former employees in the Office of
the Superintendent in accordance with state and federal laws and regulations.
Directory Information
As required by law, a record of directory information for each employee shall be open to
inspection and copying by any person. Directory information shall contain:
A.
Name of employee;
B.
Date(s) of employment by the school unit;
C.
Regular and extra-curricular duties, courses, subjects taught, and any other
responsibilities since the start of employment by the school unit;
D.
Post-secondary education institution(s) attended;
E.
Major and minor field(s) of study as recognized by those institutions; and
F.
Degrees received and dates degrees were awarded.
Confidential Information
As required by law, all information (except Directory Information) about an employee,
applicant for employment, or an employee/applicant’s immediate family shall be kept
confidential if it relates to the following:
A.
All information, working papers, and examinations used in the evaluation
or selection of applicants for employment;
B.
Medical information of any kind, including information pertaining to
diagnosis or treatment of mental or emotional disorders;
C.
Performance evaluations, personal references and other reports and
evaluations reflecting on the quality or adequacy of the employee’s work or
general character compiled and maintained for employment purposes;
D.
Credit information;
Page 1 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBJ
E.
The personal history, general character or conduct of the employee or any
member of the employee’s immediate family;
F.
Complaints, charges of misconduct, replies thereto and memoranda and
other materials pertaining to disciplinary action;
G.
Social Security number;
H.
Any teacher action plan and support system documents and reports
maintained for certification purposes; and
I.
Criminal history record information.
Personnel Files
Personnel files will contain a cumulative history of the staff member’s employment,
including formal or informal employee work evaluations and reports relating to the
employee’s character, credit, work habits, compensation and benefits.
Other Confidential Personnel Records
The school unit must maintain the following confidential employee records separate from
the personnel files:
A.
Medical information of any kind; and
B.
Teacher action plan and support system documents and reports maintained
for certification purposes.
Disciplinary Action Information
Any written record of a decision involving an employee disciplinary action by the School
Committee shall not be included within any category of confidential information.
Procedures for Review of Personnel Files
For the purpose of this section, a personnel file shall include, but not be limited to, any
formal or informal employee evaluations and reports relating to the employee’s character,
credit, work habits, compensation and benefits that are maintained by the school unit for
employment purposes.
Page 2 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBJ
A.
The Superintendent shall, upon written request and within five (5) business
days, provide the employee, former employee, or his/her duly authorized
representative(s) with an opportunity to review and copy his/her personnel
file, if the Superintendent has a personnel file for that employee.
B.
Reviews of personnel files shall take place at the location where the
personnel files are maintained and during normal office hours.
C.
The cost of any copying is to be paid by the person requesting the copy.
D.
Access to confidential college placement records and letters of reference will be
granted only to the Superintendent/designee.
Access to Personnel Files
Access to personnel files may be given to the following persons without the consent of
the employee.
A.
The Superintendent or his/her designee, the employee’s building
administrator or other supervisor(s). Personnel files are not accessible to
individual School Committee members.
Relevant portions of a personnel file may be summarized and/or shared
with the School Committee by the Superintendent when consideration is
being given to performance evaluation, continuation of employment or
disciplinary action.
B.
The general public shall have access only to the Directory Information as
outlined above.
Access to personnel files will not be granted to any other persons except under the
following circumstances:
A.
When the employee gives written consent for the release of his/her records.
The written consent must specify the record(s) to be released and to whom
they are to be released. Each request for consent must be handled
separately; blanket permission for release of information will not be
accepted; and
B.
Upon advice of counsel, when subpoenaed or under court order.
Page 3 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBJ
Records Management
The Superintendent has overall responsibility for maintaining and preserving the
confidentiality of all employee/applicant records. The Superintendent may designate a
staff member who shall be responsible for granting or denying access to records
according to the guidelines in this policy.
Written reports shall be maintained in personnel files to document compliance with
federal and state laws and regulations and School Committee policies regarding
employee evaluations. Once a document is properly placed in a personnel file, it shall
remain in the file permanently.
Records Retention
The school unit will retain all personnel records and files in accordance with applicable
laws and regulations.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 6101
20-A MRSA § 13015
26 MRSA § 631
Chapter 10, Rules for Disposition of Local Government Records
(Maine State Archives)
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C.
Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. 2611 et seq.
Cross Reference:
KDB - Public’s Right to Know/Freedom of Information
GBJC – Retention of Application Materials
Adopted:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
January 26, 2004
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA CODE: GBJAA
Maine State Law strictly requires that all information relating to applications for
employment remain confidential. This applies to school committee members,
administrators and secretarial staff by virtue of their positions. It also applies to other
staff and members of the public whenever they are involved in a screening and/or
interviewing committee assisting in the selection process.
Therefore, the following three components shall be included in procedures used to
fill all positions:
A.
Potential candidates shall be notified on the application form that the
materials submitted may be disclosed to a screening and/or interview
committee which may include board members, administrators, staff and
members of the community. An individual must sign the consent form in
order to be considered an applicant.
B.
Any screening and/or interviewing committee is to receive a thorough
orientation on the strict responsibility to maintain confidentiality pursuant to
State Law.
C.
Each individual, prior to serving as a screening and/or interviewing
committee member, shall sign a standard form (GBJAA-E) acknowledging
that he/she understands and intends to honor the strict requirements to
maintain confidentiality regarding applicant information. Such forms shall
be retained on file at the Central Office.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA Sec. 6101.2B
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSB CODE: GBJAA-E
The School Committee appreciates your willingness to assist in the process of screening
applicants for the position of __________________________. We are confident that
your participation will contribute to our selection of the best possible candidate.
Understanding the intent and seriousness of the legal requirement to maintain strict
confidentiality is most important. In this regard, Title 20 Section 6101.2B of the Maine
Statues in part:
“…information in any form relating to an employee or applicant for
employment, or to an employee’s immediate family, shall be kept
confidential if it relates to the following:
(1) All information, working papers and examinations used in the
examination or evaluation of all applicants for employment;…”
At least one test case has substantiated that even the name of an applicant is protected
(including the fact that a person has applied). Moreover, the prohibition from discussing
these confidential matters does not end with the selection and appointment of the
successful candidate. It is permanent and applies to all unsuccessful candidates as well.
Therefore, in agreeing to participate in this important undertaking, we expect you to
acknowledge having been provided with an orientation on the requirement for
confidentiality, and that you are accepting this responsibility.
Again, thank you very much for your assistance.
I understand and pledge to honor the strict requirement to maintain confidentiality
regarding applicant information.
Signature:_______________________
Date: ______________________
5/21/01
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBJC
RETENTION OF APPLICATION MATERIALS
State and federal law permit submission of a complaint to the Maine Human Rights
Commission and/or the U.S. Office of Civil Rights within six months of an act alleged to
have been unlawful discrimination. These offices recommend local school units to retain
application materials for at least one (1) year.
Therefore, all records accumulated in the process of employing all instructional and
support staff shall be retained for at least one (1) year. This shall include all applications,
accompanying materials, references, notes made in checking references, all screening and
interviewing rating sheets, and other pertinent information as well. Documentation of the
recruiting and selection process shall also be retained.
All application materials and hiring process documentation accumulated in the
employment of administrators (positions requiring Maine Department of Education
administrator certification) shall be retained for at least three (3) years.
Legal Reference:
5 MRSA § 4551 et seq. (Maine Human Rights Act)
5 MRSA § 4576
20-A MRSA §§ 6, 254.8-10, 256.1, 7, 1001.13, 4502.4, A, 13011.6,
13019-A.1, D, 13019-B.1, C
Cross Reference:
GCFB - Recruitment and Hiring of Administrative Staff
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
EPN/NSBA Code: GBN
FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE
Lewiston Public Schools shall comply with all applicable provisions of the federal
Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (FMLA), the Maine Family Medical Leave Law,
and any other Board policies and collective bargaining agreements regarding family and
medical leave.
The Superintendent is responsible for implementing administrative procedures to comply
with this policy.
Legal Reference: 26 USC § 2601 et seq.
29 CFR Part 825
Cross-Reference:
Adopted:
Revised:
GBN-R1 – Family and Medical Leave Act Administrative Procedure
GBN-R2 – Maine Family Medical Leave Administrative Procedure
May 21, 2002
February 11, 2008
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBN-R1
FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT (FMLA)
The following administrative procedure covers the main provisions of the federal Family
and Medical Leave Act (FMLA). The guidelines in no way attempt to modify the Act,
which should always be referred to when questions about implementation arise. The
school unit is responsible for analyzing each employee request for leave to determine
whether he/she is eligible under the federal and/or state statute.
I.
ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
To be eligible under the FMLA, employees must work at a site where 50 or
more employees of the same school board are employed within 75 miles of that
work site. An employee must have been employed by the school unit for at least
twelve months and have worked at least 1250 hours in the previous twelve-month
period. According to the law, teachers employed on a full-time basis are
presumed to meet the minimum hours requirement.
Under the FMLA, an eligible employee is entitled to receive up to twelve weeks of
leave during a twelve-month period for the following reasons:
A. The birth and care of a child;
B. The adoption or foster placement of a child with the employee;
C. To care for a spouse, child or parent with a serious health condition; or
D. The employee is unable to perform the functions of his/her position because of
a serious health condition.
II.
ADMINISTRATION
A. If the leave request is due to the employee’s serious health condition, the
employee is required to provide medical certification stating the date the
health condition commenced, the probable duration, the appropriate medical
facts concerning the condition, and that the employee cannot perform the
functions of his/her job.
Page 1 of 2
If the leave request is due to the serious health condition of a family member, the
employee is required to provide medical certification stating the date the health
condition commenced, the probable duration, the appropriate medical facts
concerning the condition, and an estimate of the Time the employee will be
needed to care for the family member.
B.
The twelve-month period in which an employee is entitled to twelve weeks of
FMLA leave shall be July 1 to June 30.
C.
An employee must submit an application for leave at least 30 days in advance
when the leave is foreseeable, or as soon as practicable if it is not foreseeable.
If an employee fails to provide 30 days’ notice of foreseeable leave, the leave may
be delayed to start 30 days after notice is given, provided that the employee had
actual notice of FMLA notification requirements.
D.
Any leave taken for FMLA-qualifying purposes (including leave taken under
employment policies, bargaining agreements, or contracts) shall also be applied to
an employee’s annual FMLA entitlement. When paid leave taken for FMLAqualifying purposes is exhausted, the balance of FMLA leave shall be unpaid.
E.
Upon an employee’s return to work, he/she will be restored to his/her previous
position or to an equivalent position with equivalent pay, benefits, conditions and
terms of employment.
F.
An employee returning from FMLA leave for his/her own serious health
condition is required to submit medical certification that indicates fitness to return
to work and ability to perform the functions of the job.
G.
If the employee is unable to return to work because of his/her own serious health
condition at the expiration of allowable FMLA leave, the [Superintendent/School
Board] may consider a request for extension of unpaid leave and benefits on a
case-by-case basis. Failure to return to work upon the expiration of FMLA leave
may subject the employee to immediate termination unless such an extension is
granted.
Legal Reference:
26 USC § 2601 et seq.
29 CFR Part 825
5/21/01
2/11/08
Page 2 of 2
MAINE FAMILY MEDICAL LEAVE
The following administrative procedure covers the main provisions of the Maine Family
Medical Leave Act. The guidelines in no way attempt to modify the statute, which
should always be referred to when questions about implementation arise. The school unit
is responsible for analyzing each employee request for leave to determine whether he/she
is eligible under the federal and/or state statute. When an employee is eligible for leave
under both the federal and state statutes, the applicable law with regard to each benefit
shall be the one, which provides the greater benefit (usually federal FMLA).
I.
ELIGIBILITY
To be eligible for Maine Family Medical Leave, employees must work at a
site where there are 15 or more employees of a school board. An employee
must have been employed by the same employer for 12 consecutive months
and not taken such leave within the immediately preceding 24-month
period, or have used less than 10 weeks of family medical leave.
Under the Maine Family Medical Leave Act, an eligible employee is entitled to up
to 10 weeks of leave during a 24-month period for the following reasons:
A.
Serious health condition of the employee;
B.
Birth of the employee’s child or the employee’s domestic partner’s child;
C.
Placement of a child 16 years of age or less in connection with the adoption
of the child by the employee or the employee’s domestic partner;
D.
Serious health condition of a child, domestic partner’s child, parent,
domestic partner or spouse;
Serious health condition means an illness, injury, impairment, or physical
or mental condition that involves inpatient care in a hospital, hospice or
residential medical care facility or continuing treatment by a health care
provider;
Page 1 of 4
F.
II.
The death or serious health condition of the employee’s spouse, domestic
partner, parent or child if the spouse, domestic partner, parent or child as a
member of the state military forces, as defined in Title 37-B, section 102 of
the Maine Revised Statutes, or of the United States Armed Services,
including the national Guard and Reserves, dies or incurs a serious health
condition while on active duty.
DOMESTIC PARTNER DEFINED
For the purpose of determining eligibility for Maine Family Medical Leave,
“domestic partner” means the partner of an employee who:
III.
A.
Is a mentally competent adult as is the employee;
B.
Has been legally domiciled with the employee for at least 12 months;
C.
Is not legally married to or legally separated from another individual;
D.
Is the sole partner of the employee and expects to remain so;
E.
Is not a sibling of the employee; and
F.
Is jointly responsible with the employee for each other’s common welfare
as evidenced by joint living arrangements, joint financial arrangements or
joint ownership of real or personal property.
ADMINISTRATION
A.
B.
C.
The school unit may require certification from a physician to verify the
amount of leave requested. An employee who in good faith relies on
treatment by prayer or spiritual means, in accordance with the tenets and
practice of a recognized church or religious denomination may submit
certification from an accredited practitioner of those healing methods.
An employee requesting leave shall provide at least 30 days’ notice of the
intended dates upon which the leave will commence and terminate, unless
prevented by medical emergency from giving required notice.
Any leave taken for Maine Family Medical Leave qualifying purposes,
including leave taken under other applicable statutes, employment policies,
collective bargaining agreements or contracts, shall also be considered
leave under the Maine Family Medical Leave and shall be applied to an
Page 2 of 4
employee’s 10-week Maine Family Medical Leave entitlement every 24month period. When paid leave taken for Maine Family Medical Leave
qualifying purposes is exhausted, the balance of Maine Family Medical
Leave shall be unpaid.
IV.
D.
During Maine Family Medical Leave, an employee shall be permitted to
continue his/her medical insurance plan, providing the employee remits the
monthly premium to the Superintendent’s Office no later than the first day
of the month for which the premium is due.
E.
Upon an employee’s return to work, he/she will be restored to his/her
previous position or to a position with equivalent seniority status, benefits,
pay, and other conditions and terms of employment.
F.
An employee taking Maine Family Medical Leave for his/her own serious
health condition may be required to submit certification that he/she is fit to
return to work and is able to perform the functions of the position.
G.
If at the end of the allowable leave under Maine Family Medical Leave the
employee is unable to return to work because of his/her own serious health
condition, the Superintendent and School Board may consider a request for
extension of unpaid leave and benefits on a case-by-case basis. Failure to
return to work upon the expiration of Maine Family Medical Leave may
subject the employee to immediate termination unless such an extension is
granted.
H.
An employee who is not eligible for Maine Family Medical Leave may be
eligible for federal Family and Medical Leave.
LEAVE TAKEN INTERMITTENTLY OR ON A REDUCED LEAVE
SCHEDULE
Subject to the other requirements of this policy, leave taken intermittently or on a
reduced leave schedule (i.e., a leave schedule that reduces the usual number of
hours per workweek or hours per workday of an employee may be taken subject to
the following:
Page 3 of 4
A.
Leave for birth or placement related to adoption may not be taken
intermittently or on a reduced schedule unless agreed to by both employer
and employee;
B.
Leave for a serious health condition of the employee or his/her child,
domestic partner’s child, parent, domestic partner or spouse, or for organ
donation by the employee may be taken intermittently or on a reduced leave
schedule when medically necessary;
C.
The taking of leave intermittently or on a reduced leave schedule may not
result in a reduction in the total amount of Maine Family Medical Leave to
which the employee is entitled beyond the amount of leave actually taken;
D.
If an employee requests intermittent leave or leave on a reduced leave
schedule for a serious health condition of the employee or his/her child,
domestic partner’s child, parent, domestic partner or spouse, or for organ
donation by the employee that is foreseeable based on planned medical
treatment, the employer may require the employee to transfer temporarily to
an available alternative position offered by the employer for which the
employee is qualified and that 1) has equivalent pay and benefits, and 2)
better accommodates recurring periods of leave than the regular
employment position of the employee.
Legal References:
Adopted:
February 11, 2008
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBO
FAMILY CARE LEAVE
This policy governs employee leave under 26 M.R.S.A. § 636, “An Act to Care for
Families”), referred to in this policy as the “Family Care Act.” Leave under this policy is
referred to as “Family Care Leave.”
The School Committee recognizes that under Maine’s “Family Care Act,” if an employer
provides paid leave under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement or employment
policy, the employer must allow an employee to use the paid leave for the care of an
immediate family member who is ill.
In law and for the purpose of this policy, the following definitions apply:
1. “Employer” means a public or private employer with 25 or more employees.
2. “Immediate family member” means an employee’s child, spouse or parent.
3. “Paid leave” means time away from work by an employee for which the employee
receives compensation. Paid leave is limited to sick time, vacation time,
compensatory time and leave that is provided as an aggregate amount for use at
the discretion of the employee for any of these purposes. Paid leave does not
include paid short-term or long-term disability, catastrophic leave or similar types
of benefits.
Employees may take up to 5 days of paid leave as Family Care Leave per 12 month
period, or the amount provided by an applicable collective bargaining agreement,
whichever is greater.
The 12-month period shall be the same for all employees and shall be from July 1 to June
30.
An employee is not entitled to use paid leave until that leave has been earned.
a. An employee may elect which type of paid leave and the amount of each type of
paid leave to use for Family Care Leave.
b. Any employee electing to take Family Care Leave must apply such leave against
available paid sick leave, and if sick leave is exhausted, against personal leave,
then against vacation leave (and so on) until all paid leave available has been
exhausted, except as otherwise provided in applicable collective bargaining
agreements.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBO
Notice/verification of illness for Family Care Leave shall be the same as that required for
the employee’s own illness. The employee must specify that leave is being taken
pursuant to the Family Care Act.
APPLICATION OF FAMILY MEDICAL LEAVE REQUIREMENTS
For purposes of applying family medical leave requirements (i.e., FMLA), the school unit
shall treat leave under the Family Care Act in the same manner as the employer treats
leave for an employee illness. Therefore, Family Care leave and FMLA leave shall run
concurrently.
Legal Reference:
26 M.R.S.A. § 636
Cross Reference:
GBN/Family and Medical Leave
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCAAD
ATHLETIC COACHING POSITIONS
It is the intent of this policy to provide for the proper screening and training of coaches,
to ensure the safety of student athletes, and to improve the overall quality of the
interscholastic athletic program.
A person shall be eligible to be considered for paid or volunteer coaching positions if
he/she meets the following requirements and subject to approval of the Superintendent
and the School Committee:
A.
Candidates must be at least 20 years of age and be a high school graduate
or have high school equivalency at the commencement of the applicable
sport season. A season is deemed to have commenced on the first day of
team practice, including practices scheduled to determine the members of
the team, in accordance with Maine Principals Association (MPA) rules.
B.
Candidates must successfully complete the American Coaching
Effectiveness Program (ACEP) “Sport Science” program or an equivalent
program within one year of hire. Any equivalent program must be
determined and approved by the Building Administrator and/or Athletic
Director and cover the following topics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
C.
Coaches’ role on sports medicine team;
Sports first-aid game plan;
Anatomy and sports injury terminology;
Injury evaluation;
First-aid basics;
Moving an injured athlete;
Respiratory and circulatory emergencies;
Head and neck injuries;
Internal organ injuries;
Sudden illness;
Temperature related problems;
Musculoskeletal injuries;
Soft tissue of the face and head; and
Skin problems.
Candidates must successfully complete and have current certification in
basic CPR within one year of hire.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
GCAAD-R – Volunteer Coach Guidelines
GCAAD-E – Volunteer Coach Application Form Guidelines
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCAAD-R
VOLUNTEER COACHES
In addition to the requirements for coaching eligibility delineated in policy GCAAD,
volunteer coaches must meet the following guidelines:
A.
Any coach who wants to have a volunteer or volunteers work in their
program must obtain the approval of the Building Administrator and
Athletic Director prior to discussing the matter with prospective volunteers.
B.
If approval is given, prospective volunteers must complete an application
and be interviewed by the Building Administrator and Athletic Director to
determine their qualifications and suitability to work in the school system.
C.
Volunteers who work directly with student athletes must be under the direct
supervision of the coach.
D.
Volunteer coaches must meet the same standards of personal appearance
and conduct expected of all other coaching staff.
E.
Relationships between volunteers and athletes must be maintained on a
professional level and be consistent with the standards expected of all other
coaching staff.
Cross Reference:
GCAAD – Athletic Coaching Positions
GCAAD-E – Volunteer Coach Application Form
6/00
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCAAD-E
VOLUNTEER COACH APPLICATION FORM
Name: ______________________________________
Date: ____________________
Address: _______________________________________________________________
Telephone: ___________________________
Social Security #: __________________
School where volunteering will take place: ____________________________________
Educational Background: _________________________ Date of Birth: ____________
Previous Volunteer Experience: _____________________________________________
Description of volunteer activities to be involved in: _____________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Staff person supervising the volunteer: ________________________________________
Date of interview with School Building Administrator/Athletic Director: ____________
I wish to be involved as a school volunteer in Lewiston Public Schools. I understand that
information regarding students is confidential and should only be discussed with
appropriate school staff. I understand my volunteer responsibilities as they have been
outlined in writing for me. I give of my time freely and request no compensation from
Lewiston Public Schools. I understand that I am not covered by Workers’ Compensation
Insurance because I am a volunteer and not an employee. I further understand that my
status as a volunteer may be terminated at any time.
Please answer the following question and be sure to sign and date the form.
1.
Have you ever been charged with or investigated for sexual abuse of another
person? ____ Yes ____ No
2.
Have you ever been charged with, pleaded guilty or “no contest” (nolo contendre)
to, or been convicted of, any crime involving sexual abuse of any person or any
other crime of moral turpitude? ____ Yes ____ No
3.
Have you (a) ever been convicted of a crime, other than a minor traffic offense; or
(b) ever entered a plea of guilty or a plea of “no contest” (nolo contendre), or has
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCAAD-E
any court ever deferred further proceedings without entering a finding of guilty
and placed you on probation, for any crime other than a minor traffic offense?
____ Yes ____ No
4.
If you have answered yes to any one of the previous questions, please explain, in
detail, including the date of any court action, the offense in question, and the
address of the court involved. (Note: Conviction of a crime is not an automatic
bar to employment by Lewiston Public Schools.) ___________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Any falsification of information or misleading information on this application shall be
fully sufficient grounds to be denied a position as a school volunteer.
My signature below constitutes authorization to check my employment history, including
without limitation, criminal arrest and conviction record checks, reference checks, and
release of investigatory information possessed by any state, local or federal agency. I
further authorize those persons, agencies or entities that Lewiston Public Schools contact
in connection with my volunteer application to fully provide Lewiston Public Schools
any information on the matters set forth above. I expressly waive my rights in connection
with any request for or provision of such information, any claims, including without
limitation, defamation, emotional distress, invasion of privacy, or interference with
contractual relations that I might otherwise have against Lewiston Public Schools, its
agents and officials or against any provider of such information.
Applicant’s Signature: _________________________________ Date: ______________
6/00
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCBA
VOCATIONAL INSTRUCTOR SALARIES
The salaries of certified (or certifiable) vocational instructors who have a high school
diploma, but less than a baccalaureate degree, shall be determined by a formula of two
years of credit on the Bachelor’s Degree salary scale for every five years of work
experience related to the program area being taught.
Certified (or certifiable) vocational instructors who have a baccalaureate degree or an
advanced degree shall receive two years of credit on the appropriate salary scale for every
three years of work experience related to the program being taught.
If a vocational instructor has completed a recognized apprenticeship program of no less
than four years’ duration, then he/she will be allowed one additional step on the
appropriate salary scale.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCCAD
MILITARY LEAVE
The School Committee recognizes our nation’s need to maintain a system of uniformed
military services. Therefore, the School Committee shall make provision for military
leave requests by school unit employees in accordance with applicable laws and this
policy.
A.
Regular employees will be entitled to a military leave for service with the
uniformed services of the United States for a period not to exceed five
years, except that such period may be extended beyond five years as
provided by law. No employee granted such leave shall be subject to a loss
of seniority due to such leave.
B.
The employee must immediately notify his/her supervisor and the
Superintendent in advance of the need for military leave, unless the giving
of such notice is precluded by military necessity or is otherwise impossible
or unreasonable. The employee should submit a letter requesting leave to
the Superintendent and the letter should include the dates when leave shall
begin and end.
C.
Military leave shall be without pay. For military service of less than 31
days, health care coverage shall be provided as if the employee had
remained employed. Employees performing military duty of more than 30
days may elect to continue health care coverage at their own expense up for
up to 18 months.
D.
If the period of service was less than 31 days, the employee must return to
work at the beginning of the next regularly scheduled work period on the
first full day after release from service, taking into account safe travel home
plus an 8-hour rest period.
If the period of service was more than 30 days but less than 181 days, the
employee must submit an application for reemployment within 14 days of
release from service.
If the period of service was more than 180 days, the employee must submit
an application for reemployment within 90 days of release from service.
These reporting and application deadlines may be extended for employees
who are hospitalized or convalescing because of an injury or illness
occurring or aggravated during the period of service, as provided by law.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCCAD
E.
If the period of service lasted 1 to 90 days, the employee has the right to be
re-employed in the job the employee would have held had the employee
remained continuously employed so long as the employee is qualified for
the job, or can become qualified after reasonable efforts.
If the period of service lasted 91 days or more, the employee has the right
to be re-employed in the job the employee would have held had the
employee remained continuously employed, or a position of equivalent
seniority, status, and pay, so long as the employee is qualified for the job,
or can become qualified after reasonable efforts.
Re-employement of a person is excused if the School Department’s
circumstances have changed so much that re-employment of the person
would be impossible or unreasonable. An example would be a reductionin-force that would have included the individual.
F.
As provided by federal law, a returning service member cannot be
terminated without cause as follows:
1.
If the period of service lasted 180 days or less—for 180 days
following the return to work; or
2.
If the period of service lasted more than 180 days – for a full year
following the return to work.
G.
Employees eligible for vacation or sick time shall not accrue vacation or
sick time while on military leave.
H.
Any person employed to take the place of a person on such leave shall be
informed in his/her employment agreement of the temporary nature of the
position and the rights of the employee on military leave upon his/her
return.
I.
In the event of conflict between any provision of this policy and an
applicable collective bargaining agreement, the latter shall apply.
J.
In the event of conflict between a provision of this policy and any federal or
state statute relating to military service by public employees, the provisions
of federal or state statute shall apply.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
38 USC § 4301-4333(Uniformed Services Employment and
Re-employment Rights Act)
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCF
PROFESSIONAL STAFF HIRING
Through its employment policies, the School Committee shall attempt to attract, secure
and hold the highest qualified personnel for all professional positions. The selection
program shall be based upon an alertness to candidates who will devote themselves to the
education and welfare of the children attending our public schools.
It is the responsibility of the Superintendent and of persons to whom he/she delegates this
responsibility to determine the personnel needs of the school system and to locate
suitable candidates to recommend to the School Committee for employment. Through
effective administrative procedures, the Superintendent shall recruit and recommend to
the School Committee the employment and retention of personnel who are motivated to
do their best work and to be creative from their own inner resources.
It shall be the duty of the Superintendent to see that persons nominated for employment
in the schools shall meet all certification requirements and the requirements of the School
Committee for the type of position for which the nomination is made.
The following considerations shall be used in the selection of personnel:
A.
There shall be no illegal discrimination in the hiring process;
B.
Interviewing and selection procedures shall assure that an administrator has
the opportunity to aid in the selection of any staff member who will work
under his/her supervision;
C.
No candidate shall be hired without a personal interview;
D.
All candidates shall be considered on the basis of their merits,
qualifications and the needs of the unit. In each instance, the
Superintendent and others playing a role in the selection shall seek to hire
the best qualified person for the job; and
E.
While the School Committee may accept or reject a nomination, an
approval shall be valid only if made with the recommendation of the
Superintendent.
F.
Candidates approved by the Committee must sign and return their contract
to the Superintendent within 14 days of notification or the contract shall be
deemed void.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCF
Legal Reference:
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCFB
RECRUITING AND HIRING OF ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
In response to An Act to Promote Equity of Opportunity for Women in Administrative
Positions in the Public School System (PL 1990, Chap. 889), the School Committee
affirms its commitment to the strict prohibition of discrimination in employment on the
basis of race, national origin, religion, sex, age, or disability, and to the principle of
affirmative action to obtain wide and representative candidate pools.
In accordance with 20-A MRSA, § 1001.13, the Superintendent shall prepare a procedure
designed to ensure nondiscriminatory practice in recruitment and hiring for all positions
requiring administrator certification, as well as to result in selection of the most qualified
candidates. This procedure shall be attached hereto as GCFB-R, and shall be reviewed
periodically.
Moreover, upon each occasion of administrative vacancy, the Superintendent shall review
the procedure and make appropriate adaptations as may be warranted by special
circumstances. In the case of a vacancy in the Superintendent, the School Committee
shall review the procedure, adapting as appropriate.
In accordance with 20-A MRSA, § 4502.4-A, the unit’s Affirmative Action Plan shall
include: a description of the status of the unit’s nondiscriminatory administrator hiring
practice; plans for in-service training programs on gender equity for teachers,
administrators and the School Committee; and the relationship of the above to the State’s
five-year goal for the employment of women in administrative positions.
Legal Reference:
5 MRSA § 4576
20-A MRSA §§ 6, 254.8-10, 256.1, 7, 1001.13, 4502.4A, 13011.6,
13019-A.1D, 13019-B.1C
Cross Reference:
AC - Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
GCFB-R – Recruiting and Hiring of Administrative Staff
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCFB-R
RECRUITING AND HIRING OF ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF PROCEDURES
These procedures implement School Committee policy GCFB and are designed to
establish a thorough, efficient and nondiscriminatory practice for the recruiting and hiring
of the most qualified candidates for administrative positions.
A.
Job Description Development/Review
To ensure that a written role description of the vacant position accurately
represents the current functions and needs, the Superintendent/designee (the
School Committee in a Superintendent search) is to:
B.
1.
Conduct a review of the job description, with input from persons affected
by the position;
2.
Include the criteria (skills, knowledge, abilities) required to perform the
duties/responsibilities of the position; and
3.
List the minimum qualifications (training, education and experience) for the
position.
Recruitment
To attract a strong pool of qualified candidates, the Superintendent/designee is to
advertise (except in the circumstances described in K below) by:
C.
1.
Posting notice of the vacancy within the unit;
2.
Placing a display advertisement in appropriate print media, considering at
least one appearance in a major Maine weekend or Sunday newspaper; and
3.
Identifying and notifying other possible sources of potential candidates,
such as professional associations, educational administration programs and
placement offices at colleges and universities in Maine and other states, and
the Maine Department of Education.
Screening
To ensure that a fair and efficient screening process will occur, the
Superintendent/designee is to:
Page 1 of 5
D.
1.
Ensure that all applications are reviewed by more than one individual with
attention given to an unbiased regard for the criteria and qualifications in
the job description;
2.
Appoint a screening panel with representation as deemed appropriate to the
particular vacancy;
3.
Provide orientation on confidentiality and equity issues to screeners;
4.
Eliminate all candidates who do not meet the minimum qualifications;
5.
Conduct preliminary reference checks, as appropriate;
6.
Select candidates for interview based on the degree to which they meet the
criteria and demonstrate the skills, knowledge and abilities outlined in the
job description; and
7.
Notify applicants not selected for interview.
Interviewing
To ensure that the interview process will be conducted in a legal and proper
manner, the Superintendent/designee is to:
1.
Appoint an interview panel (may be the same persons who serve the
screening function) with representation as deemed appropriate to the
particular vacancy;
2.
Provide orientation on the process including the function and extent of
responsibility of the panel, the weighting of criteria and the
nomination/hiring procedure; and
3.
Conduct training to ensure that panel members are aware of the legal
aspects of interviewing, including confidentiality and equity issues.
The interviewing panel is to:
1.
Design interview questions which match the criteria and the
duties/responsibilities outlined in the job description; and
Page 2 of 5
2.
E.
Provide equal opportunity for the candidates to respond to the same
questions/questioners.
Selection
The interview panel is to:
1.
Individually assess the candidates according to their answers to the job
description-related questions, rating and commenting on each candidate;
and
2.
Submit a report to the Superintendent, including the individual rating forms
as well as a list (usually 2 to 4) of candidates to be considered further for
the position.
The Superintendent/designee is to:
F.
1.
Have reference contacts made, as appropriate, to check perceived strengths
and weaknesses of the candidates;
2.
Review the material on the finalist candidates to determine whether
additional information is needed;
3.
Conduct final interviews of any or all finalists, as deemed necessary;
4.
Select the most qualified candidate who fits the criteria and the
duties/responsibilities outlined in the job description, based on his/her own
professional judgement along with those of the interview panel (or, reject
all finalists, reopen the position and begin the process anew); and
5.
Have any further reference checks made, as appropriate.
Nomination/Employment
The Superintendent is to:
1.
Notify and obtain agreement of the successful candidate, pending School
Committee approval;
2.
Inform the interview panel; and
Page 3 of 5
3.
G.
Nominate and employ the successful candidate in accordance with state law
and local policies.
Notification
The Superintendent/designee may:
H.
1.
Notify the nominee of the School Committee approval and employ the
administrator; and
2.
Notify the other candidates interviewed.
Orientation and Support
To ensure that the new administrator is provided with the proper information about
the system and job expectations, the Superintendent/designee is to provide an
orientation that includes expectations of the duties/responsibilities of the position
along with the policies and procedures of the local school unit.
I.
Record Keeping
To ensure that the confidentiality of employee and applicant records are properly
maintained, the Superintendent is to provide for the maintenance in secure files of
all applications and documentation of the hiring, screening and interviewing
process for a period of three (3) years.
J.
Confidentiality
To ensure that confidentiality is maintained throughout and permanently following
the hiring process, the School Committee, all employees involved, and any other
participants are to maintain absolute confidentiality about candidates, including
names, in accordance with state law (20-A MRSA § 6101). The School
Committee is to assume responsibility through the Superintendent for providing
adequate orientation at appropriate stages of the process, including at the
completion.
K.
Hiring of Current Employees
The school unit may forego one or more of the steps set forth in sections B-E of
this procedure and appoint a person who is currently employed by the unit to fill
an administrative position only if the Superintendent, after consultation with the
School Committee, or the Search Committee in a Superintendent search,
determines that the following circumstances exist:
Page 4 of 5
1.
The currently employed candidate is exceptionally well qualified for the
position; and
2.
The decision to forego all or part of the recruitment and screening process
will not detract from the goals of this policy.
6/00
Page 5 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCGA
SUBSTITUTE TEACHERS
Substitute teachers may serve on a day-to-day basis to fill short-term classroom teaching
or instructional vacancies caused by the absence, resignation, inability to employ or
termination of a certified teacher or educational specialist.
Qualifications
A.
All substitute teachers shall be approved by the Maine Department of
Education.
B.
Certified teachers may substitute outside the scope of their certification for
not more than 90 teaching days in any one teaching assignment.
C.
Persons having two or more years of college preparation may serve as
substitute teachers for not more than 60 teaching days in any one teaching
assignment.
D.
Only in cases of emergency may a person with less than two years of college
preparation who has graduated from high school serve as a substitute
teacher, and such assignment shall not exceed 10 teaching days (except
when assigned to a vocational center or region.
E.
A high school graduate with two or more years of trade experience may
serve as a substitute teacher in a vocational center or region for not more
than 60 teaching days in any one teaching assignment.)
F.
Teaching days shall include consecutive and non-consecutive days in the
same teaching assignment during a school year.
Compensation
The rate paid to substitute teachers will be reviewed and determined by the School
Committee on an annual basis. The Superintendent may adjust the rate for long-term
substitutes and/or for unusual circumstances, with the approval of the School Committee.
Legal Reference:
20-A M.R.S.A. § 13402(3)
Chapter 115 § 13 (Maine Department of Education Rules)
Cross Reference:
GCGA-R – Teacher Responsibilities to Substitutes
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCGA-R
TEACHER RESPONSIBILITIES TO SUBSTITUTES
Teachers shall ensure that the following items are available in their classrooms for use by
substitutes:
A.
A daily schedule of planned activities;
B.
An up-to-date seating plan for all classes;
C.
A plan book indicating all work to be covered; and
D.
All necessary books and materials.
6/00
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCI
PROFESSIONAL STAFF DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES
The School Committee recognizes the importance of developing, maintaining, and
extending the skills of staff members and expects staff members to engage in programs
and activities that will contribute to their professional growth and increased competence.
The Superintendent is authorized to initiate programs and activities which are designed to
serve the following purposes:
A.
To provide a structure through which staff members can stay abreast of new
developments in their areas of specialty;
B.
To familiarize staff members with new research and innovative teaching
methods;
C.
To assist staff members in the process of change and school improvement;
and
D.
To facilitate the development, implementation and evaluation of new
programs.
Within budgetary limitations, visitations and attendance at conferences may be approved
by the Superintendent in accordance with School Committee policy.
Legal Reference:
Chap. 125.23 B (5)(m) (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Cross Reference:
GCI-R – Professional Staff Development Opportunities
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCI-R
PROFESSIONAL STAFF DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES
Members of the professional staff are expected to take responsibility for improving their
skills on an ongoing basis.
A.
Staff members are responsible for fulfilling certification requirements and
maintaining current certification. The Superintendent’s Office will
maintain records of staff course work and other professional development
programs.
B.
Staff members shall seek prior approval from the Superintendent for
courses to be reimbursed under the collective bargaining agreement.
C.
A staff member seeking to make a change in his/her degree status must
provide a letter of intent and notification to the Superintendent on or before
October 1 of the year prior to receiving the degree. Once the degree has
been conferred, a copy of the degree and transcript must be filed with the
Superintendent’s Office by October 1.
6/00
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCOA
SUPERVISION AND EVALUATION OF PROFESSIONAL STAFF
A well-planned and systematic program of supervision and evaluation of performance
tied to educational outcomes is vital to the ongoing improvement of the instructional
program. It is incumbent upon this School Committee to ensure that sufficient
administrative time and energy are expended to supervise (observe and assist) and
evaluate (measure and assess) teachers. The evaluation program shall address all aspects
of teaching performance and recognize that the fulfillment of student needs is of primary
importance.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for development, implementation and periodic
review of a comprehensive program of supervision and evaluation. The program shall
provide for minimum standards for the number and frequency of formal performance
reviews, with the understanding that probationary teachers require closer support and
more frequent performance reviews. All teachers shall be subject to continuous informal
supervision and evaluation by their supervisor/administrator.
A.
Probationary teachers receive a formal evaluation on an annual basis, which
shall include at least five classroom visits.
B.
Continuing contract teachers shall receive a formal evaluation at least every
three years, which shall include at least three classroom visits.
C.
Evaluative criteria shall be in written form and made permanently available
to the teacher.
D.
Evaluations shall be made by an immediate supervisor/administrator.
E.
Results of the evaluations shall be put in writing and shall be discussed
with the teacher.
F.
The teacher being evaluated shall have the right to attach a memorandum to
the written evaluation. Both the evaluator and the teacher shall sign the
evaluation.
G.
Results of all evaluations shall be kept in confidential personnel files
maintained at the Superintendent’s office.
In keeping with the School Committee’s goal of employing the best qualified staff to
provide quality education for all students, all teachers are expected to participate fully in
the evaluation process, self-appraisal and continuous improvement of professional skills.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCOA
While supervision and evaluation policies and procedures are not negotiable in collective
bargaining, the Superintendent is to seek appropriate involvement of staff in the
development and periodic review of the supervision and evaluation program.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA §§ 1055, 13802
Chap. 125.23, B, 5, n (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCOC
EVALUATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
The Superintendent shall implement and supervise an evaluation system for all
administrative personnel
Performance evaluations will be conducted according to the following guidelines:
A.
Evaluative criteria for each position shall be in written form and made
permanently available to the administrator;
B.
Evaluations shall be made by the Superintendent or immediate supervisor;
C.
Results of the evaluations shall be put in writing and shall be discussed
with the administrator;
D.
The administrator being evaluated will have the right to attach a
memorandum to the written evaluation; and
E.
Results of all evaluations shall be kept in confidential personnel files
maintained at the Superintendent’s office.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
Chap. 125.23, B, 5, n (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCQC
RESIGNATION OF SCHOOL UNIT EMPLOYEES
The School Committee authorizes the Superintendent to accept all employee resignations.
Such acceptance shall be effective when first communicated to the employee orally or in
writing. Acceptance shall be confirmed in writing to the employee. The resignation and
its acceptance should be reported as information to the School Committee at the next
regular or special meeting.
Adopted:
February 25, 2008
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCSA
EMPLOYEE TECHNOLOGY AND INTERNET USE
Lewiston Public Schools provide computers and other technological devices, networks,
and Internet access to support the educational mission of the schools and to enhance the
curriculum and learning opportunities for students and school staff. This policy and the
accompanying rules also apply to laptops and other technological devices issued directly
to staff, whether in use at school or off school premises, and to any technological devices
brought by staff into a school building or to a school activity.
Employees are to use school department computers and other technological devices,
networks, and Internet services for school-related purposes in the performance of job
duties. Incidental personal use of district technology is permitted as long as such use:
1) does not interfere with the employee’s job responsibilities and performance, 2) does
not interfere with system operations or other system users, and 3) does not violate this
policy and the accompanying rules, or any other School Committee policy, procedure, or
school rule. “Incidental personal use” is defined as use by an individual employee for
occasional personal communications.
Compliance with the school department’s policies and rules concerning technology use is
mandatory. An employee who violates this policy and/or any rules governing the use of
school department technology shall be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including
termination. Illegal uses of the school department’s technology will also result in referral
to law enforcement.
All Lewiston Public Schools technology remains under the control, custody, and
supervision of the school department at all times. The school department reserves the
right to monitor all technology and Internet activity by employees. Employees have no
expectation of privacy in their use of technology in a school building or during school
activities.
Employees shall be informed of this policy and the accompanying rules through
handbooks, the district web site, computer start-up screen, and/or other means selected by
the Superintendent.
The Superintendent is responsible for implementing this policy and the accompanying
rules. Additional administrative procedures or school rules governing the day-to-day
management and operations of the school department’s technology system may be
implemented, consistent with School Committee policies and rules. The Superintendent
may delegate specific responsibilities to building administrators, technology staff, and/or
others as he/she deems appropriate.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCSA
Cross Reference:
GCSA-R—Employee Technology and Internet Use Rules
IJNDB—Student Technology and Internet Use
Revised: August 28, 2006
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCSA-R
EMPLOYEE TECHNOLOGY AND INTERNET USE RULES
These rules accompany School Committee policy GCSA (Employee Technology and
Internet Use). Each employee is responsible for his/her actions and activities involving
school department computers and other technological devices, networks, and Internet
services, and for his/her computer files, passwords, and accounts. These rules provide
general guidance concerning the use of the school department’s technology and examples
of prohibited uses. The rules do not attempt to describe every possible prohibited activity.
Employees who have questions about whether a particular activity or use is prohibited are
encouraged to contact a building administrator or the Superintendent’s office.
A.
Consequences for Violation of Technology Use Policy and Rules
Failure to comply with School Committee policy GCSA, these rules, and/or other
procedures or rules governing technology use may result in disciplinary action, up
to and including termination. Illegal use of the school department’s technology
will also result in referral to law enforcement.
B.
Access to Computers and Other Technological Devices, Networks, and
Internet Services
The level of employee access to school department technology is based upon
specific job requirements and needs. Unauthorized access to secure areas of the
school department’s technology system is strictly prohibited.
C.
Acceptable Use
Employee access to the school department’s computers and other technological
devices, networks, and Internet services is provided for administrative,
educational, communication, and research purposes consistent with the school
department’s educational mission, curriculum, and instructional goals. All School
Committee policies, school rules, and expectations for professional conduct and
communications apply when employees are using the school department’s
technology or any personally-owned technology used inside a school building or
at a school activity.
D.
Personal Use
Employees are to use school department computers and other technological
devices, networks, and Internet services for purposes related to school programs
and operations and to perform their job responsibilities. Incidental personal use of
Page 1 of 5
district technology is permitted as long as such use: 1) does not interfere with the
employee’s job responsibilities and performance, 2) does not interfere with system
operations or other system users, and 3) does not violate this policy and the
accompanying rules, or any other School Committee policy, procedure, or school
rule. “Incidental personal use” is defined as use by an individual employee for
occasional personal communications.
E.
Prohibited Uses
Examples of unacceptable uses that are expressly prohibited include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1.
Any use that is illegal or that violates another School Committee policy,
procedure, or school rule, including harassing, discriminatory, or
threatening communications or behavior; violating copyright laws; etc. The
school department assumes no responsibility for illegal activities of
employees while using technology.
2.
Any use involving materials that are obscene, pornographic, sexually
explicit, or sexually suggestive.
3.
Any inappropriate communications with students or minors.
4.
Any use for private financial gain, or any use for commercial, advertising,
or solicitation purposes.
5.
Any use as a forum for communicating by email or any other medium with
other school users or outside parties to solicit, proselytize, advocate, or
communicate the views of an individual or non-school sponsored
organization; to solicit membership in or support of any non-school
sponsored organization; or to raise funds for any non-school sponsored
purpose, whether profit or not for profit. No employee shall knowingly
provide school email addresses to outside parties whose intent is to
communicate with school employees, students, and/or their families for
non-school purposes. Employees who are uncertain as to whether particular
activities are acceptable should seek further guidance from the building
principal or other appropriate administrator.
6.
Any communication that represents an employee’s personal views as those
of the school department or that could be misinterpreted as such.
Page 2 of 5
F.
7.
Downloading or installing software or applications without permission
from technology staff. Unauthorized copying of software is illegal and may
subject the copier to substantial civil and criminal penalties. The school
department assumes no responsibility for illegal software copying by
employees.
8.
Sending mass or bulk e-mails to school users or outside parties for school
or non-school purposes without the permission of the email administrator or
9.
Any malicious use or disruption of the school department’s computers or
other technological devices, networks, or Internet services; breach of
security features; or misuse of computer passwords or accounts (the
employee’s or those of other users).
10.
Any misuse or damage to the school department’s technology equipment,
including opening and forwarding email attachments from unknown
sources and/or that may contain viruses.
11.
Any attempt to access unauthorized sites, or any attempt to disable or
circumvent the school unit’s filtering/blocking technology (unless a filter
override has been issued by the technology office for purposes that support
the educational mission of the district).
12.
Failing to report a breach of technology security to the system administrator
or a building administrator.
13.
Using technology after such access has been denied or revoked.
14.
Any attempt to delete, erase, or otherwise conceal any information stored
on a school computer or other technological device that violates these rules
or other School Committee policy or school rule, or refusing to return
technology equipment issued to the employee upon request.
No Expectation of Privacy
Lewiston Public Schools technology system remains under the control, custody,
and supervision of the school department at all times. The school department
reserves the right to monitor all technology activity by employees and other
system users. Employees have no expectation of privacy in their use of any school
technology or any technology used on school grounds, including email, stored
files, and Internet access logs.
Page 3 of 5
G.
Disclosure of Confidential Information
Employees are expected to use appropriate judgment and caution in
communications concerning students and staff to ensure that personally
identifiable information remains confidential.
H.
Employee/Volunteer Responsibility to Supervise Student Technology Use
Employees and volunteers who use school technology with students for
instructional purposes have a duty of care to supervise such use. Teachers, staff
members, and volunteers are expected to be familiar with the school department’s
policies and rules concerning student technology and Internet use and to enforce
them. When, in the course of their duties, employees or volunteers become aware
of a student violation, they are expected to stop the activity and inform the
building principal.
I.
Compensation for Losses, Costs, and/or Damages
The employee is responsible for compensating the school department for any
losses, costs, or damages incurred by the school department for violations of
School Committee policies and school rules while the employee is using
technology, including the cost of investigating such violations. The school
department assumes no responsibility for any unauthorized charges or costs
incurred by an employee while using technology at school.
J.
Additional Rules for Laptops or Other Technological Devices Issued to
Employees
1.
Employees are responsible for the proper care of laptops or other
technological devices assigned to them at all times, whether on or off
school property.
2.
If a laptop or other technological device is lost or stolen, this must be
reported to the building principal immediately.
3.
The School Committee’s policies and rules concerning technology and
Internet use apply to the use of school department laptops and other
technological devices at all times and places, on or off school property.
Page 4 of 5
4.
K.
Laptops and other technological devices must be returned in acceptable
working order at the end of the term of employment or whenever requested
by a district administrator.
Additional Rules for Laptops or Other Technological Devices Brought to
School by Employees
1.
Before connecting to any school department network, an employee-owned
device must be checked for viruses and/or other compatibility by a
representative of the technology office.
2.
Any computer or other device that will be connected to a school department
network must be free of viruses and must be running a current version of
virus detection software. The device must be configured in a way that is
compatible with school department policies and rules.
3.
The School Committee’s policies and rules concerning technology and
Internet use apply to the use of personally-owned technological devices
used on school grounds or during school activities.
4.
Violation of policies or rules governing the use of technology may result in
the device being banned from use at school. The employee will also be
subject to disciplinary action for any violations of School Committee
policies or school rules.
5.
Lewiston Public Schools assumes no responsibility for the functioning or
use of personally-owned technological devices on school grounds or at
school activities.
Cross Reference:
Revised:
GCSA—Employee Technology and Internet Use
August 28, 2006
Page 5 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCSA-E
LewNet (Email) Registration Form for Employees
&
Employee Computer and Internet Use Acknowledgment Form
Please clearly print this information:
First Name _______________________
Last Name _________________________
School/Building _____________________
Position ___________________________
Home phone _____________________
I have read and agree to abide by Lewiston Public Schools’ Employee Computer and Internet
Use Rules (policy GCSA). I understand that failure to comply with the rules specified in this
policy and/or other established procedures or rules governing computer use may result in
disciplinary action up to and including discharge. I further understand that illegal use of the
school department’s computers will also result in referral to law enforcement authority.
Signature __________________________________
Date ___________
Send this registration form to the LewNet Systems Operator at LRTC through interschool mail.
Plan on about 48 hours for processing.
You will receive a welcome letter through interschool mail when your account is active. If there
are questions not answered in that letter, please feel free to call the LewNet Systems Operator at
795-4144, ext. 318.
• For Office Use Only
•
For Office Use Only
•
For Office Use Only
Date received _______
Date email account created ______
Welcome letter needed 
Date Welcome letter sent ______
•
For Office Use Only
•
By (initials) ______
Approved by Superintendent, September 2000
Page 1 of 1
SECTION H: NEGOTIATIONS
Section H of the NEPN/NSBA classification system contains policies, regulations, and
exhibits on the process of negotiating with bargaining units recognized by the School
Committee and authorized under state law.
[This section is intentionally left blank.]
SECTION I: INSTRUCTION
Section I of the NEPN/NSBA classification system contains policies, regulations, and exhibits on
the instructional program; basic curricular subjects; special programs, instructional resources,
and academic achievement.
ICB
Extended School Year Services
ID
School Day
IE
Organization of Instruction
IGA
Curriculum Development And Adoption
IHBA
IHBA-R
IHBAA
IHBAA-R
IHBAC
IHBACA
IHBACA-R
IHBAD
IHBAE
IHBAG
IHBAI
IHBAJ-E
IHBAK
IHBAL
IHBEA
IHBEA-R
IHBG
IHBGA
IHBGB
IHCDA
IHD
IHD-R
IHDA
Individual Education Plans
Individualized Education Program (IEP) Team Membership
Referral/Pre-Referral of Students With Disabilities
Referral/Pre-Referral Procedures of Students with Disabilities
Child Find
Identification of Students as Disabled/Handicapped
Identification of Students as Learning Disabled
Personnel Development
Parent Involvement
Programming In the Least Restrictive Environment
Special Education Independent Evaluations
Progress Report Form
Life-Sustaining Emergency Care
Grievance Procedure For Persons With Disabilities
Program for Limited English Proficient Students
Lewiston School Department’s LAU Plan
Home Schooling
Home Schooling—Participation In School Programs
Special Education Services For Students In Private Schools Or Home Schooling
Post-Secondary Enrollment Options
Adult/Community Education
Adult-Community Education Administrative Procedure
Post-Graduate Students
IJJ
IJJ-E
IJL
IJNC
IJNC-E1
IJNC-E2
IJNDB
Instructional and Library-Media Materials Selection
Citizen’s Challenge of Educational Media Form
Library Material Selection and Adoption
School Libraries
Library Bill of Rights
Access to Resources & Services in the Library Media Programs
Student Technology and Internet Use
8/24/09
INJDB-E
IJNDB-R
IJOA
IJOA-R
LMS Computer Home Use Procedure
Student Computer and Internet Use Rules
Field Trips
Field Trips Administrative Procedure
IKA
IKAB
IKB
IKE
IKE-R
IKE-E1
IKE-E2
IKE-E3
IKF
Student Grades/Evaluations
Progress Reports
Homework
Promotion, Retention And Acceleration of Students
Promotion, Retention And Acceleration Administrative Procedure (K-8)
Promotion/Retention/Assignment Student Information Form Grades K-6
Parental Consent Form Grades K-6
Lewiston Middle School Promotion/Retention/Assignment
Graduation Requirements
IL
ILA
ILD
Evaluation of Instructional Programs
Tests/Assessment
Educational Research: Student Submission to Surveys, Analyses, or Evaluations
IMBB
IMDA
IMDB
IMDC
IMG
IMGA
Exemption From Required Instruction
Patriotic Exercises
Flag Displays
Recognition of Religious Beliefs and Customs
Animals in School
Animals on School Premises
8/24/09
NEPN/NSBA Code: ICB
EXTENDED SCHOOL YEAR SERVICES
It is the policy of Lewiston Public Schools to provide extended school year services
during the summer months when ordered by the student’s Individualized Education Plan
(IEP) Team and set forth in his/her Individual Education Program (IEP).
In making its determination about whether to provide extended school year services, the
IEP shall make an individualized assessment of whether the student is at risk of losing
skills previously mastered and of being unable to recoup those skills in a reasonable time.
In particular, the IEP shall reasonably calculate whether the child will experience severe
or substantial regression during the summer months in the absence of a summer program.
In those cases where the benefits accrued to the child during the regular school year will
be significantly jeopardized if the student is not provided with a summer program, the
IEP should order the program.
Determinations about whether a student requires extended year services should draw
upon the evaluative data in the possession of the IEP and may consider the following
factors:
A.
The nature and severity of the student’s impairment;
B.
Whether the student’s IEP contains goals and objectives that are necessary
to attain self-sufficiency and independence from caregivers;
C.
Whether the student is failing or likely to fail to achieve IEP objectives due
to an interruption in services;
D.
The extent of regression caused by an interruption in educational
programming; and
E.
The rate of recoupment following an interruption of services.
The IEP may make determinations on extended year programs based upon empirical data
of actual regression and recoupment problems or upon reasonable calculations that such
problems are likely given the child’s unique needs.
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: ID
SCHOOL DAY
This school system exists to provide education to the children and young people who
reside within the unit. The essence of this education is primarily attained through the
direct contact of competent teachers with eager students in the teaching-learning setting.
It is the intent of the School Committee that the maximum optimal instructional time for
each age level within the student body be provided during every typical school day.
The “instructional day” is not considered to include homeroom periods, opening
exercises, recess, lunch, passing times, activity periods, band practice, intramurals, other
extracurricular activities and such like. Exceptions shall only be made with the approval
of the Superintendent. The number of school days shall meet or exceed the state
requirement and be set annually by this School Committee and be included in the school
calendar. Abbreviated days to be included for in-service, conferences, etc., shall be kept
to a minimum.
High School Level
The instructional day shall consist of 4 teaching periods, each 79 minutes in length.
Double or continuous laboratory periods, modular scheduling and the like may be
approved by the Superintendent. Appropriately conducted study halls, individually
scheduled for the needs of the students, shall be recognized as within the instructional
day. The school year shall include at least 922 instructional hours.
Middle School Level
The instructional day shall consist of 5 hours , appropriately divided and scheduled
according to the middle school philosophy of this school unit. The school year shall
include at least 875 instructional hours.
Elementary Level
The instructional day for grades one and higher shall consist of 5 hours. The school year
shall include at least 875 instructional hours.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA § 4801
Ch. 125.05 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rule)
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IE
ORGANIZATION OF INSTRUCTION
The general organizational structure for the Lewiston schools shall be grades K-6 for
elementary schools, 7-8 for Lewiston Middle School, and grades 9-12 for Lewiston High
School.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IGA
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND ADOPTION
Rapid social change, technological development, and expansion of knowledge are facts
of contemporary life. Public education must respond appropriately. Therefore, it is
imperative that individual schools, the school system as a whole, and the School
Committee continuously review and evaluate existing programs and practices and adjust,
modify, or change them as found advantageous in effectively meeting the best interests of
students and the community. Therefore:
A.
The School Committee expects the administration and faculty to be
perpetually sensitive to changing conditions that may require changes in
curriculum;
B.
The School Committee expects all programs to be under continuous
evaluation to see that they meet the needs of children;
C.
The School Committee expects the school system to undertake intensive
curriculum evaluation and revision from time to time as the need for this is
demonstrated;
D.
The Superintendent is expected to inspire, lead, guide and direct the process
of keeping the school system abreast of growing community aspirations as
well as of advancing knowledge and new educational approaches;
E.
It is expected that curriculum development and revision be achieved with
appropriate involvement of administration, instructional and support staff,
students, community, the School Committee, as stated in the Guiding
Principles of the Maine Learning Results.
To enhance a sound, basic educational program, the School Committee expects
curriculum revision to reflect such critical issues in our present society as: a) the
relationships between humans and their environment, b) traditional American values
relative to family and civic responsibility, c) American and state heritage, and d)
recognition that people are members of the world community.
Curricula are to be designed to present a realistic picture of the contributions made by the
various ethnic and racial groups in the development of our nation.
Moreover, in recognition of our nation’s diversified cultural heritage and some of the
educational challenges that result from such diversity, the School Committee expects that
ways of preserving that heritage will be sought through the development of
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IGA
educational programs which will, among other things, ensure that non-English speaking
children shall have access to quality education while not impeding their learning of the
English language.
Legal Reference:
Chap. 127.09; 11, C; 12, A (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Cross Reference:
IL - Evaluation of Instructional Programs
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBA
INDIVIDUAL EDUCATION PLANS
Lewiston Public Schools provide a completed Individual Education Plan (IEP) for all
identified students with disabilities. These IEP’s provide for all required sections as
identified in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and clearly document
services, settings and time constraints that provide for educating the student with
disabilities in the least restrictive environment.
Adopted:
August 26, 1991
Revised:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBA-R
INDIVIDUALIZED EDUCATION PROGRAM (IEP) TEAM MEMBERSHIP
Lewiston Public Schools shall comply with the Maine Unified Special Education
Regulations (“MUSER”) and all other federal and state laws and regulations concerning
membership at IEP meetings.
Under MUSER Section VI.2.B, each IEP Team shall include the following members:
(1) The child’s parents;
(2) No less than one regular education teacher for the child which should include
vocational or adult education teachers, if appropriate (if the child is, or may be,
participating in the regular education environment);
(3) No less than one special education teacher, or where appropriate, not less than
one special education provider (licensed or certified special education
provider);
(4) A representative of the school administrative unit who
a) Is qualified to provide or supervise the provision specially designed
instruction to meet the unique needs of student with disabilities;
b) Is knowledgeable about the general education curriculum;
c) Is knowledgeable about the availability of resources of the local
educational agency and has written authorization to obligate the unit;
and
(5) At the discretion of the parent or the agency, other individuals who have
knowledge or special expertise regarding the child, including related services
personnel as appropriate;
(6) An individual who can interpret the instructional implications of evaluation
results, who may be a member of the team described in clauses (2) through (5);
(7) Whenever applicable, the child; and
(8) For a child who is a state ward or state agency client, the child’s caseworker
representing a youth serving state agency. The surrogate parent retains the sole
authority to represent the child by exercising the procedural safeguards
available under this rule.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBA-R
The determination of knowledge or special expertise of an individual described
in (B)(5) above shall be made by the party (parent or public agency) who
invited the individual to be a member of the IEP Team.
Lewiston Public Schools welcome parents and public agencies to bring other individuals,
including their advocates and/or attorneys, to any and all IEP meetings. If, however, the
parent or public agency chooses to bring an advocate or attorney, Lewiston Public
Schools require seven (7) days advance notice in order to promote appropriate staffing
and preparation for the IEP meeting. In the event that Lewiston Public Schools have less
than seven (7) days notice prior to the IEP meeting, Lewiston Public Schools reserve the
right to reschedule the meeting for a later date. All rescheduling shall comply with the
Notice of Meeting requirements set out in MUSER Section VI.2.A.
Adopted: August 24, 2009
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAA
REFERRAL/PRE-REFERRAL OF STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
It shall be the policy of Lewiston Public Schools to refer all school-age students
suspected of having a disability that requires special education to the Individualized
Education Program (IEP) Team for an evaluation in the suspected areas of disability.
Referrals of students to the IEP may be made by professional school staff, by parents and
by other persons knowledgeable about the child’s educational needs. A referral is
initiated by the form being received, signed and dated by an administrator or designee,
thereby indicating the date of the receipt of that referral.
The Superintendent of Schools, in consultation with the Director of Special Education,
may develop procedures for referral and the use of pre-referral interventions within the
local school unit, and may, from time to time, amend those procedures as necessary.
Legal Reference:
(May 2008).
Adopted:
Revised:
Revised:
Me.Dept. of Ed. Reg.ch.101 §§II(23), III, IV(2)(D), (E), V(4)(A)
March 24, 2003
January 8, 2007
August 24, 2009
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code IHBAA-R
REFERRAL/PRE-REFERRAL PROCEDURES
OF STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
Lewiston Public Schools shall refer to the IEP Team all school-age students suspected of
having a disability that requires special education and related services. Referrals to the
IEP Team may be made by a child’s parent, by professional school staff, or by others
with knowledge of the child. Referrals should be made and processed consistent with
these procedures.
Referrals by parents. A parent may refer his or her child to the IEP Team at any time.
That referral shall be made in writing directly to an administrator or designee. Should the
parent seek to make a referral through other professional staff (such as a teacher or
guidance counselor), that professional staff member shall directly assist the family in
making the referral in writing to the administrator or designee. Should a parent attempt to
make a referral orally, professional staff shall assist the parent in reducing that referral to
writing and submitting it to the office of the administrator or designee.
A parent referral shall be processed consistent with these procedures and governing
timelines even if the child is receiving interventions pursuant to the district’s pre-referral
procedures (discussed below). However, those pre-referral procedures shall continue
during the referral process.
Referrals by staff. Any professional employee of the school unit may refer a child to the
IEP Team regardless of the results of initial child find activities, but only after
completion of any pre-referral intervention process used by the school unit. The school
unit may move directly forward with the referral process in those circumstances where
the school unit and parent agree to do so. Even in that situation, however, pre-referral
interventions will continue during the referral process.
Professional school staff shall prepare a referral in writing and shall submit that referral
directly to the administrator or designee.
Referrals by others. Individuals or agency representatives (including representatives of
the Department of Health and Human Services) with knowledge of the child, may refer
that child to the IEP Team regardless of the results of initial child find activities, but only
after completion of any pre-referral intervention process used by the school unit. The
school unit may move directly forward with the referral process in those circumstances
where the school unit and parent agree to do so. Even in that situation, however, prereferral interventions will continue during the referral process.
Should such a person attempt to make a referral orally, professional staff shall assist that
person in reducing that referral to writing and submitting it to the administrator or
designee.
Page 1 of 4
Receipt of Referral. Regardless of the source of the referral, a referral is received by the
school unit on the date that the written referral is received by the office of the
administrator or designee. It shall be signed and dated by the administrator or designee,
thereby indicating the date of the receipt of that referral.
Time Line for Processing Referral. Once the referral has been received in the office of
the administrator or designee, the IEP Team shall review existing evaluation data and
determine the need for additional evaluations. The IEP Team may conduct its review
without a meeting. If additional evaluations are needed, the local unit must send a consent
to evaluate form to the parent within fifteen (15) school days of receipt of the referral.
Also upon receipt of the referral (from any source), the local unit shall send the parent its
Written Notice form documenting that referral.
Once the office of the administrator or designee receives the signed consent for
evaluation back from the parent, the local unit shall have 45 days to complete the
evaluation and to hold an IEP Team meeting to determine whether the student qualifies
for special education services. If the student is identified as a child with a disability in
need of special education, the Team should develop an IEP for that child either at that
same meeting, or within 30 calendar days of determining that the student is eligible.
The local unit shall implement the IEP as soon as possible following the IEP Team
meeting when the child is found eligible, but no later than 30 calendar days after that
meeting.
Transfer Students. Students who have already been identified as in need of special
education services and who transfer into the school unit from another school unit within
Maine shall on enrollment and in consultation with the parent be provided with FAPE
(including services comparable to those described in the child’s IEP from the previous
school unit) until the local unit either adopts the child’s IEP from the previous unit or
develops, adopts and implements a new IEP.
Students who have already been identified as in need of special services and who transfer
into the school unit from another unit from outside of Maine shall on enrollment and in
consultation with the parent be provided with FAPE (including services comparable to
those described in the child’s IEP from the previous school unit) until the local unit
conducts an evaluation to determine whether the student is eligible for special education,
and if so, develops, adopts, and implements a new IEP.
If the transfer student’s current IEP from his or her prior school unit is not available, or is
believed to be inappropriate by either the parent or the school, the local unit should
develop a new IEP through appropriate procedures within a short time after the student
enrolls at the school.
Page 2 of 4
If a child transfers into the school unit after the referral time line has begun in the
previous school unit, but before an eligibility determination has been made, the time line
referenced above for completing that process shall not apply if the local unit is making
sufficient progress to ensure a prompt completion of the evaluation, and the parent and
school unit agree to a specific time when the evaluation will be completed and the
eligibility decision made.
Pre-Referral Procedures
Professional school staff members who observe that a student is encountering academic
or functional difficulties in school that interfere with the student’s education shall
document those specific difficulties on a pre-referral checklist.
The school staff member shall then develop intervention strategies using the intervention
checklist that accompanies the pre-referral checklist. The staff member may consult with
other school employees and/or the student’s parents in developing the intervention
strategy. The intervention strategies shall have an established time period for
implementation, and at the end of that time, its success shall be assessed and documented
at the bottom of the intervention checklist. If the intervention strategies have not been
effective, or if the interventions are demonstrated to be effective but require continued
and substantial effort that may include the provision of special education and related
services, the staff member shall refer the child to the IEP consistent with the procedures
set forth above.
The local unit shall notify parents whenever their child has demonstrated educational
difficulties that have led to the completion by a staff member of the pre-referral checklist
and intervention strategy checklist. That notification of pre-referral interventions should
include copies of the completed checklists and shall request that the parents contact the
staff member who has completed the documents. That notification shall also inform
parents that they have a right to refer their child directly to the IEP Team if they suspect
that their child may need special education services. The local unit may advise the
parents as to why it may be appropriate to have the child participate in the intervention
strategies prior to a referral to the IEP team, but the local unit shall not reject or delay the
referral until the completion of the intervention strategies.
All notes from the pre-referral process, and if relevant, team meetings, and all the data
collection procedures that may have been developed through this process shall be
considered by the IEP Team and shall become part of the child’s special education file.
For children who do not qualify for special education services, all pre-referral documents
are kept in the child’s cumulative folder for future reference and for ongoing educational
planning.
Page 3 of 4
The general education interventions developed through this pre-referral process shall be
continued in the event of a referral while the referral is being handled by the IEP Team,
and the resulting data shall become part of the child’s special education file.
Special education due process procedures shall not be used to address parental concerns
regarding successful implementation of these pre-referral procedures, and the failure to
use this pre-referral process may not be used in special education due process
proceedings to establish that the school unit has failed to meet its child find or referral
obligations.
References: Me.Dept. of Educ. Reg.Ch. 101 §§II(23), III, IV(2)(D), (E), V(4)(A) (May
2008.
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAC
CHILD FIND
Lewiston Public Schools seek to ensure that all children within its jurisdiction are
identified, located, and evaluated who are school-age 5 through the school year in which
they turn 20 and who are in need of special education and supportive assistance –
including homeless children, state wards, state agency clients, students who have been
suspended or expelled, children attending private schools, children receiving home
instruction, children incarcerated in county jails, children who have the equivalent of 10
full days of unexcused absences or 7 consecutive school days of unexcused absences
during a school year, highly mobile children (including migrant or homeless), and
children who are suspected of being disabled and in need of special education and
supportive assistance even though they are advancing from grade to grade.
Lewiston Public Schools’ child find responsibility shall be accomplished through a unitwide process which, while not a definite or final judgment of a student’s capabilities or
disability, is a possible indicator of special education needs. Final identification of
students with disabilities and programming for such students occur only after an
appropriate evaluation and a determination by the IEP Team.
This child find process shall include obtaining data on each child through multiple
measures, direct assessment, and parent information regarding the child’s academic and
functional performance, gross and fine motor skills, receptive and expressive language
skills, vision, hearing and cognitive skills. Lewiston Public Schools may schedule child
find activities during its annual kindergarten enrollment to assist in planning for
necessary special education and related service at the start of the school year. If screening
occurs in the spring prior to the school entry, Lewiston Public Schools will refer the child
to the regional CDS site within 10 school days.
If the child find process indicates that a student may require special education and
supportive services in order to benefit from regular education, the student shall be
referred to the IEP Team to determine the student’s eligibility for special education
services.
School staff, parents, or agency representatives or other individuals with knowledge of
the child may refer children to the IEP Team if they believe that the student, because of a
disability, may be in need of special education and supportive services in order to benefit
from regular education. Such a referral should follow the school unit’s pre-referral and
referral policy.
References: 34 C.F.R. §300.111(2006); Me.Dept. of Edu. Reg. ch. 101,IV(2)(2008).
Date Approved: August 24, 2009
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBACA
IDENTIFICATION OF STUDENTS AS DISABLED/HANDICAPPED
The School Committee believes identifying a student as disabled is a serious matter
which should be done with deliberation and strong evidence. Before labeling a student,
the School Committee requires IEP’s and Section 504 teams to carefully utilize valid
evaluation and performance data to ensure students meet the standards set forth in federal
law.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBACA-R
IDENTIFICATION OF STUDENTS AS LEARNING DISABLED
Lewiston Public Schools recognize that both the Individuals with Disabilities Act (IDEA) and
Maine Special Education Regulations (MSER) identify the disability of Specific Learning
Disability as requiring a higher standard of determination of eligibility as to whether the
disability is or is not primarily the cause of a student’s educational difficulty. This standard is
specifically spelled out in MSER Chapter 101, 9.15, Additional Procedures for Evaluating
Students with Specific Learning Disabilities. Lewiston Schools understand that these
additional procedures do not denigrate or under-value the process of identification for other
disabilities which have their own unique characteristics. IHBACA-R is included in this Policy
Manual in recognition of the requirements of federal and state regulations.
The Individualized Education Plan Team may identify a student as having a learning
disability after thorough evaluation and observation in compliance with state and federal
special education regulations, if the Team concludes that:
I.
The child does not achieve commensurate with his or her age and ability
levels in one or more of the areas listed in paragraph two below, if provided
with learning experiences appropriate for the child’s age and ability levels;
and
II.
The child has a severe discrepancy between achievement and intellectual
ability in one or more of the following areas:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Oral expression
Listening comprehension
Written expression
Basic reading skill
Reading comprehension
Mathematics calculation
Mathematics reasoning.
In determining whether the child has the severe discrepancy described above, the Team
may look for student achievement scores which are approximately 1.5 standard
deviations below intellectual ability scores as determined by individualized assessment of
intelligence and academic achievement in one or more of the measured areas. This
discrepancy standard of approximately 1.5 standard deviations is a guideline only, to
assist the Team in determining whether the child demonstrates a severe discrepancy. The
Team shall consider the guideline in conjunction with other relevant criteria including,
but not limited to, classroom observations and evaluations.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBACA-R
In order to identify a child as having a learning disability, the Team must also conclude
that the child has a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes involved
in understanding or in using language, spoken or written, and that the child requires
special education and supportive services under state and federal special education laws.
The Team may not identify a child as having a specific learning disability if the severe
discrepancy between ability and achievement is primarily the result of:
1.
2.
3.
4.
A visual, hearing, or motor impairment;
Mental retardation;
Emotional disability; or
Environmental, cultural, or economic disadvantage.
Please note: These regulations are intended to comply with state and federal special
education laws regarding the identification of students with learning disabilities. These
procedures shall be interpreted consistent with those state and federal laws, and shall in
no way supplant the use of those laws.
Legal reference: 34 CFR Sec. 300.7(A)(I), .7(C)(10),.541(1999); Me.Dept. of Education
Reg. Ch. 101 Sec. 3.11 (1999)
6/00
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAD
PERSONNEL DEVELOPMENT
Lewiston Public Schools shall endeavor to implement and use the Maine State
Comprehensive System of Personnel Development as applicable to the local school unit.
Toward that end, representatives of Lewiston Public Schools shall participate in meetings
scheduled by the Department of Education for the school unit to address its obligations
under the Comprehensive System of Personnel Development. A school administrator
shall be designated to receive and review material from the Department of Education
regarding implementation and use of that Comprehensive System.
Adopted:
Revised:
August 26, 1991
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAE
PARENT INVOLVEMENT
Lewiston Public Schools make provisions for the participation of and consultation with
parents or guardians of disabled students in the school unit by providing them with their
full legal rights under state and federal law to participate in the identification, evaluation,
placement and programming decisions made by the Individualized Education Plan team
(IEP) for their child. In addition, parent participation and consultation is provided in
other ways, including:
A.
Availability of special education director and teachers to meet with parents
at mutually convenient times to discuss the special education program and
needs of their children;
B.
Attendance by the Special Education Director on a regular basis at meetings
of local parent support groups to discuss special education issues faced by
the school unit;
C.
Active involvement by the Special Education Director in the efforts by
local parent groups to address shared special education concerns.
Adopted:
Revised:
August 26, 1991
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAG
PROGRAMMING IN THE LEAST RESTRICTIVE ENVIRONMENT
Lewiston Public Schools recognize its obligation under state and federal law to program
for students with disabilities in the least restrictive educational environment. Toward that
end, Lewiston Public Schools shall ensure that, to the maximum extent appropriate,
students with disabilities are educated with children who are not disabled, and that special
education, separate schooling or other removal of students with disabilities from the
regular educational environment occurs only when the nature or severity of the disability
is such that education in regular classes with the use of supplementary aids and services
cannot be achieved satisfactorily.
All determinations regarding programming in the least restrictive environment shall be
made by the student’s Individualized Educational Plan (IEP) Team and shall draw upon a
multidisciplinary assessment of the student’s needs. Lewiston Public Schools have
available the full continuum of alternative placements when making placement
determinations.
Determinations regarding least restrictive programming shall be made in the following
manner:
A.
The IEP shall first assess whether education in the regular classroom, with
the use of supplementary aids and services, can be achieved satisfactorily.
In making that determination, the IEP shall assess each of the following
factors:
1.
What supplementary aids and services may assist the student in
obtaining a satisfactory education in the regular classroom.
Supplementary aids and services may include, but are not limited to,
resource room services, itinerant services, assistive technology
services, modifications of curriculum, use of teacher aides, and
consultation services from special educators.
When assessing supplementary aids and services, the IEP need not
order placement in the regular classroom if it would require
modification of the regular curriculum beyond recognition or would
result in the student not having to learn any of the skills normally
taught in that regular education curriculum.
Page 1 of 3
2.
A comparison of the benefits the student would receive in the
regular education classroom with those that the student would
receive in a more restrictive setting, such as a self-contained
program.
The assessment of benefits shall consider both academic and social
benefits of participation in the placement at issue. The IEP should
also assess academic and social detriments for the student that may
arise from the placement at issue.
In some circumstances, large social benefits of regular education
may outweigh small academic benefits, just as large academic
benefits of a more restrictive setting may outweigh small social
benefits of a regular education placement.
3.
What effect would placement of the student in the regular
classroom have on other students in the classroom?
The IEP need not place a student in the regular classroom when the
student’s behavior, even with supplementary aids and services,
would be so disruptive that the education of other students is
significantly impaired. Nor would the IEP need to place the student
in the regular classroom when the student would require so much of
the teacher or the aide’s time that the rest of the class suffers.
4.
What the financial cost would be of the supplementary aids and
services accompanying an appropriate placement in the regular
classroom.
Placement in the regular classroom may not be rejected under this
factor simply because it would be incrementally more expensive
than placement in a more restrictive setting. Yet the school unit
need not educate a student in the regular classroom if the cost of
such a placement would significantly impact upon the education of
other students. In most circumstances, the school unit need not place
a student in the regular classroom if such placement requires that the
student have his/her own full-time teacher.
B.
If the IEP determines after assessing the above factors that the student is
unable to be educated satisfactorily in the regular classroom with
Page 2 of 3
supplementary aids and services, the IEP shall then determine the
maximum extent of mainstreaming that the student may appropriately
receive.
In making this determination, the IEP shall consider the full continuum of
alternative placements—such as placing the student in regular education for
some academic classes and in special education for others, mainstreaming
the child for nonacademic classes only, or providing interaction with
nondisabled students during lunch and recess.
In making placement determinations, the IEP shall attempt to give
preference to placements in the student’s neighborhood school district.
When the special services needed by the student are sufficiently specialized
or expensive that they are provided by the school unit only in a school
building other than the student’s neighborhood school, the IEP may place
that student in the school where the specialized services exist, rather than
replicate those services in the neighborhood school. This determination
should not impact, in most circumstances, on the IEP’s determination
regarding the extent to which the student is able to participate in regular
education.
Placements in residential programs shall be made only when the IEP
determines that the student is not otherwise able to receive some
educational benefit from a day program.
Legal Reference:
20 USC §1412(a)(5)
34 CFR §§300.550-.552
Me. Dept. of Ed.Reg. Ch. 101 §§11.1-11.3 (Nov. 1999)
Revised: November 18, 2002
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAI
SPECIAL EDUCATION INDEPENDENT EVALUATIONS
Lewiston Public Schools have adopted this policy regarding special education
independent evaluations in an effort to implement state and federal regulations.
Questions regarding this policy should be directed to the Special Education Director.
This policy should be interpreted in a manner consistent with federal regulation 34 CFR §
300.503 and state special education regulations 9.17, 9.19, and 12.5 (November 1999).
Independent Evaluations are evaluations performed by an appropriately qualified
professional who is not an employee of the school unit. Qualified individuals in private
practice under contract with the school unit who have not previously evaluated, instructed
or provided consultation regarding a particular student are eligible to provide an
independent educational evaluation of the student.
Parents have a right to obtain an independent evaluation at public expense when they
disagree with the evaluation done by the school, as set forth below. Parents are under no
obligation to make a request to the public school in advance of obtaining the independent
evaluation. If the parents choose to obtain the independent evaluation without prior
approval by the public school, they do so at their own risk. They may request that the
school reimburse them for the cost of the independent evaluation. If the school refuses to
reimburse them, then the school must initiate a due process hearing. If the hearing officer
upholds the school’s evaluations, then the parents shall be fully responsible for the cost of
the independent evaluation.
A.
The student’s Individualized Education Plan Team (IEP) will consider all
data submitted as a result of independent evaluations which parents have
obtained on their own.
B.
The Special Education Director will provide parents who desire an
independent evaluation with information about possible evaluation sources
upon receipt of a written request for an independent evaluation.
C.
Lewiston Public Schools will provide parents with an independent
evaluation at public expense when the following conditions are met:
1.
The parents are in disagreement with a school-ordered evaluation
that has been completed in the past year;
2.
The contested school evaluation is inappropriate in the opinion of
the Special Education Director;
Page 1 of 3
3.
The proposed independent evaluator is an appropriately qualified
professional, as specified in Maine Special Education Regulations,
ch. 101, §§6.3, 9.7; and
4.
The person or agency completing the independent evaluation
submits a written report that conforms to Reports of Evaluation as
described in Maine Special Education Regulations, ch. 101, §9.13
and the time limit in §9.17.
D.
Parents requesting an independent evaluation at public expense will be
asked to specify in writing the school-ordered evaluation they are
contesting. If necessary, school officials will assist parents in preparing a
written request for an independent evaluation at school expense.
E.
The Special Education Director will respond within 30 days of receipt of a
request for an independent evaluation at public expense.
F.
When Lewiston Public Schools determine it will provide an independent
evaluation at public expense, the school will pay an amount that is
reasonable and customary as compared to other qualified evaluators within
the Lewiston region in the same or similar area of testing.
G.
The parent may request that Lewiston Public Schools approve the cost of an
independent educational evaluation which exceeds the usual and customary
fee. The Special Education Director will make a determination of whether
the excess cost is warranted and will notify the parent of that determination.
If the Director rejects the excess cost, the school unit shall initiate a due
process hearing in accordance with section K of this policy.
H.
When the parent requests an independent evaluation at public expense in an
area that has not been evaluated by the school in the past year, the school
shall notify the parent that it cannot approve or deny such a request and
shall instead refer it to the IEP for consideration as a request for a new
school-ordered evaluation.
I.
Lewiston Public Schools may deny a request for an independent
educational evaluation at public expense when the parent has already
received or is receiving an independent evaluation at public expense in
response to the school-ordered evaluation with which the parent disagrees.
Page 2 of 3
J.
Lewiston Public Schools may deny a request for an independent education
evaluation at public expense and shall immediately initiate a due process
hearing when the school concludes that the school evaluation with which
the parent disagrees was appropriate.
K.
Lewiston Public Schools shall initiate a due process hearing to challenge a
parent’s right to obtain an independent evaluation at public expense when
the Special Education Director concludes:
L.
Adopted:
1.
That the providers of an independent evaluation are not qualified
under the state special education regulations;
2.
That the amounts charged for the evaluation are excessive; or
3.
That the school’s evaluations are appropriate.
The parent has a right to request a due process hearing in response to any
school decisions regarding a request for an independent education
evaluation at public expense.
June 7, 2000
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAJ
SPECIAL EDUCATION STUDENT OVERSIGHT AGREEMENT
[Sending school unit] and [receiving school unit] hereby agree to the terms set forth
below for monitoring students from [sending school unit] who are attending [receiving
school unit] as tuition students and who have been identified as in need of special
education or in need of referral to special education.
A.
General Oversight for All Students
Each high school student from [sending school unit] will have a report form
(Progress Report Form) and grades sent from the receiving high school to the
sending school unit twice a year to monitor the student’s progress and to keep an
accurate account on transfers and dropouts. The sending school unit shall
designate a person to receive those reports.
The sending school unit shall be responsible for contacting each high school
guidance department to acquaint them with the Progress Report Form and to
instruct them on its use.
In addition, if there is a problem with the student that requires administrative
intervention beyond the level of the student’s teacher, the Progress Report Form
will be filled out by the designated person documenting the problem. That form
will be immediately forwarded to the designated individual at the sending school
unit. The receiving school unit shall also place a phone call to the designated
person from the sending school unit to ensure that the sending unit is aware of the
issue.
Any action taken by the sending unit shall be documented on the Progress Report
Form.
B.
Oversight of Students Referred to IEP for Evaluation
1. a. When a student is referred to a Individualized Education Plan team (IEP)
or for evaluation, the Director of Special Services of the receiving district
will notify the Director of Special Services from the sending school unit (or
other designated official) by means of the Progress Report Form within five
days of the referral.
b. The sending school unit will enter the referral into the log to monitor
timelines and procedures as they would K-8 referrals.
Page 1 of 3
2. a. The sending school unit shall schedule the IEP meeting at a mutually
convenient time for all parties and notify the receiving school unit and the
parents as described in Special Education. Reg. § 8.4.
b. Parents will be informed by the sending school unit of their procedural
safeguards in accordance with Maine Special Education Regulations and
will receive notification of meetings scheduled to discuss their child’s
school program. Any questions regarding the special education process
should be directed to the Director of Special Education in the sending
school unit.
c. The Special Education Director from the sending school unit will chair the
IEP meetings held to review evaluations and to make determinations on
identification, programming and placement.
C.
Oversight of Students Identified as in Need of Special Education
1. a. For those students enrolled in special education, their progress will be
reviewed at annual IEP meetings, through the general oversight
arrangements noted above, and through IEP meetings. Either the sending
or receiving school unit may initiate an IEP meeting, although the sending
school unit shall initiate the annual IEP to review and revise the individual
education plan (IEP). Whichever school unit initiates the IEP meeting shall
be responsible for scheduling the meeting at a mutually convenient time
and for ensuring that notification requirements are met.
b. Parents will be informed of their procedural safeguards in accordance with
the Maine Special Education Regulations and will receive notification of
meetings scheduled to discuss their child’s school program. Questions
regarding the student’s progress or level of need that are raised with the
receiving school unit should also be relayed to the Special Education
Director of the sending school unit (or other designated official).
c. Every three years, or more often if determined necessary by the sending
school unit or the student’s IEP, the student will be reevaluated as specified
in the Special Education Regulations, at the sending school unit’s expense.
The process of notification will be initiated by the sending school unit.
Page 2 of 3
Dated: ___________________
__________________________________
Sending School Unit
______________________________
Receiving School Unit
By: ______________________________
By: ___________________________
6/00
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAJ-E
PROGRESS REPORT FORM
Date: _________________ _____
High School:_____________________
Student’s
Name:______________________
Town Responsible
for Student:_______________________
Address:____________________
Send to Attention :__________________
___________________________
FILL OUT RELEVANT PORTION
A.
January Progress____
June Progress____
___
No concerns at this point
___
The following concerns (academic/special) exist:
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
Please attach a copy of this semester’s rank card.
B.
Concerns with the student:
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
Transferred to another high school. Date:______________
Moved to another town. Date: _______________________
Has been absent for more than 20 school days. Dates of
absence:_________________________________________
Has been removed for disciplinary reasons. Date:_______________
Referred to an alternative program.
Referred to Student Assistance Team
Has been referred by staff or parent for consideration as a possible special
needs student.
Other
Summary of action to be taken in response to concerns:__________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
6/00
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAK
LIFE-SUSTAINING EMERGENCY CARE
Appropriately trained staff members whose responsibilities include the provision of lifesustaining emergency care shall take all reasonable steps to provide such care to any
student on school grounds in need of life-sustaining emergency care, and shall attempt to
contact an ambulance in accordance with regular school policies to secure the speedy
transportation of the student to hospital facilities.
It is the policy of Lewiston Public Schools not to comply with directives from parents or
others that life-sustaining emergency care should not be provided to any particular
student in need of such care while under the control and supervision of the school.
For purposes of this policy, “life-sustaining emergency care” means any procedure or
intervention applied by appropriately trained school staff that may prevent a student from
dying who, without such procedure or intervention, faces a risk of imminent death.
Examples of life-sustaining emergency care include but are not limited to:
A.
Efforts to stop bleeding;
B.
Unblocking airways;
C.
Mouth-to-mouth resuscitation;
D.
Cardio-pulmonary resuscitation (CPR); and/or
E.
Individually designed medical resuscitation plans developed by multidisciplinary building level teams.
Adopted:
December 13, 1993
Revised:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAL
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES
Lewiston Public Schools have adopted this grievance procedure to provide a local avenue
for persons with disabilities to raise concerns about whether Lewiston Public Schools are
fully meeting its obligations under state and federal laws to protect persons with
disabilities. This procedure is intended to meet the requirements of the federal
Rehabilitation Act (34 CFR § 104.7(b)] and the federal Americans with Disabilities Act
[28 CFR § 35.107(b)].
Questions about this grievance procedure should be directed to the ADA/504 compliance
coordinator: Special Education Office, 36 Oak Street, Lewiston, Maine 04240,
telephone: 795-4108.
STEP ONE
A person with an identifiable disability, or someone acting on that person’s behalf, may
file a written grievance regarding compliance with state or federal disabilities laws with
the building administrator where the grievance arose, or with the ADA/504 compliance
coordinator. If filed with the ADA/504 compliance coordinator, that person shall forward
it to the appropriate building administrator. No grievance will be heard if it involves
actions that occurred more than 60 days prior to the filing of the grievance.
The building administrator, after consultation with the ADA/504 compliance coordinator,
shall respond in writing to the grievance within fifteen (15) working days of its receipt.
Extensions of fifteen (15) working days may be allowed if necessary to address fully the
issues in the grievance. The administrator’s written response shall be forwarded to the
grievant and to the ADA/504 compliance coordinator.
STEP TWO
If dissatisfied with the response, the grievant may obtain a review by the Superintendent
of the administrator’s decision.
The grievant must request that review within fifteen (15) working days of the decision by
the Administrator. The Superintendent, after consultation with the ADA/504 compliance
coordinator, shall respond in writing to the grievance within fifteen (15) working days.
Extensions of fifteen (15) working days may be allowed when necessary to address fully
the issues in the grievance. The Superintendent’s written response shall be forwarded to
the grievant and to the ADA/504 compliance coordinator.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAL
NOTE:
Except for grievances regarding physical alterations to school buildings or
grounds, the decision of the Superintendent shall be final. In the case of
grievances regarding physical alterations to school buildings or grounds, a
dissatisfied grievant may obtain a review by the School Committee of the
Superintendent’s decision.
The grievant must request that review within fifteen (15) working days of
the decision by the Superintendent. The School Committee shall have a
reasonable time to schedule a meeting on the grievance and to issue its
decision.
Nothing in this grievance procedure in any way forecloses a person with a
disability from seeking redress for their concerns at any time through
other legal avenues, such as through the Office for Civil Rights, the
Department of Justice, the Maine Human Rights Commission or the
Maine Department of Education.
Questions about other legal avenues available for persons with disabilities
to pursue compliance concerns under various disabilities laws should be
directed to the ADA/504 compliance coordinator: Special Education
Office, 36 Oak Street, Lewiston, ME 04240 (795-4100).
This notice is available in large print and on audio tape from the ADA/504
compliance coordinator.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBEA
PROGRAM FOR LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENT STUDENTS
The Lewiston School Committee recognizes that in order to assure equal educational
opportunity for all Lewiston Public School students, the school system needs to provide
an appropriate instructional program for students who are limited in English proficiency.
To that end, the Superintendent/designee shall be responsible for developing and
implementing a “Lau Plan” to meet the needs of such students, including procedures for
identification, assessment, programming, monitoring of progress, exit/reclassification,
and parent notification.
The Lau Plan shall be approved by the School Committee before it is submitted to the
Maine Department of Education.
At the beginning of each school year, the school unit shall notify parents of students
identified for or participating in limited English proficiency programs about the
instructional program and parent rights, as required by law. Parents will be regularly
apprised of their child’s progress. Whenever practicable, communications with parents
will be in the language understood by the parents.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
42 U.S.C. § 2000d (Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964)
20 U.S.C. §§ 6801 et seq.
Ch. 127.02 (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
December 11, 2006
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBEA-R
LAU PLAN
Legal Basis for Services
It is the responsibility of Lewiston Public Schools to follow all federal and state
guidelines in providing equal educational opportunities to all students. The
ESL/Bilingual office of the Maine Department of Education has issued the following
guidelines to measure school districts’ compliance with both federal and state law:
A. Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 states: “No person in the United States on
the grounds of race, color, or national origin, shall be excluded from participation,
or be denied the benefits of, or be subject to discrimination under any program or
activity receiving Federal financial assistance.”
B. In 1974, the case of Lau v. Nichols determined:
Equal education does not mean providing students with the same textbooks,
teachers, and curriculum.
The “LAU Remedies,” (1975) formulated by the Office of Civil Rights specifies that
school departments:
1. Use approved approaches, methods, and procedures for identifying and evaluating
national origin minority students’ English language skills. Limited English
Proficient (LEP) students are assessed using the WIDA “ACCESS for ELLs” test
adopted by the State of Maine. The ACCESS for ELLs identifies students
according to the following proficiency levels:
1 – Entering – The student knows and uses social language and visually
supported information in reading, mathematics, science, and social studies.
2 – Beginning –The student knows and uses social English and some
general language of reading, mathematics, science and social studies.
3 – Developing – The student knows and uses social English and some
general and specific language of reading mathematics, science and social
studies.
Page 1 of 8
4 - Expanding – The student knows and uses social English and some
academic English, including some technical language in the subject areas.
5 – Bridging – The student knows and uses social and academic English
and understands and uses technical language in the subject areas at grade
level with minimal support.
6 – Reaching – The student functions in English at grade level; may no
longer need bilingual or English language support.
2. Identify students’ educational needs and provide an appropriate and effective
program.
3. Decide when LEP (Limited English Proficient) students are ready for the
mainstream classroom.
4. Establish procedures for students exiting the program.
5. Set standards for teachers of language minority children.
II. Language Assessment Team (LAT)
District Language Assessment Team that will consist of the ELL Director, a
building administrator, classroom teacher, ELL teacher, and a parent or guardian,
if possible. Appropriate support staff, such as a guidance counselor, will be
included as necessary. The LAT will oversee the development and
implementation of the LAU plan, assuring that changes are made as statue or local
situations dictate.
The Language Assessment Team will:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Identify Limited English Proficient (LEP) students using the
WIDA ACCESS assessment tools.
Develop an appropriate and effective language support program that
assures LEP students will achieve the Learning Results and Grade Level
Expectations.
Monitor the student’s progress on an on-going basis.
Notify parent or guardian of all decisions (in a language they
comprehend whenever possible) and their right to appeal their child’s
participation in ELL.
Page 2 of 8
LEWISTON SCHOOL COMMITTEE
e.
f.
II.
Determine when the LEP student meets the exit or reclassification
standards through WIDA ACCESS Assessment.
Make recommendations for programming for next school year.
Screening:
The presence of a non-English background will be determined by home language survey
and by the following legal definition of ELL from Title IX of the federal Elementary and
Secondary Education Act:
1. who is aged 3 through 21; and
2. who is enrolled or preparing to enroll in an elementary school or secondary
school; and
3. whose difficulties in speaking, reading, writing or understanding the English
language may be sufficient to deny the individual the ability to meet the state’s
“proficient” level of performance or to successfully achieve in the classroom
where the language of instruction is English, or the opportunity to participate
fully in society; and
4. who meets any one of the following three elements:
1) who was not born in the U.S. or whose native language is not English; or
2) who is not Native American, Alaska Native, or a native resident of the
outlying areas and who comes from an environment where a language
other than English has had a significant impact on the individual’s level
of English proficiency; or
3) who is migratory, whose native language is a language other than
English, and who comes from an environment where a language other
than English is dominant.
All students who meet these criteria or who are referred by school staff and/or parent(s)
will be screened for language proficiency. Screening tool will be the WIDA ACCESS
tool required by the State of Maine.
As defined by the WIDA ACCESS assessment tools provided by the state of Maine,
language proficiency will be determined at one of the following levels:
1 – Entering – The student knows and uses social language and visually
supported information in reading, mathematics, science, and social studies.
Page 3 of 8
2 – Beginning –The student knows and uses social English and some
general language of reading, mathematics, science and social studies.
3 – Developing – The student knows and uses social English and some
general and specific language of reading mathematics, science and social
studies.
4 - Expanding – The student knows and uses social English and some
academic English, including some technical language in the subject areas.
5 – Bridging – The student knows and uses social and academic English
and understands and uses technical language in the subject areas at grade
level with minimal support.
6 –Reaching– The student functions in English at grade level; may no
longer need bilingual or English language support.
Additionally, if available, prior school records, authentic assessment information,
standardized testing, and anecdotal evidence will be reviewed to determine need for
services.
III.
Service Delivery Plan
All students who meet the criteria for ELL will be assigned a “case manager” who is a
certified ELL teacher. The case manager will work with the grade level content teacher
and other service providers to determine what instructional combination of services is
most appropriate for each student. Students will receive programming in one or a
combination of the following models:
• Specially Designed Academic Instruction in English (SDAIE)
(Student receives his/her instruction from an ELL teacher focusing on English
language development and grade level content.)
• Supported Grade Level Instruction
(Student is taught by grade level teacher with support from ELL teacher or
programs available to all students. Student will be monitored by ELL teacher.)
Each student will be enrolled in grade level /content program to the extent possible and
integrated into regular activities. The regular classroom teacher will share the
responsibility of programming with a qualified ELL teacher. Accommodations to the
regular curriculum will be supported by appropriate instructional materials. ELL
Services will be provided at each school so that children attend school with their
neighborhood peers.
Page 4 of 8
Instruction will focus on language acquisition and content knowledge simultaneously.
Emphasis will be on attaining Lewiston Public Schools Targets and Maine Learning
Results.
The following guidelines will be followed for the development of a student’s program:
1. Instruction will be provided during the regular school hours.
2. Student’s grade placement will be age appropriate.
3. The ELL teacher and classroom teacher will coordinate efforts to support the
student’s acquisition of English and the Learning Results.
4. The ELL teacher will extend instruction into the classroom providing support
to the LEP student and will share the cultural diversity and the new language
with other students.
5. Instructional space and resources will be provided to LEP students that are
comparably provided to non-LEP students.
6. The amount of time spent with the ELL teacher will be determined by the
Language Assessment Committee based on age and need of the student.
7. Every attempt will be made to meet with and communicate with parents in
their native language.
8. In accordance with statue, an Individual Learning Plan will be developed for
each child and shared with parents at least once a year. ILPs will be developed
within 30 days of the start of school. In the case of students entering during the
school year, the student will be screened and a plan developed within 14 days.
Note: A parent may request that the child’s program be reviewed or changed at any
time. A parent may request that their child not receive ELL services. He/she will be
asked to indicate the decision in writing. Students will be tested annually when/if
required by law. As long as he/she remains eligible, students may enter the ELL program
upon request.
V. Criteria for Reclassification, Transfer, and /or exit from ELL Programming
A multi-criteria assessment will be made when determining if an LEP student will be
exited from the program. This will consist of the following:
1. Teacher evaluation of general language proficiency by observing the student’s oral
performance in both formal and informal settings.
2. The ELL Teacher will evaluate the progress of the student in reference to language
and content objectives at least annually.
Page 5 of 8
3. An objective evaluation will be made as to how the student is functioning in the
four skill areas of listening, speaking, reading, and writing compared to their
English speaking classmates. This evaluation will be made based on annual
WIDA ACCESS testing.
4. Generally, a student will be monitored by ELL staff for 2 years once he/she
receives all content instruction with grade level English proficient peers. Meeting
grade level standards and maintaining a passing average will be considered the
prerequisite to being exited from ELL services. During this time, annual WIDA
ACCESS testing will continue.
5. As required by State of Maine policy, a student who reaches Level 6 in ACCESS
testing cannot be any longer considered ELL.
Special Needs Placement:
Determining special needs placement for students who are receiving ELL Services is a
complex process. There may be a number of individual or combined factors determining
why language and cultural minority students are achieving little academic progress over
time; the normal process of second language acquisition, the acculturation process,
different learning styles, motivation to learn, or the student’s lack of prior schooling are a
number of potential factors. ELL services include a number of pre-referral steps to
determine whether there exists temporary learning and behavior characteristics shared by
learning disabled students and students of English as a second language, or whether
referral to special education is warranted. The ELL case manager must be involved
throughout the process.
Parents, teachers, and support staff can initiate referrals to Special Education. Parents
will be provided an interpreter. The Language Assessment Team can also refer a student
to special education services for continued diagnosis and testing if: (a) systematic efforts
to identify the source of the difficulty are unsuccessful and/or (b) the Intervention
Checklist identifies behavioral patterns deemed necessary for continued assessment. The
ELL case manager and classroom teacher will gather the information and process the
referral observing Special Education regulation timelines. The disabling condition must
occur in the student’s primary language to warrant identification for special education.
VI. Qualified Personnel
All ELL teachers must possess appropriate teacher certification and ELL endorsement as
defined by the State of Maine. When it is necessary, teachers with conditional
certification may be hired if they are actively engaged in obtaining appropriate
credentials.
Page 6 of 8
The responsibilities of the ELL teacher include, but are not limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
High quality teaching for all students in all classes
Function as an active part of the school and district team
Update and maintain paperwork for all students on caseload
Conduct initial testing and screening
In conjunction with other school staff, develop ILP
Monitor progress consistently and document quarterly
Assure that all regulations are met
Arrange for required testing, i.e. ACCESS, MEA as appropriate
Serve as an advocate for ELL students and program
Maintain consistent communication with parents
Stay current in professional field
ELL teachers will be offered ongoing professional development. Additionally a
professional development plan that enhances skills of grade level /content teachers will
be developed annually.
VII. Program Evaluation
In order to ensure the most effective and appropriate structured language support
programming for limited English proficient children, a model for overall program
evaluation must be developed and utilized consistent with state and federal statute. An
annual program evaluation will illustrate: attainment of program outcomes; English
language and content acquisition; attainment of learner outcomes; school climate and
support for the program and children; the quality of instructional materials, the
maintenance of information about students; the effectiveness of staff development
activities; the amount and effectiveness of mainstream ELL collaboration; the
effectiveness of school and program communication with parents; and, the
implementation of the Lau Plan itself.
Accountability and demonstration of outcomes will enhance the program’s legitimacy in
the school and will evaluate the degree to which the work and methods of the program
meet intended goals.
Legal References
Civil Rights Act (Title VI) of 1964
“No person in the United States shall, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin be
excluded from participation in, be denied under the benefits of, or be subjected to
discrimination under any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance.”
Page 7 of 8
Lau v. Nichols: U.S. Supreme Court decision of 1974
“There is no equality of treatment merely by providing students with the same facilities,
textbook, teachers, and curriculum, for students who do not understand English are
effectively foreclosed from any meaningful education.”
Memorandum, May 25, 1970 Dept. of HEW
“Where inability to speak and understand the English language excluded national originminority children from effective participation in the educational program offered by a
school district, the district must take affirmative steps to rectify the language deficiency
in order to open its instructional program to these students.
Office of Civil Rights, Fall, 1985 memo on the May 23, 1970 Memorandum
“Title VI rights are for individual rights, thus LEA’s must heed the May 25th
memorandum even if they have only a single Limited English Proficient (LEP) Student.”
Office of Civil Rights Memorandum, 1990
Requalified teachers
Definition of Terms
(English as a Second Language): The use of a special curriculum and support
services to help students learn English whose first language in the home is not
English. This term has been replaced by ELL in this document.
ELL (English Language Learners): This term is used as synonymous with ESL. It is
currently used by the professional field and federal government to describe
students learning English.
ILP (Individual Learning Plan): This is a plan developed for each student defining
the special language services needed for him/her to help reach FEP status.
LAT (Language Assessment Committee): This committee is responsible for seeing
that needs of LEP students are met.
LAU This refers to the Lau vs. Nichols U.S. Supreme Court case. The decision
required school districts to provide support the LEP students who could not
benefit from education which was conducted in English.
LEP (Limited English Proficiency): Students whose first language is other than
English. The level of English proficiency hinders their participation in school
when instruction is in English.
Adopted 11/12/02
Revised 9/1/05
Revised 12/11/06
Page 8 of 8
ESL
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBG
HOME SCHOOLING
Parents/guardians who wish to have their children fulfill the compulsory school
attendance law through equivalent education by home schooling must comply with the
provisions of 20-A MRSA §5001-A(3)(A)(4).
A. The student’s parent/guardian must provide a written notice of intent to
provide home instruction simultaneously to the Superintendent of the school
unit in which the student resides and to the commissioner of the Department of
Education within ten calendar days of the beginning of home instruction. The
notice must contain the following information:
1. The name, signature and address of the student’s
parent/guardian;
2. The name and age of the student;
3. The date the home instruction program will begin;
4. A statement of assurance that indicates the home instruction
program will provide at least 175 days annually of instruction
and will provide instruction in: English and language arts,
math, science, social studies, physical education, health
education, library skills, fine arts, and, in at least one grade
from 6 to 12, Maine studies. At one grade level from grade 7 to
12, the student will demonstrate proficiency in the use of
computers; and
5. A statement of assurance that indicates that the home
instruction program will include an annual assessment of the
student’s academic progress that includes at least one of the
forms of assessment described in 20-A MRSA §5001A(3)(A)(4)(b) and paragraph B below.
B. On or before September 1 of each subsequent year of home instruction, the
student’s parent/guardian must file a letter with the Superintendent of the
administrative unit in which the student resides and to the Commissioner
stating the intention to continue providing home instruction and enclose a copy
of one of the following forms of annual assessment of the student’s academic
progress:
Page 1 of 3
1. A standardized achievement test administered through the
administrative unit in which the student resides or through
other arrangements approved by the Commissioner. If the test
is administered through the administrative unit in which the
student resides, that administration must be agreed to by the
Superintendent of the administrative unit prior to submission of
the written notice of intent to provide home instruction;
2. A test developed by the Superintendent/designee of the
administrative unit in which the student resides appropriate to
the student’s home instruction program, which must be agreed
to by the Superintendent of the administrative unit prior to
submission of the written notice of intent to provide home
instruction;
3. A review and acceptance of the student’s progress by an
identified individual who holds a current Maine teacher’s
certificate;
4. A review and acceptance of the student’s progress based on,
but not limited to, a presentation of an educational portfolio of
the student to a local area home schooling support group whose
membership for this purpose includes a currently certified
Maine teacher or administrator; or
5. A review and acceptance of the student’s progress by a local
advisory board selected by the Superintendent of the
administrative unit in which the student resides that includes
one administrative unit employee and two home instruction
tutors. A “home instruction tutor” means the parent/guardian or
other person who acts or will act as a primary teacher of the
student in the home instruction program. This provision must
be agreed to by the Superintendent of the administrative unit in
which the student resides prior to submission of the written
notice of intent to provide home instruction.
C. Dissemination of any information filed under 20-A MRSA §5001-(3)(A)
(which applies to alternatives to attendance at public day school, including
home schooling) is governed by the provisions of 20-A MRSA §6001
Page 2 of 3
(dissemination of information); the federal Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974, 20 USC §1232g (2002); and the federal Education for All
Handicapped Children Act of 1975, 20 USC §1401-1487(2002), except that
“directory information” as defined by the federal Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act (FERPA) is confidential and is not subject to public disclosure
unless the parent/guardian specifically permits disclosure in writing or a judge
orders otherwise. Copies of any information filed under 20-A MRSA §5001A(3)(A) must be maintained by the student’s parent/guardian until the home
instruction program concludes. The records must be made available to the
Commissioner upon request.
D. If the home instruction program is discontinued, students of compulsory
school age must be enrolled in a public school or an equivalent instruction
alternative as provided for by law. The receiving school shall determine the
placement of the student. At the secondary level, the principal of the receiving
school shall determine the value of the prior educational experience toward
meeting the standards of Maine’s system of Learning Results.
The School Committee accepts no responsibility for the unit in the application, review,
approval, or oversight of home instruction programs except as provided for by law or this
policy.
Participation by home-schooled students in the public school program shall only be
permitted as described elsewhere in School Committee policy.
The Superintendent shall maintain a roster of all students eligible to attend school within
the school unit who are receiving equivalent instruction, as provided in Department of
Education rules.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA §5001-A(3)
Ch. 125 §12.02, Ch. 130 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules)
Cross Reference:
JEA – Compulsory School Attendance
IHBGA – Home Schooling – Participation in School Programs
IHBGB – Special Education Services for Students in Private Schools
or Home Schooling
JGAB – Assignment of Students to Classes: Transfer Students and
Home-Schooling Students
Revised: January 26, 2004
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBGA
HOME SCHOOLING – PARTICIPATION IN SCHOOL PROGRAMS
The Lewiston School Committee acknowledges the provisions for equivalent instruction under
Maine law. The School Committee further observes the Legislature’s recognition, “that the term
‘equivalent’ is intended to mean meeting state standards, for alternate or other instruction and is
not intended to mean the same as the education delivered in the public school system.”
In addition, it is the intention of the School Committee to, “cooperate in the home instruction of
any child who resides in the school administrative unit to the degree that the level of cooperation
does not interfere with the responsibilities to the students enrolled in Lewiston Public Schools’
regular programs.” Furthermore, participation of students in such programs shall be limited to
home-schooled students who have obtained approval for equivalent instruction under rules
established by the Commissioner of Education.
In order to maintain an efficient and orderly school program, the School Committee directs the
Superintendent/designee to develop procedures, as appropriate, regarding the availability of
school system resources and services in support of equivalent instruction programs that have
been approved by the Commissioner. The procedures shall be in accord with the following
provisions.
I.
PROVISION OF INFORMATION
At the request of the student or the student’s parent/guardian, this school unit shall make
available to home-schooled students, in a form determined by the school, information
regarding access to public school activities and attendance in Lewiston schools. This
information must include:
A. Requirements regarding initial health and developmental screening for motor skills,
vision, hearing and immunization; and
B. Criteria for participation of home-schooled students in curricular, co-curricular and
extracurricular activities.
II.
PERMITTED PARTICIPATION
A. Participation in Regular Classes. Home instruction students may enroll in specific
day school classes provided that the student’s attendance is regular, the class is
deemed to be age and grade appropriate and all prerequisite course requirements are
met. In addition, the following shall also apply.
Page 1 of 8
1. The student or the student’s parent/guardian, on the student’s behalf, shall apply
in writing to and receive written approval from the Superintendent/designee.
Approval may not be unreasonably withheld.
2. Enrollment shall be by full semester only.
3. The student shall demonstrate prior satisfactory academic achievement consistent
with school unit policy and procedures applicable to all students.
4. The student shall comply with behavioral, disciplinary, attendance and other
classroom rules applicable to all students. If a student fails to comply, the school
may withhold credit or terminate the student’s participation.
5. Transportation must be provided by the parent/guardian or student. However, the
student may use the same transportation as all other students in the school unit as
long as additional expenses are not incurred.
6. The student shall complete all assignments and tests as required of all students in
the same class. Credit will only be granted following successful completion of
the course.
B. Course Auditing. Home instruction students may audit a course(s) provided the
following conditions have been met.
1. The student or the student’s parent/guardian, on behalf of the student, shall apply
in writing to and receives written approval from the Superintendent/designee to
audit a specific course or courses. Participation may not be unreasonably
withheld.
2. The student agrees to meet established behavioral, disciplinary, attendance and
other classroom rules applicable to all students. If a student fails to comply, the
school may terminate participation.
III.
SPECIAL EDUCATION SERVICES
Special education services will be available to eligible special education
students in accordance with applicable federal and state laws and regulations.
IV.
ADMISSION TO REGULAR PROGRAM/PLACEMENT
A student who has been receiving home-school instruction and who seeks admission to
the regular school program will be placed in a grade commensurate with the level of the
student’s academic achievement. Placement must be guided by the following.
Page 2 of 8
A. For students who transfer into school from an educational program that is not
required to meet the standards of the system of Learning Results, the principal of the
receiving school shall determine the value of the student’s prior educational
experience toward meeting these standards.
V.
B.
Grade level placement is determined by the locally-designated, appropriate school
staff based upon but not limited to such factors as the student’s completed curricula
and record of achievement, conferencing with the student’s parent/guardian and
administration of tests, if determined necessary.
C.
The final grade level placement decision is based upon this unit’s policy and
procedures. That decision may be appealed to the Superintendent.
RE-ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL PROGRAM
Placement of home-schooled students who wish to be readmitted to the school program
will be determined by the Administrator who shall consult with members of the
professional staff to the extent appropriate. The Administrator may direct that a test or
tests be administered to help determine grade level. In addition, the Administrator is
authorized to collect from parents actual samples of coursework (e.g., homework,
examinations, etc.) as he/she deems necessary, in order to make the determination that
the requisite academic standards have been met. The decision of the Administrator
may be appealed to the Superintendent.
VI.
USE OF SCHOOL TEXTBOOKS AND LIBRARY BOOKS
Subject to availability, a student receiving home instruction may use school textbooks,
if the number of particular copies are sufficient, and library books owned by Lewiston
Public Schools, subject to the following conditions.
A. The use does not disrupt regular student, staff or special program functions.
B. The student’s sign-out period for a library book is the same as that applicable to
regularly enrolled students.
C. The student may sign out a textbook for a period not to exceed one school year.
The textbook must be appropriate to the student’s age and grade level.
D. The parent/guardian and student agree to reimburse the school unit for lost,
unreturned or damaged library books and textbooks and for consumable supplies
used.
Page 3 of 8
VII.
USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
A student receiving home-school instruction may use public school facilities and
equipment on the same basis as regularly enrolled students if the following conditions
are met.
VIII.
A.
The use does not disrupt regular school activities.
B.
The use is approved by the building administrator in accordance with established
school policy.
C.
The use does not create additional expense to the school unit.
D.
The use is directly related to the student’s academic program.
E.
The use of potentially hazardous areas, such as shops, laboratories and
gymnasiums, is supervised by a qualified employee of the school unit, approved
and assigned by the Superintendent.
F.
The use does not involve removing furniture or equipment from the school
premises.
MAINE EDUCATIONAL ASSESSMENT
If a parent of a student in an equivalent instruction program requests to have the
student participate in the Maine Educational Assessment (MEA), such request must be
granted. Participation in such examinations must be in compliance with all rules and
procedures governing testing conditions in the Lewiston schools.
IX.
ACADEMIC CREDIT
A student receiving home-school instruction must receive academic credit subject to
the following requirements.
A.
Academic credit for individual courses must be awarded if the student meets
required academic standards applicable to all students enrolled in the same course.
B.
Academic credit must be awarded for successful completion of alternative
instruction opportunities sponsored by the school and available to all students.
Page 4 of 8
X.
HIGH SCHOOL COURSE CREDITS AND DIPLOMA ELIGIBILITY
The following standards govern the awarding of course credits and a graduation
diploma to a student receiving home-school instruction who seeks admission or
readmission to the high school.
A.
A student shall earn high school credits for satisfactory completion of courses in
the high school pursuant to 20-A MRSA § 5021,subsection 2, paragraph A.
B.
A student may earn credit for course work completed through home-school
instruction if the building administrator determines both in advance and upon
completion of the course that the course satisfies the requirements for awarding
the credit. This determination shall be made through evaluation of a portfolio
submitted by the student.
1. The portfolio should include curriculum guides, all student work, evaluative
criteria, goals and objectives, documentation of related activities, experiences,
trips, projects etc., and an assessment of the success of the program. Although
portfolios may vary from course to course, it is meant to be a detailed
compilation of a student’s work.
2. The portfolio will be reviewed by a committee consisting of the guidance
director, a department chairperson, the building administrator and two
representatives of a home schooling program. This committee will determine
if credit should be granted.
C.
Requests for transfer credit for equivalent instruction completed at non-approved
private schools, at private schools that elect not to meet requirements under 20-A
MRSA § 2901 or through other equivalent instruction programs must be
evaluated on the merits of the documentation provided. The building
administrator and guidance staff shall conduct these evaluations on request by the
student or the student’s parent/guardian. The principal may direct that the student
undergo a test or tests to assist in making a determination relative to the awarding
of credit.
D.
Awarding of a high school diploma by the local school is conditioned upon the
student’s demonstration of having satisfied all specific course credit or other
requirements established by the State of Maine and the School Committee. In
addition, the following conditions must be met:
1. Students must earn a minimum of five credits for courses taken at Lewiston
High School and be in residence as a full-time student for one year.
2. Students receiving credit for home school instruction will not be included in
rank in class listings.
Page 5 of 8
E.
For students who transfer into a secondary school from another state or an
educational program that is not required to meet the standards of the system of
Learning Results, the principal of the receiving school shall determine the value
of the prior educational experience toward meeting the standards through the local
assessment system.
For students graduating at the end of 2006-2007 school year: Awarding of
a high school diploma by the local school is conditioned upon the student’s
having met the content standards of the applicable content areas of the system
of Learning Results as determined by the local assessment system and the
student’s demonstration of having satisfied all specific course credits and
additional diploma requirements as specified by School Committee policy. The
School Committee may establish resident credit requirements as a precondition
for the awarding of a local school unit diploma.
XI.
PARTICIPATION IN CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
Students receiving home-school instruction may participate in co-curricular activities
such as field trips, assemblies, and academically-related fairs provided:
XII.
A.
Prior written permission is obtained from both the parent and the building
administrator; and
B.
The student has agreed to meet established behavioral, disciplinary, attendance
and other rules applicable to all students.
PARTICIPATION IN EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
Students receiving home-school instruction are eligible to try out for extracurricular
activities sponsored by Lewiston Public Schools, provided the student applies
in writing and the following requirements are satisfied.
A.
The student agrees to abide by equivalent rules of participation as are applicable
to regularly enrolled students participating in the activity and provides evidence
that the rules of participation are being met.
B.
The student complies with the same physical examination, immunization,
insurance, age and semester eligibility requirements as regularly enrolled students
participating in the activity. All required documentation must be made available
upon request by the school unit.
C.
The student meets equivalent academic standards as those established for
regularly enrolled students participating in the activity and provides evidence that
the academic standards are being met. The school administrator is authorized to
collect from parents actual samples of coursework (e.g., homework, examinations,
etc.), as he/she deems necessary in order to make the determination that the
necessary academic standards have been met.
Page 6 of 8
D.
XIII.
The student abides by the same transportation policy as regularly enrolled
students participating in the activity and travels to and from activities with the
team.
STANDARDS FOR PARTICIPATION WHEN TUITION PAYMENT TO
ANOTHER UNIT IS REQUIRED
If and when the school unit does not provide academic instruction for specific grade
levels, the following applies for students enrolled in an approved program of
equivalent instruction.
XIV.
A.
Class participation. The home-schooled student or the student’s parent/guardian
shall request authorization from the resident local school unit to apply to another
school unit for permission to participate in classes or activities in that other school
unit.
B.
Tuition payment. Tuition payments for home-schooled student participation in a
local school unit, including attendance at an applied technology center or an
applied technology region, other than the applicant’s resident district, is the
responsibility of the home-schooled student, the student’s parent/guardian or the
student’s resident school administrative unit, in accordance with school unit
policy. Participation may not be unreasonably withheld.
C.
Participation eligibility. A tuitioned, home-schooled student is subject to the
rules relating to eligibility for participation in co-curricular or extracurricular
activities as may apply at the receiving school unit.
D.
Interscholastic activities. A tuitioned, home-schooled student attending classes
in more than one receiving school unit is not eligible for participation in
interscholastic activities at any local school unit.
APPEALS
Appeals from administration and application of the School Committee policy are heard
by the School Committee, whose decision is final and binding. Appeals that question
the School Committee policy compliance with legal requirements must be made to the
Commissioner, whose decision is final and binding.
Page 7 of 8
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §§ 5001-A(3), 5021-5025
Chap. 127, 130 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules)
Cross Reference: IHBGB – Special Education Services for Students in Private Schools or Home
Schooling
IKF – Graduation Requirements
Adopted:
Revised:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
November 18, 2002
January 26, 2004
Page 8 of 8
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBGB
SPECIAL EDUCATION SERVICES FOR STUDENTS IN
PRIVATE SCHOOLS OR HOME SCHOOLING
Lewiston Public Schools recognize its obligation under state and federal law to make
special education services available to all students of school age whose parents reside
within the school unit. This obligation includes those students who attend private schools
and who are receiving home schooling.
For those students who have been placed by their parents/guardians in a private school or
in home schooling, Lewiston Public Schools shall provide a genuine opportunity for
equitable participation in the school unit’s special education services.
Lewiston Public Schools’ obligation to provide a genuine opportunity for equitable
participation shall include the following:
A.
Include all such students in Lewiston Public Schools’ special education
childfind and referral obligations;
B.
Inform the parent of the unit’s responsibility to offer a free, appropriate
public education;
C.
Review the special education needs of the student with a disability;
D.
Annually develop a proposed Individual Education Program (IEP) for the
parent’s consideration, to be made available to the student in the least
restrictive educational environment;
E.
Permit the student to access particular services in the IEP in the school
setting where those services are normally made available. The student’s
Individualized Education Plan Team (IEP) may deny access to a particular
service in the IEP if the PET determines that it would be inappropriate for
the student to access that particular service without accessing the IEP as a
whole.
F.
Scheduling determinations for those services that the student accesses shall
be made by the school administrator regularly charged with making such
determinations and may reflect the administrative needs and caseload
concerns of Lewiston Public Schools.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBGB
G.
Lewiston Public Schools shall permit the student to access any regular
public school bus run for transportation to or from the services being
accessed in the IEP. The student’s IEP may determine that a particular bus
or bus run would not be appropriate for the student.
H.
Lewiston Public Schools may consider requests for separate transportation
to or from the special education service being accessed in the IEP. Such
transportation shall not be provided outside of the boundaries of Lewiston
Public Schools and shall be subject to the availability and scheduling needs
of the school’s transportation providers.
I.
Lewiston Public Schools shall not provide special education or supportive
services to the student at the private school or home-schooling site.
Ref: MSER Ch. 101, Section 4.7
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHCDA
POST-SECONDARY ENROLLMENT OPTIONS
The intent of this policy is to establish the requirements for student enrollment in postsecondary courses taken before high school graduation.
Eligible Institutions
Students may take courses at eligible post-secondary institutions within Maine, which
include the University of Maine System, the Vocational Technical College System and
Maine Maritime Academy. Students are allowed to take courses at private colleges or
other institutions, but the school unit cannot include such costs as allowable program
costs.
Student Eligibility Requirements
A student may take no more than one course per semester and two courses per
academic year, without special permission from building administrator.
A student must meet the following criteria prior to enrolling in a post-secondary
course:
A.
Have a minimum of a “B” [or 3.0] average in his/her courses overall;
B.
Meet the course admission standards of the eligible institution;
C.
Provide evidence of parent/guardian approval for taking the course; and
D.
Obtain prior approval from the administrator and guidance counselor.
E.
Extenuating circumstances may be reviewed on an individual basis.
Awarding of Credits
The eligible institution shall grant full credit to any student who successfully
completes a course.
High school graduation credit for a course taken under this policy shall be
awarded as follows:
A.
The course must meet for a minimum of one semester.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHCDA
B.
The student must earn a passing grade in the course.
C.
Attendance must satisfy the instructor’s requirements.
D.
If the above criteria are met, the student shall receive one carnegie unit.
Financial Assistance
A.
The Maine Department of Education shall pay applicable tuition costs for
any student enrolled in a course under this policy if the eligible institution
requires tuition payment.
B.
The student and his/her parent/guardian are responsible for paying
for all textbooks, course fees and transportation costs.
School Unit Reporting Requirements
The Superintendent shall ensure that information concerning post-secondary
enrollment options is made available to parents and students.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHD
ADULT/COMMUNITY EDUCATION
Adult/community education programs are provided to encourage the adults of the
community to pursue educational opportunities. These programs operate with the
following goals:
A.
To provide a system of basic education for adults who have less than eighth
grade ability levels. This aspect of adult education will concentrate on the
basic skills of reading, writing and arithmetic. Instructional programs will
also be provided for adults with special needs, as well as for adults needing
instruction in English for speakers of other languages;
B.
To provide opportunities for adults to complete high school either by taking
courses to complete the required number of credits for graduation or by
preparing for and taking the General Educational Development Test to
receive the State High School Equivalency Diploma;
C.
To provide introductory vocational training courses designed to help adults
prepare for employment;
D.
To work cooperatively and collaboratively with both Lewiston High School
and Lewiston Regional Vocational Center regarding student referrals and
curriculum development in the areas of high school completion and
vocational programs;
E.
To provide educational programs which are related to the general learning
needs and interests of the adult community; and
F.
To work in a cooperative and collaborative manner with other community
agencies and organizations concerned with adult education.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 8601 et. seq.
Cross Reference:
IHD-R – Adult/Community Education Administrative Procedure
Adopted:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
June 27, 2005
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHD-R
ADULT/COMMUNITY EDUCATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
Admission Requirements
A.
Lewiston Adult Education High School Diploma Credit Courses and the
services of the Adult Basic Education Learning Center are available to any
person 17 years of age or older.
B.
A person under the age of 17 (as of the first day of classes in a given Adult
Education semester) may apply to attend Adult Education High School
Diploma Credit Courses or the Adult Basic Education Learning Center as
follows:
C.
1.
Complete necessary steps for legally withdrawing from day school
under the provisions of 20-A MRSA § 5001-A(2)(B).
2.
Complete the appropriate form for admission to Adult Education
High School Diploma Credit Courses or the Adult Basic Education
Learning Center and submit to the building administrator. The
building administrator shall refer the application to the Adult
Education Director.
3.
The Adult Ed Director will make a recommendation and forward the
application to the Superintendent who will make a recommendation.
4.
The Superintendent shall make the final determination regarding
approval or disapproval of the application.
A student is enrolled in a public or private day high school may apply for
admission to Adult Education High School Diploma Credit Courses or the
Adult Basic Education Learning Center (except for the GED program) as
follows:
1.
Application for admission is made to the High School Administrator
on the appropriate form which has been signed by the Guidance
Counselor.
Page 1 of 3
D.
2.
The High School Administrator recommends approval or
disapproval and forwards the application to the Director of Adult
Education. The Director makes a recommendation and forwards the
approval to the Superintendent. The Director of Adult Education
will also place the applicant’s name on a course waiting list(s).
3.
The Superintendent shall make the final determination regarding
approval or disapproval of the application. If the application is
approved by the Superintendent, the student will be registered in the
course from a waiting list(s).
A non-resident under the age of 20 who is legally out of school and desires
to enroll in Adult Education High School Diploma Courses for credit
towards high school completion must supply evidence in writing on the
appropriate form that:
1.
The Superintendent of their resident school unit a)approves
attendance and b) certifies that the sending unit will pay tuition in
accordance with 20-A MRSA § 8605(2)(C) before being enrolled.
2.
Non-resident students may not be registered until their application
has been approved.
Late Registrations
No person may enroll in a diploma course for credit after the second meeting of
that course.
Lewiston Adult Education Diploma Requirements and Regulations
A.
Students are required to accumulate 20 credits for graduation, four of which
must be English credits one of which must be a writing course; two social
studies credits, one of which must be U.S. History and one which must be a
government course; three credits in mathematics; one credit in lab science
instruction; one credit in computer literacy.
B.
One credit consists of a minimum of 45 instructional hours.
G. Students are allowed two absences per course. Absences must be made up in
accordance with procedures developed by the Adult Education Director. A
third absence in a course will result in dismissal from that course.
Page 2 of 3
D.
Credits from other recognized institutions will be accepted upon approval
of the Adult Education Director; however, a minimum of one credit must
be earned by taking a credit course through Lewiston Adult Education.
E.
During a student’s first semester, a maximum of two credit courses may be
taken.
F.
A maximum of six credits may be awarded for the following out-of-school
experience(s):
1.
A maximum of two credits from correspondence schools;
2.
Completion of a Maine State Apprenticeship Council-approved
apprenticeship program;
3.
One credit for military service of not less than two successive years
resulting in an honorable discharge or separation may be awarded to
eligible diploma candidates. The military experience criterion also
covers candidates who have spent a minimum of six years in the
National Guard or in the Reserves and hold an honorable discharge.
4.
One credit may be awarded for three consecutive years of work
experience in one occupation and two credits for work experience of
five years or more in no more than two occupations;
5.
A maximum of two credits may be earned through independent
study approved by the Adult Education Director;
G. A maximum of two credits may be awarded for participation in a planned
volunteer work activity (forty-five hours required per credit) approved by the
Adult Education Director; and
7.
A maximum of one credit may be awarded for career exploration
based on forty-five hours of observation/practicum experience in
business, industry, institutions or agencies.
8.
Home school credits may be awarded based on a portfolio review
process approved by the Adult Education Director.
G. A diploma earned through the Adult Education program shall be specified as
an Adult Education Diploma.
Legal Reference: Ch. 125 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules)
6/00
Revised: 6/27/2005
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHDA
POST-GRADUATE STUDENTS
The Lewiston School Committee shall permit post-graduate residents of Lewiston to
attend secondary school classes up to the age of 20. Such requests must be approved by
the high school administrator in accordance with established administrative procedures.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJJ
INSTRUCTIONAL AND LIBRARY-MEDIA MATERIALS SELECTION
The School Committee is legally responsible for all matters relating to the operation of
the schools, including the provision of instructional materials and maintenance of librarymedia resources that support the school system’s curriculum.
While the School Committee retains its authority to approve the selection of instructional
materials, it recognizes the educational expertise of its professional staff and the need for
such staff to be involved in the recommendation of instructional materials. The School
Committee delegates responsibility for the selection of instructional materials and librarymedia resources to the professionally trained personnel employed by the school system,
subject to the criteria and procedures for selection and the School Committee’s policy on
challenged materials as described below.
With the assistance of professional staff, the Superintendent shall establish a system for
the selection of instructional materials, including procedures to establish an orderly
process for the review and recommendation of instructional materials. The
Superintendent shall present his/her recommendations to the School Committee regarding
the selection of textbooks and other instructional materials after completion of the review
process. The School Committee will act on the Superintendent’s recommendations
concerning instructional materials. The School Committee expects the Superintendent to
report on progress made in aligning instructional materials with curriculum development
and evaluation in support of the content standards contained in Maine’s system of
Learning Results.
Each school shall maintain a library-media program that includes books and other print
materials, multimedia materials, online Internet resources and information technology
that support the curriculum. A certified library-media specialist will be responsible for
overseeing the library-media program, under the supervision of the Superintendent. As
with instructional materials, the School Committee delegates responsibility for selection
of library-media materials and technology and Internet resources to the school system’s
professionally trained staff, subject to the criteria and procedures for selection and the
School Committee’s policy on challenged materials described below.
Definitions
“Instructional materials” include textbooks and other print materials, software
and other electronic materials, online/Internet resources (including access), and
supplies and other materials to support instruction in subject areas and
implementation of the system of Learning Results.
Page 1 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJJ
“Library-media resources” include books, print materials, online/Internet
resources (including access), multimedia materials and information technology
that, as part of the library-media program, support the school system’s curriculum.
Objectives of Selection
The School Committee recognizes that it is the primary objective of instructional
materials to implement and support the curriculum, and of library-media resources to
extend and enrich the educational program of the schools. Quality instructional materials
and library-media resources are essential to student learning. In preparing students to
meet the content standards of the Learning Results, in supporting the achievement of the
school unit’s educational goals and objectives, and in providing enrichment opportunities
that expand students’ interests and contribute to a desire for lifelong learning, it is the
responsibility of the instructional program and the library-media centers of the schools to
provide a wide range of materials on all levels of difficulty, with diversity of appeal and
the presentation of different points of view.
Criteria for Selection
Instructional and library-media materials selected should:
A. Support achievement of the content standards of the Learning Results;
B. Support the goals and objectives of the school system’s educational programs;
C. Enrich and support the curriculum;
D. Take into consideration the varied interests, abilities, and maturity levels of the
students served;
E. Foster respect and appreciation for cultural diversity and varied opinions;
F. Give comprehensive, accurate and balanced representation to minorities and
women in history, science, leadership and the arts and acknowledge the
contributions of ethnic, religious and cultural groups to our American heritage;
G. Present a balance of opposing sides of controversial issues to enable students
to develop a capability for critical analysis;
H. Stimulate growth in factual knowledge, literary appreciation, aesthetic values
and ethical standards;
Page 2 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJJ
I. Provide a background of information that will enable students to make
intelligent decisions in their daily lives; and
J. Respect the constraints of the school unit’s budget.
Other factors that should be considered are accuracy and currency of material;
importance of the subject matter; scholarship; quality of writing and production; and
reputation and significance of the author, artist or composer.
In evaluating software, multimedia materials and online/Internet resources, additional
factors that should be considered include purpose for use; content; format (degree of
interactivity or student involvement); appropriate use of graphics, sound and animation;
feedback provided; and ease of use.
Procedures for Selection
Meeting the needs of the individual schools, based on knowledge of the curriculum and
the existing collections of instructional and library-media materials, shall be the highest
priority. Basic learning materials, i.e., those that are the predominant instructional
materials used by most members of the class, are used for a significant portion of the
course or receive major emphasis during a course, or are essential to student achievement
of content standards of the Learning Results are to take priority in the selection process.
Before recommending materials for purchase, professional staff should evaluate the
existing collection, consulting reputable, unbiased, professionally prepared selection aids
and specialists from all departments and/or all grade levels.
Social studies and science textbooks should not be older than five years unless up-to-date
supplemental instructional materials are also available.
Whenever possible, purchase of non-print materials and multimedia, Internet and
technology resources shall be made only after personal evaluation by the librarian/media
specialist and/or other appropriate professional staff. Reviewing aids may be used in lieu
of personal evaluation.
Multiple copies of outstanding and much-in-demand materials should be purchased as
needed. Worn or missing standard items should be replaced periodically. Out-of-date or
no-longer-useful materials should be withdrawn from the collection/circulation.
Page 3 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJJ
Donated Materials
Gift materials are to be evaluated by the same criteria as purchased materials and are to
be accepted or rejected by those criteria and in accordance with School Committee policy
on gifts and donations.
Parental Authority
A student’s parent/guardian may inspect, upon request, any instructional material used as
part of the curriculum. The Superintendent will be responsible for developing and
implementing procedures for providing access to instructional material within a
reasonable time after such a request is made.
The School Committee recognizes that the final authority as to what materials an
individual student will be exposed rests with that student’s parents or guardians.
However, at no time will the wishes of one child’s parents to restrict his/her reading or
viewing of a particular item infringe on other parents’ rights to permit their children to
read or view the same material.
Library-media center materials will not be removed from the collection because of
criticism except in accordance with School Committee policy.
Challenged Materials
Despite the care taken to select materials for student and teacher use and the
qualifications of the persons who select the materials, the School Committee recognized
that objections may be raised occasionally by students, parents, school staff or
community members.
In the event a complaint is made, the following procedures will apply:
A. The complaint shall be heard first by the person providing the materials in
questions.
B. If the complaint is not resolved, the complainant shall be referred to the
building Principal and requested to fill out the “Instructional and LibraryMedia Materials Challenge Form.” A copy of the form will be forwarded to
the Superintendent.
Page 4 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJJ
C. The Superintendent shall appoint a committee composed of the following
persons to review the complaint: one Principal at the appropriate grade level;
one librarian/media specialist; one classroom teacher; the department head in
the subject area of the challenged materials; one community member.
D. The review committee shall: read and examine the materials referred to them;
check general acceptance of materials by reading reviews; weigh values and
faults against each other and form opinions based on the material as a whole
and not on passages or portions pulled out of context; meet to discuss the
material and to prepare a written report on it.
E. The report of the committee shall be forwarded to the Superintendent who will
inform the complainant of the results.
F. No materials shall be removed from use until the review committee has made a
final decision.
G. The review committee’s decision may be appealed to the School Committee.
The School Committee may set aside a portion of a regular meeting or call a
special meeting for the purpose of receiving testimony from representatives of
the various points of view. The material in question shall be:
1. Reviewed objectively and in its full content;
2. Evaluated in terms of the needs and interest of students, school,
curriculum and community;
3. Considered in the light of differing opinions; and
4. Reviewed in light of the criteria for initial selection and purpose as
provided herein.
The School Committee will announce its decision in writing not later than the conclusion
of the next regular meeting of the School Committee following its receipt of said
testimony.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § § 1001 (10-A); 1055 (4); 4002
Ch. 125 § § 9.01, 9.03 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules)
P.L. 107-110 § 1061 (No Child Left Behind Act)
Cross Reference:
IJJ-E – Instructional and Library-Media Materials Challenge Form
Adopted:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
November 18, 2002
Page 5 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJJ-E
CITIZEN’S CHALLENGE OF EDUCATIONAL MEDIA FORM
Type of material:
___ Book
___ Magazine/Periodical
___ Film
___ Recording
___ Software ___ Other (Please specify) _________________________
Author __________________________ Title ________________________________________
Publisher (if known) __________________________ Request initiated by ________________
Telephone ____________ Address _____________________________ Town ______________
Complainant represents: ___ Him/herself
___ Organization ________________________
___ Other group _________________________
1.
To what portion of the material do you object? (Please be specific, cite pages, scenes,
etc.) ____________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
2.
What do you feel might be the negative result of reading/viewing/hearing this material?
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
3.
For what age group would you recommend this material? __________
4.
Is there anything good about this material? _____________________________________
5.
Did you read/view/hear all of the material? ___ If not, what parts? __________________
________________________________________________________________________
6.
Are you aware of the professional reviews/judgment of this material? ______
7.
What do you believe is the theme of this material? _______________________________
8.
What would you like the school to do about this material?
___
Do not assign it to my child
___
Do not assign it to any students.
___
Withdraw it from all patrons of the library.
___
Refer it to the Materials Reconsideration Committee for evaluation.
9.
In its place, what material would you recommend? ______________________________
________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________
Signature of Complainant
6/00
_____________________
Date
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJL
LIBRARY MATERIAL SELECTION AND ADOPTION
Purpose
The Lewiston school libraries have two major purposes: 1) to support and enrich the
curriculum, and 2) to provide materials for personal interests and recreational reading.
It is the policy of Lewiston Public Schools to provide a wide range of instructional
materials in its libraries on all levels of difficulty, with diversity of appeal, and the
presentation of different points of view.
Furthermore, the School Department endorses the American Library Association
“Library Bill of Rights” (p.4) and the American Association of School
Librarians/American Library Association “Access to Resources and Services in the
School Library Media Program; An Interpretation of the Library Bill of Rights” (p. 5-6).
All library materials – print, non-print, and electronic – will be selected in accordance
with the philosophies of these two documents.
Definitions
1.
For the purposes of this policy, a school library is defined as an area or
areas in the school where a full range of information sources, associated
equipment, and services from library staff are accessible to students and
school personnel. It shall also include resources made available to the
school community – at school and off-site – through the school library’s
network.
2.
Selection is defined as the decision which must be made to add materials in
any format – print, non-print and electronic – to the library collection.
3.
Library materials are defined as print, non-print, and electronic materials
purchased by or housed in the school libraries, or available on the library’s
network.
Responsibility for Selection of Library Materials
Although the Lewiston School Committee is legally responsible for all matters relating to
the operation of the school system, it delegates the responsibility for selection of library
materials to the certified library personnel employed by the school system. For purpose
of this rule, the term “librarians” will be used to indicate Maine Department of Education
certified library personnel among the library staff.
Page 1 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJL
Selection of materials for the school libraries involves many people: building
administrators, teachers, department heads, staff, students, and community members.
The responsibility for the coordination of the selection of library materials and the
recommendations to purchase rests with the professionally trained, certified library
personnel.
The School Committee recognizes that the final authority as to what materials an
individual student will be exposed rests with that student’s parents or guardians. It will
allow the review of allegedly inappropriate library materials through its established
procedures. However, at no time will the wishes of one child’s parents to restrict his/her
reading or viewing of a particular item infringe on other parents’ rights to permit their
children to read or view the same material.
Criteria for Selection
Selection of library materials will address one or both of the two purposes for the school
libraries stated above: to supplement and enrich the curriculum of the school and to
provide material for personal interests and recreational reading.
Materials for purchase are considered on the following basis: overall purpose;
consistency with the objectives of specific courses; timeliness or permanence; ability to
represent differing viewpoints on controversial subjects; importance and relevance of the
subject matter; ability to stimulate creativity; aesthetic, literary, or social value; quality of
the writing/production; readability and popular appeal; authoritativeness through the
display of adequate documentation; reputation of the publisher/producer; reputation and
significance of the author/artist/composer/producer; and the price.
Gift materials are judged by the same standards and are accepted or rejected by those
standards. Multiple copies of outstanding and much-in-demand materials are purchased
as needed.
Selection is an ongoing process which includes the removal of materials no longer
appropriate or accurate and which provides for the replacement of lost and worn
materials still of educational value. Criteria for the removal of materials may include:
materials having inaccurate or outdated information; materials depicting negative role
stereotypes; materials no longer supportive of the curriculum or current recreational
reading; materials not circulated for a number of years; or materials in poor physical
condition. After the weeding process is over, all withdrawn materials will be considered
essentially valueless and will be removed from the collection.
Page 2 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJL
Although the School Committee recognizes that any item may offend some individuals,
selection of materials on controversial topics will be made on the merits of the materials
and their value to the collection and to the library users rather than on the basis of any
anticipated approval or disapproval.
Procedures for Selection
In selecting the materials for purchase, the professional library personnel evaluate the
existing collection, assess recreational needs, consult reputable professionally-prepared
selection aids; and seek recommendations from departments, grade level teachers,
students, and others as appropriate.
Whenever possible, purchase of non-print materials shall be done after personal
evaluation by the librarian. Reviewing aids may be used in lieu of personal evaluation.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJNC
SCHOOL LIBRARIES
Purpose and Definitions
The Lewiston School Libraries have two major purposes:
A.
To support and enrich the curriculum; and
B.
To provide resources to support individual interests and recreational
reading.
Lewiston Public Schools shall provide a wide range of resource and instructional
materials in the libraries at all levels of difficulty, with diverse appeal and different points
of view.
The School Committee endorses the American Library Association “Library Bill of
Rights” and the American Association of School Librarians “School Library Bill of
Rights for School Library Media Programs.” Library materials, both print and nonprint,
will be selected in accordance with Committee policies.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
IJNC-E1 – Library Bill of Rights
IJNC-E2 – School Library Bill of Rights
IJJ – Instructional and Library Materials Selection
IJJ-E – Citizen’s Challenge of Educational Media Form
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJNC-E1
LIBRARY BILL OF RIGHTS
The American Library Association affirms that all libraries are forums for information
and ideas, and that the following basic policies should guide their services.
A.
Books and other library resources should be provided for the interests,
information and enlightenment of all people of the community the library
serves. Materials should not be excluded because of the origin, background
or views of those contributing to their creation.
B.
Libraries should provide materials and information presenting all points of
view on current and historical issues. Material should not be proscribed or
removed because of partisan or doctrinal disapproval.
C.
Libraries should challenge censorship in the fulfillment of their
responsibility to provide information and enlightenment.
D.
Libraries should cooperate with all persons and groups concerned with
resisting abridgment of free expression and free access to ideas.
E.
A person’s right to use a library should not be denied or abridged because
of origin, age, background or views.
F.
Libraries which make exhibit spaces and meeting rooms available to the
public they serve should make such facilities available on an equitable
basis, regardless of the beliefs or affiliations of individuals or groups
requesting their use.
Approved by the Intellectual Freedom Committee on January 22, 1980, and the Council
of the American Library Association on January 23, 1980.
*Reprinted by permission of the American Library Association.
6/00
Page 1 of 1
ACCESS TO RESOURCES AND SERVICES IN THE
LIBRARY MEDIA PROGRAMS
The school library media program plays a unique role in promoting intellectual freedom.
It serves as a point of voluntary access to information and ideas and as a learning
laboratory for students as they acquire critical thinking and problem-solving skills
needed in a pluralistic society. Although the educational level and program of the school
necessarily shape the resources and services of a school library media program, the
principles of the LIBRARY BILL OF RIGHTS apply equally to all libraries, including
school library media programs.
School library media professionals assume a leadership role in promoting the principles
of intellectual freedom within the school by providing resources and services that create
and sustain an atmosphere of free inquiry. School library media professionals work
closely with teachers to integrate instructional activities in classroom units designed to
equip students to locate, evaluate, and use a broad range of ideas effectively. Through
resources, programming, and educational processes, students and teachers experience the
free and robust debate characteristic of a democratic society.
School library media professionals cooperate with other individuals in building
collections of resources appropriate to the developmental and maturity levels of students.
These collections provide resources which support curriculum and are consistent with the
philosophy, goals, and objectives of the school district. Resources in school library
media collections represent diverse points of view and current as well as historical issues.
While English is by history and tradition the customary language in the United States, the
languages in use in any given community may vary. Schools serving communities in
which other languages are used make efforts to accommodate the needs of students for
whom English is a second language. To support these efforts, and to ensure equal access
to resources and services, the school library media program provides resources which
reflect the linguistic pluralism of the community.
Members of the school community involved in the collection development process
employ educational criteria to select resources unfettered by their personal, political,
social, or religious views. Students and educators served by the school library media
program have access to resources and services free of constraints resulting from person,
partisan, or doctrinal disapproval. School library media professionals resist efforts by
individuals to define what is appropriate for all students or teachers to read, view, or hear.
Page 1 of 2
Major barriers between students and resources include: imposing age or grade level
restrictions on the use of resources, limiting the use of interlibrary loan and access to
electronic information, charging fees for information in specific formats, requiring
permission from parents or teachers, establishing restricted shelves or closed collections,
and labeling. Policies, procedures, and rules related to the use of resources and services
support free and open access of information.
The School Committee adopts policies that guarantee students access to a broad range of
ideas. These include policies on collection development and procedures for the review of
resources about which concerns have been raised. Such policies, developed by the
persons in the school community, provide for a timely and fair hearing and assure that
procedures are applied equitably to all expressions of concern. School library media
professionals implement district policies and procedures in the school.
Adopted July 12, 1986; amended January 10, 1999 by the ALA Council.
6/00
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJNDB
STUDENT TECHNOLOGY AND INTERNET USE
Lewiston Public Schools provide computers and other technological devices, networks, and
Internet access to support the educational mission of the schools and to enhance the curriculum
and learning opportunities for students and school staff. This policy and the accompanying rules
also apply to laptops and other technological devices issued directly to students and to any
technological devices brought by students into a school building or to a school activity.
Student use of school computers and other technological devices, networks, and Internet services
is a privilege, not a right. Compliance with the school department’s policies and rules concerning
technology use is mandatory. Students who violate these policies and rules may have their
technology privileges limited, suspended, or revoked. Such violations may also result in
disciplinary action, referral to law enforcement, and/or legal action.
All Lewiston Public Schools technology remains under the control, custody, and supervision of
the school department at all times. The school department monitors all technology and Internet
activity by students. Students have no expectation of privacy in their use of technology in a
school building or during school activities.
Lewiston Public Schools utilize filtering technology designed to block pornography and other
materials that are obscene or harmful to minors. Lewiston Public Schools take precautions to
supervise student use of the Internet, but parents should be aware that Lewiston Public Schools
can not reasonably prevent all instances of inappropriate technology use by students in violation
of School Committee policies and rules, including access to objectionable materials and
communication with persons outside of the school. The school department is not responsible for
the accuracy or quality of information that students obtain through the Internet.
Students and parents shall be informed of this policy and the accompanying rules through
handbooks, the district web site, and/or other means selected by the Superintendent.
The Superintendent is responsible for implementing this policy and the accompanying rules.
Additional administrative procedures or school rules governing the day-to-day management and
operations of the school department’s technology system may be implemented, consistent with
School Committee policies and rules. The Superintendent may delegate specific responsibilities
to building administrators, technology staff, and/or others as he/she deems appropriate.
Cross Reference:
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
Revised:
Revised:
IJNDB-R—Student Technology and Internet Use Rules
GCSA—Employee Technology and Internet Use
JIC—Student Code of Conduct
47 USC § 254(h)(5) (Children’s Internet Protection Act)
June 7, 2000
March 24, 2003
August 28, 2006
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJNDB-E
LMS (Lewiston Middle School) COMPUTER HOME USE PROCEDURE
A computer is being provided to your child as an integral and inseparable part of the
instructional process. The intent of this effort is to provide student access to this
technology at home as well as at school. In order for this to happen, the following
guidelines have been developed and adopted by the School Committee:
Guidelines:
1.
In order to bring a computer home, parents and students must attend an
initial Family Laptop Orientation meeting offered by the school. In
subsequent years, parents and students will not be required to attend
another computer orientation meeting, but must annually sign the Computer
Home Use Procedure Agreement.
2.
It is the responsibility of the student and parent(s) to know and follow the
LMS Computer Home Use guidelines. Guidelines are reviewed when
students receive the computer and when parents attend the mandatory
orientation session.
3.
The Student Technology and Internet Use Rules (IJNDB-R attached)
applies to home use of computers. However, the school does not provide
Internet access for home use nor does its filtering software work in the
home environment.
4.
The computer issued to each student is an educational tool and should only
be used in that capacity. Students should have no expectations of privacy in
their use of the computer.
5.
When a student brings a computer home, it is with the expectation that it
will be used in a common family location so that adult supervision can be
maintained. Parents/guardians have the right to their child’s login password
in order to maintain supervision of the student’s computer usage at home.
6.
Replacement and/or repair costs for lost, stolen or damaged computers,
carrying cases, and/or chargers that are not covered by the warranty are the
sole responsibility of the undersigned parent/guardian.
7.
If a computer is stolen while signed out by a student, it must be reported
immediately to the Lewiston Police Department and then to school
administration.
Page 1 of 3
8.
Parents should check with their insurance providers about the cost of
special endorsements to cover expenses not covered by the warranty.
9.
Computers must not be taken out of state.
10.
Students must sign out their laptops, carrying case, and charger on a daily
basis. Sign out will take place during normal school hours following the
procedures determined by the LMS administrators. Special arrangements
(parent or guardian sign out and pick up) must be made in advance for
those students participating in extracurricular activities such as sports,
drama, intramurals, etc.
Laptops are not to be taken into locker rooms, playing fields, practice
or rehearsal areas, etc. Laptops shall be returned on the next
scheduled school day.
11.
Parents will be contacted promptly if a student returns to school without the
computer. The parent will be expected to immediately bring the computer
to school.
12.
In the event that a computer has not been returned within twenty-four hours
of an expected return, the Lewiston Middle School may contact the
Lewiston Police Department to investigate.
13.
Failure to comply with this policy and/or other policies and guidelines
related to computer use will result in a student’s computer sign-out
privilege being revoked.
Page 2 of 3
I have attended the Family Laptop Orientation meeting. I have also read and
hereby agree to the procedures and expectations outlined above and in Policy
IJNDB, IJNDB-R and IJNDB-E
Printed Student Name:__________________________________________
Student Signature:_____________________________Date:_____________
Printed Parent/Guardian Name:____________________________________
Parent/Guardian Signature:________________________________________
Date:__________________________________________________________
Cross Reference:
IJNDB – Student Computer and Internet Use
INJDB-R – Computer Use and Internet Rules
INJDB-E – Lewiston Middle School Computer Home Use
procedure
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJNDB-R
STUDENT TECHNOLOGY AND INTERNET USE RULES
These rules accompany School Committee policy IJNDB (Student Technology and Internet
Use). Each student is responsible for his/her actions and activities involving school department
computers and other technological devices, networks, and Internet services, and for his/her
computer files, passwords, and accounts. These rules provide general guidance concerning the
use of the school department’s technology and examples of prohibited uses. The rules do not
attempt to describe every possible prohibited activity. Students, parents, and school staff who
have questions about whether a particular activity is prohibited are encouraged to contact a
building administrator or the Superintendent’s office.
A.
Consequences for Violation of Technology Use Policy and Rules
Student use of school department computers and other technological devices, networks,
and Internet services is a privilege, not a right. Compliance with the school department’s
policies and rules concerning technology use is mandatory. Students who violate these
policies and rules may have their computer privileges limited, suspended, or revoked.
Such violations may also result in disciplinary action, referral to law enforcement, and/or
legal action.
The building principal shall have the final authority to decide whether a student’s
privileges will be limited, suspended, or revoked based upon the circumstances of the
particular case, the student’s prior disciplinary record, and any other pertinent factors.
B.
Acceptable Use
The school department’s computers and other technological devices, networks, and
Internet services are provided for educational purposes and research consistent with the
school department’s educational mission, curriculum, and instructional goals.
All School Committee policies, school rules, and expectations concerning student
conduct and communications apply when students are using the school department’s
technology or any technology inside a school building.
Students are also expected to comply with all specific instructions from teachers and
other school staff or volunteers when using technology.
Page 1 of 5
C.
Prohibited Uses
Examples of unacceptable uses of school department technology that are expressly
prohibited include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Accessing Inappropriate Materials—Creating, accessing, submitting, posting,
publishing, forwarding, downloading, scanning, or displaying defamatory,
abusive, obscene, vulgar, sexually explicit, sexually suggestive, threatening,
discriminatory, harassing, and/or illegal materials.
2.
Illegal Activities—Using the school department’s computers or other
technological devices, networks, or Internet services for any illegal activity or in
violation of any School Committee policy or school rule. The school department
assumes no responsibility for illegal activities of students while using technology.
3.
Violating Copyrights—Copying, downloading, or sharing any type of
copyrighted materials (including music or movies) without the owner’s
permission. The school department assumes no responsibility for copyright
violations by students.
4.
Software—Copying, downloading, or installing software without the express
authorization of technology staff. Unauthorized copying of software is illegal and
may subject the copier to substantial civil and criminal penalties. The school
department assumes no responsibility for illegal software copying or installation
by students.
5.
Plagiarism—Representing as one’s own work any materials obtained on the
Internet or from digital books and references (such as term papers, articles, music,
etc.) When Internet or other digital resources are used in student work, they must
be fully cited.
6.
Non-School Related Uses—Using the school department’s computers or other
technological devices, networks, or Internet services for non-school-related
purposes such as private financial gain; commercial, advertising, or solicitation
purposes; or any other personal use not connected with the educational program
or assignments.
7. Misuse of Passwords/Unauthorized Access—Sharing passwords, using other users’
passwords, or accessing or using other users’ accounts.
Page 2 of 5
D.
8.
Malicious Use/Vandalism—Any malicious use, disruption, or harm to the school
department’s computers or other technological devices, networks, or Internet
services, including but not limited to hacking activities and creation/uploading of
computer viruses.
9.
Unauthorized Access to Blogs/Chat Rooms—Accessing chat rooms, blogs, or
news groups without specific authorization from the supervising teacher.
No Expectation of Privacy
Lewiston Public Schools technology remains under the control, custody, and supervision
of the school department at all times. Students have no expectation of privacy in their use
of any school technology or any technology used on school grounds, including email,
stored files, and Internet access logs.
E.
Compensation for Losses, Costs, and/or Damages
The student and his/her parents are responsible for compensating the school department
for any losses, costs, or damages incurred by the school department for violations of
School Committee policies and school rules while the student is using technology,
including the cost of investigating such violations. The school department assumes no
responsibility for any unauthorized charges or costs incurred by a student while using
technology at school.
F.
Student Security
A student is not allowed to reveal his/her full name, address, telephone number, social
security number, or other personal information on the Internet without prior permission
from a teacher. Students should never agree to meet people they have contacted through
the Internet without parental permission. Students should inform their teacher if they
access information or messages that are dangerous, inappropriate, or make them
uncomfortable in any way.
G.
System Security
The security of the school department’s computers and other technological devices,
networks, and Internet services is a high priority. Any student who identifies a security
problem must notify a teacher immediately. The student shall not demonstrate the
problem to others or access unauthorized material. Any user who attempts to breach
system security, causes a breach of system security, or fails to report a system security
problem shall be subject to disciplinary and/or legal action in addition to having his/her
technology privileges limited, suspended, or revoked.
Page 3 of 5
H.
I.
Additional Rules for Laptops or Other Technological Devices Issued to Students
1.
Laptops and other technological devices are loaned to students as educational
tools and are only authorized for use in completing school assignments.
2.
Students are responsible for the proper care of laptops or other technological
devices assigned to them at all times, whether on or off school property.
3.
If a laptop or other technological device is lost or stolen, this must be reported to
the building principal immediately.
4.
The School Committee’s policy and rules concerning technology and Internet use
apply to the use of school department laptops and other technological devices at
all times and places, on or off school property. Students are responsible for
obeying any additional rules concerning care of technology issued by school staff.
5.
Violation of policies or rules governing the use of technology, or any careless use
of a laptop or other technological device may result in the device being
confiscated and/or a student only being allowed to use the device under the direct
supervision of school staff. Parents should be aware that they are responsible
for any costs associated with repairing or replacing a laptop or other
technological device issued to their child that is intentionally or carelessly
damaged. The student will also be subject to disciplinary action for any
violations of School Committee policies or school rules.
6.
Parents are responsible for supervising their child’s use of school department
technology and the Internet when in use at home.
7.
The laptop or other technological device may only be used by the student to
whom it is assigned.
8.
Laptops and other technological devices must be returned in acceptable working
order at the end of the school year or whenever requested by school staff.
Additional Rules for Laptops or Other Technological Devices Brought to School by
Students
1.
A student must have the express permission of the supervising teacher before
using a computer or other technological device he/she has brought to school.
Page 4 of 5
2.
Before connecting to any school department network, a student-owned device
must be checked for viruses and/or other compatibility by a representative of the
technology office.
3.
Any computer or other device that will be connected to a school department
network must be free of viruses and must be running a current version of virus
detection software. The device must be configured in a way that is compatible
with school department policies and rules.
4.
The School Committee’s policy and rules concerning technology and Internet use
apply to the use of personally-owned technological devices used on school
grounds or during school activities. Students are responsible for obeying any
additional rules concerning use of these devices issued by school staff.
5.
Violation of policies or rules governing the use of technology may result in the
device being confiscated or in the device being banned from school. The device
may be held for the student until the end of the day, or until a parent can retrieve
it. The student will also be subject to disciplinary action for any violations of
School Committee policies or school rules.
6.
Lewiston Public Schools assume no responsibility for the functioning or use of
personally-owned technological devices on school grounds or at school activities.
Cross Reference:
IJNDB—Student Technology and Internet Use
6/00
August 28, 2006
Page 5 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJOA
FIELD TRIPS
The Lewiston School Committee recognizes the importance of school-sponsored trips as
a means of reinforcing and supplementing the instructional program. It is the intent of
the Committee that all trips be well-planned and organized in order to ensure that:
A.
Trips are reasonably related to the curriculum;
B.
Necessary administrative permission is granted;
C.
Written parental/guardian permission is obtained;
D.
Appropriate funding is available;
E.
Adequate supervision is provided;
F.
Appropriate safety measures and precautions are taken; and
G.
All behavioral policies are followed.
H.
Medical concerns are recognized and accommodated.
I.
Bus roster is maintained with a duplicate copy at school.
Any exceptions to this policy and administrative procedure must receive prior approval of
the Superintendent.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
IJOA-R – Field Trips Administrative Procedure
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJOA-R
FIELD TRIPS ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
Teachers planning field trips must comply with the following requirements:
A.
B.
Supervision
1.
At least one teacher or other responsible adult must accompany
every 25 students at the high school level.
2.
At least one teacher or other responsible adult must accompany
every 10 students at the elementary level and 15 students at middle
school level.
Travel Distance
1.
Students in kindergarten through grade 3 are limited to trips within
the Lewiston/Auburn city limits.
2.
Students in grades 4-5 are limited to trips within the state and within
a 50-mile radius of Lewiston.
3.
All trips outside of Lewiston/Auburn must be approved in advance
by the Superintendent.
6/00
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKA
STUDENT GRADES/EVALUATIONS
The Lewiston School Committee is committed to maintaining rigorous performance and
achievement standards for all students and to provide a fair process for evaluating and
reporting student progress.
The grading system listed below will be followed:
Grade K –
S – Satisfactory
P – Showing progress
N – Needs improvement
Grade 1 –
O – Outstanding
S – Satisfactory
I – Improving
N – Needs improvement
U – Unsatisfactory
Grades 2 – 6
A = 93 – 100
B = 85 – 92
C = 76 – 84
D = 70 – 75
E = Below 70
Grades 7 – 8
A (Excellent) = 93 – 100
B (Very Good) = 85 – 92
C (Average) = 76 – 84
D (Below Average) = 70 – 75
F (Failure) = Below 70
Grades 9 – 12
A = 93 – 100
B = 85 – 92
C = 76 – 84
D = 70 – 75
F = Below 70
I = Incomplete
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKA
Lewiston High School employs a weighted grade for advanced placement classes using a
weighted factor of .025 effective 2008-2009 school year.
Cross Reference:
IKE – Promotion, Retention and Acceleration of Students
ILA – Tests/Assessments
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKAB
PROGRESS REPORTS
Parents/guardians shall receive a report of their child’s progress on at least a quarterly
basis. These reports may be supplemented as appropriate through mid-ranking period
reports, conferences and/or other appropriate means so as to maintain open
communications with parents/guardians concerning the educational development of their
child.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKB
HOMEWORK
Homework is considered part of the learning process and a legitimate demand on the nonclass time of students. Generally, homework should provide sufficient practice time to
master the subject matter of the course. A home assignment should be an extension of
clearly defined school activities and should be appropriate to the age, ability, and
independent level of students. Teachers should assign meaningful homework which
fosters lesson enrichment, application, review and the practice of skills which have been
previously taught and learned. Homework should also provide an opportunity for openended individual activities encompassing a variety of levels for suitable response and a
variety of activities and products.
Guidelines for Effective Homework Assignments
Students should be taught how to study before they are expected to work independently;
therefore, the teacher should plan with the students not only what to do, but how to do it.
The teachers should always make clear to the student his/her policy regarding the grading
of homework and its effect on the final grade.
Homework should be an appropriate extension of class work. The assignment and its
purpose should be clearly stated. Homework should be as carefully planned as a
classroom activity.
Complex long-range assignments should incorporate appropriate structure and guidelines
including a sequence of tasks and frequent progress reviews.
Individual Education Plan (IEP) requirements and/or the special identified individual
needs of students will supercede this policy.
Student Outcomes of Homework
•
•
•
•
•
•
will strengthen basic skills
will develop initiative, responsibility, and self-direction
will build independent skills
will teach budgeting of study time
will build confidence by ensuring successful learning experiences and
familiarity with materials and procedures
will encourage innovation and creativity through open-ended, individualized
assignments
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKB
Support of Parents
While students should assume the major responsibility for completing homework
assignments, parents are encouraged to take an active interest in students’ homework by:
•
•
•
•
promoting a positive attitude toward homework
providing a consistent time and a suitable place to study
making resources available whenever possible
communicating with the teacher
General Guidelines for Homework Assignments
Elementary –
Kindergarten – Grade 1
Homework is confined to projects and simple tasks
Grades 2, 3
15 to 30 minutes per day for four days
Grades 4, 5
Grade 6
Middle School
Grades 7, 8
45 to 90 minutes total per day for four or five days
High School
Grades 9, 10, 11, 12
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
Revised:
2 to 3 hours total per day for four or five days
Ch. 125.23,B,5,1 (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rules)
June 7, 2000
October 30, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKE
PROMOTION, RETENTION AND ACCELERATION OF STUDENTS
It is the intention of the School Committee that appropriate instruction be offered to all
students in a progressive and sequential way.
Students will normally progress through one grade level each year. Exceptions will be
made when, in the judgment of the professional staff, repetition or acceleration of a grade
is in the student’s best interest. Parents will be notified as early as possible when
retention or acceleration is being considered. Decisions on special education students
will be made through the Individualized Education Plan (IEP)Team.
Criteria
A.
B.
Academic Factors
1.
Does the student’s ability fall within the normal range?
2.
Is the student reading below/above grade level?
3.
Is academic performance below/above grade level in one or more
areas?
4.
Are standardized achievement test scores below the 40th percentile
in one or more areas (especially reading)?
5.
Does the student have difficulty completing school tasks in allotted
time?
Social Factors
1.
Is the student’s chronological age within 18 months of his/her
classmates?
2.
Does the student appear motivated to succeed in school?
3.
Is the student’s social maturity comparable to other students?
4.
If retained, will the student have a sibling in the same grade?
5.
Will the student’s physical size or development make him/her stand
out among his/her classmates?
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKE
C.
Other Factors
1.
Has the student been retained/accelerated before?
2.
What is the student’s attitude concerning retention/acceleration
likely to be?
3.
What are the parents’/guardians’ attitudes concerning retention/
acceleration?
4.
Has the student had regular attendance (missed fewer than 20 days
of school this year)?
5.
Has the student been enrolled in two or more schools this year?
6.
Are there extenuating circumstances (illness, divorce, death,
relocation, abuse, etc.) to be considered? If so, do these factors
favor or disfavor retention/acceleration?
If after considering these factors, school staff and/or parents/guardians feel a K-6
student might benefit from retention/acceleration, established administrative
procedures shall be followed.
Criteria (Grades 7-8)
A student must pass four academic subjects or pass three academic subjects and
have a passing average in his/her Unified Arts Block to be promoted to the next
grade. One of the subjects passed must be a communication subject: Reading,
English, Literature, Language Arts, French (grade 8) and French/Reading (grade
7) are all considered communication subjects.
Criteria (Grades 9-12)
Promotion is based upon the student successfully completing the minimum course
credits to advance to the next grade.
Legal Reference:
Ch. 125.23,B,5,1 (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Cross Reference:
IKE-R – Promotion, Retention and Acceleration Administrative
Procedure (K-8)
IKF – Graduation Requirements
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKE-R
PROMOTION, RETENTION AND ACCELERATION ADMINISTRATIVE
PROCEDURE (K-8)
A decision to retain any student in grades K through 6 shall be made by a team consisting
of the teacher, parent/guardian and a building administrator. Other staff such as special
education personnel and school counselors shall be involved as deemed appropriate.
The decision to promote, retain or accelerate a student shall be based on the criteria
described in School Committee policy IKE. The following process and timeline shall be
followed.
A.
B.
Grades K-6
1.
Classroom teacher identifies and informs administrator of at-risk
students no later than the end of the second quarter.
2.
The possibility of retention or acceleration should be discussed in a
parent/guardian conference no later than February 1.
3.
Teacher completes “Student Information Form” and “Lights’
Retention Scale” no later than May 15.
4.
If necessary, administrator schedules team meeting or IEP to discuss
retention by June 1. (IEP is required only in the case of special
education students or second retentions.)
5.
Teacher and/or administrator obtains final parent/guardian
agreement or disagreement by June 1. At this final meeting, the
consent form and plan of action for the coming year is signed.
6.
Classroom teacher reviews progress of the retained student at the
end of the first quarter of the next school year. Progress should be
noted on Student Information Form.
Special Situations
1.
No student should be retained twice in his/her K-6 career unless it is
the recommendation of the Individualized Education Plan Team
after careful review of the student’s needs.
Page 1 of 3
C.
2.
If a student does not meet requirements for grade 8 promotion but
moves on to the high school because he/she has previously been
retained, the principal must recommend that the student participate
in a transition summer program prior to attending grade 9.
3.
Decisions regarding students with identified disabilities and
currently receiving special education services must be made by the
Individualized Education Plan Team.
4.
Placements in transitional programs, such as T-1, are not considered
retention and these procedures do not apply. However, verification
that parents/guardians understand and agree to such placement
should be placed in the student’s file.
5.
If school staff do not feel that retention is appropriate, assignment to
the next grade may be recommended. In this case, the Student
Information Sheet must be completed and a parent/guardian
signature must be obtained.
Grades 7-8
1.
At the end of each quarter parents/guardians or any student not
meeting promotion requirements will be notified by school.
2.
During the first three quarters, teachers and guidance counselors will
work with the student and parents as to interventions that may assist
students in danger of retention.
3.
At the end of the third quarter, the team teachers will complete
Student Information Sheets for all students in danger of being
retained.
4.
During the third quarter, a committee of the student’s team teachers
will meet to make recommendations for the upcoming year. The
building administrator will review the recommendations and make
the final decision.
5. The progress of retained students will be reviewed at the end of the first
quarter of the following year Retained students who are showing
significant improvement may be promoted at this time. The guidance
department is responsible for identifying and intervening with students
still at risk.
Page 2 of 3
6. Summer Transition Program. An additional four-week summer
program will be provided in literacy and mathematics to all identified
grade eight students who failed reading, writing and mathematics on
grade level targets and quarterly course work.
Cross Reference:
IKE – Promotion, Retention and Acceleration of Students
IKE-E1 – Student Information Form (Grades K-6)
IKE-E2 – Parental Consent Form (Grades K-6)
IKE-E3 – Student Information Sheet (Grades 7-8)
6/00
5/24/04
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKE-E1
PROMOTION/RETENTION/ASSIGNMENT
STUDENT INFORMATION FORM GRADES K-6
Part I
Student: _______________________________ Teacher: ________________________
Grade: ______________________ School: ___________________________________
A.
Age next September 1: __________________
B.
Has this student ever been retained? ______ What grade(s)? __________
C.
Most recent I.Q. score (if applicable): _____________________________
D.
Reading level: _______ What book is he/she actually placed in? _______
________________________________
E.
Which subject(s) (if any) is child failing this year? ___________________
F.
Social/emotional maturity for grade level: __________________________
G.
Physical size for grade level: ____________________________________
H.
Recent achievement scores: ____________%ile
Date: __________________
I.
How have parents been contacted? ________________________________
J.
Has student had an IEP? _______ If so, date last IEP held: ____________
K.
List any strategies tried to help this child (parent conferences, behavior
plan, Chapter I, etc.) ___________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
L.
What does the student’s teacher recommend? Why? _________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
M.
Lights’ Retention Scale scores and rating: __________________________
Teacher’s signature: __________________________________
Math ________%ile
Date: _____________
Page 1 of 2
Part II
A.
Final action: Promoted _____ Retained _____ Assigned _____
B.
Plan of action (grade placement, reading placement, services to be
provided, instructional modifications, if any).
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
Date meeting held: _______________________
Signature of persons involved:
Parent: _____________________________________
Teacher: ____________________________________
Administrator: _______________________________
Others: _____________________________________
C.
Statement of progress by classroom teacher (To be completed at the end of
the first quarter in the fall): ______________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
Teacher’s signature: ______________________________________________________
Building administrator’s signature: ___________________________________________
Date: _________________________________
6/00
Page 2 of 2
PARENTAL CONSENT FORM GRADES K-6
Student’s name: ________________________________ Date: ___________________
School: _______________________________________
Grade: ________________________________________
Teacher: _______________________________________
I, as the parent/guardian of ________________________________________________
(student’s full name)
have reviewed the information on the attached Student Information Form and understand
why retention has been recommended.
_____ I agree with the recommendation.
_____ I do not agree with the recommendation for retention. I accept
responsibility for the assignment of my child to the next grade.
_____ I understand my child has not successfully completed his/her current grade
but assignment to the next grade is recommended by the school.
_____________________________________
Parent/Guardian Signature
______________________________________
Teacher’s Signature
______________________________________
Building Administrator Signature
6/00
Page 1 of 1
LEWISTON MIDDLE SCHOOL
PROMOTION/RETENTION/ASSIGNMENT
Student Information Sheet
Name: ______________________________________ Date: ___________________________
Grade: _________ Homeroom: ______________ DOB: ______________________________
Days Absent as of 3rd Quarter: ______________
Room #
Eng _____ Read/French _____ Math _____ Science_____ S. S. _____
1.
Age next Sept 1: ______ 2. Previous Retention: Y N Grade: __________
3.
Most recent I.Q. score: __________
4.
Most recent Achievement Test: MEA
Reading %ile _______
5.
Test & Date: ________________
IOWA Date: _____ Grade: _____
Math %ile: ______
Special Education Student: Yes No
504 Plan: Yes No
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------6.
Social maturity for grade level: H N L
7.
Physical maturity for grade level: H N L
8.
Parental Conferences: Yes
No Describe ____________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
9.
Interventions tried: _________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
10.
Final Averages: Eng_____ Read/French_____ Math_____ Sci_____ S.S.______U.A. _____
11.
Teacher Recommendation:
Staff Signatures
Retention
Position
A.__________________
B.__________________
C.__________________
D.__________________
E.__________________
6/00
Principal’s Decision:
Date
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
Recommendation
______________
______________
______________
Retention
Date: _____________
Recommendation
______________
______________
______________
______________
______________
Additional Staff Signatures Position
A.__________________
B.__________________
C.__________________
Assignment
_____
_____
_____
_____
_____
Date
____________________
____________________
____________________
Assignment
_____
_____
_____
Date:____________
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKF
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The School Committee recognizes the need to establish minimum standards for awarding
a high school diploma that are consistent with state law and regulations and with
community educational values and expectations.
Before entering high school, students need to know the standards for attaining a high
school diploma in order to plan an appropriate, sequential, educational program to meet
that goal.
The superintendent, through the high school principal and other designee, shall be
responsible for making accurate information concerning diploma requirements available
to incoming students and their parents prior to the start of their ninth grade school year. A
copy of this policy will be disseminated to all incoming ninth-grade students at the time
of course selection. This policy will also be included in every edition of the high school
student handbook.
I.
FOR THE GRADUATING CLASS OF 2007 AND THEREAFTER
For the Class of 2007, diplomas will be awarded to students who meet the
following minimum requirements.
A. The student must successfully complete a total of 24 credits. Of these
credits, 15 ½ (fifteen and one-half) must be from the following list:
1.
English/language arts – 4 credits;
2.
Mathematics – 3 credits;
3.
Social studies and history, including one year of American
history and government – 3 credits;
4.
Science (including at least two years of lab study) – 3 credits;
5.
Fine arts, which may include art, music, forensics, or drama – 1
credit;
6.
Health – ½ credit; and
7.
Physical education – 1 credit.
Page 1 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKF
B. The state also requires that students demonstrate computer skills
according to the school unit’s standards for computer literacy,
proficiency, and performance.
C. The remaining credits may be selected by the student based upon the
student’s interests, abilities, and the requirements of the field that the
student plans to enter upon graduation.
A student who is deficient in these requirements may meet these
requirements through a post-secondary course, a state-approved adult
education course, a distance learning course or correspondence course,
approved by the school principal in advance of registration. The student may
participate in the next regular graduation ceremony following successful
completion of the requirements.
At the principal’s discretion, a student who leaves Lewiston High School to
attend an accredited, degree-granting institution of higher education may,
upon satisfactory completion of the freshman year, be awarded a diploma.
II.
ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE AWARDING
OF STANDARDS-BASED DIPLOMAS
A. Transfer Students: For students who transfer to Lewiston High School
from another state or educational program, the school principal shall
determine the value of the student’s prior educational experience towards
achieving the standards in a manner consistent with the school unit’s
applicable School Committee policies.
B. Students Receiving Special Education Services: Students who
successfully meet the requirements, as specified in the goals and
objectives of their Individualized Education Plans (IEP), will be awarded
diplomas.
C. Early Awarding of Diplomas: A student who has met the state and School
Committee diploma requirements in fewer than four years of high school
may be awarded a diploma.
Page 2 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKF
D. Extended Study: Students are eligible for extended years of study to
complete the requirements of a diploma if they have not reached the age
of 20 at the start of the school year. Students eligible for extended years
of study may be referred to adult education or other resources suitable to
young learners. Extended study for students with disabilities shall be
specified in the student’s Individualized Education Plan.
E. Participation in Graduation Ceremony: A student must complete all
requirements for a high school diploma or successfully meet the
requirements as specified in the goals and objectives of their Individual
Education Plan (IEP) in order to be eligible to participate in graduation
exercises.
Legal Reference:
20-A M.R.S.A. §4722
Ch. 12 §§7.02 (Me. Dept. of Educ. Rule) (reference for publication
and distribution of diploma requirements only)
Cross Reference:
IKFA – Early Graduation
ILA – Testing and Assessment of Students (Local Assessment
System)
Adopted:
Revised:
Corrected:
Revised:
Revised
June 30, 2003
August 30, 2004
December 3, 2004
July 25, 2005
August 28, 2006
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IL
EVALUATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMS
The evaluation of the instructional program shall be a major responsibility of the
Superintendent and his/her staff with periodic reports being presented to the School
Committee to enable judgements to be made on the success of the program. No
instructional program should be considered as the final answer, and all school programs
shall be under continuous study by the staff. It should be borne in mind that instruction is
the primary responsibility of the schools, and all other activities are merely subsidiary.
This being the case, the evaluation of the instructional program shall be done with great
care and the School Committee kept informed at all times.
Moreover, the Superintendent is expected to lead the staff, community and School
Committee in the development and on-going review of School Committee-adopted
criteria and standards by which to measure the results of the instructional program.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
IGA - Curriculum Development and Adoption
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: ILA
TESTS/ASSESSMENT
Assessment shall be performed to provide information on student abilities, achievements
and educational needs.
Testing shall be designed as integral parts of the school unit’s needs assessment and
evaluation programs. Tests shall be utilized primarily for furnishing needed information
to decision makers, including the School Committee, administrators, teachers, parents
and students. The needs of these various users shall be clearly identified, and the testing
program shall be limited to obtaining that information which is necessary and useful.
There shall be broad-based involvement in the development of testing programs.
Concerted effort shall be made to see that testing contributes to the learning process
rather than detracts from it. Efforts shall be made to select culture-free/culture-fair tests
to attain greatest accuracy. Learning goals and objectives shall provide the guidelines for
determining tests to be utilized.
The school unit shall participate in the state-wide Maine Educational Assessment
program as required by Maine law and applicable rules of the Commissioner of
Education. In addition, students will participate in a nationally-recognized achievement
test selected by the administration.
The Superintendent shall develop administrative procedures to implement this policy
which will identify the standardized evaluation instruments and the procedures to be
used.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA § 6201
CH. 125.15, B (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA CODE: ILD
EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH: STUDENT SUBMISSION TO SURVEYS,
ANALYSES, OR EVALUATIONS
In this policy, “surveys, analyses, or evaluations” refer to methods of gathering data for
research purposes.
No student shall be required as part of any program wholly or partially funded by the
U.S. Department of Education to submit to any survey, analyses, or evaluation that
reveals information concerning:
A.
Political affiliations or beliefs of the student or the student’s parent;
B.
Mental or psychological problems of the student or the student’s family;
C.
Sex behavior or attitudes;
D.
Illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating, or demeaning behavior;
E.
Critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close
family relationships;
F.
Legally recognized privileged or analogous relationships, such as those of
lawyers, physicians, and ministers;
G.
Religious practices, affiliations, or beliefs of the student or student’s
parents; or
H.
Income (other than that required by law to determine eligibility for
participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such
program without the prior written consent of the student’s parent/guardian,
or of the student, if he/she is 18 years of age or older).
All instructional materials, including teachers’ manuals, films, tapes, or other
supplementary material which will be used in connection with any such survey, analysis,
or evaluation shall be available upon request for inspection by the student’s
parent/guardian. For the purpose of this policy, “instructional material” does not include
academic tests or assessments.
A parent may inspect, upon request, a survey created by a third party before the survey is
administered or distributed to a student.
Page 1 of 2
NSBA/NEPN CODE: ILD
The Superintendent/designee will be responsible for implementing any procedures
necessary to protect the privacy of participating students and to provide parents with
access to surveys within a reasonable time before administration or distribution.
The school unit will notify parents of this policy at least annually at the beginning of the
school year and within a reasonable time of any substantive change in policy. Insofar as
practicable,* the school unit will also directly notify parents annually at the beginning of
the school year when surveys, analyses, or evaluations are scheduled or anticipated.
Parents shall have the opportunity to opt their child out of participation in any survey,
analysis, or evaluation. Students who are 18 years of age or older may opt out of such
surveys, analyses, or evaluations.
* “Insofar as practicable” acknowledges that there may be circumstances in which a
research request is made or is approved only after the school year has begun. When this
occurs, the school unit should notify parents far enough in advance for them to access
surveys and related instructional materials and to opt their children out, if desired.
Legal reference:
10 U.S.C. § 1232(h)
Cross reference:
JRA—Student Educational Records
Adopted:
May 19, 2003
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMBB
EXEMPTION FROM REQUIRED INSTRUCTION
The curriculum of Lewiston Public Schools is designed to reflect the learning
expectations for all students in all content areas of the system of Learning Results, as well
as other statutory and regulatory requirements and content areas specified by the School
Committee.
The School Committee acknowledges that from time to time individual students may be
exposed to some ideas and materials with which they or their parent(s)/legal guardian
disagree. Students and their parent(s)/legal guardian cannot be required to adopt ideas
with which they disagree, but such disagreement alone is not a sufficient basis to exempt
a student from the prescribed curriculum. Exemptions from the required curriculum
should be minimized because they can detract from the overall instruction provided to the
class as a whole and the educational objectives sought to be achieved by the curriculum.
The School Committee recognizes, however, that there could be topics in the curriculum
which may be objectionable to individual students and/or parent(s)/legal guardian based
on their particular sincerely held religious, moral or philosophical beliefs. Exemption
from instruction which infringes on such beliefs may be requested by the parent(s)/legal
guardian.
Requests for exemption from instruction must be made in writing to the building
Principal and are subject to the approval of the Principal. The Principal shall notify the
Superintendent as soon as practicable of any request for exemption from instruction and
of his/her decision. If the Principal denies an exemption request, the parent(s)/legal
guardian may appeal to the Superintendent.
In considering requests for exemption, factors that the Principal should consider may
include:
A. The alignment of the curriculum with the system of Learning Results;
B. Whether the course or content area is required by state law or School
Committee policy;
C. The educational importance of the material or instruction from which
exemption is requested;
Page 1 of 3
D. Evidence regarding the sincerity of the belief on which the request is based;
E. Whether the school has a legal obligation to accommodate the exemption
request;
F. The effect of exemption or accommodation on the validity of the local
assessment system; and
G. Other factors that bear upon the particular request.
Exemption from required instruction does not excuse the student from meeting the
requirements of the Learning Results or from total credit hours or other requirements for
graduation, or from performing alternative work.
When the Principal determines that the curriculum that has been aligned with the system
of Learning Results conflicts with sincerely held religious beliefs of a student or his/her
parent or legal guardian, reasonable accommodation in the curriculum shall be made for
the student, within the scope of existing resources. Alternative instruction may be
provided by the school or through approved independent study. Any alternative
instruction shall be approved in advance by the Principal in consultation with appropriate
instructional staff and shall meet the standards and objectives of the part of the
curriculum that is being replaced. When requests for exemption from required
curriculum are made for religious reasons, a parent/guardian who is dissatisfied with the
Principal’s decision may appeal to the Superintendent. If the accommodation in the
curriculum that is requested is so great that the validity of the local assessment system is
compromised, the Superintendent will determine how to address the situation, subject to
the approval of the Commissioner.
When a student is exempted from any portion of the regular curriculum for other than
religious reasons (exemption based on sincere philosophical or moral beliefs), the staff
will make reasonable efforts, within the scope of existing resources, to accommodate
alternative instruction for the student. Alternative instruction may be provided by the
school or through approved independent study. Any alternative instruction shall be
approved in advance by the Principal in consultation with the classroom teacher, and
shall meet the standards and objectives of the part of the curriculum that is being
replaced. When requests for exemption are made for philosophical or moral reasons, a
parent/guardian who is dissatisfied with the Principal’s decision may appeal to the
Superintendent, whose decision shall be final.
Page 2 of 3
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 6209
LD 1536, Chap. 51 Resolves
Ch. 127 § 3.07 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules)
Ch. 131 (Me Dept. of Ed. Rules)
Cross Reference:
ADF – School District Commitment to Learning Results
IJJ – Instructional and Library Material Selection
Adopted:
November 18, 2002
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMDA
PATRIOTIC EXERCISES
In accordance with Maine law, the United States and Maine flags are to be displayed
from the public school buildings of this school unit every school day and on other
appropriate occasions. Further, the American flag is to be displayed in every classroom
in each public school in the unit.
The Superintendent is responsible for furnishing each school and facility accordingly, and
to recommend to the School Committee annually the amount of expenditure necessary to
provide sufficient flags and flagstaffs. The School Committee shall appropriate the
necessary funds.
To foster appreciation and respect for our nation and its symbol, the School Committee
requires that the Pledge of Allegiance be recited on a daily basis either in individual
classrooms or over the P.A. system. It is the responsibility of the Superintendent through
the building administrator to ensure that this policy is adhered to, but he/she may
determine the manner in which it will be done.
Students who object to participating in the flag salute as a matter of conscience shall be
excused from doing so upon submission of a request in writing and signed by a parent/
guardian, which provides evidence of sincere conviction. An excused student may stand,
remain seated or arrangements can be made so that he/she may leave the room during the
Pledge. When in the presence of staff and students conducting a salute, an excused
student shall have appropriate respect for their participation.
A teacher may also be so excused, but is not released from the responsibility of regular
supervisory duty of covering a classroom of students, nor of appropriate participation in
teaching the curriculum including patriotic songs and holiday-based instructional
activities.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA §§ 1055, 4805
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMDB
FLAG DISPLAYS
In accordance with Maine state law, the United States and Maine flags are to be displayed
from the public school buildings of this school department every school day and on
appropriate occasions. Further, the American flag is to be displayed in every classroom
in each public school in the department.
The Superintendent is responsible to furnish each school and facility accordingly, and to
recommend to the School Committee annually the amount of expenditure necessary to
provide sufficient flags and flagstaffs. This School Committee shall appropriate the
necessary funds.
It shall be the duty of instructors to impress upon the youth by suitable references and
observances the significance of the flag, to teach them the cost, the object and principles
of our government, the inestimable sacrifices made by the founders of our nation, the
important contribution made by all who have served in the armed services of our country
since its inception, and to teach them to love, honor and respect the flag of our country
that costs so much and is so dear to every true American citizen.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA §§ 1055, 4805
Cross Reference:
IMDA - Patriotic Exercises
Adopted:
November 18, 2002
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMDC
RECOGNITION OF RELIGIOUS BELIEFS AND CUSTOMS
Since its founding, the United States has grown from a nation of relatively few religious
differences to one of countless religious groups. This expanding pluralism challenges the
public schools to deal creatively and sensitively with students who belong to one of many
or no religious faiths.
School officials and teachers, as well as parents and students, must approach this
challenge as an opportunity to work cooperatively for the sake of good education and
good will among people.
In developing guidelines about acknowledgement of religion, Lewiston Public Schools
base its policy in the shared commitment of respect for individual religious beliefs
expressed in the constitutional guarantee of religious liberty. This means that Lewiston
Public Schools may neither promote nor inhibit religious belief or non-belief, so long as
expressions of religious belief or non-belief are consistent with school rules and respect
the rights of others. Lewiston Public Schools recognize, however, that one of its
educational goals is to advance students’ knowledge and appreciation of the role that
religion has played in the social, cultural and historical development of civilization. It
would be neither possible nor desirable for our schools simply to ignore religion and
avoid all materials with religious theme or implication.
It further recognizes that although awareness of legal issues is essential in considering
religion and public education, the law does not supply answers to every question. Within
the current legal framework, our schools; the School Committee; administrators;
teachers; parents; and students must make many practical decisions regarding religious
holidays. This work can be done by showing sensitivity to the needs of every student and
by showing a willingness to steer a course between the avoidance of all references to
religion on the one hand and the promotion of religion on the other.
The intent of this policy is to articulate guidelines which reflect and balance the academic
and instructional mission of our schools, the law and legal guidelines relating to
separation of church and state, the richness and diversity of our population and sensitivity
to the rights and dignity of the individual.
Page 1 of 3
To achieve the intent of this policy, Lewiston Public Schools will offer to its teaching
staff opportunities for professional development which address the law and legal
guidelines and the need for sensitivity when dealing with issues of religious beliefs and
customs and also promote open school/home communications in these matters.
RULES
OBSERVANCE OF RELIGIOUS HOLIDAYS
The practice of Lewiston Public Schools shall be as follows:
1. Several holidays during the year which have a religious origin, but have acquired
secular meaning may be acknowledged in the public schools.
2. When acknowledging such holidays, the historical and contemporary values and
the origin of those religious holidays will be explained in an unbiased and
objective manner without sectarian indoctrination.
3. Music, art, literature and drama having religious themes or basis are permitted as
part of the curriculum for school-sponsored activities and programs if presented
primarily in a secular and objective manner. The duration of such programs and
activities which should be linked to the school’s curriculum should not exceed a
period of time equivalent to the academic value of the program or activity
4. Religious symbols such as a cross, menorah, crescent, Star of David, crèche,
symbols of Native American religions or other symbols that are a part of a
religious holiday are permitted as teaching aids or resources, provided such
symbols are displayed as examples of the cultural and religious heritage of the
holiday and are temporary in nature. Among these holidays are included
Christmas, Easter, Passover, Hanukkah, St. Valentine’s Day, St. Patrick’s Day
Thanksgiving and Halloween.
5. Any acknowledgement of a holiday shall emphasize the historical, cultural and
social value of the holiday and the associated religion and shall not be used to
endorse any religion or holiday.
6. The right of parents to excuse their children from school attendance for purposes
of religious observance is understood and such absence will entail no penalty,
academic or otherwise.
Page 2 of 3
7.
Students may be excused from participating in practices which are contrary to their
religious beliefs.
RELIGION IN THE CURRICULUM
Religious institutions and orientations are central to human experience, past and present.
An education excluding such a significant aspect of human history would be incomplete.
It is essential that the teaching about and not of religion be conducted in a factual,
objective and respectful manner.
Therefore, the practice of Lewiston Public Schools shall be as follows:
1. The school system supports the inclusion of religious literature, music, drama
and the arts in the curriculum and in school activities, provided it is intrinsic to
the learning experience in the various fields of study and is presented
objectively.
2. The emphasis on religious themes in the arts, literature and history should be
only as extensive as necessary for a balanced and comprehensive study of these
areas. Such studies should never foster any particular religious tenets or
demean any religious beliefs.
3. Student-initiated expressions to questions or assignments which reflect their
belief or non-belief about a religious theme shall be accommodated, so long as
they are otherwise consistent with school rules and respect the rights of others.
Legal Reference:
Title 1 M.R.S.A., Section 111-A-118
Cross Reference:
JEA Compulsory Attendance Ages
Adopted: November 18, 2002
Revised: September 14, 2009
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMG
ANIMALS IN SCHOOL
Lewiston Public Schools recognize that animals have a part in the learning experience in
schools; however, for students and staff, animals can aggravate or trigger medical
conditions. Other consequences include scratches, bites, infections, and infestations. This
policy is intended to permit the presence of animals in schools, safeguard the health and
safety of students, staff, and visitors, and assure the humane treatment and protection of
animals.
A. In all cases where an animal is to be introduced into the school setting, it will be
done with sufficient prior approval from the principal. The principal or classroom
teacher will notify parents/guardians so that any health concerns can be addressed
in advance. Parents/guardians should bring any related health concerns to the
attention of the principal.
B. The School Committee will allow animals in the schools or on school property
under the following circumstances:
Permission must be obtained from the principal before animals are brought in to
the school by anyone. Before the principal gives permission for an animal to be in
the classroom, the following documentation must be provided:
1) Proof of liability insurance coverage by the animal’s owner must be
provided. The primary liability for the animal’s behavior must be
assumed by the owner.
2) The vaccination history of the animal, including proof of current rabies
and distemper vaccinations when appropriate.
3) Proof of current licensure where appropriate.
4) Current certificate from a veterinarian that the animal is healthy and
disease free.
5) Dog owners or trainers must provide a certificate of advanced obedience
training, therapy training, and/or service training.
C. No wild animals will be allowed in school unless under the control of an
individual trained in the care and management of the animal and properly licensed
by state or federal agencies as appropriate (i.e., zookeepers, veterinarians,
biologists). Students should not be permitted to handle wild animals.
D. All animals brought to school must be restrained by the owner/handler. The
teacher is responsible for the proper supervision and control of students whenever
there is an exhibit or activity involving animals in school.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMG
E. If a student is bitten/injured by an animal on school premises, the
principal/designee, school nurse/physician, and parent/guardian must be notified
as soon as possible. If a staff member or visitor is bitten/injured, the
principal/designee must be notified. The principal/designee must notify
appropriate public health authorities and the Maine Department of Health and
Human Services of each incident.
F. If a stray or wild animal appears on school grounds, children shall not be allowed
in the area until the animal has left the premises or is removed by the local animal
control officer, game warden, or other appropriate official.
G. Animals kept in classrooms must be housed in appropriate containers and cared
for in a safe and humane manner. Only the teacher or students designated by the
teacher are to handle these animals. If animals are to be kept in the classroom on
days when classes are not in session, arrangements must be made for their
adequate care at all times.
H. Only service animals protected under the Americans with Disability Acts may be
brought into school on a full-time basis. Lewiston Public Schools have an
obligation to serve students and staff who have physical handicaps or other health
conditions in order to maximize their access to the educational program. Principals
must be notified whenever service animals are brought into schools. Where a
conflict arises between the use of service animals and health conditions of students
or staff, the principal will be responsible for seeking appropriate resolutions.
I. Animals shall not be transported on school buses or vehicles except for service
animals.
J. No animal may be used as part of a scientific experiment or for any other purpose
in which the normal health of the animal is interfered with or where pain or
distress is caused. No person may practice vivisection or exhibit a vivisected
animal in the schools. Dissection of dead animals shall be confined to the
classroom and to the presence of students engaged in the study of dissection and
shall not be for the purpose of exhibition.
Legal Reference:
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
7 MRSA §3971
22 MRSA §§801-825
JLCE – First Aid and Emergency Medical Care
JLCE-R – First Aid procedures
August 28, 2006
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMGA
ANIMALS ON SCHOOL PREMISES
No live domestic animals may be brought into school district buildings or permitted on
school district property, except on sidewalks used for normal pedestrian traffic around,
but not through, school district property.
Exceptions shall be allowed as outlined in Lewiston Public Schools Policy IMG.
Cross Ref: IMG – Animals in School
Adopted: July 28, 2008
LEWISTON PUBLIC SCHOOL
Page 1 of 1
SECTION J: STUDENTS
Section J of the NEPN/NSBA classification system contains policies, regulations, and exhibits
on students – admissions, attendance, rights and responsibilities, conduct, discipline, health and
welfare, and school-related activities.
JCA
Assignment of Students to Schools and Classes
JEA
JEA-R
Compulsory Attendance Ages
LHS/LRTC Attendance Policy
JFAA
JFAB
JFABB
JFC
JFCK
Admission of Resident Students
Admission of Non-Resident Students
Admission of Foreign Students
Dropout Prevention-Student Withdrawal from School
Student Use of Cellular Telephones and Other Electronic Devices
JGAA
Assignment of Students to Kindergarten/Grade 1
JHB
Truancy
JI
JIC
JICA
JICC
JICC-R
JICH
JICIA
JICIAA
JICK
JID
JIH
JIH-R
JIH-E
Student Rights and Responsibilities
System-Wide Student Code of Conduct
Student Dress
Student Conduct on School Buses
Student Conduct on School Buses Administrative Procedure
Drug and Alcohol Use by Students
Weapons, Violence and School Safety
Psychological Evaluation/Risk Assessment
Bullying
Students of Legal Age
Questioning and Searches of Students
Questioning and Searches of Students Administrative Procedure
Student Search Checklist
JJE
JJI
JJI-R1
JJI-R2
JJI-R3
JJIB
JJIBA
JJIBB
JJIBC
Student Fundraising Activities
Lewiston School Department’s Philosophy of Athletics
Lewiston High School Academic Eligibility
Lewiston Middle School Academic Eligibility
Athletic Eligibility Rules
Sponsorship and Evaluation of Athletic Programs
Hiring and Evaluation of Coaches
Sportsmanship
Relations With Booster Groups
9/14/09
JK
JKB
JKD
JKE
JKE-R
JKF
JKF-R
JKG
JKGA
JKGA-R
Student Discipline
Detention of Students
Suspension of Students
Expulsion of Students
Expulsion of Students – Guidelines
Disciplinary Removals of Students with Disabilities
Disciplinary Removals of Students with Disabilities Administrative Procedure
Physical Restraint
Time Out Rooms and Therapeutic Restraints
Time Out Rooms and Therapeutic Restraint Administrative Procedure
JL
JLC
JLCB
JLCC
JLCCA
JLCD
JLCD-E1
JLCD-E2
JLCD-E3
JLCD-E4
JLCE
JLCE-R
JLCEA
JLCEA-E1
JLCEA-E2
JLDBG
JLF
JLF-E1
JLF-E2
JLG
JLIB
Student Wellness
Student Health Services
Immunization of Students
Communicable/Infectious Diseases
Students with HIV/AIDS
Administering Medicines to Students
Authorization to Administer Medication Form, K-6 Students
Authorization to Administer Medication Form, 7-12 Students
Incident Report – Medication Administration
First Aid and Emergency Medical Care
First Aid – Procedures
School Guidelines for Managing Students with Food Allergies
Food Allergy Action Plan
Reintegration of Students from Juvenile Correctional Facilities
Reporting Child Abuse and Neglect
Suspected Child Abuse/Neglect Report Form
School Accident Report Form
Education of Homeless Students
Student Dismissal Precautions
JO
Employment of Students
JRA
JRA-R
JRA-E 1
JRA-E2
JRA-E3
Student Educational Records
Student Educational Records Administrative Procedure
Annual Notice of Student Education Records and Information Rights
9/14/09
NEPN/NSBA Code: JCA
ASSIGNMENT OF STUDENTS TO SCHOOLS AND CLASSES
The Lewiston School Committee has the legal authority to determine which school a
student will attend. Generally, students will be required to attend school in the
attendance area where they reside. However, due to fluctuations in enrollments, there
may be situations where the Superintendent will transfer students to a less crowded
school or classroom in order to ensure that students have the best possible educational
environment.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JEA
COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AGES
Under state law, full-time school attendance is required of all students from their 7th to
their 17th birthday except:
A.
A person who graduates from high school before their 17th birthday;
B.
A person who has:
C.
1.
Reached the age of 15 years or completed the 9th grade;
2.
Permission to leave school from that person’s parent;
3.
Been approved by the building administrator for a suitable program
of work and study or training;
4.
Permission to leave school from the School Committee or its
designee; and
5.
Agreed in writing with that person’s parent and the School
Committee or its designee to meet annually until that person’s 17th
birthday to review that person’s educational needs. When the
request to be excused from school has been denied pursuant to this
paragraph, the student’s parent may appeal to the Commissioner;
A person who has matriculated and is attending an accredited, postsecondary, degree-granting institution as a full-time student. An exception
to the attendance in public school under this paragraph must be approved
by the Commissioner.
Alternatives to Attendance at Public Day School
A. Equivalent instruction alternatives are as follows:
A person shall be excused from attending a public day school if the person
obtains equivalent instruction in:
1)
A private school approved for attendance purposes pursuant
to section 20-A MRSA §2901;
2)
A private school recognized by the department of education
as providing equivalent instruction;
Page 1 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JEA
3)
A home instruction program that complies with the
requirements of 20-A MRSA 5001-A(3)(A)(4); or
4)
Any other manner arranged for by the School Committee and
approved by the Commissioner.
B. Credit for Attendance at a Private School
A student shall be credited with attendance at a private school only if a certificate
showing the name, residence and attendance of the person at the school, signed by
the person or persons in charge of the school, has been filed with the school
officials of the administrative unit in which the student resides.
C. Home Instruction
A person may be excused from attendance at a public day school pursuant to
§5104-A or § 8605 (other public or private alternative programs).
The following provisions apply to home instruction programs:
a. The student’s parent/guardian must provide a written notice of
intent to provide home instruction that meets the requirements of
20-A MRSA 5001-A(3)(A)(4)(A) simultaneously to the school
officials of the administrative unit in which the student resides
and to the commissioner within 10 calendar days of the
beginning of home instruction.
b. On or before September 1 of each subsequent year of home
instruction, the student’s parent/guardian must file a letter with
the school officials of the administrative unit in which the student
resides and the Commissioner stating the intention to continue
providing home instruction and enclose a copy of one of the
forms of annual assessment of the student’s academic progress
described in 20-A MRSA 5001-A(3)(A)(4)(b).
c. Dissemination of any information filed under 20-A MRSA 5001A(3)(A) is governed by the provisions of 20-A MRSA 6001
(dissemination of information); the federal Family Educational
Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, 20 USC 1232g (2002); and the
federal Education for All Handicapped Children Act of 1975, 20
USC 1401-21487 (2002), except
Page 2 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JEA
d. that “directory information” as defined by the federal Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) is confidential and
is not subject to public disclosure unless the parent/guardian
specifically permits disclosure in writing or a judge orders
otherwise. Copies of any information filed under 20-A MRSA
5001-A(3)(A) must be maintained by the student’s
parent/guardian until the home instruction program concludes.
The records must be made available to the commissioner upon
request.
e. If the home instruction program is discontinued, students of
compulsory school age must be enrolled in a public school or an
equivalent instruction alternative as provided for by law. The
receiving school shall determine the placement of the student. At
the secondary level, the principal of the receiving school shall
determine the value of the prior educational experience toward
meeting the standards of Maine’s system of Learning Results.
Excusable Absence
A person’s absence is excused when the absence is for the following reasons:
1) Personal illness;
2) An appointment with a health professional that must be made during the
regular school day;
3) Observance of a recognized religious holiday when the observance is
required during the regular school day;
4) A family emergency; or
5) A planned absence for a personal or educational purpose which has been
approved.
6) Education disruption resulting from homelessness, unplanned psychiatric
hospitalization, unplanned hospitalization for a medical emergency, foster
care placement, youth development placement or some other out-of-district
placement that is not otherwise authorized by either any individual education
plan or a superintendents’ student transfer agreement. “Education disruption”
does not apply to a student who is out of school for 10 or more consecutive
Page 3 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JEA
school days as a result of a planned absence for a reason such as a family
event or a medical absence for planned hospitalization or recovery.
Parents are responsible for the attendance of students who are under 17 years of age. The
School Committee shall work with families in an effort to ensure compliance.
Secondary school pupils 20 years of age or more will not be admitted to the school
system without prior School Committee approval.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 5001-A; 5003: 5201
CH. 125 §8.06 (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Cross Reference:
JEA-R – Lewiston High School and Lewiston Regional Technical
Center Attendance Policy
IHBG – Home Schooling
JFC - Student Withdrawal from School/Dropout Prevention
Committee
JHB - Truancy
Adopted:
Revised:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
January 26, 2004
February 11, 2008
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JEA-R
LEWISTON HIGH SCHOOL
ATTENDANCE POLICY
Presence in the learning environment:
Attendance in the educational setting is an important part of the teaching and
learning process. The interaction between student and teacher, as well as the interaction
with other students, is an important and valuable part of the overall learning experience.
The learning that takes place as a result of the classroom interaction is as important to
learning as is written work and assignments. For these reasons, we believe that
attendance in the classroom is important and essential to the school mission of providing
quality education and preparing our students for post secondary education, career, and
citizenship.
Responsibilities for attendance:
Student: It is the responsibility of the student to be present in school and follow
their assigned schedule each day. Students are expected to be a prepared and
involved learner in each of his or her classes. It is through regular attendance,
preparation, and involvement that students contribute to an effective teaching and
learning process.
Parent(s)/Guardian: It is the legal responsibility of the parent or guardian to see
that their son or daughter attends school daily, with the only accepted exceptions
being those identified below. The parent also is responsible for providing the
school with timely communication as to the reason for student’s absences.
School: It is the responsibility of the school to provide students and parents with
an attendance policy identifying the criteria for excused and unexcused absence
from school. It is also the responsibility of the school to record, document, and
report the attendance of each student at Lewiston High School. The school will
notify the student and parent of any action taken that results in a reduction in
grade or in a loss of credit. The school will notify the student and parent of any
pattern of behavior that appears to be inconsistent with objectives of this policy.
Absence from school:
All absences from school will be identified as an excused or unexcused absence.
Under Maine Law absences may be excused for the following reasons:
Page 1 of 4
1.
Personal illness;
2.
Appointments with health professionals that cannot be made outside
the regular school day;
3.
Observance of recognized religious holidays when the observance is
required during the school day;
4.
Emergency family situations; and
5.
Planned absences for personal or educational purposes which have
been approved by the school in advance.
Examples of unexcused absences:
The list below contains some examples of unexcused absences.
1.
No parental contact with the school within the time limits specified.
2.
Absences for unspecified “personal reasons.”
3.
Absences for social or recreational reasons including but not limited
to going to the beach, skiing, hunting, fishing or shopping.
4.
Breakdown of private transportation.
5.
Removal from class due to refusal to participate in class or do
assigned classroom work or cutting class.
Determination of the status of absences:
The school administration will make the final determination as to the excused or
unexcused status of all absences. The administration will use the guidelines provided
above in determining the status of an absence. In the instance where no reason is given
for an absence, or the reason given is simply for “personal reasons,” the absence will be
considered unexcused. Absences due to illness or medical emergency certified by a
physician will be considered excused. Absences due to disciplinary action (except as
noted above) will be considered as excused. In order for a planned absence to be
approved, it is necessary that the absences be approved in advance. No more than ten
Page 2 of 4
school days will be approved as excused for a planned absence. Students or parents
wishing to obtain prior approval for a planned absence may request approval by
completing a planned absence approval form from the office at the high school.
Documentation of the reason for an absence:
Each day that a student is absent from school, the parent or guardian of the student
is required to contact the school to provide the reason for the absence. Parents may notify
the school of the reason for a student’s absence in one of two ways: (1) A signed note by
the parent or guardian may be provided to the school explaining the reason for the
absence, or (2) the parent may contact the school by phone and speak with the attendance
clerk to provide the reason for an absence. E-mail is not acceptable.
Attendance clerk contact information:
795-4190 ext. 2208
Time limits for reporting absences:
All notifications of absences must be provided to the school within five school
days from the date of the absence. Without notification within the five day limit, the
absence will remain unexcused. Only students with an excused absence will be allowed
to make up school work.
Tardiness
Tardiness to school will be identified as excused or unexcused using the same
criteria as identified for absences. Tardiness resulting in absence from more than half the
class (40 minutes in 80 minute classes or 25 minutes in 50 minute classes) will be
considered an absence from class.
Beginning on the third instance of being tardy unexcused for school, the student
will be assigned an office detention. Each additional unexcused tardy will result in an
additional detention.
Attendance and course credit:
Students with excessive absences may receive a reduction in grade or loss of credit.
1. Three unexcused absences in a quarter will result in a grade no higher than
sixty-nine for that quarter.
Page 3 of 4
2. Six unexcused absences in a semester will result in loss of credit for that
semester.
3. A total of twelve absences in a semester will result in loss of credit unless the
school administration determines there to be extenuating circumstances.
4. Loss of credit will need to be made up through credit recovery offered by the
school.
5. Students losing credit will not be removed from the course, thus permitting
them to continue in the course sequence. Students losing credit may be eligible
to receive a credit for the remainder of the course at the discretion of the
principal.
Intervention:
Students who are absent unexcused will be required to meet with a member of
administration for the purpose of counseling the student on the importance of attendance
and the potential consequences of unexcused and excessive absenteeism.
Appeal process:
Parents and students may appeal to the school principal or designee, actions taken
under this policy by contacting the school administration within ten days of the
attendance determination by the school. In order to appeal attendance actions, the parent
and student must either appear in person at a scheduled attendance hearing, or request an
appeal in writing on an attendance appeal form which is available through the
administrative offices at the high school.
Administrative waiver:
The principal may provide a waiver to the stipulations outlined in this policy after
review of extenuating circumstances and on a case by case basis.
Revised:
Revised:
Revised:
June 12, 1995
August 23, 1999
August 28, 2006
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFAA
ADMISSION OF RESIDENT STUDENTS
The school unit shall admit as students those of legal school age whose parents or
guardians legally reside within the unit. Adequate proof of residence shall be required.
The School Committee reserves the right to verify residency through appropriate means
for any enrolled student or any family applying for enrollment.
“Residence” means bona fide residence—one’s actual residence maintained in good
faith—and does not include a temporary or superficial residence established for the
purpose of free school attendance in this system. It shall be considered the place where
important family activity takes place—the place where the family eats, sleeps, relaxes
and plays. It is a place which can be called a “home.” While it is possible for an
individual to maintain property and pay taxes in more than one location or community,
for purposes of student eligibility for school attendance, “residence” shall mean where
the parent maintains a home.
Guardianship shall be substantiated by a copy of a court order or probated will appointing
the resident as guardian of the student. No student shall be accepted for enrollment or
allowed to continue in enrollment on the basis of guardianship established by a power of
attorney.
Resident students entering school for the first time shall be admitted upon presentation of
an original birth certificate to the building administrator, along with a record of required
immunizations and pertinent health records. Photocopies shall be made and retained in
the student’s file. Kindergarten students shall be screened prior to entering school or as
soon as possible thereafter. Parents are encouraged to have a preschool physical
conducted on their child prior to entering school.
New resident students who are transferring into the school system shall be admitted on
the basis of age, health and academic records received from the previous school.
However, original documentation may be required if deemed necessary to appropriately
determine a student’s eligibility for enrollment and assignment.
Legal Reference:
18-A MRSA § 5-201 et seq.
20-A MRSA §§ 5202 et seq., 6002
Maine Commissioner of Ed. Administrative Letter No. 13, 10/9/97
Cross Reference:
JFAB – Admission of Non-Resident Students
JGAA – Assignment of Students to Kindergarten/Grade 1
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFAB
ADMISSION OF NON-RESIDENT STUDENTS
Individual non-resident students may be accepted under any of the following conditions if
approved by the Superintendent:
A.
Under an agreement with another local school administrative unit, upon
payment of the tuition fee allowed by state law;
B.
Following receipt of a written parental request and formal approval by the
Superintendent on a space/program-available basis, upon payment of the
tuition fee allowed by state law. Reapplication shall be made annually.
Behavior, cooperation and suitability of programming shall be considered;
C.
Upon recommendation of the high school building administrator, the
Superintendent may authorize enrollment of a foreign exchange student
assigned to a household in the community served by the school system and
under the auspices of a recognized foreign exchange program. Such
enrollment shall be without assessment of tuition;
D.
Upon special permission granted by the Superintendent, to provide
continuity of program for a student whose family provides evidence of
intent to move to the community shortly after a school year begins, or
moves from the community near the end of a school year; and
E.
In accordance with Maine law related to the assignment of students for
school purposes, such as: state wards; students for whom the
Superintendent determines it is in the student’s best interest to attend;
students placed by state agencies; homeless children of school age;
temporary residents; a transfer student when the two Superintendents
approve in the student’s best interest.
Students from sending schools in the Vocational Region may be permitted to enroll in
courses at Lewiston High School without payment of individual tuition subject to the
following conditions:
A.
The student is in the 11th or 12th grade;
B.
The student is properly enrolled in an approved vocational course;
C.
The student is unable to secure transportation to his/her home school at the
end of the vocational course; and
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFAB
D.
Such enrollment is determined to be in the best educational interest of the
student.
All requirements regarding age, health examinations, immunizations, etc., which apply to
resident students shall also apply to non-resident students accepted for enrollment in this
school system.
Legal Reference:
8 USC § 1101
Cross Reference:
JFAA - Admission of Resident Students
Adopted:
November 27, 1995
Revised:
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFABB
ADMISSION OF FOREIGN STUDENTS
The Lewiston School Committee recognizes the cultural enrichment derived from
welcoming non-immigrant foreign students into the educational program. Thus, the
School Committee encourages the attendance of non-immigrant foreign students at
Lewiston High School.
Only non-immigrant foreign students who possess a valid J-1 or F-1 Visa to study
in the United States will be admitted to Lewiston High School. The School Committee
retains the sole discretion to deny admission to any student not meeting all the
requirements set forth in this policy and regulation.
Foreign Exchange Students (J-1 Visa)
The School Committee encourages district participation in a foreign exchange
student program. Foreign exchange students will be admitted to the high school for a oneyear academic program.
1. The district recognizes only those organization designated as “Exchange
Visitor Programs” by the U.S. Department of State, pursuant to federal
regulations, as sponsoring organizations for the exchange of students. Any
such organization must supply proof of designation prior to recognition.
2. No foreign exchange students subject to this policy and regulation shall be
brought into the district by a foreign exchange student program unless he or
she has been accepted in writing as a student by the high school building
principal or a designee.
3. When a foreign exchange student is accepted for admission pursuant to this
policy and regulation, the letter of acceptance shall include a statement that
tuition shall be waived for the student.
4. The district may limit the number of foreign exchange students to five foreign
exchange students per school from any single foreign exchange program.
The School Committee may terminate the approval of a foreign student program
when it would be in the best interests of the district to do so.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFABB
Foreign Students with F-1 Visas
No F-1 students will be admitted into grades K-8. F-1 students may be admitted to
the high school for one academic year upon the payment of tuition. The amount of tuition
charged shall reflect the full, unsubsidized per capita cost of providing educational
services to the students.
Immigrant Students
ALL SCHOOL-AGED IMMIGRANT CHILDREN WHO HAVE
ABANDONED THEIR RESIDENCE IN A FOREIGN COUNTRY AND
ESTABLISHED RESIDENCE IN THE DISTRICT WILL BE ADMITTED TO
THE DISTRICT’S SCHOOLS WITHOUT PAYMENT OF TUITION.
Legal Reference:
22 CFR Part 62 (Exchange Visitor Program) §62.25 (Secondary
School Students)
8 CFR 214.2(j) (Special Requirements for Admission, Extension and
Maintenance of Benefits for Exchange Aliens)
Education Law §1709(13)
Matter of Jones, 24 EDR 110 (1984)
Adopted: January 26, 2004
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFC
DROPOUT PREVENTION
STUDENT WITHDRAWAL FROM SCHOOL
The School Committee believes that a high school diploma signifies the minimum
preparation for life. Therefore, the School Committee strongly urges every teacher,
guidance counselor, building administrator, parent, and citizen to exert influence to keep
all students in school through high school.
Dropout Prevention Committee
In order to reduce the school dropout rate, the Superintendent shall establish a Dropout
Prevention Committee to study the problem of dropouts, habitual truancy, and the need
for alternative programs, kindergarten to grade 12. The Committee will meet at least
annually, make recommendations for addressing the problem, and submit a plan of action
to the School Committee in accordance with the provisions in Maine law. The
Committee will consider the following when developing its plan: reasons why students
drop out of school; maintenance of continuing contacts with recent dropouts in order to
extend opportunities for alternate educational program, counseling, and referral;
education of teachers and administrators about the dropout problem; use of human
services programs to help dropouts; the School Committee’s policies on suspension,
expulsion, and other disciplinary action; and discriminatory practices and attitudes within
the unit.
Committee Membership
As required by law, the Dropout Prevention Committee shall be composed of the
following members:
A.
A member of the School Committee selected by the School Committee;
B.
A school administrator selected by the Superintendent;
C.
A teacher and a school counselor selected by the teachers’ organization;
D.
A parent selected by the local parent group or by the School Committee if
no such group exists;
E.
A school attendance coordinator from the school system selected by the
Superintendent;
F.
A high school student selected by the Dropout Prevention Committee
members selected in paragraphs A to E;
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFC
G.
A dropout selected by the Dropout Prevention Committee members
selected in paragraphs A to E; and
H.
A community resident of the district selected by the Dropout Prevention
Committee members selected in paragraphs A to E.
The School Committee recognizes the importance of success as a motivator and as a
factor in a student’s commitment to education. For those students who have been
identified as at risk of dropping out, every effort will be made to provide alternative
instructional arrangements that take into account both the student’s need for success and
the unit’s commitment to adequate minimum standards of achievement.
Student Withdrawal From School
In the event that students do withdraw from school, school administrators shall arrange
for regular contacts to be made with them for the purpose of informing them of the
process for readmission, making them aware of alternatives in the community for
continuing their education and stating the unit’s willingness to assist them in their
educational efforts.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA §§ 5001-A; 5102-5103
Cross Reference:
JEA - Compulsory Attendance Ages
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFCK
STUDENT USE OF CELLULAR TELEPHONES AND
OTHER ELECTRONIC DEVICES
The School Committee recognizes that many students possess cellular telephones and
other electronic devices. These devices may not be used in any manner that disrupts the
educational process or violates School Committee policies or school rules. Lewiston
Public Schools are not responsible for damage, loss, or theft of such devices. The
Superintendent is authorized to develop, with input from administrators, any school rules
necessary to implement this policy.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
IJNDB – Student Computer and Internet Use Rules
JIC – System-Wide Student Code of Conduct
August 28, 2006
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JGAA
ASSIGNMENT OF STUDENTS TO KINDERGARTEN/GRADE 1
Maine law permits students who are at least five years old on October 15 of the school
year to enroll in school. The intent is that these students begin their school careers in
kindergarten at this age.
However, it is recognized that exceptions to this initial placement may be justified under
limited circumstances. In such rare cases, enrolling five-year-old students may be placed
in first grade at the discretion of school officials in accordance with the following:
A.
Social and emotional maturity should have been demonstrated such as to
predict success in grade one;
B.
The decision of placement lies with the Building administrator, appealable
to the Superintendent whose decision shall be final;
C.
The right must be reserved to the school to administer testing as appropriate
to making a proper determination of placement;
D.
Any such placement is to be conditioned upon demonstrated success and
reviewed at appropriate intervals;
E.
A student who was enrolled in a public kindergarten in another state and
was promoted to first grade may enroll in first grade; and
F.
All exceptional placements are to be reported to the Superintendent.
Six-year-olds who enroll in school and have not completed a kindergarten program will
be assigned to kindergarten unless school officials determine that it is in the student’s
best interest to be assigned to first grade.
The Superintendent shall develop any administrative procedures necessary to implement
this policy.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
IKE - Promotion, Retention and Acceleration of Students
JFAA - Admission of Resident Students
JFAB – Admission of Non-Resident Students
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JHB
TRUANCY
A student is habitually truant if he/she is required to attend school or alternative
instruction under Maine compulsory attendance law (20-A M.R.S.A. § 5001-A) and
he/she:
A.
Has completed grade 6 and has the equivalent of 10 full days of unexcused
absences or 7 consecutive school days of unexcused absences during a
school year; or
B.
Is at least 7 years of age and has not completed grade 6 and has the
equivalent of 7 full days of unexcused absences or 5 consecutive school
days of unexcused absences during a school year.
The School Committee shall appoint one or more attendance coordinators in accordance
with state law. The duties of the attendance coordinator include, but are not limited to:
A.
When notified by a principal that a student’s attendance is irregular,
interviewing the student and the parent(s) to determine the cause of the
irregular attendance and file a written report with the principal.
B.
Filing an annual report with the Superintendent summarizing school year
activities, findings and recommendations regarding truants;
C.
Serving as a member of the dropout prevention committee; and
D.
Serving as the liaison between the school and the local law enforcement
agency in matters pertaining to student absenteeism under Maine’s
compulsory attendance and truancy laws (20-A M.R.S.A.§ § 5001-A,
5051-A).
As required by law, the following procedure shall be followed when a student is
habitually truant.
A.
If the principal and the attendance coordinator determine that a student is
habitually truant, the principal shall inform the Superintendent. The
Superintendent/designee shall first try to correct the problem informally.
Page 1 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JHB
Informal attempts to correct the problem must include meeting with the
student and the student’s parent(s) to identify possible causes of the
habitual truancy and to develop a plan to implement solutions to the
problem. If the initial meeting does not resolve the problem, the
Superintendent/designee shall implement interventions that best address the
problem including but not limited to:
1.
Frequent communication between the teacher and the family;
2.
Changes in the learning environment;
3.
Mentoring;
4.
Student counseling;
5.
Tutoring, including peer tutoring;
6.
Placement into different classes;
7.
Evaluation for alternative education programs;
8.
Attendance contracts;
9.
Referral to other agencies for family services; and
10.
Other interventions including but not limited to referral to the school
attendance coordinator, student assistance team, or dropout
prevention committee.
Failure of the student or the student’s parent(s) to appear at scheduled
meetings does not preclude school administrators from implementing a plan
to address a student’s truancy.
B.
As part of correcting the problem informally, the Superintendent/designee
shall require the student and his/her parent(s) to attend one or more
meetings with the student’s teacher or other school personnel designated by
the Superintendent. The purpose of the meeting(s) is to reinforce the plan
referenced in paragraph A or to develop an alternative plan. Such meetings
may involve others including but not limited to case managers, therapeutic
treatment providers, and representatives of the Department of Human
Page 2 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JHB
Services, the Department of Behavioral and Developmental Services, and
the Department of Corrections. The Superintendent/designee shall
schedule the meeting(s) at mutually convenient times.
C.
If the Superintendent/designee is unable to correct the student’s truancy, the
Superintendent/designee shall serve or cause to be served upon the
parent(s) in-hand or by registered mail a written notice that the student’s
attendance is required by law. The notice shall:
1.
State that the student is required to attend school pursuant to 20-A
M.R.S.A. §5001-A (the compulsory attendance law);
2.
Explain the parent’s right to inspect the student’s attendance records,
attendance coordinator’s reports, and principal’s reports;
3.
Explain that the failure to send the student to school and maintain
the student in regular attendance is a civil violation in accordance
with 20-A M.R.S.A. § 5053-A and explain the possible penalties;
4.
State that the Superintendent/designee may notify local law
enforcement authorities of a violation of the habitual truancy statute
and the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) as
provided by 20-A M.R.S.A. § 5051-A(C) (the notice provision); and
5.
Outline the plan developed to address the student’s habitual truancy
and the steps that have been taken to implement that plan.
D.
Prior to notifying local law enforcement authorities, the Superintendent/
designee shall schedule at least one meeting as required by law and
paragraph B of this policy and may invite a local prosecutor.
E.
If after three school days after the service of the notice described in
paragraph C of this policy the student remains truant and the parent(s) and
student refuse to attend the meeting referred to in paragraph D, the
Superintendent/designee shall report the facts of the unlawful absence to
local law enforcement authorities.
Page 3 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JHB
F.
When a student is determined to be habitually truant and in violation of the
compulsory attendance law and the Superintendent/designee has made a
good faith attempt to meet the requirements of paragraph B of this policy,
the Superintendent/designee shall notify the School Committee and local
law enforcement authorities of the truancy. After this notification, a local
law enforcement officer who sees the truant student may transport the
student to the appropriate school if the truant student is off school grounds
during school hours and not under the supervision of school personnel.
The Superintendent shall submit an annual report regarding habitual truancy to the
Commissioner by October 1. The report must identify the number of habitual truants in
the school administrative unit in the preceding school year; describe the school unit’s
efforts to deal with habitual truancy; account for actions brought to enforce the habitual
truancy law; and include any other information on truancy requested by the
Commissioner.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA §§ 5001-A; 5051-A-5054-A
Cross Reference:
JEA – Compulsory Attendance
JFC – Dropout Prevention—Student Withdrawal from School
JLF – Reporting Child Abuse and Neglect
Adopted:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
February 11, 2008
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JI
STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Students have certain legal rights under federal/state constitutions and statutes as interpreted in
pertinent court decisions. In connection with these rights are responsibilities that must be
assumed by students. Among these rights and responsibilities are the following:
A.
Civil rights, including the right to equal educational opportunity and
freedom from discrimination; the responsibility not to discriminate against
others;
B.
The right to attend free public schools in accordance with provisions of
Maine statutes and policies of the board; the responsibility to attend school
as required by law;
C.
The right to due process with respect to suspension, expulsion, or an
administrative decision which a student believes has injured his/her rights;
the responsibility to observe school rules and regulations essential for
permitting others to learn at school;
D.
The right to free inquiry and expression and to voice grievances; the
responsibility to observe reasonable rules regarding these rights and to
express themselves in a manner that does not materially or substantially
disrupt the operation of the school or conflict with the school’s basic
educational mission;
E.
The right to privacy regarding the content of student records—as defined
by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act—and the right to dress
as he/she pleases within reasonable guidelines related to health, safety, and
the avoiding of potential disruption; and
F.
The right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures; the
responsibility to comply with school rules and policies.
It is the School Committee’s belief that as part of the educational process, all students
should be made aware of their legal rights and also of the legal authority of the School
Committee to make or delegate authority to its staff to make rules and regulations
regarding the orderly operation of the schools. As such, this policy shall be included in
school handbooks or otherwise communicated to students and parents at the beginning of
each school year. The School Committee expects all staff to abide by this policy in order
to most effectively achieve mutual respect of rights and the acceptance of responsibility.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JI
This School Committee policy is designed for educational and informational purposes
and is not intended to create, expand, or restrict any student rights or responsibilities.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
JIH - Student Searches, Interrogations and Arrests
JK - Student Discipline
November 18, 2002
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JIC
SYSTEM-WIDE STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT
Ethical and responsible student behavior is an essential part of the educational mission of our
schools. To that end, the School Committee has developed this System-Wide Code of Conduct
with input from school staff, students, parents, and the community. The Code defines our
expectations for student behavior and provides the framework for a safe, orderly and respectful
learning environment.
Article 1 – Standards for Ethical and Responsible Behavior
The Code of Conduct is intended to support and encourage students to meet the following
state-wide standards for ethical and responsible behavior:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Respect
Honesty
Compassion
Fairness
Responsibility
Courage
Article 2 – Code of Conduct
All students are expected to comply with the Code of Conduct and all related School
Committee policies and school rules. The Code applies to students:
•
•
•
on school property;
while in attendance at school or at school-sponsored activity; or
at any time or place that such conduct directly interferes with the
operations, discipline or general welfare of the school.
Article 3 – General Behavior Expectations and Discipline Policies
The following expectations for student behavior are fundamental to a safe, orderly and respectful
environment in our schools. Each student should:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Be courteous to fellow students, staff and visitors.
Respect the rights and privileges of other students and school staff.
Obey all School Committee policies and school rules governing student
conduct.
Follow directions from school staff.
Cooperate with staff in maintaining school safety, order and discipline.
Attend school regularly.
Page 1 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code JIC
•
•
•
•
Meet school standards for grooming and dress (see Policy JICA).
Respect the property of others, including school property and facilities.
Refrain from cheating or plagiarizing the work of others.
Refrain from vulgarity, profanity, obscenity, lewdness, and indecency.
Violations of the Code of Conduct may result in disciplinary action. Disciplinary
consequences depend upon the seriousness of the violation and the student’s prior
disciplinary record. Consequences will range from a verbal warning for minor
misconduct up to and including expulsion for the most serious offenses. Behavior that
also violates the law may be referred to law enforcement authorities.
See Policies: JK – Student Discipline
JKB – Detention of Students
Article 4 – Expectations
The following is a summary of the school unit’s expectations for student behavior. In many
cases, the School Committee has adopted policies that address these expectations in greater
detail. Students, parents and others should refer to the policies and student handbooks for more
information about the expectations and consequences. In case of an inconsistency between the
Code of Conduct, School Committee policies and/or school handbooks, School Committee
policies will prevail.
A. Violence and Threats
Students shall not engage in violent or threatening behavior. Prohibited behavior
includes fighting, assault and/or battery, taking hostages, threats to commit violence
against persons or property, or threats, intimidation, or harassment. Violations may
result in disciplinary action up to and including expulsion.
See Policies:
JICIB – Bomb Threats
B. Weapons
Students shall not possess or use weapons of any kind (examples include but are not
limited to firearms, explosives and knives). Students also shall not use any object,
although not necessarily designed to be a weapon, to inflict bodily harm and/or to
threaten, intimidate, coerce or harass another person (examples include but are not
limited to bats, lighters, tools and toy weapons). Firearms violations will result in
expulsion in accordance with state and federal statutes; other weapons violations may
result in disciplinary action up to and including expulsion.
See Policy:
Page 2 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code JIC
C. Hazing
Hazing is prohibited. Maine law defines injurious hazing as “any action or situation,
including harassing behavior, that recklessly or intentionally endangers the mental or
physical health of any school personnel or a student enrolled in a public school.” No
student shall plan, encourage, or engage in such activities in connection with any
school program or activity, including extracurricular, co-curricular and athletic
activities. Students who engage in hazing activities are subject to suspension,
expulsion and/or other appropriate disciplinary measures.
See Policy:
ACAD – Hazing
D. Discrimination and Harassment/Sexual Harassment
Students should not discriminate against other students on the basis of race, color,
sex, religion, ancestry, national origin or disability. Nor should students harass one
another on the basis of race, color, sex, religion, ancestry, or national origin or
disability. Sexual harassment is also prohibited. Harassment is grounds for
disciplinary action up to and including expulsion.
See Policies:
ACAA – Student Discrimination and Harassment Policy
E. Drug and Alcohol Use
Students shall not distribute, possess, use or be under the influence of any alcoholic
beverage, drug, look-alike substance, and other prohibited substances as described in
School Committee policy. Violations may result in disciplinary action up to and
including expulsion from school.
See Policy:
JICH – Drug and Alcohol Use by Students
F. Tobacco Use
Students shall not smoke, use, possess, sell, or distribute any tobacco products.
Violations of this policy may result in disciplinary action up to and including
suspension from school.
See Policy:
ADC – Tobacco Use and Possession
Page 3 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code JIC
G. Conduct on School Buses
Students must comply with all School Committee policies and school rules while on
school buses. Students who violate these policies and rules on a school bus may have
their riding privileges suspended or revoked, and may also be subject to additional
disciplinary action, up to and including expulsion, depending upon the particular
violation.
See Policy:
H. Computer/Internet Use
Students may use school computers, networks and Internet services only for
educational purposes. Students shall comply with all policies and rules governing
acceptable use. Unacceptable use may result in suspension or cancellation of
computer privileges as well as additional disciplinary and/or legal action.
See Policy:
I. Co-Curricular Code of Conduct
Students must follow all School Committee policies and school rules while
participating in athletics and extracurricular activities. Students who violate School
Committee policies and school rules may be subject to suspension from the
team/activity as well as additional disciplinary action under applicable School
Committee policies and/or school rules.
See Policy:
JJI – Athletic Program
Article 5 – Removal of Disruptive/Violent/Threatening Students
1. Students who are disruptive, violent, or threatening death or bodily harm to others
may be removed from classrooms, school buses, or other school property when
necessary to maintain order and safety. The staff member who orders the student
removed should arrange to have the student escorted to the office or other designated
location.
2. If a student does not comply with a staff member’s order to leave, the staff member
will contact an administrator, or if not available, another suitable person, who shall
respond promptly.
3. Staff members should not use force or restraint, except only to the minimum extent
necessary to protect any person from imminent physical harm. Staff members are not
required to take action that puts them at risk of serious injury.
Page 4 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code JIC
4. The responding administrator will take appropriate action. If the student fails to obey
verbal directions, force or restraint may be used only to the minimum extent
necessary to protect any person from imminent physical harm or to quell a
disturbance. Whenever practicable, law enforcement should be called to restrain or
physically remove the non-compliant student. The administrator may invoke the
school unit’s crisis response plan if appropriate.
See 20-A M.R.S.A. §4009 – Protection from Liability
See Crisis Response Plan
Article 6 – Special Services
A. Referral
The school unit has adopted policies and procedures for determining when a student
shall be referred for special services.
See Policies:
IHBAA – Referral/Procedures
IHBAC – Child Find
B. Review of Individual Education Plan
The school shall schedule a PET meeting to review the IEP of a student who has been
removed from class when:
1) school officials and/or the parent believes the student may present a
substantial likelihood of injury to himself/herself or others;
2) the class removals are sufficient to constitute a change in the student’s special
education program; or
3) school officials or the parent believes that the student’s behavior may warrant
a change in educational programming.
See Policy:
C. Time Out Rooms and Therapeutic Restraint
The school unit also has established a policy on the use of time out rooms and
therapeutic restraints as required by Maine statute.
See Policy:
JKGA – Time Out Rooms and Therapeutic Restraint
Page 5 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code JIC
Article 7 - Referrals to Law Enforcement Authorities
The Superintendent and administrators have the authority to seek the assistance of law
enforcement authorities when there is a substantial threat to the safety of the schools, students or
staff. The Superintendent/administration may also inform law enforcement authorities when they
have reason to suspect that a student or staff member may have violated a local, state, or federal
statute. All serious offenses, as determined by the Superintendent, must be reported to law
enforcement authorities.
See Policy:
KLG – Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities
Article 8 – Dissemination of System-Wide Student Code of Conduct
The System-Wide Student Code of Conduct shall be distributed to staff, students and parents
through handbooks and/or other means selected by the Superintendent and building
administrators.
Legal Reference:
20-A M.R.S.A. §§254(11); 1001(15)
Cross Reference:
Taking Responsibility: Standards for Ethical and Responsible Behavior in
Maine Schools and Communities (Report of The Commission for Ethical
and Responsible Behavior, February 2001).
Adopted: April 28, 2003
Page 6 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICA
STUDENT DRESS
We believe our community’s values are reflected by our students. The purpose of this policy is to
establish a sense of appropriateness of dress as we prepare our students for life beyond
graduation from Lewiston Schools. Students are expected to wear appropriate clothing that does
not interfere with the educational process.
a. Articles of clothing, which promote the use of tobacco, alcohol, or other drugs, may
not be worn on school grounds (when school is in session) or at school functions.
b. Clothing, footwear, insignia, or accessories that are intended to identify the wearer as
a member of a particular gang are prohibited on school grounds or at school
functions.
c. Articles of clothing with displays that are sexual, vulgar, lewd or indecent, which
create a disturbance, or include insulting words (e.g., racial/ethnic slurs), are not
permitted. All clothing is to fit properly, be an appropriate length and should not be
revealing. Clothing should conceal a student’s stomach, chest, and upper thighs. No
underwear should show. Shirts and blouses that expose the midriff, that are sexually
suggestive or revealing are unacceptable. Pants, skirts, dresses, and shorts will be
clean, not unduly tight, not excessively short, not unreasonably baggy, or indecently
revealing.
d. Clothing that is destructive of school property (e.g., cleats, pants with metal inserts
that scratch) or which may be considered weapons (e.g., chains, spiked collars and
bracelets, and sharp objects that do not have practical use in school) are not permitted
on school grounds or at school functions. Cleats or other items may be permitted
when use is required by participation in a curricular, co-curricular or extra-curricular
activity.
e. Any type of headwear – caps, hats, bandanas, hoods, helmet hats, or other type of
headgear shall not be worn in the school building from the start of the first class to the
end of the school day. The administration may make allowances for special days such
as spirit week. Exceptions will also be made for medical or religious requirements.
f. Appropriate footwear shall be worn at all times. Slippers are not permitted.
In the event where a student is in violation of the dress policy, the student will be asked to
change his/her clothing or phone home to get a change of clothing. If the student is unable to get
a change of clothing, the student may be assigned an in-school suspension for the day. If the
student refuses to change, the parent or guardian will be contacted and the student may be sent
home for the remainder of the day. Refusal to change clothes or a student with habitual offenses
may face further administrative consequences.
Adopted:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
March 24, 2003
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICC
STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL BUSES
Parents are responsible for supervising their child before he/she boards the bus in the
morning and after the child leaves the bus at the end of the school day.
The School Committee requires students to conduct themselves on the bus in a manner
consistent with established standards for behavior.
When a student does not conduct him/herself properly on a bus, such instances shall be
addressed in accordance with established procedures.
Students who become a serious disciplinary problem on the school bus may have their
riding privileges suspended. In such cases, the parents are responsible for seeing that
their child gets to and from school safely.
In addition, all school committee policies and school rules are in effect on all school buses.
Students may also face additional disciplinary action under applicable policies and school rules
for misconduct on buses.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 5401
Cross Reference:
EEA - Student Transportation Services
JICC-R – Student Conduct on School Buses Administrative
Procedure
Adopted:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
March 24, 2003
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICC-R
STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL BUSES
Student Rules of Behavior
Bus drivers are authorized to enforce these rules and to take the necessary steps to
ensure student safety. Students are expected to follow the instructions of bus
drivers as they do their teachers and other school staff.
Boarding the Bus
A.
At the bus stop, do not wait in the road, and stay back from the roadway
until the bus arrives.
B.
Wait until the bus comes to a complete stop before trying to board the bus.
C.
Board the bus in an orderly fashion, and let younger students board first.
D.
Use the handrail to keep your balance.
E.
Go directly to a seat without pushing and remain seated.
Traveling on the Bus
A.
All directions from the bus driver must be followed.
B.
Stay quietly seated during the trip.
C.
Do not talk to the bus driver while the bus is moving except in an
emergency.
D.
Eating, drinking and smoking are not allowed on the bus.
E.
Place books or bundles under the seat or hold them on your lap where they
cannot slide, fall or block the aisle. Do not throw anything on the bus.
F.
Keep your arms and legs out of the aisles.
G.
Absolutely no horseplay or fighting on the bus.
Page 1 of 4
H.
Do not throw or stick anything out of bus windows. Keep your head, arms
and hands inside the bus.
I.
Do not open windows without permission from the driver.
J.
The emergency door may not be used except in an emergency.
K.
Do not mar or deface the bus. Any damage must be paid for by the student
and/or parents.
L.
No weapons, alcohol, drugs, tobacco or animals are allowed on the bus.
Upon Arrival
A.
Wait for the bus to stop completely before standing.
B.
Students may exit only at their regular or authorized stop.
C.
Exit in an orderly fashion.
D.
Use the handrail and watch your step leaving the bus.
E.
Move away from the bus immediately, and keep away from the side of the
bus as it pulls away.
Crossing the Road
A.
Walk 10 steps ahead of the bus along the edge of the road.
B.
Watch for the driver’s signal to cross, and then look both ways to make
sure the road is clear of moving traffic. Although the law states that traffic
must stop both ways for a stopped school bus, do not depend on it.
C.
After the driver’s signal and looking both ways, walk quickly across the
road to the other side.
Disciplinary Procedures
Disciplinary problems on school buses are to be handled as follows:
A.
While the students are on a school bus, the bus driver is responsible for
their behavior.
Page 2 of 4
B.
Any misbehavior (see rules for behavior section) will result in a written
warning to the student from the driver. One copy will be retained by the
bus company. All other copies will be given to the Transportation Officer
for distribution (two to the building administrator, one for file).
C.
The building administrator will immediately notify the parents/guardians by
telephone of the incident and the penalty involved (if any). The verbal
communication will be followed by written notification to the parents.
D.
If a second offense of any kind occurs during the remainder of the school
year, the parents/guardians will be notified, and the student will be
EXCLUDED from the bus for a period of five school days from the date of
the second offense. The building administrator will notify the
Transportation Officer that the parents/student have been notified. Upon
completion of the five-day suspension, the student’s bus privilege will be
reinstated.
Exceptions to the suspension requirement may only be made by agreement
of the bus driver, the bus company representative, the building
administrator and the Superintendent.
E.
If a third offense of any kind occurs during the remainder of the school
year, the parents will be notified as indicated in paragraph C., and the
student will be EXCLUDED from the bus for a period of 20 school days
from the date of the third offense. The building administrator will notify
the Transportation Officer that the parents/student have been notified.
Upon completion of the 20-day suspension, the student’s bus privilege will
be reinstated.
F.
Exceptions to this policy may only be made by agreement of the bus driver,
the bus company representative, the building administrator and the
Superintendent.
G.
Any subsequent violation will result in suspension for the remainder of the
school year. The responsibility for transporting the student then becomes
the responsibility of the parents/guardians.
H.
Appeal: The parent(s)/guardian(s) of a student suspended from bus
privileges have the right to appeal the decision by contacting the
Transportation Officer at Lewiston Public Schools. As soon as feasible, and
no later than five school days after the contact by the parent(s)/guardian(s),
the Transportation Officer will set a meeting time and
Page 3 of 4
place for the appeal meeting. Those in attendance at the meeting will be the
parent(s)/guardian(s), the student, the bus driver, the Transportation
Officer, the building administrator or assistant building administrator and a
representative of the bus company. The student will be suspended pending
the results of the appeal so long as the decision is given within five school
days. If not satisfied with this decision, the parent(s)/guardian(s) may
appeal to the Superintendent
Cross Reference:
6/00
3/03
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICH
DRUG AND ALCOHOL USE BY STUDENTS
The School Committee and staff of Lewiston Public Schools support a safe and healthy
learning environment for students which is free of the detrimental effects of drugs,
alcohol and other mood-altering substances. Accomplishing this goal requires a
cooperative effort among school staff, students, parents, law enforcement and
organizations concerned with the use of drugs, alcohol and other mood-altering
substances by school-aged youth.
In order to promote the safety, health and wellbeing of students, the School Committee
endorses a three-pronged approach to address the issue of drugs and alcohol use, and use
of other mood-altering substance; prevention/education; intervention and discipline. The
Superintendent is responsible for developing appropriate administrative procedures,
curricular and programs to implement this policy.
Prohibited Conduct
No student shall distribute, dispense, possess, use or be under the influence of any
alcoholic beverage, malt beverage, fortified wine or other intoxicating liquor. Nor shall a
student manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use or be under the influence of any
narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana, anabolic
steroid, inhalants, “club drugs,” any other controlled substance defined in federal and
state laws/regulations, any look-alike substance, or any substance that is represented to be
a controlled substance, or any other substance mis-used for the purpose of altering mood.
These prohibitions apply to any student who is on school property, who is in attendance
at school or at any school-sponsored activity, or whose conduct at any time or place
directly interferes with the operations, discipline or general welfare of the school.
Disciplinary Action
Building administrators may suspend and/or recommend expulsion of students who
violate this policy, based upon the facts of each case and in accordance with established
disciplinary procedures. Students may also be referred to law enforcement authorities for
investigation and/or prosecution.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICH
Prevention/Education
The school unit will provide students with appropriate information and activities focused
on educating students about drugs and alcohol and preventing their use. Programs shall
teach students about the legal, social, and health consequences of drug and alcohol use as
well as how to resist peer pressure.
Intervention
The school unit will establish a team approach [or other approach as determined by the school
unit] to intervene with students with drug/alcohol problems. Students will be assisted in
addressing their drug/alcohol problems and in continuing their educational program. Students
will be provided with information and referral, if necessary, to aid them in obtaining assistance
from appropriate community organizations. Student records concerning such interventions
shall be kept confidential as required by state and federal laws.
Policy Communication
The school unit shall distribute this policy and appropriate related information to staff,
students and parents on an annual basis through handbooks and/or other means selected
by the Superintendent and building administrators.
Legal Reference:
21 USC § 812 (Controlled Substances Act)
21 CFR Part 1300.11-15
Pub.L.No. 101-226 (Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act
Amendments of 1989)
17-A MRSA § 1101
42 USC § 290dd-2
42 CFR § 2.1 et seq.
20-A MRSA §§ 1001(9); 4008
Cross Reference:
GBEC – Drug-Free Workplace
JLCD – Administering Medication to Students
JRA – Student Records
Adopted:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
October 30, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICIA
WEAPONS, VIOLENCE AND SCHOOL SAFETY
The School Committee believes that students and staff are entitled to learn and work in a
school environment free of violence, threats and disruptive behavior. Students are
expected to conduct themselves with respect for others and in accordance with School
Committee policies, school rules, reasonable unwritten behavior expectations, and
applicable state and federal laws.
School staff are required to immediately report incidents of prohibited conduct by
students to the building administrator for investigation and appropriate action.
I. PROHIBITED CONDUCT
Students are prohibited from engaging in the following conduct on school property, while
in attendance at school or at any school-sponsored activity, or at any time or place that
such conduct directly interferes with the operations, discipline or general welfare of the
school:
A.
Possession and/or use of articles commonly used or designed to inflict
bodily harm and/or to threaten, intimidate, coerce or harass another person
except when used in an approved instructional activity. Examples of such
articles include but are not limited to firearms, BB guns, pellet guns, any
other kind of gun, ammunition, explosives, cross-bows, brass knuckles,
switchblades, knives, chains, clubs, Kung Fu stars and nunchucks;
B.
Use of any object, although not necessarily designed to be a weapon, to
inflict bodily harm and/or to threaten, intimidate, coerce or harass another
person. Examples of such articles include but are not limited to bats, belts,
picks, pencils, compasses, objects capable of ignition (e.g., matches,
lighters), files, tools of any sort and replicas of weapons (including toys);
C.
Violent or threatening behavior, including but not limited to fighting,
assault and/or battery, taking hostages, threats to commit violence against
persons or property (e.g., verbal or written death threats, threats of bodily
harm, bomb threats);
D.
Verbal or written statements (including those made on or through a
computer) which threaten, intimidate, or harass others, which tend to incite
violence and/or disrupt the school program;
Page 1 of 4
E.
Willful and malicious damage to school or personal property;
F.
Stealing or attempting to steal school or personal property;
G.
Lewd, indecent or obscene acts or expressions of any kind;
H.
Violations of the school unit’s drug/alcohol and tobacco policies;
I.
Violations of state or federal laws; and
J.
Any other conduct that may be harmful to persons or property.
II. DISCIPLINARY ACTION
Building Administrators may suspend and/or recommend expulsion of students who
violate this policy based upon the facts of each case and in accordance with applicable
state and federal laws. Conduct which violates this policy is deliberately disobedient and
deliberately disorderly within the meaning of 20-A MRSA §1001(9) and will be grounds
for expulsion if found necessary for the peace and usefulness of the school. Such conduct
may also be grounds for expulsion under other provisions of 20-A MRSA §1001(9 and 9A) that specifically prohibit the use and possession of weapons, infractions of violence,
and possession, furnishing and trafficking of scheduled drugs.
Students who are found to have brought a firearm to school (as defined by federal law) or
to have possessed a firearm at a school, shall be expelled for a period of not less than one
year, unless this requirement is modified by the Superintendent on a case-by-case basis in
writing.
All firearms violations shall be referred to law enforcement authorities as required by
law. Other violations of this policy shall be referred to law enforcement authorities at the
discretion of the Superintendent.
Students with disabilities shall be disciplined in accordance with applicable federal and
state laws/regulations and School Committee Policy JKF.
III.
USE OF FIREARMS AND OTHER WEAPONS IN INSTRUCTIONAL
ACTIVITIES
Nothing in this policy shall prevent the school system from offering instructional
activities related to firearms or other objects that are generally considered weapons (e.g.
bows and arrows) or from allowing a firearm or other object generally considered a
weapon to be brought to school for instructional activities (e.g., archery, hunter safety)
Page 2 of 4
approved by the school system so long as appropriate safeguards have been
adopted to ensure student and staff safety. No weapons may be used in
instructional activities or brought to school for instructional activities unless the
Superintendent/designee has given specific permission in advance.
IV.
NOTIFICATION TEAM/CONFIDENTIALITY
Maine law authorizes law enforcement officers and criminal justice agencies to
share with a superintendent or principal information pertaining to a juvenile when
the information is credible and indicates an imminent danger to the safety of
students or school personnel on school grounds or at a school function. Maine law
requires the District Attorney to notify the Superintendent when a juvenile is
charged with use or threatened use of force or is adjudicated as having committed
one or more juvenile crimes that involve the use or threatened use of force.
Within ten days, or immediately if necessary for school safety, the Superintendent
shall convene a notification team. The notification team must include the
administrator/designee of the school building where the student attends, at least
one classroom teacher to whom the student is assigned, a guidance counselor, and
the student’s parent/guardian. The notification team shall determine on the basis of
need which school employees are entitled to receive information concerning
allegations or adjudications of use or threatened use of force. Information received
by the Superintendent/designee and disclosed to the notification team and/or
disclosed to school employees is confidential and may not become part of the
student’s educational record.
The Superintendent shall ensure that confidentiality training is provided to all
school employees who have access to this information.
V.
PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION/RISK ASSESSMENT
The School Committee authorizes the Superintendent to request an immediate
psychological evaluation of a student who engages in conduct prohibited by this
policy when, in his/her opinion, such an evaluation will assist in assessing the risk
the student poses to school safety if the student were to remain in school.
The Superintendent is also authorized to request psychological evaluations of
students who have been identified as posing a substantial risk of violent behavior.
All such evaluations shall be performed at the school unit’s expense.
Page 3 of 4
If the parent/guardian and/or student refuses to permit a requested psychological
evaluation, the Superintendent and the School Committee may draw any
reasonable inferences from the student’s behavior concerning the risk the student
poses to school safety for purposes of determining appropriate action.
Legal References:
5 MRSA §4681 et seq.
15 MRSA §§3301-A; 3308(7)(3); 3009
17-A MRSA §§2(9); 2(12-A)
20 USCA §7151 (Gun-Free Schools Act)
20-A MRSA §§1001(9); 1001(9-A); 1055(11); 6552
Cross References:
ADC – Tobacco Use and Possession
EBCA – Crisis Response Plan
JICH – Drug and Alcohol Use by Students
JK – Student Discipline
JIH – Questioning and Searches of Students
Revised: March 24, 2003
Revised: January 26, 2004
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICIAA
PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION/RISK ASSESSMENT
The School Committee authorizes the Superintendent to request an immediate
psychological evaluation of a student who violates the “Weapons, Violence and School
Safety” policy (JICIA) when, in his/her opinion, such an evaluation will assist in
assessing the risk the student poses to school safety if the student were to remain in
school.
The Superintendent is also authorized to request psychological evaluations of students
who have been identified as posing a substantial risk of violent behavior.
All such evaluations shall be performed at the school unit’s expense.
If the parents/guardians and/or student refuse to permit a requested psychological
evaluation, the Superintendent and the School Committee may draw any reasonable
inferences from the student’s behavior concerning the risk the student poses to school
safety for purposes of determining appropriate action.
Legal References:
20 USCA § 8921 (Gun-Free Schools Act of 1994)
20-A MRSA §§ 1001(9); 1001(9-A); 6552
17-A MRSA §§ 2(9); 2(12-A)
Cross References:
ADC - Tobacco Use and Possession
EBCA - Crisis Response Plan
JICH - Drug and Alcohol Use by Students
JKD - Suspension of Students
JKE - Expulsion of Students
JKF - Suspension/Expulsion of Students with Disabilities
JIH – Questioning and Searches of Students
KLG - Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICK
BULLYING
It is the intent of the Lewiston School Committee to provide all students with an
equitable opportunity to learn. To that end, the Lewiston School Committee has a
significant interest in providing a safe, orderly, and respectful school environment that is
conducive to teaching and learning.
Bullying is detrimental to student learning and achievement. It interferes with the mission
of the schools to educate their students and disrupts the operations of the schools.
Bullying affects not only students who are targets but also those who participate and
witness such behavior.
The Lewiston School Committee also believes that promoting ethical and responsible
behavior is an essential part of the school unit’s educational purpose. Ethics, responsible
behavior, and “character” are important if a student is to leave school as a “responsible
and involved citizen” as described in the Guiding Principles of Maine’s system of
Learning Results. Bullying interferes with the accomplishment of this goal.
Finally, the Lewiston School Committee recognizes the well-publicized incidents of
violence and threatened violence that have occurred nationally in the past several years.
As research suggests, there is a link between bullying and school violence, and the
Lewiston School Committee seeks to avoid such incidents and instead take a systematic
approach to bullying prevention and intervention.
It is not the Lewiston School Committee’s intent to prohibit students from expressing
their ideas, including ideas that may offend the sensibilities of others, or from engaging in
civil debate. However, the Lewiston School Committee does not condone and will take
action in response to conduct that interferes with students’ opportunity to learn, the
educational mission of Lewiston schools, and the operation of the schools.
Bullying Prohibited
Bullying, as defined in this policy, is not acceptable conduct in Lewiston schools
and is prohibited. Any student who engages in conduct that constitutes bullying
shall be subject to disciplinary consequences up to and including suspension and
expulsion. A student’s bullying behavior may also be addressed through other
behavioral interventions.
Page 1 of 5
Bullying Defined
For the purpose of this policy, “bullying” means any physical act or gesture, or
any verbal, written, or electronically communicated expression that:
1.
Causes physical harm to a student or damages a student’s property;
2.
Places a student in reasonable fear of physical harm or damage to
his/her property;
3.
Substantially disrupts the instructional program or the orderly
operations of the school; or
4.
Creates an intimidating, hostile educational environment for the
student who is bullied.
Application of Policy
This policy applies to bullying that takes place at school or on school grounds, at
any school-sponsored activity or event, or while students are being transported to
or from school or school-sponsored activities or events. It also applies to bullying
that occurs at any other time or place that substantially disrupts the instructional
program, operations of the school, or welfare of students.
Examples of conduct that may constitute bullying include, but are not limited to:
A.
Physical contact or injury to another person or his/her property;
B.
Threats of harm to a student, to his/her possessions, or to other individuals,
whether transmitted verbally, in writing, or electronically communicated;
C.
Blackmail, extortion, demands for protection money, or involuntary loans
or donations;
D.
Non-verbal threats and/or intimidations such as use of aggressive or
menacing gestures;
E.
Stalking;
Page 2 of 5
F.
Blocking access to school property or facilities;
G.
Stealing or hiding books, backpacks, or other possessions; and
H.
Repeated or pervasive taunting, name-calling, belittling, mocking, putdowns, or demeaning humor relating to a student’s race, color, ethnicity,
gender, sexual orientation, ancestry, religion, disability, or other personal
characteristics, whether or not the student actually possesses them, that
could reasonably be expected to result in disruption of the instructional
program or operations of the schools, or that results in a hostile educational
environment for the student.
This does not preclude teachers or school administrators from setting and
enforcing rules for civility, courtesy, and/or responsible behavior in the classroom
and the school environment.
The determination whether particular conduct constitutes bullying requires
reasonable consideration of the circumstances, which include the frequency of the
behavior at issue, the location in which the behavior occurs, the ages and maturity
of the students involved, the activity or context in which the conduct occurs, and
the nature and severity of the conduct.
Delegation of Responsibility
The Superintendent/designee will be responsible for developing and implementing
procedures for:
A.
Student and parent reporting of bullying to staff and school administrators;
B.
Staff reporting of bullying to school administrators;
C.
Review of reports and investigation of bullying incidents;
D.
Intervention with and/or discipline of students who engage in bullying;
E.
Support for students who are victims of bullying;
F.
Training staff and students in bullying prevention; and
Page 3 of 5
G.
Periodic evaluation of bullying prevention, intervention, and training efforts
in Lewiston schools and reporting to the Lewiston School Committee upon
request.
Reporting
Students who have been bullied or who observe incidents of bullying are
encouraged to report this behavior to a staff member or school administrator. Staff
should report bullying to the building principal.
Acts of reprisal or retaliation against any person who reports an incident of
bullying are prohibited. Any student who is determined to have falsely accused
another of bullying shall be subject to disciplinary consequences.
Responding to Bullying
In determining the appropriate response to students who engage in bullying
behavior, school administrators should consider the ages and maturity of the
students involved, the type of behaviors, the frequency and/or pattern of behaviors,
the context in which the incident occurred, and other relevant circumstances.
Consequences may range from positive behavioral interventions up to and
including suspension, expulsion, and/or reports to law enforcement officials.
Dissemination of Policy
Notice of what constitutes bullying, the Lewiston School Committee’s prohibition
against bullying, and the consequences for students who bully shall be
communicated to students and parents through the Student Code of Conduct and
Student Handbook.
Legal Reference:
20-A M.R.S.A. § 1001(15)(H)
P.L. 2005, ch. 307 § 4-5
Cross Reference:
AC - Nondiscrimination, Equal Opportunity
ACAA - Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students
ACAD - Hazing
Page 4 of 5
Cross Reference (continued):
ADF - School District Commitment to Learning Results
JI - Student Rights and Responsibilities
JICC - Student Conduct on Buses
JICIA - Weapons, Violence and School Safety
Student Code of Conduct
Adopted:
July 24, 2006
Page 5 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: JID
STUDENTS OF LEGAL AGE
All students in the school system, including students in regular classes who have reached
the age of 18, students in the adult education program, and any post-secondary students
attending Lewiston schools, shall observe all rules and procedures established by School
Committee policy or the administration for all students unless specific exceptions have
been made. The administration is authorized to develop special rules for students of legal
age, provided these rules do not violate basic Committee policy.
School personnel shall recognize that the adult status of students over the legal
emancipation age of 18 provides rights and responsibilities to such students which are
granted only to the parents of younger students, such as those concerning access to their
school records.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
JLIB – Student Dismissal Precautions
JRA -Student Records
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JIH
QUESTIONING AND SEARCHES OF STUDENTS
The School Committee seeks to maintain a safe and orderly environment in the schools.
School administrators authorized by the Superintendent may question and/or search
students in accordance with this policy and accompanying administrative procedure.
Students may be searched upon reasonable suspicion that they possess any items or
substances which are prohibited by law, School Committee Policies and/or school rules,
or which interfere with the operations, discipline or general welfare of the school.
When special circumstances exist, including but not limited to a suspected ongoing
violation of the School Committee’s drug/alcohol or weapons policies, or when a
potential threat to safety is identified, school administrators may search group of students
or the entire student body without individualized suspicion.
Student use of all school storage facilities, including but not limited to lockers, desks, and
parking lots, is a privilege granted by the school. All storage facilities are school property
and remain under the control, custody and supervision of the school. Students have no
expectation of privacy in school storage facilities or for any items placed in such storage
facilities. School administrators have the authority to inspect and search storage facilities
and their contents on a random basis, with or without reasonable suspicion, and without
notice or consent.
If a search produces evidence that a student has violated or is violating the law, School
Committee Policies and/or school rules, such evidence may be seized and impounded by
school administrators and appropriate disciplinary action may be taken. Evidence may be
forwarded to law enforcement authorities as required by law or as deemed appropriate by
school administrators.
A student who refuses to comply with a search directive may be subject to disciplinary
action, including the disciplinary consequences for the suspected violation.
The Superintendent is authorized to develop and implement, with input from legal
counsel, administrators, and/or other appropriate persons, any administrative procedures
necessary to carry out this policy.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
JIH-R – Questioning and Searches of Students Procedure
JIHC – Drug and Alcohol Use by Students
March 24, 2003
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JIH-R
QUESTIONING AND SEARCHES OF STUDENTS
The purpose of this administrative procedure is to provide guidelines for the conduct of
student questioning and searches by school administrators. These are guidelines only and
may be adjusted within reasonable and lawful limits on a case-by-case basis. School
administrators have the discretion to request the assistance of law enforcement authorities
as they deem necessary.
A.
B.
Questioning by School Administrators
1.
School administrators are under no obligation to notify a student’s
parents/guardians prior to questioning a student regarding alleged
violations of School Committee Policies, school rules and/or
federal/state laws.
2.
School administrators shall make a reasonable effort to question the
student in a location out of the sight and hearing of other students.
3.
If a student fails to cooperate, lies, misleads or threatens any person
during questioning, he/she may be subject to additional disciplinary
action.
Searches of Students and/or Personal Property in Students’ Immediate
Possession, Student Vehicles, and School Storage Facilities
1. School administrators are authorized to search students, personal property in
the students’ immediate possession, and vehicles when, in their judgment,
there are reasonable grounds to suspect that a student possesses any items or
substances which are prohibited by law, School Committee Policies, and/or
school rules, or which interfere with the operations, discipline or general
welfare of the school.
2. All searches of students and/or personal property shall be authorized and
conducted by a school administrator in the presence of a witness, except
where the circumstances render the presence of a witness impractical.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JIH-R
3. Searches should be reasonably related to the objective of the search and
not excessively intrusive. Searches may include the student’s clothing
and personal belongings. School administrators shall not conduct strip
searches. If a more intrusive search appears to be necessary, law
enforcement authorities shall be contacted
4. School administrators have the authority to inspect and search school
storage facilities and their contents on a random basis, with or without
reasonable suspicion, and without notice or consent.
5. School administrators shall consult with the Superintendent prior to
conducting random searches.
6. Searches which disclose evidence that a student has violated School
Committee Policies or school rules will be addressed through school
disciplinary procedures. Evidence of violation of federal/state laws may
result in school disciplinary action and be forwarded to law enforcement
authorities for possible investigation/prosecution.
7. School administrators are required to document all searches and any
items seized/impounded.
3/03
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JIH-E
STUDENT SEARCH CHECKLIST
This checklist is to be completed for each individualized student search incident as
soon as possible after the search.
Name/Title of Person Performing Search and Completing Form: __________________
___________________________________________________
Date: ______________________
1.
Who was searched? __________________________________________________
2.
Date, time and location of search _______________________________________
3.
What factors caused you to have a reasonable suspicion that a search of this
student or the student’s possessions would provide evidence that the student has
violated or is violating the law, School Committee policies or school rules?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
4.
Was student’s consent requested? __________ Given? _____________________
[Consent is not required for search to be conducted]
5.
What was searched (i.e., person, personal belongings, storage facilities)?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
6.
Witness(es) to search_________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
7.
What did the search yield? ____________________________________________
A. What evidence was seized? _________________________________________
B. Was receipt issued for seized items? __________________________________
8.
Were police notified? ________________________________________________
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JIH-E
9.
Was any evidence released to police? ___________________________________
A.
Who witnessed the search? _____________________________________
10.
Were parents notified of the search, including the reasons and the scope?
________________________________________________________________
11.
A.
If yes, how were they notified? _________________________________
B.
If no, why not? ______________________________________________
Other relevant facts (if any)___________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
Signature of Person Performing Search and Completing Form:
__________________________________________________
NOTE: IF SEARCH RESULTED IN SCHOOL DISCIPLINARY ACTION
AND/OR REFERRAL TO LAW ENFORCEMENT, THIS FORM SHOULD
BE RETAINED IN STUDENT’S FILE.
IF SEARCH DID NOT RESULT IN DISCIPLINARY ACTION, THIS
FORM SHOULD BE RETAINED IN SEPARATE FILE IN SCHOOL
OR SUPERINTENDENT’S OFFICE.
6/00
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJE
STUDENT FUNDRAISING ACTIVITIES
The School Committee recognizes that classes and student groups may wish to raise
money through fundraising drives from time to time. In general, the Committee believes
that student fundraising activities should be planned so as to limit the impact on the
educational program. Students in the elementary grades are not permitted to engage in
door-to-door solicitations.
Examples of acceptable fundraising activities include:
A.
Class magazine drive;
B.
Sale of tickets to scheduled athletic events and school performances;
C.
Sale of advertising space in school publications;
D.
Fundraising activities designed as a class project or to benefit school
programs/activities; and
E.
Proposals to raise funds and/or materials for charitable purposes and/or
reputable humanitarian organizations or community groups.
All fundraising activities shall be approved in advance by the building administrator or
designee.
The Superintendent/administration shall develop the administrative procedures necessary
to implement this policy.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJI
LEWISTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS’ PHILOSOPHY OF ATHLETICS
The Lewiston School Committee recognizes the value of athletics as an integral part of
the educational program.
The School Committee believes that participation in sports provides a significant learning
experience and opportunity for personal growth. Learning in sports is closely related to
learning in the classroom, supporting the Guiding Principles of Maine’s System of
Learning Results. In competition and practice, student athletes learn skills, strategies,
relationships, leadership, self-discipline and responsibility. They also learn the
importance of setting goals for themselves and the team, and planning how to achieve
those goals.
The School Committee also believes that participation in sports is related to physical and
emotional health and fitness. Sports provide the incentive for developing and
maintaining healthy bodies and active minds. Sports promote habits of exercise and good
nutrition that can last a lifetime. Participation in sports builds self-confidence and a sense
of personal responsibility for making healthy lifestyle choices. Being part of a team also
creates a feeling of belonging and offers a supportive network that contributes to
emotional well-being.
Based on these beliefs, it is the School Committee’s intent that the school unit offer
students the opportunity to experience developmentally sound athletic programs.
At the high school level, interscholastic athletic programs will be designed to serve the
needs of students who have shown that they are developmentally ready for intense
competitive experiences. At this level, the purpose of athletic programs is to promote
healthy competition, sportsmanship, cooperation, integrity and citizenship. Whenever
feasible, sub-varsity program programs will be available to students who wish to learn a
new sport. The School Committee also supports intramural sports as a way to involve
students who are not competing in interscholastic activities.
At the middle school level, the school unit’s athletic programs will be designed to meet
the developmental needs of students through appropriate intramural and interscholastic
activities. At this level, athletic programs will emphasize exploration of various sports,
the strengthening of fundamental skills, teamwork, sportsmanship, and health and safety.
It is the School Committee’s intent that the programs promote opportunities for
involvement of all team members in practices and play. The School Committee supports
intramural activities for students not participating in interscholastic activities or when
financial, staffing or other concerns require the school to limit the number of students
participating in interscholastic activities.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJI
The School Committee will be responsible for approving the school sponsorship of
interscholastic athletic programs. The Superintendent/designee (e.g., Athletic Director)
shall be responsible for making recommendations concerning the approval of new
athletic programs or the modification or elimination of existing programs. The School
Committee may articulate, through policy, criteria to be considered in decision-making or
may delegate the responsibility for developing such criteria to the
Superintendent/designee.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
JJIB—Sponsorship and Evaluation of Athletic Programs
JJIBA—Hiring and Evaluation of Coaches
JJIBB—Sportsmanship
JJIBC—Relations with Booster Groups (or alternative code KJA)
October 30, 2006
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJI-R1
LEWISTON HIGH SCHOOL
ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY FOR INTERSCHOLASTIC ATHLETICS AND
EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
Extra-curricular activities can be a very important dimension of a student’s education.
The main purpose of the programs at Lewiston High School is to insist on continued
academic growth for all students. Lewiston High School will require a minimum level of
academic success as a standard for participation in extra-curricular activities.
Participation in extra-curricular activities is a privilege.
The focus of the eligibility policy is to set a clear standard that supports adequate yearly
progress towards graduation and establishes the need for responsible academic behavior
and outcomes by students. The goal of the policy is to support the position of the school
that academic success is the priority in determining eligibility to participate in extracurricular activities.
The eligibility policy for extra-curricular activities include any activity that competes
under MPA guidelines or represents the school in competitions, performances, and
contests which include but is not limited to the following:
Debate and Speech
Marching Band
Math Team
After-School Music Ensembles
Drama
Honors Music Festivals (District/State)
Sports
Mock Trial
1. Initial Eligibility
In order to establish initial eligibility the student must have:
a) Successfully passed the minimum number of courses required by Lewiston
High School for full-time student status during the previous ranking
quarter.
1st year (Freshmen): Promoted/Assigned from grade eight.
2nd year (Sophomores): Five courses (minimum 2 ½ semester credits).
3rd year (Juniors): Six courses (minimum 3 semester credits).
4th year (Seniors): Six courses (minimum 3 semester credits).
b) Be on track for graduation as established by the accumulated credits
identified below:
2nd year (To be a Sophomore): Five total credits*
3rd year (To be a Junior: Eleven total credits*
4th year (To be a Senior): Seventeen total credits*
*Beginning August 2008 for all classes.
Note: Students who are initially ineligible are ineligible for the entire season.
Page 1 of 4
2. Eligibility Requirements:
In order to remain eligible, the student must be passing the minimum number of
courses required by Lewiston High School for full-time student status on the date
of eligibility checks (approximately half way through the participation season):
Freshman:
Sophomore:
Junior:
Senior:
Five courses
Six courses
Six courses
Six courses
3. Eligibility Check Dates:
Fall Season:
Winter Season:
Spring Season:
Check Date
(Dates set annually)
Mid-Season
Mid-Season
Mid-Season
Date of Ineligibility
(Dates set annually)
3 to 5 days after mid-season
4. Initial Eligibility
Standards must be met prior to a student participating, trying out, or competing on
any Lewiston High School extra-curricular activity.
Process:
The Athletic Director will compile a list of students who have
not met the eligibility standards prior to the beginning of each
season. Students who have not met the initial eligibility
standards will not be eligible to participate, try out, or
compete on any Lewiston High School sports team or extracurricular activity.
5. Eligibility Checks:
On the date of eligibility checks any student not passing the prescribed number of
courses required by the extra-curricular eligibility policy will become ineligible to
participate on the day identified in section three (3) above.
Process:
The Athletic Director will compile a list of students who have
not met the eligibility standard by successfully passing the
prescribed number of courses as determined on the eligibility
check date. Students who have not met the standard will
become ineligible on the date specified in section three (3)
above.
Note: Students who become ineligible on the mid-season check date will remain
ineligible for the remainder of the season.
Page 2 of 4
6. Appeals/Review:
All appeals will be directed to the Lewiston High School Athletic Director and
submitted to the Lewiston High School Principal for review and action.
COURSES THAT CONTRIBUTE TO ELIGIBILITY STANDING
For the purposes of determining initial and in-season eligibility, all courses taken will
be considered in determining if the student has met the prescribed standard. The
following conditions apply:
1. Dropped Courses: All dropped courses will be coded as withdraw passing (WP)
or withdraw failing (WF). For the purposes of determining eligibility, courses
identified as WF will be considered as a failing course.
2. Independent Study: Courses taken through independent study will not be counted
for the purposes of eligibility.
3. Flex: Flex is a guided study required of all freshmen. Flex does not count as a
course for the purposes of eligibility.
4. PLATO, Approved Correspondence, or Credit Arrangements Outside the
Lewiston High School Curriculum: These courses will not be counted for the
purpose of eligibility. PLATO courses or courses taken for credit recovery will
count for establishing initial eligibility only.
5. Early College: Early college courses, approved for dual enrollment credit purposes
will be counted as eligibility. Students enrolled in early college courses will be
responsible for submitting pass/fail verification signed by the college instructor on
the identified date.
6. Home Schooled Students: Home schooled students must be in an approved
instruction program as outlined in Maine Law, Chapter 211, Subchapters 1 and 1A
and must meet all requirements of Lewiston High School. Home school students
will be responsible for submitting pass/fail verification signed by the home-school
educator on the identified dates.
7. Out-of-District Placements: Students attending Lewiston High School as an outof-district placement must meet all requirements of the Lewiston High School and
Maine Principals’ Association eligibility policies.
Page 3 of 4
8. Other: The Lewiston High School principal will make a determination on the
applicability of any additional credit course work not specifically determined
under this policy.
Page 4 of 4
ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY FOR INTERSCHOLASTIC ATHLETICS
Interscholastic athletics can be a very important dimension of a student’s education.
However, the main purpose of Lewiston Middle School is to insist on academic growth
and success for students; therefore, Lewiston Middle School will require a minimum
level of success in ALL classes as a standard for participation.
The policy outline below establishes a definite standard for participation (passing all
subjects) and a means to become eligible after a short period of time.
The focus is on early diagnosis, communication and correction. It establishes a clear
relationship between academics and athletics. Our goal is not to punish but to help our
students affect a positive behavior change.
1. Academic eligibility will be based on the student’s quarterly average; either the
student is passing or failing for the quarter at any given time of the year.
2. The process will begin on the third/fourth week of the school year and will
continue approximately every other week for the remaining weeks of the school
year.
3. Teachers will be notified of the athletic eligibility dates. Grades must be current as
of 8 AM on that date.
4. An eligibility list is made available to each coach listing his/her athletes and their
eligibility status. This allows the coach to pull the athlete aside and discuss their
academic progress. A letter is also sent home to the parents whenever a student
appears on this list.
5. Students failing a course will be ineligible for at least one week. If the student is
able to bring his/her grade to passing, he/she will become eligible the second
week. Written notification indicating the grade has been brought up to passing
must be submitted by the student to the Athletic Director before eligibility can be
reinstated.
6. An updated eligibility list will be kept in the Athletic Director’s office.
Page 1 of 2
Status of a student who is not passing a course(s):
1. Teachers are strongly encouraged to give a verbal warning anytime a student is in
danger of failing.
2. If on any given checkpoint a student is not passing for the quarter, that student will
become ineligible for the following week – Monday through Sunday. This means
that the student may practice but may not compete in any scrimmages, exhibitions,
or regularly scheduled competition during that week. The student has a
responsibility to the classroom first and then to practice.
3. A student who is ineligible must be ineligible for one week. However, if the
student is able to bring his/her grade to passing, he/she will become eligible the
next week. Written notification indicating the student has attained a passing grade
must be submitted to the Athletic Director before eligibility can be reinstated.
Page 2 of 2
ATHLETIC ELIGIBILITY RULES
Suspensions
A.
In all team and individual sports, ejection or disqualification from a game,
meet, or match for unsportsmanlike behavior of any form, by a coach or a
player, shall result in the suspension of that player or coach from that game,
meet, or match and the next regularly scheduled or postponed game, meet,
or match. This rule applies to a game, meet, or match suspended before
completion as well as a completed contest. This penalty may not be served
by sitting out an exhibition, sub-varsity, or other competition.
B.
During the suspension, the student must dress in uniform for the game and
must sit on the bench but not play.
C.
If the suspended student does not comply with the foregoing rules, an
additional game of suspension shall be applied.
No-Cut Policy, K-6
Elementary athletic programs are intended to encourage the widest possible
participation among students. Therefore, cutting students from such programs is
only permissible if budgetary or personnel constraints make it impossible for the
school to adequately supervise and coach all students who wish to participate.
6/00
Revised: April 23, 2007
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJIB
SPONSORSHIP AND EVALUATION OF ATHLETIC PROGRAMS
It is the Lewiston School Committee’s desire to offer Lewiston Public Schools students
athletic programming that provides diverse, developmentally appropriate opportunities
and encourages student participation. At the same time, the School Committee
recognizes that resources may not be available to fund all of the sports in which students
and the community have an interest. In order to provide students with meaningful
athletic experiences while maintaining high quality, sustainable programs, the School
Committee adopts this policy governing sponsorship and evaluation of the school unit’s
athletic programs.
Through sponsorship, the school unit assumes responsibility for, and control of, a
particular athletic program. Sponsorship requires School Committee approval. The
school unit assumes responsibility only for those interscholastic athletic programs the
School Committee has designated as school-sponsored.
The School Committee will approve for sponsorship only those programs that are
consistent with its philosophy and policies and with regulations established by the
appropriate governing bodies, including the Maine Principals’ Association (which refers
to its regulations as “policies”). Sponsorship does not mean that funding will be provided
in whole or in part through the school unit’s budget. Sponsorship is required even for
activities that may be funded in full by booster organizations.
Sponsorship is required before any team may represent itself using the school name, to be
eligible for league play and tournament participation, or to be eligible for school athletic
awards.
In order to assess the sustainability of athletic activities, each ongoing activity will be
evaluated on at least a five-year cycle.
The School Committee establishes the following process for the approval and evaluation
of athletic programs.
A.
CRITERIA FOR APPROVAL AND EVALUATION OF ATHLETIC
PROGRAMS
The Athletic Director shall be responsible for developing a process for evaluating
potential athletic programs and assessing the viability of existing programs. The
process shall take into consideration the following factors, which shall be applied
consistently to all programs:
Page 1 of 4
1.
Student body interest;
2.
Community interest;
3.
Gender equity;
4.
Impact on facilities;
5.
Impact on existing programs;
6.
Impact on administration and staff;
7.
Expenses;
8.
Availability of competition;
9.
Potential to field competitive teams;
10.
Alignment with School Committee philosophy and policies; and
11.
Availability of funds, consideration of extraordinary costs (e.g., rental of
facilities, transportation, specialized equipment), and other relevant data.
The process should include a scale for weighting and rating these criteria and for
reporting a total score that may be used for comparison purposes.
B.
APPROVAL OF NEW ATHLETIC PROGRAMS
Sponsorship of all new interscholastic athletic programs must be approved in
advance. The Superintendent shall be responsible for making and supporting
recommendations to the School Committee at least six months prior to the
proposed starting date. Recommendations are to be made based on data from the
evaluation process.
The School Committee may impose conditions that must be met for the program
to be approved.
Following initial approval, new programs will be placed on a three-year
probationary status.
Six months prior to the end of the probationary period, the Superintendent must
submit a report to the School Committee including recommendations and support
Page 2 of 4
for continued School Committee approval. The School Committee may provide
for continuing approval, deny approval, or extend the probationary status for one
additional year.
C.
EVALUATION OF EXISTING OR ONGOING SCHOOL-SPONSORED
ATHLETIC PROGRAMS
Every athletic program will be reviewed on a five-year cycle.
The purpose of evaluation is to ensure that all existing or previously approved
programs continue to meet the standards and criteria established by the School
Committee.
The School Committee may authorize a program to be reviewed out of sequence
based upon the recommendation of the Superintendent.
The evaluation of existing or ongoing approved programs will be done using the
same process used to assess proposed programs.
Based upon the data, the Superintendent shall make a recommendation to the
School Committee as to whether the program should continue or be deleted. The
School Committee may vote to delete any program that it deems no longer
sustainable or in keeping with School Committee philosophy, standards or criteria.
D.
DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY
The Superintendent may appoint a program evaluation or review committee to
perform evaluations of proposed and existing athletic programs. Any such
committee must have balanced representation including the Superintendent and/or
Athletic Director, a high school administrator, a middle school administrator,
teachers who are employed as coaches, parents, students and community. Any
such committee will use the process for program evaluation.
The committee shall be advisory to the School Committee. While it may make
recommendations to the School Committee, the School Committee retains full
authority over Lewiston Public Schools athletic programs.
Page 3 of 4
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
JJI—Philosophy of Athletics
October 30, 2006
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJIBA
HIRING AND EVALUATION OF COACHES
The most essential factor in an educationally sound athletic program is a well-qualified
coach. The coach is an important link between sports and the instructional program and
the principles of Maine’s system of Learning Results, between sports and character
development, and between sports in school and long-term health and fitness. It is the
intent of the School Committee that the school unit provides quality coaching in its
athletic programs.
A.
THE LEWISTON SCHOOL COMMITTEE’S VIEW OF A WELL-QUALIFIED
COACH
Coaching is a special kind of teaching. A coach not only teaches, refines and
reinforces skills, but is also a role model for the student-athletes he/she coaches.
Beyond knowledge of the rules and fundamentals of his/her sport, a well-qualified
coach will have organizational, communication, motivational and, especially,
teaching skills. A well-qualified coach appreciates the influence he/she has as a
role model and mentor and conducts him/herself accordingly.
In addition to these fundamentals, a well-qualified coach:
1.
Understands that, first and foremost, he/she is a teacher;
2.
Is sensitive to the need of maturing adolescents and assists in their physical,
intellectual, social and emotional development;
3.
Recognizes that students are diverse in their characteristics and
backgrounds including, age, maturity, gender, size and culture and adjusts
his/her approach as appropriate;
4.
Has a realistic sense of the level at which student athletes should be
expected to perform;
5.
Promotes sportsmanship, self-discipline and respect, both on and off the
playing field;
6.
Communicates in a positive manner rather than through intimidation;
7.
Encourages competitive spirit, but not a “win at all costs” attitude;
Page 1 of 3
B.
8.
Provides a fair opportunity for students to participate in competition;
9.
Recognizes the difference between developmental sports programs and
more intensive varsity-level sports;
10.
Encourages student athletes to explore various athletic activities, both
interscholastic and intramural, rather than to specialize in a single sport at
an early age;
11.
Recognizes the need for balance in the lives of student athletes, including
academic, family and social needs; and
12.
Adheres to the same standards of conduct with respect to students as
classroom teachers are expected to do.
COACHING JOB DESCRIPTIONS
The Athletic Director will be responsible for developing job descriptions for
coaches and others on the athletic staff (e.g., assistant coachers, trainers) that are
consistent with the School Committee’s view of coaching. Job descriptions will
be approved by the Superintendent.
C.
HIRING AND ASSIGNMENT OF COACHES
It is the intent of Lewiston Public Schools to hire well-qualified coaches for all of
its athletic programs. Because of the relationship between teaching and coaching,
it will be the school unit’s practice to secure coaches, to the extent practicable,
from its teaching staff. If it is necessary to secure individuals from outside the
teaching staff, the Superintendent shall recommend only those persons deemed to
have sufficient knowledge and experience to teach the fundamentals and rules of
the sport, experience in working or volunteering with adolescents, and current
training in sports first aid and cardio-pulmonary resuscitation (CPR).
All persons hired as coaches or assistant coaches for middle school or high school,
must have successfully completed, or within 4 weeks successfully complete, first
aid and CPR training. All persons must also have successfully completed, or
within one year successfully complete, the UMO/MCSC Maine Coaching
Eligibility Course or its equivalent. In addition, all persons hired as high school
coaches in activities governed by the Maine Principals’ Association must meet all
coaches eligibility requirements established by the MPA.
Page 2 of 3
All persons hired as coaches for activities governed by the Maine Principals
Association (MPA) must agree to follow the MPA Code of Ethics, School
Committee policies, school unit and Athletic Department administrative
regulations.
Consistent with the School Committee’s policies on hiring and
nondiscrimination/equal opportunity/affirmative action, the Athletic Director will
be responsible for developing and implementing procedures for selecting,
recommending and assigning coaches. No applicant will be hired as a coach or
assistant coach without Maine Department of Education approval, including
fingerprinting and criminal background check requirements.
Hiring of coaches shall be on an annual or seasonal basis, with no expectation of
continued employment in a coaching position.
Coaches may be disciplined or terminated in accordance with School Committee
policies or administrative regulations.
C.
EVALUATION OF COACHES
In an effort to maintain a well qualified coaching staff and the integrity of the
school unit’s athletic programming, coaches will be evaluated annually.
The Athletic Director will be responsible for developing and implementing a
process for evaluation of coaches. It is expected that the process will include a
self-appraisal component, and that the administrative and self-appraisals will
include knowledge of sports, coaching skills and techniques, organizational skills,
attitudes, communication skills, behavior, and ethics.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
October 30, 2006
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJIBB
SPORTSMANSHIP
The School Committee believes that athletic competition should be a healthful, positive
and safe experience for everyone involved, conducted in an environment that teaches
values and ethics, strengthens the community, promotes competition without conflict and
enriches the lives of athletes. Players should learn to handle success with grace and
losing with dignity. In order to promote core values such as discipline, fairness,
responsibility, trustworthiness and citizenship, everyone associated with athletics,
including players, coaches, parents and spectators, is expected to exhibit good
sportsmanship during athletic competitions.
A.
PARTCIPANTS
In exhibiting sportsmanship, student athletes are expected to:
B.
1.
Understand and follow the rules of the sport;
2.
Recognize skilled performance of others, regardless of the player’s team;
3.
Display respect for teammates, opponents, coaches and officials;
4.
Respect the judgment of officials and accept their decisions;
5.
Refrain from antics, taunting opponents and using insulting language or
swearing;
6.
Be modest when successful and gracious in defeat; and
7.
Recognize that their conduct reflects on their school.
COACHES
In exhibiting sportsmanship, coaches are expected to:
1.
Recognize that they are role models for students and set a good example for
athletes and fans to follow;
2.
Abide by the rules of the sport, in letter and in spirit;
3.
Treat all participants with respect;
Page 1 of 3
C.
4.
Behave with dignity and self-control;
5.
Respect the judgment of officials and accept their decisions;
6.
Take corrective action toward any player who intimidates or shows
disrespect toward an official or displays unsportsmanlike behavior; and
7.
Be modest when successful and gracious in defeat.
SPECTATORS, INCLUDING PARENTS, STUDENTS AND COMMUNITY
MEMBERS
Spectators attending athletic events are expected to:
1.
Realize that the main purpose of the competition is the play of the game
and that the role of the spectator is one of support;
2.
Show positive support to the teams and players for outstanding
performances;
3.
Show concern for injured players, regardless of which team they are on;
4.
Refrain from angry or abusive language or actions toward any player,
official, coach or other spectators;
5.
Refrain from endangering participants or spectators by throwing objects;
6.
Refrain from heckling, taunting or berating players, officials, coaches or
other spectators; and
7.
Follow all School Committee policies and rules pertaining to conduct on
school property, including but not limited to those pertaining to tobacco,
alcohol, drugs and weapons.
School athletic events are school activities that are part of the educational
program. An athletic event is not a public forum. The public is invited to attend
athletic events for the purpose of supporting the participants on both teams and
the schools they represent. Appropriate behavior by spectators, especially adults,
provides a positive model for students and contributes to the value and
educational purposes of athletic activities. Negative comments and behavior by
spectators are
Page 2 of 3
inconsistent with the purposes of athletic activities. School administrators and
officials have the authority and discretion to remove any spectators who do not
comply with rules of sportsmanship.
D.
PENALTIES FOR INAPPROPRIATE BEHAVIOR
Student athletes who engage in unsportsmanlike behavior will be subject to
penalties described in the Athletic Code or, if the conduct constitutes a violation of
School Committee policy, school rules or the Student Code of Conduct and/or
Student Handbook, to appropriate disciplinary consequences.
Student spectators whose behavior constitutes a violation of School Committee
policy, school rules or the Student Code of Conduct will be subject to appropriate
disciplinary consequences.
Adult spectators who engage in unsportsmanlike behavior or conduct that violates
School Committee policy may be asked to leave the premises and may be
excluded from future events. The administrator in charge of the event may seek
the assistance of law enforcement authorities if necessary to ensure the safety of
participants, coaches, officials or other spectators or to prevent damage to school
property.
E.
NOTICE OF RULES
The building administrator or designee will be responsible for posting spectator
rules at the entrance to each interscholastic competition site.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
October 30, 2006
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJIBC
RELATIONS WITH BOOSTER GROUPS
Lewiston Public Schools recognize the role of booster groups in assisting the schools in
enriching athletic and other extracurricular activities and enabling more students to
participate in such activities. For the purpose of this policy, a booster group is a parent
and/or community group that is organized for the purpose of providing resources to
support a particular sport or activity in the school or school system and to support the
school in recognizing student accomplishment in athletics and activities.
Only those booster groups that have been approved by the School Committee may use the
name and or logo of Lewiston Public Schools or its schools. The Superintendent may
make recommendations to the School Committee concerning the approval of groups
seeking booster status.
In order to be approved as a booster group, a group must meet the following criteria:
A.
The group must be comprised of adults rather than students;
B.
The group must provide details of the structure of the organization
including its purpose and goals, the intended use of funds generated, the
names of its officers and its bylaws;
C.
The booster president or designee must make application to the building
principal or designee for all uses of school facilities for fund raising
projects, in accordance with the School Committee’s facilities use policy
and procedures;
D.
Groups using school facilities will comply with all policies and regulations
established by the School Committee and, as applicable, the Maine
Principals Association;
E.
No monies collected by booster group fund raising activities will be
deposited directly to student athletic/activity accounts;
F.
All fundraising activities must be approved in advanced by the building
principal or designee;
H.
All funds raised by the group must be used to achieve the stated purposes of
the group;
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJIBC
I.
The group must maintain bank, financial and tax exempt status separate
from the school. The organization may be required to provide Lewiston
Public Schools with a complete set of financial records or detailed
treasurer’s report if there are questions whether the group’s fundraising
activities or use of funds are consistent with School Committee policies;
J.
Booster groups may not use the school’s sales tax exemption for purchases
or sales;
K.
Booster group gifts should enhance activities for both boys and girls. The
School Committee will consider gender equity and budget implications
before accepting booster group donations;
L.
Any booster group plan or project that would require expansion, renovation
or construction of school facilities or would increase maintenance costs for
facilities shall require School Committee approval;
M.
Booster groups will not select coaches, assistant coaches or activity
advisors, or influence their selection; however, when appropriate, members
may be invited to serve in an official capacity as a member of an interview
team or search process.
The School Committee reserves the right to revoke the approval of any booster group if it
is found that the group’s operations and purposes are inconsistent with School Committee
policies.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
EFE—Competitive Food Sales
December 11, 2006
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JK
STUDENT DISCIPLINE
It is essential for schools to maintain a safe and orderly environment which supports
student learning and achievement. Good discipline allows the schools to discharge their
primary responsibilities to educate students and promote good citizenship. All students
are expected to conduct themselves with respect for others and in accordance with School
Committee policies, school rules, and applicable state and federal laws. Disciplinary
action may be taken against students who violate policies, rules, or laws, and/or whose
conduct directly interferes with the operations, discipline or general welfare of the school.
The School Committee expects the following principles to guide the development and
implementation of school rules and disciplinary procedures:
A.
Discipline should emphasize positive reinforcement for appropriate
behavior, as well as appropriate consequences for misbehavior. The focus
should be on providing a school environment where students are engaged in
constructive learning and interactions with others.
B.
Expectations for student behavior should be clear and communicated to
school staff, students and parents.
C.
Consequences for misbehavior should be in proportion to the offense, fair
and consistently enforced.
D.
Parents should be actively involved in the process of preventing and
resolving disciplinary problems at school.
Physical force and corporal punishment shall not be used as disciplinary methods. State
law provides that “a teacher or other person entrusted with the care or supervision of a
person for special or limited purposes may not be held civilly liable for the use of a
reasonable degree of force against the person who creates a disturbance if the teacher or
other person reasonably believes it is necessary to a) control the disturbing behavior; or
b) remove the person from the scene of the disturbance.”
Teachers are authorized to make and enforce rules for effective classroom management
and to foster appropriate student behavior, subject to the direction and approval by the
Building administrator/designee.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JK
School-wide rules shall be developed by the building administrator with appropriate input
from school staff, students and parents and subject to approval by the Superintendent.
Building administrators shall provide for the suspension or other serious disciplinary
action against students in accordance with School Committee policies, administrative
procedures and Maine law.
Legal Reference:
17-A MRSA § 106
20-A MRSA § 4009
Ch. 125.23, B, 5, 1 (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Cross Reference:
AC - Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
ACAA – Student Harassment and Sexual Harassment
JICIA Weapons, Violence and School Safety
JKB - Student Detention
JKF - Suspension/Expulsion of Students with Disabilities
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKB
DETENTION OF STUDENTS
Teachers and administrators have the authority to detain students after school hours for
infractions of classroom or school rules. Before assigning students to detention, the
student will be informed of the reason for the detention, and the student will be given an
opportunity to explain his/her version of the incident. Teachers/administrators have the
discretion to substitute alternative discipline in cases where they deem detention
inappropriate.
All students detained for disciplinary purposes will be under the direct supervision of a
member of the professional staff or other person designated by the building administrator.
Students in detention are expected to use the time constructively to complete school
assignments or for other educational purposes. Students who fail to serve a scheduled
detention may be subject to additional disciplinary measures.
The Superintendent/designee is authorized to develop and implement any administrative
procedures necessary to carry out this policy.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKD
SUSPENSION OF STUDENTS
The School Committee delegates to the building administrators the authority to suspend
disobedient and disorderly students for a period not to exceed ten (10) school days.
Suspensions longer than 10 days may be imposed by the School Committee.
Prior to the suspension, except as hereinafter provided:
A.
The student shall be given oral or written notice of the charge(s) against
him/her;
B.
The student shall be given an explanation of the evidence forming the basis
for the charge(s); and
C.
The student shall be given an opportunity to present his/her version of the
incident.
However, students whose presence poses a continuing danger to persons or property or an
ongoing threat of disrupting the instructional process may be immediately removed from
school. In such cases, the notice of charges, explanation of evidence, and the student’s
opportunity to present his/her version of the incident shall be arranged as soon as
practicable after removal of the student from school.
The student’s parents/guardians shall be notified of the suspension as soon as practicable
by telephone (if possible) and by written notice sent by mail. Building Administrators
shall also report suspensions to the Superintendent on the “Principal’s Weekly Report.”
The parents/guardians and the student shall be required to schedule a conference with the
building administrator/designee within the suspension period and prior to re-admittance
to school.
Students who have been suspended from school are not permitted on school grounds or at
school functions. Students shall be responsible for any schoolwork missed during their
suspension. After re-admittance, they shall be permitted to take tests, quizzes or any
other form of evaluation affecting their grades.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 1001.9
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKE
EXPULSION OF STUDENTS
No student shall be expelled from school except by action of the School Committee. The
School Committee shall expel students as provided in 20-A MRSA § 1001(9) and (9A).
The School Committee also has the authority to readmit an expelled student on
satisfactory evidence that the behavior, which was the cause of the student being
expelled, will not likely recur.
The parents/guardians (and the student if 18 years of age or older) shall be notified by
certified letter and regular mail of the School Committee expulsion hearing. The hearing
shall be in a properly called executive session and may also be attended by persons
designated by the Superintendent to present information in the case.
The notice of hearing shall include:
A.
The date, time and location of the hearing;
B.
A description of the charge(s);
C.
A statement that the student may be represented by legal counsel;
D.
A statement that the student or his/her representative may cross-examine
any witnesses presented by the administration at the hearing; and
E.
A statement that the parents/guardians and student may present evidence,
including witnesses and documents, on the student’s behalf.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 1001(9)(9A)
1 MRSA § 405(6)(B)
Cross Reference:
JKE-R – Expulsion of Students—Guidelines
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKE-R
EXPULSION OF STUDENTS-GUIDELINES
The following steps constitute general guidelines for the conduct of an expulsion hearing.
The guidelines may be adjusted to meet the flexible requirements of due process on a
case-by-case basis.
Procedure for Conduct of Board Hearing to Expel
A.
Any discussion, consideration or hearing by the School Committee of
suspension or expulsion of a student shall be in executive session.
B.
The Committee shall be in a public meeting and vote to enter executive
session. Executive session requires a 3/5 affirmative vote of the members
present and voting, and the vote must be recorded.
C.
The parents/guardians, the student and legal counsel (if any) must be
present for the hearing, except that the hearing may go forward if the
parents/guardians and student (if 18 years of age or older) have been
provided prior written notice and failed to appear for the hearing.
Executive Session
I.
General Rules of Conduct
A.
The hearing officer (School Committee/designee or Committee attorney)
will conduct the hearing.
B.
Witnesses shall be sequestered in response to a request by either party.
C.
The School Committee and student (at his/her own expense) may be
represented by legal counsel through each stage of the process.
D.
The hearing officer will make an opening statement for the record that
includes the following:
•
Date of this hearing;
•
Place of hearing;
•
Time of hearing;
Page 1 of 4
•
Name of student;
•
Those in attendance for the administration;
•
Those in attendance for the student;
•
Those in attendance for the School Committee;
•
Explanation of the procedures to be followed in the hearing;
•
•
•
•
Explanation to the student and parents/guardians of their rights to hear
the evidence, cross-examine witnesses, and present witnesses and offer
other relevant evidence;
Instruction to all parties that no irrelevant or repetitious evidence will be
allowed and no debate between the parties will be allowed;
Instruction to all parties that they are expected to maintain the
confidentiality of the proceeding; and
Inquiry whether any member of the Committee finds him/herself in a
possible conflict of interest situation because h e/she knows the student
or parents/guardians to such an extent, or has knowledge of the facts to
such an extent, that he/she could not impartially hear the facts and
decide the issues on its merits.
E.
The hearing officer will request from the superintendent a copy of the
hearing notice, read the hearing notice to the School Committee and include
the notice in the record. If no person appears at the hearing on behalf of the
parents/guardians or student, the hearing officer will request that the
Superintendent confirm that the parents/guardians and student (if age 18 or
older) were provided notice of the hearing.
F.
The Superintendent or designee, hereafter called “the administration,” will
make an opening statement that includes an overview of the evidence,
his/her recommendation, the reason(s) for the recommendation, and the
legal basis for the recommended expulsion.
G.
All witnesses shall be sworn in by the hearing officer. Each witness raises
his/her right hand and is asked, “Do you solemnly affirm to tell the truth,
the whole truth, and nothing but the truth?”
Page 2 of 4
H.
The administration calls its witnesses.
I.
After each witness has answered all questions put by the administration,
then the student/designee (hereinafter, the student) may cross-examine.
This should be limited to questions and not arguments with the witness.
J.
The administration may ask rebuttal questions after the student finishes
questioning.
K.
Members of the Committee may ask questions at the conclusion of the
rebuttal.
L.
The student may then call his/her own witnesses to testify, and the student
may testify. All witnesses will be sworn. The administration may crossexamine. The student may ask rebuttal questions. After the rebuttal
questions, the Committee may ask questions.
M.
When all the student’s witnesses have completed testimony (including the
student), the administration may call additional rebuttal witnesses who may
be cross-examined.
N.
At the end of the testimony, the administration shall make a statement
which should include its recommendations. The same may then be done
by/for the student.
O.
The School Committee should then deliberate in executive session. The
Superintendent, Committee attorney, administration, the student charged,
his/her parents/guardians, and the student’s legal counsel may remain for
deliberations. If the student and representatives elect not to be present
during deliberations, the administration will also be excluded from
deliberations, except that the Superintendent may remain.
P.
The Committee shall discuss whether the charges are more likely than not
supported by the evidence presented. The Committee may discuss and/or
draft proposed finding of fact(s) concerning the charges prior to leaving the
executive session.
Q.
The School Committee shall then leave executive session.
Page 3 of 4
II.
Public Session
A.
In public session, a member of the School Committee may make a motion
to expel or suspend a student that includes the Committee’s finding of
fact(s). Following a second, the Committee Chairperson should state the
motion and the Committee should vote. If no motion is made to expel or
suspend, the student will return to school at the conclusion of the
previously-imposed administrative suspension.
B.
The Superintendent is responsible for notifying the parents/guardians (and
the student if age 18 or older) of the Committee’s decision. If the student
has been expelled, the Superintendent will also provide notice of the
conditions, if any were given at that time, for School Committee
consideration of readmission.
6/00
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKF
DISCIPLINARY REMOVALS OF STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
When removing students with disabilities from their regular school programs, whether as
a result of a suspension, an expulsion, or any other removal covered by state and federal
special education laws, it shall be the policy of Lewiston Public Schools to comply fully
with all applicable state and federal special education laws that govern such removals.
The Superintendent of Schools, in consultation with the Director of Special Education
and other school administrators, may develop and promulgate procedures for
implementing this policy, and may from time to time, amend those procedures as
necessary.
References: Me. Spec. Ed. Reg. Ch.101, §14 (Nov. 1999, as amended)
34 CFR §§300.121, .519 to .529 (March 1999, as amended)
Me.Spec.Ed.Reg.Ch.101, XVII (2008); 34 C.F.R. §300.101, .530 to .536
(2006)
Adopted:
Revised:
March 24, 2003
September 14, 2009
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA CODE: JKF-R
MODEL ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES FOR REMOVAL
OF STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
These procedures shall govern disciplinary removals of students with disabilities from
their regular school program. These procedures shall be interpreted in a manner
consistent with state and federal special education laws and regulations.
1. School administrators may suspend students with disabilities for up to ten (10)
cumulative school days in the school year under the same terms and conditions
as students without disabilities are suspended, subject to the limitations set
forth below.
a) In the event that a disabled student’s IEP specifically lists a school
response other than a suspension that must be followed for a particular
type of misconduct, the school administrator shall follow the
requirements of the IEP in responding to that misbehavior.
b) When calculating the ten (10) cumulative school day total, school
administrators shall include school days spent in an in-school
suspension or removal, unless during that removal the child continued
to have access to the general curriculum, to the special education
services in his or her IEP, and to participate with nondisabled children
to the extent he or she would have in the student’s regular program.
2. After a child with a disability has been removed from his or year current
placement for ten (10) cumulative school days in the same school year, during
any subsequent days of removal the school administrator shall consult with at
least one of the child’s teachers and then shall arrange for the child to receive a
level of educational services during the removal sufficient to enable the student
to continue to participate in the general curriculum although in another setting
and to progress toward meeting the goals listed in the student’s IEP.
3. Within ten (10) school days of any decision to “change the placement” of a
child with a disability because of a violation of a code of student conduct,
school officials shall hold an IEP team meeting to undertake the following:
a) The Team shall review all relevant information in the student’s file,
including the IEP, any teacher observations and recent evaluations;
b) The Team shall then undertake a manifestation determination to decide
whether the child’s misconduct was a manifestation of his or her
disability.
Page 1 of 3
c) If the Team determines that the misbehavior is a manifestation of the
disability, the Team must either (i) conduct a functional behavior
assessment, unless one has been conducted before the behavior incident,
and shall implement a behavior intervention plan for the child, or (ii) if
a behavior plan has already been developed, review the plan and modify
it as necessary to address the behavior. Except as provided in 4 below,
the Team must also return the child to the placement from which he or
she was removed, unless the school and parent agree to a change of
placement as part of the revision of the behavior plan.
d) If the Team determines that the misbehavior is not a manifestation of
the disability, school personnel may apply the relevant disciplinary
procedures in the same manner and for the same duration as the
procedures would be applied to children without disabilities, except that
services must be provided to the child during the disciplinary removal
consistent with 3(e) below.
e) When a child with a disability has a disciplinary removal that would be
a “change of placement,” the IEP Team shall order services for the child
that will enable the child (i) to continue to participate in the general
curriculum although in another setting; (ii) to progress toward meeting
the goals in the IEP; and (iii) to receive, as appropriate, a functional
behavior assessment and behavior intervention services and
modifications that are designed to address the behavior violation so that
it does not recur.
f) For purposes of this section, a “change of placement” occurs if (i) the
removal is for more than ten (10) consecutive school days; or (ii) the
child has been subjected to a series of removals that constitute a pattern
and (a) because the series of removals totals more than ten (10)
cumulative days in the school year, (b) because the child’s behavior is
substantially similar to the behavior in previous incidents resulting in
the series of removals, and (c) because of additional factors such as the
length of each removal, the total length and the proximity of the
removals to each other.
4. In those circumstances where a student brings a weapon to school, to a school
function, or on school premises (including transportation), or where a student
knowingly possesses, uses, sells or attempts to sell illegal drugs at school, a
school function, or on school premises (including transportation), or when the
student inflicts serious bodily injury upon another person while at school, a
school function, or on school premises (including transportation), school
officials may place that student in an alternative educational setting for up to
45 school days, shall provide educational services for the student consistent
with 3(e) above, and shall schedule an IEP Team meeting to occur within ten
Page 2 of 3
(10) school days of commencing that removal. At that meeting, the Team shall
undertake all necessary actions discussed in these procedures for responding to
removals that constitute a change of placement for the child. Any further
removals in response to the incident shall be made consistent with these
procedures and state and federal special education rules.
References: Me.Spec.Ed.Reg.Ch. 101, XVII (2007); 34 C.F.R.§300.101, .530 to .536
(2006).
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKG
PHYSICAL RESTRAINT
Lewiston Public Schools employees may use physical restraint on students who present
an immediate threat of physical harm to themselves or others. Restraint should not be
used beyond the point necessary to prevent the student from harming him/herself or
others, and should be applied in a caring manner if at all possible.
For a student who cannot be safely restrained in this fashion, school officials should
attempt to ensure that other students are removed from the threat of harm and that the
student does not have access to items that could be dangerous.
When the student is unable to be brought under control, school officials should contact
the student’s parents for assistance and should contact the police if necessary to maintain
a safe environment.
This policy can be modified in the case of students with identified disabilities through a
determination by the student’s Pupil Evaluation Team.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A MRSA § 4009
November 18, 2002
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKGA
TIME OUT ROOMS AND THERAPEUTIC RESTRAINT
Lewiston Public Schools hereby authorizes school officials to use designated time out
rooms and therapeutic restraint to the extent permitted by law and in a manner consistent
with state law and regulations. The Superintendent is responsible for developing
procedures for the use of designated time out rooms and therapeutic restraint. This policy
and any accompanying procedures shall be reviewed at least annually by the
Superintendent or his/her designee. The Superintendent shall recommend to the School
Committee any needed changes in this policy.
For purposes of this policy and any accompanying procedures, the terms “designated
time out room” and “therapeutic restraint” shall have the following meanings:
Designated Time Out Room
A designated time out room is a room used specifically to isolate a student for the
purpose of bringing under control student behavior that is dangerous or presents
a risk of significant property damage. Dangerous behavior is behavior that
presents a risk of injury or harm to that student or to others and, in the judgment
of those involved, cannot be controlled through interventions short of isolation in
the designated time out room.
This policy and any accompanying procedures do not apply to interventions
such as sending a student to the principal’s office, to any staff member’s room or
office, or to any other such setting, but is instead limited to use of a room
specifically designated by the Superintendent for the purpose of isolating students
as described above. Use of this area to control student behavior must comply with
this policy and any procedure developed hereunder.
Therapeutic Restraint
Therapeutic restraint is physical restraint of a student for the purpose of preventing
that student from injuring him/herself or others when such restraint is undertaken in
accordance with an individualized, written plan that specifically calls for
therapeutic restraint. Therapeutic restraint as defined in this policy and any
accompanying procedures should be administered by personnel trained in that
restraint.
Therapeutic restraint does not include any intervention by any school official that
would otherwise be governed by state law on the use of reasonable force (20-A
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKGA
MRSA § 4009), which includes the use of a reasonable degree of force by school
officials against a person who is creating a disturbance, when the official believes
that force is necessary to control the disturbing behavior or to remove the person
from the scene of the disturbance.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 4502(5)(M) and accompanying regulations
20-A MRSA § 4009.
Adopted: March 13, 2002
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKGA-R
TIME OUT ROOMS AND THERAPEUTIC RESTRAINT
These procedures are established for the purpose of meeting the obligations of Lewiston
Public Schools under state law and local School Committee policies governing the use of
designated time out rooms and therapeutic restraint. These procedures shall be
interpreted in a manner consistent with state law and regulations.
I.
DEFINITIONS
A. “Designated Time Out Room”
A designated time out room is a room used specifically to isolate a student
for the purpose of bringing under control student behavior that is dangerous
or presents a risk of significant property damage. Dangerous behavior is
behavior that presents a risk of injury or harm to that student or to others
and, in the judgment of those involved, cannot be controlled through
interventions short of isolation in the designated time out room.
This policy and any accompanying procedures do not apply to interventions
such as sending a student to the principals’ office, to any staff member’s
room or office, or to any other such setting, but is instead limited to use of a
room specifically designated by the Superintendent for the purpose of
isolating students as described above. Use of this area to control student
behavior must comply with this policy and any procedures developed
hereunder.
B. “Therapeutic Restraint”
Therapeutic restraint is physical restraint of a student for the purpose of
preventing that student from injuring him/herself or others when such
restraint is undertaken in accordance with an individualized, written plan
that specifically calls for therapeutic restraint. Therapeutic restraint as
defined in this policy and any accompanying procedures should be
administered by personnel trained in that restraint.
Therapeutic restraint does not include any intervention by any school
official that would otherwise be governed by state law on the use of
reasonable force (20-A MRSA § 4009), which includes the use of a
Page 1 of 6
reasonable degree of force by school officials against a person who is
creating a disturbance, when the official believes that force is necessary to
control the disturbing behavior or to remove the person from the scene of
the disturbance.
II.
DESIGNATION OF TIME OUT ROOMS
A. If the Superintendent determines that there is a need for a designated time
out room in a particular school building, he/she shall designate the room to
be used for that purpose and shall ensure that said room meets the
requirements of these procedures. The building principal shall be familiar
with these procedures on the use of the designated time out room, and shall
ensure that staff understands the proper use of that room. Once a room has
been designated specifically for this purpose, it shall not be used in any
manner that would be inconsistent with its use as a designated time out
room.
B. Designated time out rooms must be a minimum of 60 square feet, with
adequate light, heat and ventilation and of normal room height. The door to
the time out room may not be locked, latched or secured in any way that
would prevent the student from exiting the room. An unbreakable
observation window shall be located in a wall or door to permit continuous
observation of the student and any staff member in the time out room.
III.
USE OF DESIGNATED TIME OUT ROOMS
A. The designated time out room shall be used specifically for the purpose of
isolating a student to bring under control student behavior that is dangerous
or presents a risk of significant property damage. Dangerous behavior is
behavior that presents a risk of injury or harm to that student or to others
and cannot be controlled through interventions short of isolation in the
designated time out room. The designated time out room shall not be used
for punitive purposes, for staff convenience or to control minor
misbehavior.
B. The designated time out room shall be used only after less intrusive
interventions have failed to bring the student’s behavior under control. A
student should remain in the designated time out room only for the time
Page 2 of 6
necessary for the student to compose him/herself sufficiently to return to
the classroom with minimal risk that the behavior will quickly reoccur, in
the opinion of school officials monitoring the intervention.
C. School officials shall not keep a student in the designated time out room for
more than one hour. If the student continues to present dangerous
behaviors after this period of time, the placement in that room may be
continued only with written authorization of the building principal or
designee. In that event, the student’s parent/guardian should also be called
for the purpose of taking the student home for the remainder of that school
day.
D. Students in a designated time out room shall be directly observed at all
times by a staff person.
E. School officials monitoring a student in the designated time out room shall
not secure the door to that room in any manner, including holding the door
so as to keep the student shut in that room. In the event that a student who
is actively demonstrating dangerous behaviors attempts to leave the room,
the staff member may use restraint to ensure safety and should attempt to
arrange for emergency personnel and the parents to be contacted.
F. If, at any point during the student’s stay in the designated time out room,
the building principal or his/her designee believes that the student cannot be
maintained safely even in that setting, the building principal/designee shall
call the student’s parent/guardian to come pick up the student, and may also
call other emergency personnel for the purpose of taking custody of the
student and ensuring the student’s safety.
IV.
DOCUMENTING USE OF THE DESIGNATED TIME OUT ROOM
A. Each time a student is placed in a designated time out room, a school
official involved in that decision shall document the action. The
documentation must include the following:
1.
2.
Name of student;
Date and time of placing the student in the room;
Page 3 of 6
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Time that the placement ended;
Antecedent events leading up to the behavior requiring the
placement;
The behavior itself leading to the placement;
Other types of intervention that may have been used;
Names of staff members involved in the incident; and
Names of staff members who monitored the student’s
placement in the designated time out room.
If a call is placed to the family or to emergency personnel, it
should be noted in the documentation as well.
B. This written documentation shall be provided to the building
principal/designee within two school days of the incident itself. If possible,
the parents/guardian should be notified of the incident on the same day of
the student’s placement in the designated time out room, or as soon as
possible thereafter.
V.
USE OF THERAPEUTIC RESTRAINT
A. Therapeutic restraint as covered by these procedures shall be used only for
the purpose of preventing a student from injuring him/herself or others,
when such restraint is undertaken in accordance with an individualized,
written plan that specifically calls for therapeutic restraint. Therapeutic
restraint as covered by these procedures shall be used only after less
intrusive interventions have failed to bring the student’s behavior under
control.
B. Attempts shall be made to involve the parents in developing an
individualized, written plan that specifically calls for therapeutic restraint.
For students with disabilities, the student’s Individualized Education
Program Team or 504 Team may develop such a plan if the Team
determines it is appropriate to do so.
C. Therapeutic restraint as covered by these procedures shall involve the least
amount of physical contact that is required to bring the behavior under
control and should be implemented by persons who have successfully
completed an appropriate training program in the identification and deescalation of potentially harmful behaviors and the safe use of passive
physical therapeutic restraint.
Page 4 of 6
D. At least two adults should be involved in the use of therapeutic restraint as
covered by these procedures, and, if possible, both adults should have
completed an appropriate training program. In the event that an emergency
situation prevents the presence of two adults for the therapeutic restraint,
one individual may undertake the intervention and his/her conduct shall be
protected to the full extent allowed by state law on the use of reasonable
force in emergencies (20-A MRSA § 4009). If an untrained adult is
involved in the intervention, his/her conduct shall also be protected to the
full extent allowed by state law on the use of reasonable force in
emergencies.
E. The use of therapeutic restraint as covered by these procedures should not
exceed one hour in length. If the student is still presenting dangerous
behaviors after that time, the use of therapeutic restraint may be continued
with written authorization of the building principal/designee. In that event,
the student’s parent/guardian should also be called for the purpose of taking
the student home for the remainder of that school day.
F. If at any point during the therapeutic restraint the building
principal/designee believes that the student cannot be maintained safely
even with that restraint, the building principal/designee shall call the
student’s parent/guardian to come pick up the student, and may also call
other emergency personnel for the purpose of taking custody of the student
and ensuring the student’s safety.
G. In the event that school officials use restraint on a student in any manner
inconsistent with these procedures, that intervention shall be protected to
the full extent permitted by state law on the use of reasonable force (20-A
MRSA § 4009).
VI.
DOCUMENTING USE OF THERAPEUTIC RESTRAINT
A. Each time a student is subject to therapeutic restraint as covered by these
procedures, a school official involved in that decision shall document the
action. The documentation must include the following:
1.
2.
3.
Name of the student;
Date and time of restraint;
Time that the restraint ended;
Page 5 of 6
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Antecedent events leading up to the behavior requiring the
restraint;
The behavior itself requiring the restraint;
Other types of intervention that may have been used;
Names of staff members involved in the incident; and
Names of staff members who monitored the student’s
placement in the designated time out room.
If a call is placed to the family or to emergency personnel, that
should be noted in the documentation as well.
B. This written documentation shall be provided to the building
principal/designee within two school days of the incident itself. If possible,
the parents/guardian shall be notified of the incident on the same day that
therapeutic restraint is used on the student, or as soon as possible thereafter.
VII.
PROHIBITION OF AVERSIVE THERAPY
A. School officials shall not use aversive therapy on a student to modify or
change that student’s behavior. “Aversive therapy is the application of
unusual, noxious or potentially hazardous substances, stimuli or procedures
to a student. Aversive therapies include the use of water spray, hitting,
pinching, slapping, noxious fumes, extreme physical exercise, or
embarrassing costumes or signs.
B. The use of mechanical or chemical restraints by school officials is
prohibited by these procedures. These procedures do not prohibit protective
equipment or devices that are part of a treatment plan prescribed by a
physician or psychologist for treatment of a chronic condition.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 4502(5)(M) and accompanying regulations
20-A MRSA § 4009
Adopted: March 13, 2002
Revised: September 14, 2009
Page 6 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code: JL
STUDENT WELLNESS
The School Committee recognizes that student wellness and good nutrition are related to
students’ physical and psychological well being and their readiness to learn. The School
Committee is committed to providing a school environment that supports student
wellness, healthy food choices, nutrition education, and regular physical activity. The
School Committee believes that students who learn and practice healthy lifestyles in their
formative years are more likely to be conscious of the importance of good nutrition and
exercise as adults, practice healthy habits, and reduce their risk of obesity, diabetes and
other chronic diseases.
Nutrition Standards
The school district will ensure that meals provided by its Food Services Program meet the
nutrition standards established by federal regulations. 1 Sales of foods and beverages that
compete with the school lunch program (and/or school breakfast program) must be in
compliance with the School Committee's policy EFE – Vending Machines and EFDA –
Restrictions on Sale of Foods.
Assurance
This policy serves as assurance 2 that school unit guidelines for reimbursable meals are
not less restrictive than regulations and guidance issued by the Secretary of Agriculture
pursuant to the National School Lunch Act and the Child Nutrition Act.
Nutrition Education
Nutrition education will be integrated into the instructional program through the health
education program and/or the curriculum as aligned with the content standards of
Maine’s system of Learning Results. Nutrition education should focus on the knowledge
and skills students need to adopt and maintain healthy eating behaviors. Students should
receive consistent nutrition messages throughout the schools, including classrooms,
cafeteria, all school activities and school-home communications.
1
Title 7-U.S. Department of Agriculture, Chapter II-Food and Nutrition Service, Department of Agriculture, Part
210-National School Lunch Program (7 C.F.R. § 210).
2
See 42 U.S.C. § 1751(a)(2).
Page 1 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code: JL
Physical Activity
The School Committee will strive to provide all students developmentally appropriate
opportunities for physical activity through physical education classes, recess periods for
elementary school students, and all school activities. School programs are intended to
build and maintain physical fitness and to promote healthy lifestyles. Parents are
encouraged to support their children’s participation in physical activities, including
available before- and after-school programs.
Other School-Based Wellness Activities
The School Committee or Superintendent/designee, may implement other appropriate
programs that support consistent wellness messages and promote healthy eating and
physical activity.
The School Committee may adopt policies, regulations or guidelines for refreshments
served at parties or celebrations during the school day or for food as rewards, or may,
through School Committee policy, delegate the responsibility for such regulations or
guidelines to administrators at the district or school level.
The school district may develop programs that encourage or provide opportunities for
staff to learn and engage in healthy lifestyle practices.
Implementation and Monitoring
The Superintendent/designee shall be responsible for the implementation of the wellness
policy, monitoring efforts to meet the intent of this policy, and reporting to the School
Committee on an annual basis.
Monitoring may include surveys or solicitation of input from students, parents, staff, and
school administrators.
Reports may include, but are not limited to:
• The status of the school environment in regard to student wellness issues
• Evaluation of the school food services program and compliance with nutrition
guidelines
• Summary of wellness programs and activities in the schools
Page 2 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code: JL
• Feedback from students, parents, staff, school administrators and wellness
committee
• Recommendations for policy, program or curriculum revisions
Appointment and Role of the Health & Wellness Advisory Team
The School Committee shall appoint a Health &Wellness Advisory Team comprised of at
least one of each of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
School Committee member
Superintendent/designee
School administrator
School Health Coordinator
Food Services Director/designee
Student
Parent
School nurse
Teacher(s)
Guidance counselor
Home/School Coordinator
Community organization or agency representative
The Wellness Committee shall serve in an advisory capacity to the School Committee on
wellness issues. The Health & Wellness Team may make recommendations related to the
wellness policy, wellness goals, administrative or school regulations and practices, or
raising awareness of student health issues to the School Committee.
With the prior approval of the Superintendent/designee, the Wellness Committee may
survey parents, students and the community and/or conduct focus groups or community
forums.
The Wellness Committee shall provide periodic reports to the Superintendent/designee
and to the School Committee.
Wellness Goals
The School Committee has identified the following goals associated with student
wellness:
Page 3 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code: JL
Goals for Nutrition Education
 To provide nutrition education that focuses on the skills students need to
adopt and maintain healthy eating behaviors;
 Encourage schools to plan recess before lunch since research indicates that
physical activity prior to lunch can increase the nutrient intake and reduce
food waste;
 To provide adequate time to eat lunch: The National Association of State
Boards of Education recommends that students be allowed at least 10
minutes for breakfast and 15 minutes for lunch, starting from the time the
students are seated;
 To provide a sequential, comprehensive health education program aligned
with the content standards of the Maine Learning Results;
 Encourage nutrition education to be integrated into other subjects as
appropriate to supplement, not replace, the health education program;

Provide foods that meet or exceed the federal nutrition standards, adequate
time for students to obtain food and eat, lunch scheduled at appropriate
hours of the day, adequate space to eat, and a clean and safe meal
environment;
 Appropriate and consistent nutrition messages will be disseminated
throughout Lewiston schools including classrooms, cafeterias,
administrative offices, all school activities and school-home
communications;
 The School Committee, administrators, faculty and staff are encouraged to
model nutritious food choices and eating habits;

Appropriate professional development will be provided for food services
staff and other personnel as appropriate.
Goals for Physical Activity
 The physical education program will provide all students with the
knowledge and skills needed to be physically fit and take part in healthful
physical activity on a regular basis;
Page 4 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code: JL
 Students will develop motor skills and apply them to enhance their
coordination and physical performance;
 Students will demonstrate responsible personal and social behaviors in
physical activity settings;
 Physical education includes the instruction of individual activities as well
as competitive and non-competitive team sports to encourage life-long
physical activity. (Ex. High School Fitness Center, Tennis, Winter Sports
Programs – Cross Country Skiing, Snow Shoeing);
 The physical education curriculum will be aligned with the content
standards of the Maine system of Learning Results;
 Physical education classes will keep all students involved in purposeful
physical activity for a majority of the class period;
 Physical education classes will provide opportunity for students of all
abilities to learn;
 The School Committee will provide a physical and social environment that
encourages safe and enjoyable physical activity and fosters the
development of a positive attitude toward health and fitness;
 The School Committee will provide facilities adequate to implement the
physical education curriculum for the number of students served;
 Schools will promote efforts to provide opportunities for students to engage
in age-appropriate activities on most days of the week in both school and
community settings;
 The schools will provide opportunities for physical activity through a
variety of before- and/or after-school programs including, but not limited
to, intramural sports, the arts, interscholastic athletics and physical activity
clubs;
 Appropriate professional development will be provided for physical
education staff and other staff, as appropriate.
Page 5 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code: JL
Goals for Other School-Based Activities
 Goals of the wellness policy will be considered when planning school or
classroom parties, celebrations or other events;
 Parents will be encouraged to provide nutritionally sound snacks from
home and food for classroom parties or events;
 Schools will encourage maximum participation in school meal programs;
 Schools will encourage parents and students to take advantage of
developmentally appropriate community-based after-school programs that
emphasize physical activity;
 The schools will encourage parents to support their children’s participation
in physical activity, to be physically active role models, and to include
physical activity in family events;
 Where feasible, school physical activity facilities will be made available
after school hours for student, parent and community use to encourage
participation in physical activity;
 School Committee members, administrators, staff, parents, students and
community members will be encouraged to serve as role models in
practicing healthy eating and being physically active, both in the school
environment and at home;
 Student organizations will be encouraged to engage in fundraising projects
that are supportive of healthy eating and student wellness consistent with
School Committee policies;
 School-based marketing of foods and beverages, such as through
advertisements in school publications, school buildings, athletic fields, and
other areas accessible to students shall support the goals of the wellness
policy;
 Schools are encouraged to cooperate with agencies and community
organizations to support programs that contribute to good nutrition and
physical activity;
Legal reference:
42 U.S.C. § 1751
Cross Reference: EFDA – Restrictions on Sale of Foods
EFE – Vending Machine
Page 6 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLC
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES
The School Committee recognizes its responsibilities under Maine law to help protect the
health of students and staff. The Committee directs the Superintendent to implement
student health services and screenings as required by law.
Any proposal to provide health services in addition to those required by law must be
authorized by the Committee.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA §§ 6402-A et seq.; 6451 et seq.
Cross Reference:
JLCB – Immunization of Students
JLCC – Communicable/Infectious Diseases
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA CODE: JLCB
IMMUNIZATION OF STUDENTS
All students who enroll in Lewiston schools are required by Maine law to present a certificate of
immunization or evidence of immunization or immunity against poliomyelitis, diphtheria,
pertussis (whooping cough), tetanus, measles, mumps, rubella, and varuella (chicken pox).
Non-immunized students shall not be permitted to attend school unless one of the
following conditions are met:
A.
The parents/guardians provide to the school written assurance that the
student will be immunized within 90 days of enrolling in school or his/her
first attendance in classes, whichever date is earlier. This option is
available only once to each student during their school career; or
B.
The parents/guardians provide a physician’s written statement each year
that immunization against one or more diseases may be medically
inadvisable (as defined by law/regulation); or
C.
The parents/guardians state in writing, each year that immunization is
contrary to their religious, moral, or philosophical beliefs, or other personal
reason.
The Superintendent shall exclude from school any non-immunized student when there is
a clear danger to the health of others as provided by law.
The Superintendent/designee is directed to develop such administrative procedures as are
necessary to carry out this policy and comply with statutory requirements.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA §§ 6352-6359
Chapter 126 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules)
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
July 22, 2002
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCC
COMMUNICABLE/INFECTIOUS DISEASES
Teachers shall be alert to signs of illness and communicable disease and refer students
who show such symptoms to the school nurse.
All students under quarantine shall be excluded from school and school activities.
Quarantine regulations established by the Bureau of Health shall be observed. The
school nurse shall be responsible for notifying the local health department of all students
having a communicable disease as required by law and Department of Education rules.
The building administrator shall be notified of all communicable disease cases and
contacts in the school.
Students who have other types of communicable diseases shall be excluded from school
as prescribed by law, or shall observe other protective procedures according to
recommendations issued by the school physician.
When a student returns to school after having had a communicable disease, a certificate
from the attending physician is required. The building administrator and/or the school
nurse must give permission before the student is readmitted to class. Students who are
absent for two or more consecutive days for any illness are required to submit a note from
a parent/guardian or physician.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA §§ 1001.11-A, 6301
22 MRSA §§ 801, 802, 806, 823, 824
Cross Reference:
GBGAA – Bloodborne Pathogens
JLCCA – Students With HIV/AIDS
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCCA
STUDENTS WITH HIV/AIDS
The purpose of this policy is to establish what actions shall be taken in the event that this
school unit is made aware that a student being enrolled or attending school is infected
with Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV).
This policy has been adopted to assure that the rights and safety of all involved parties are
preserved.
A.
In general, the School Committee shall provide educational opportunities
for students infected with HIV just as it does for other students.
B.
In the event that a public health threat is perceived by the student’s private
physician, the Bureau of Health must be notified and will then conduct an
evaluation. If the school is notified of a student infected with HIV by the
parents/guardians and becomes concerned about the safety of that student,
other students or staff, a similar evaluation may be requested. At any time
that there is a concern that a particular student poses a public health threat
to others, advice may be requested by the Superintendent from the Bureau
of Health. The Superintendent may also consult on a strictly confidential
basis with the school unit’s attorney.
C.
If the Bureau of Health determines that conditions exist which suggest that
a student with a Human Immunodeficiency Virus infection is a health threat
to the school community, the Bureau of Health and/or the Superintendent
shall remove the student from the usual classroom setting until other
arrangements can be made or until the Bureau of Health determines that the
risks have abated. The health status of a student temporarily removed from
the usual school setting in order to protect the health of the student or others
will be re-evaluated at least quarterly by the Bureau of Health.
D.
Maine law protects the confidentiality of HIV test results with certain
statutory exceptions. Test results may not be disclosed to anyone other
than the Bureau of Health without written consent of parents/guardians.
Records containing information about HIV test results and consent forms
relating to test results shall be kept separate from other school records.
Only those persons given written consent by the student’s parents/guardians
shall have access.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCCA
E.
With written consent of the parents/guardians, the school shall designate an
individual or team to:
1.
Serve as the liaison between the school and the student’s parents, the
student’s physician and, if necessary, the Bureau of Health; and/or
2.
Serve as the supervisor of the medical component of the student’s
educational experience.
Any team member or individual entrusted with the knowledge of a student
infected with HIV must, by law, keep his/her knowledge of that student’s
status confidential and access to information shall be limited only to those
persons authorized in writing by the student’s parents/guardians.
F.
At the parents’/guardians’ written request, a designated team member,
usually the school nurse, will to the extent practicable notify the student’s
parents/guardians and/or the student’s physician in the event that the
designated team member becomes aware that infections occur in the school
population that may place an immunodeficient student at increased risk as
defined by the student’s physician or Bureau of Health. The decision
whether or not to remove the student from school will be made by the
parents/guardians and the student’s physician.
G.
Because of the inability to identify individuals who may be infected with
HIV or other agents transmissible through blood and other body fluids,
standard procedures shall be followed for cleaning and disinfecting all body
fluid spills. The procedures for cleaning bodily fluid spills shall be
reviewed annually by all school staff members.
H.
The unit will seek to provide educational programs to inform
parents/guardians, students and staff regarding AIDS and all other
communicable diseases even though there may not be students with
infection currently enrolled.
I.
In any instance where this policy requires the consent of the
parents/guardians of an HIV-infected student, consent must be obtained
directly from the student if the student is 18 years of age or older.
Legal Reference:
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
GBGAA - Bloodborne Pathogens
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCD
ADMINISTERING MEDICINES TO STUDENTS
The purpose of this policy is to provide a safe procedure for the administration of
medications to students in the Lewiston Public Schools. The policy provides guidelines
based on the limitations of the availability of health professionals within the school
district.
This policy is not to be considered a replacement of parental responsibility for the
administration of medication in the schools. The administration of medication in the
schools should only occur when it is absolutely necessary that medication be
administered while school is in session. It is the ultimate responsibility of the parents to
provide for administration of medication for their children.
Lewiston Pubic Schools look forward to the cooperation of health professionals in the
community to assist those who will be undertaking this responsibility.
Administration of Medications
A.
The procedure/protocols for medication administration were developed by:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
The policies and procedures regarding medication administration will be
reviewed and updated biannually by:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
School Committee;
School Administrators;
School Medical Advisor; and
School Nurses.
School Committee;
School Administrators;
School Medical Advisor; and
School Nurses.
The School Committee will provide copies of revised and updated policies
to all personnel involved in the administration of medication to students.
Procedures for Receiving and Accepting Requests for Giving Medications
A.
Medication will be received properly packaged by the pharmacy,
accompanied by a signed authorization form.
Page 1 of 4
B.
Medication will be stored:
1. In a box/cabinet used solely for the storage of medication.
2. Refrigerated medication will be stored separately in a box in the
refrigerator at 36-46 degrees Fahrenheit.
3. Controlled drugs will be kept in a double-locked system.
4. The school nurse, or in his/her absence, building administrators or
designed personnel will have access to the medication keys.
5. Unused medication will be destroyed or returned to parent/guardian as
directed on “Authorization to Administer Medication” form.
Documentation and Record Keeping
A. Medication orders will be obtained in writing from prescribing
physician/dentist and/or written authorization from the parent/guardian.
B. The administration of medication will be documented on an individual
student’s medication record in ink and will become part of the student’s health
record.
C. An error in the administration of medication will be reported to the school
nurse, the parent, and the student’s physician who will initiate appropriate
action.
D. The Medication Incident Report Form is to be used for reporting medication
errors.
E. It is medically acceptable to give a medication within one hour (before or
after) of designated time.
Training School Personnel
No employee shall be required to administer or dispense any medication to a student or perform
any medical procedure upon a student without proper training by the school nurse.
A. The school nurse will provide a training program.
B. Training will be provided annually before October 1.
C. Documentation of training will be kept using the “Record of Training of
School Personnel in the Administration of Medicines.” Copies will be kept by
the Superintendent’s office, by building administrators, and by school nurses.
Page 2 of 4
D. Administrators, in collaboration with the nurses, will designate personnel for
training. The intent is to utilize qualified staff who have volunteered for
training. However, should extenuating circumstances arise, the administration
reserves the right to designate responsible staff to be trained.
E. Once properly trained, Lewiston Public Schools indemnifies and holds
harmless the employee against any claims resulting from the administration of
medication or performance of medical procedures that have met the criteria s
set forth in this policy.
Hypodermic Syringes in a School Setting
Certain safeguards must be followed relative to the storage and destruction of syringes.
A. Unused hypodermic syringes and needles should be kept locked in a cabinet or
in rooms under protection of suitable locks and keys.
B. Used needles and lancets will be disposed of in a hard plastic container.
C. The school nurse will be responsible for the proper storage and disposal of this
container.
D. An emergency care for such students should be in place in case the school
nurse is not available.
Self-Administration of Medications
Self-administration of medications (including inhalers & Expi-pens) will be allowed if
these conditions are met:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Medication will be properly packaged with original pharmacy labels.
A signed medication authorization form signed by physician/dentist and/or
parent/guardian.
The school nurse will develop individual plan with the student for use of
this medication taking into consideration age, development, understanding,
and reliability.
Inhalers may be kept by a student:
K-6 – As directed by a physician if the school nurse has determined that the
student uses the inhaler properly.
7-12 – in agreement with a parent/guardian if the school nurse has
determined that the student uses the inhaler properly.
Page 3 of 4
The Lewiston Public Schools reserves the right to refuse requests for administering
medication to students if any of the criteria outlined above are not met.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 254 and 4009(4)
28 CFR Part 35 (Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990)
34 CFR Part 104 (Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973).
34 CFR Part 300 (Individuals with Disabilities Education Act)
Adopted:
July 17, 1995
Revised:
June 7, 2000
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCD-E1
Authorization to Administer Medication
Which Must Be Taken During School Hours
K – 6 Students
The administration of medication in the schools should only occur when it is absolutely
necessary that medication be administered while school is in session. It is the ultimate
responsibility of the parents to provide for administration of medication for their children.
Date: ________________ Student’s Name: ____________________________________________
Grade & Teacher: ___________________________________ Date of Birth: __________________
Name of Medication: ________________________________ Pharmacy: ____________________
Prescribing Physician: __________________________________________________
Physician’s Telephone: ________________________________
Reason for Medication: _______________________________________ Dosage: ______________
Time(s) to be Administered: _____________________________________________________
Possible Side Effects and Safety Procedures: ____________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________
____________________
Prescribing Physician’s Signature
Date
*************************************************************************************
Medication Removal: At the end of the school year or the last day of student’s enrollment, I choose the
following method of medication disposal. I understand that if the medication is still in school seven (7)
days after the last student day, the medication will be disposed of.
_______
Parent will remove medication from school.
_______
School nurse may dispose of the medication.
I understand that the above medication may be administered by any staff member who is the building
administrator’s designee. This may include a school nurse or a medically unlicensed person designated
by the building administrator as allowed by law.
Permission to Contact Prescribing Physician: I give permission for the school nurse to contact the
above named prescribing physician to obtain information about the medication and the administration
schedule. I give my permission for the school nurse to share information with the doctor about the effects
of the medication on my child’s learning.
_________________________________
Parent Signature
5/06
_________________
Date
Authorization to Administer Medication
Which Must Be Taken During School Hours
7-12 Students
The administration of medication in the schools should only occur when it is
absolutely necessary that medication be administered while school is in session. It is
the ultimate responsibility of the parents to provide for administration of
medication for their children.
Date:______________ Student’s Name:_______________________________________
Grade/Teacher: __________________________________________________________
Name of Medication:_____________________________Pharmacy:_________________
Prescribing Physician:_____________________________________________________
Physician’s Telephone:______________
Reason for
Medication:______________________________________________________________
Dosage: _____________________
Time(s) to be Administered: _________________________________
Possible Side Effects and Safety Procedures:____________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________
Prescribing Physician’s Signature
___________________________
Date
Page 1 of 2
Medication Removal:
At the end of the school year or the last day of student’s enrollment, I choose the
following method of medication disposal. I understand that if the medication is still in
school seven (7) days after the last student day, the medication will be disposed of.
Parent will remove medication from school.
School nurse may dispose of the medication.
Send the medication home with my child.
Permission to Contact Prescribing Physician
I give my permission for the school nurse to contact the above named prescribing
physician to obtain information about the medication and the administration schedule. I
give my permission for the school nurse to share information with the doctor about the
effects of the medication on my child’s learning.
____________________________________
Parent’s Signature
____________________________
Date
5/06
Page 2 of 2
The following is a record of personnel who have been trained by the school nurses in the proper
dispensing of medications in the schools. A copy of this record is kept by (1) all school nurses, (2) all
building administrators, and (3) in the superintendent’s office.
Individual Trained
Location/School
Date
Verified by (school
nurse signature)
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
_______________________
_____________________
_________
___________________
5/06
Page 1 of 1
INCIDENT REPORT – MEDICATION ADMINISTRATION
Name of School:__________________________________________________________
Name of Student:_________________________________________________________
Birth Date: _____________
Date:_________________ Time:____________________
Date and time of error: _____________________________________________________
Name of person administering medication:_____________________________________
Name of medication and dosage prescribed: ____________________________________
Describe circumstances leading to error: _______________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Describe action taken:______________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Persons notified of error:
Building Administrator:_______________________________________________
Parent:____________________________________________________________
Physician (if applicable):______________________________________________
Other: ____________________________________________________________
Signature (person completing incident report): __________________________________
Follow-up information if applicable: __________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
5/06
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCE
FIRST AID AND EMERGENCY MEDICAL CARE
“First aid is immediate and temporary treatment and care in the event of an
accident or injury, before medical care can be obtained.”
—Maine Dept. of Ed. SCHOOL HEALTH MANUAL,
p. EM-2
The Superintendent shall establish and implement procedures for handling accidents and
injuries which shall make clear the responsibilities of various school personnel. They
shall be based on the guidelines for emergencies in the school setting and other
documents included in the Maine Department of Education SCHOOL HEALTH
MANUAL. There shall also be a system for accident reporting, for maintaining
emergency health and contact information on each student, and the designation and firstaid training of appropriate individuals in the schools.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 4009
Cross Reference:
EBBB – Accident Reports
JLCE-R – First Aid Procedures
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCE-R
FIRST AID - PROCEDURES
The building administrator or his/her designee shall be notified immediately of an injury
to any student in the school building or on the school premises.
A report of the injury and first aid given shall be made in writing, with a copy sent to the
Superintendent and a duplicate copy retained in the school files.
If the student is to be sent home, the building administrator/designee shall first determine
if the parent or guardian is at home to receive the student.
The student should not be sent home unless some responsible person in the household is
there to receive him/her. In case the student is not able to go home unassisted, the
building administrator shall require the parent to call for the student or shall provide
proper supervision in seeing that the student is escorted safely home.
In the case of serious injury requiring the immediate attention of a physician, the
following procedure shall be followed:
A.
The school nurse and school physician shall be called immediately and the
family notified.
B.
If the school physician in not available, the family shall be contacted and
the student sent to the family physician on the instruction of the parent.
C.
If the family physician is not available, any other physician shall be called,
or the student shall be taken to the nearest hospital.
D.
The parent shall be responsible for any fees in connection with (B) and (C)
above.
Legal Reference:
20-A MRSA § 4009
Cross Reference:
6/00
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCEA
SCHOOL GUIDELINES FOR MANAGING STUDENTS WITH
FOOD ALLERGIES
The School Committee recognizes that food allergies can pose a significant threat to the
health of students. It is the policy of Lewiston Public Schools to work with students, staff,
parents, and physicians to minimize risks and provide a safe educational environment for
food-allergic students.
Family's Responsibility
Parents of students with food allergies are responsible to:
•
Notify the school of the child's allergies.
•
Provide written medical documentation from the student’s physician describing
the student’s allergy, avoidance measures, typical symptoms, and describing
appropriate actions and/or application of medications in an emergency situation.
The attached Food Allergy Action Plan should be used as a guide. Include a photo
of the child on written form.
•
Work with the school team to develop an Individual Health Plan and/or
Emergency Plan that accommodates the child's needs throughout the school
including in the classroom, in the cafeteria, in after-care programs, during schoolsponsored activities, and on the school bus.
•
Provide the school nurse with properly labeled medications and replace
medications after use or upon expiration.
•
Educate the child in the self-management of their food allergy including:
o safe and unsafe foods
o strategies for avoiding exposure to unsafe foods
o symptoms of allergic reactions
o how and when to tell an adult they may be having an allergy-related
problem
o how to read food labels (age appropriate)
•
Review policies/procedures with the school staff, the child's physician, and the
child (if age appropriate) after a reaction has occurred.
Page 1 of 4
•
Provide emergency contact information, and physician contact information to the
school.
School's Responsibility
•
School personnel shall comply with all state and federal laws that may be
applicable to a student with allergies, including the ADA, IDEA, Section 504, and
FERPA and any district policies that apply. School personnel shall develop and
maintain an Individualized Education Plan and/or a Section 504 Plan for such
students when appropriate.
•
Food-allergic students shall be included in school activities to the fullest extent
possible. Food-allergic students will not be excluded from school activities or
discriminated against solely based on the existence of a food allergy.
•
School personnel shall comply with all federal/state/district laws and regulations
regarding the privacy of and/or sharing of medical information about the student.
•
Lewiston Public Schools will not tolerate threats or harassment against an allergic
child. Such threats, harassment, or other discriminatory activity will be taken
seriously, and will be investigated promptly.
•
For each food-allergic student, the school will identify a core team consisting of,
but not limited to, the school nurse, teacher(s), principal, school food service and
nutrition manager/director, custodial staff, and counselor (if available) to work
with parents and the student (age appropriate) to establish an Individual Health
Plan and/or Emergency Plan. Changes to the Plan(s) to promote food allergy
management should be made with core team participation.
•
The school will ensure that staff who interact with the student on a regular basis
have received training and understand food allergies, are able to recognize
symptoms of an allergic reaction, have been trained in emergency procedures, and
are familiar with the specific medical procedures applicable to that individual
student in the event of an allergic reaction. In addition, the school will work with
other school staff as appropriate to eliminate the use of food allergens in the
allergic student's meals, educational tools, arts and crafts projects, or incentives.
•
The school nurse is responsible for ensuring that student medications are
appropriately stored, and that an emergency kit is available that contains a
physician's standing order for that student to receive epinephrine, or other
medications, as appropriate. To the extent permitted by Maine law, medications
may be kept in an accessible secure location central to designated school
Page 2 of 4
personnel. In some cases, students may be allowed to carry their own epinephrine,
if age appropriate, after approval from the student’s physician/clinic, parent and
school nurse, and if allowed by state or local regulations.
•
Pursuant to Policies JLCD, JLCD-R, certain other designated school personnel are
properly trained to administer medications in accordance with the laws governing
the administration of emergency medications. A staff member who is properly
trained to administer medications shall be available during the school day. The
school has developed procedures to deal with emergency situations that may occur
at school. See Policies JLCE, JLCE-R.
•
The school shall practice implementing a Food Allergy Emergency Plan before an
allergic reaction occurs to assure the efficiency/effectiveness of the Plan.
•
In the event that an allergic reaction does occur at school, a review of the
emergency response and the student’s emergency plan will be conducted with the
core team members, parents/guardians, student (age appropriate), and physician
after a reaction has occurred. Any modifications deemed appropriate may be made
to the student’s plan.
•
The school will ensure that staff who interact with the student on a regular basis
have received training and understand food allergies, are able to recognize
symptoms of an allergic reaction, have been trained in emergency procedures, and
are familiar with the specific medical procedures applicable to that individual
student in the event of an allergic reaction. In addition, the school will work with
other school staff as appropriate to eliminate the use of food allergens in the
allergic student's meals, educational tools, arts and crafts projects, or incentives.
•
All students, including those with food allergies, are eligible to participate in
school lunch and other meal programs. As part of a student’s Individual Health
Plan, the school will make reasonable accommodations to the students’ needs.
This may include the preparation of special meals meeting the student’s dietary
requirements, and may also include the designation of certain areas of the cafeteria
as “allergy free” zones for student use. Depending on the age and needs of the
child, the child’s plan will address a means by which cafeteria staff can identify
specific students and their needs at the point of receiving food in the cafeteria.
•
As appropriate, custodial staff will be educated concerning the need for cleaning
and the type of cleaning solutions appropriate for use. It may be necessary for
tables and desks and cafeteria tables to which the student has access be washed.
•
The school will coordinate with the district transportation administrator to assure
that school bus driver training includes training on allergic reactions, symptom
awareness, and proper response in the event of an allergic reaction. Lewiston
Page 3 of 4
Public Schools buses will be equipped with communication devices for use in case
of emergency. Drivers will receive training on the proper use of such equipment.
•
Lewiston Public Schools will enforce a "no eating" policy on school buses with
exceptions made only to accommodate students having special needs under federal
or similar laws, or school district policy. All such special needs exceptions to the
“no eating” policy must be approved in advance by the principal.
•
A student’s Individual Health Plan/Emergency Plan will include any measures
necessary to protect the student at school sponsored events, including field trips.
Appropriate strategies for managing the food allergy on such trips/events will be a
part of the student’s Individual Health Plan. The school staff member(s)
overseeing a school event/trip are responsible to ensure that all appropriate
measures have been taken for each food-allergic student participating, as outlined
in the student’s plan. In addition, arrangement for access to necessary medications
during the trip/event will be made. The responsible staff member will also be
responsible for familiarizing himself/herself with the student specific needs and
any emergency procedures.
•
Staff should discourage all students from trading any food with others.
Student's Responsibility
Students with food allergies, as appropriate based on age, are responsible to:
• Not trade food with others.
• Not eat anything with unknown ingredients or known to contain any allergen.
• Be proactive in the care and management of their food allergies and reactions
based on their developmental level.
• Notify an adult immediately if they eat something they believe may contain the
food to which they are allergic or if they begin to develop symptoms that are
related to their allergy.
Cross Reference:
JLCD – Administering Medicines to Students
JLCD-R – Authorization to Administer Medicines to Students
JLCE-R – First Aid – Procedures
Approved: December 8, 2003
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCEA E-1
Date
Dear Parent:
_________________ is aware that ___________________ has an allergy to
(Name of School)
(child’s name)
__________________________.
(allergen)
In order to help the school assure a safe environment for your child, there is certain
information that will help in this endeavor. Please provide the following information to
the school:
{ } Provide written medical documentation, instructions, and medications as directed by a
physician.
{ } Send to your child’s teacher, some safe food substituted for your child to eat when
food is brought to the classroom for special occasions.
{ } Provide an EpiPen in case of an emergency.
Other things that would be helpful in caring for your child are the following:
 Continue to educate your child about their allergy including what foods are safe
and unsafe, to tell an adult if they are experiencing symptoms of a reaction, not to
trade foods with another student, and to eat only foods that have been identified as
safe.
 Review food allergies and the emergency plan with your child’s teacher, school
nurse, bus drivers, and coaches.
 Review the cafeteria menu to be sure the foods offered are safe for your child.
 Call the food service director at 795-4106 if you have any questions about the
menu.
 Contact me if you have any other questions at _______________.
(phone number).
Sincerely,
(Name of School Nurse)
12/03
Page 1 of 1
FOOD ALLERGY ACTION PLAN
ALLERGY TO: ________________________________
Student’s Name: ___________________ DOB ________
Teacher: _________________________
Place
Child’s
Picture
Here
Asthmatic? Yes* ___ No ___ *High risk for severe reaction
• SIGNS OF AN ALLERGIC REACTION
Systems:
Symptoms:
MOUTH
Itching & swelling of the lips, tongue or mouth
THROAT* Itching and/or a sense of tightness in the throat, hoarseness, and
hacking cough
SKIN
Hives, itchy rash and/or swelling about the face or extremities
GUT
Nausea, abdominal cramps, vomiting, and/or diarrhea
LUNG*
Shortness of breath, repetitive coughing, and/or wheezing
HEART* “Thready” pulse, “passing-out”
The severity of symptoms can quickly change. *All above symptoms can potentially
progress to a life-threatening situation.
• ACTION FOR MINOR REACTION
1. If only symptom(s) are: _______________________________________,
give ________________________________________________________.
medication/dose/route
Then call:
2. Mother ___________________________, Father _________________________
or emergency contacts.
3. Dr. ______________________________ at _______________________________
If condition does not improve within 10 minutes, follow steps for Major Reaction on
next page.
Page 1 of 3
• ACTION FOR MAJOR REACTION
1. If ingestion is suspected and/or symptom(s) are: __________________________,
give ________________________________________________ IMMEDIATELY!
medication/dose/route
Then call:
2. Call Rescue Squad (911) and ask for advanced life support
3. Mother __________________________ Father
___________________________,
or emergency contacts.
4. Dr. ______________________________ at
_______________________________.
Parent’s Signature _________________________________ Date _______________________
Doctor’s Signature _________________________________ Date _______________________
Page 2 of 3
EMERGENCY CONTACTS
TRAINED STAFF MEMBERS
1. ___________________________________ _ 1. _______________________ Room _____
Relation: _____________ Phone ___________
2. _______________________ Room _____
2. ____________________________________
3. _______________________ Room _____
Relation: _____________ Phone ___________
4. ________________________Room_____
3. ____________________________________
Relation: _____________ Phone ___________
5. ________________________Room_____
6. ________________________Room_____
EPIPEN® AND EPIPEN® JR. DIRECTIONS
1. Pull off gray activation cap.
I.
2.
EPIPEN
Hold black tip near outer thigh (always apply to thigh). Pen may be applied through
clothing.
(Drawing of person wearing long pants self-injecting meds)
3. Swing and jab firmly into outer thigh until Auto-Injector mechanism functions. Hold in
Fortochildren
with multiple
food allergies,
use one then
form for
food. and taken with
place and count
10 slowly.
The Epipen®
unit should
be each
removed
you to the Emergency Room. Massage the injection area for 10 seconds.
For children with multiple food allergies, use one form for each food.
12/03
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLDBG
REINTEGRATION OF STUDENTS FROM JUVENILE
CORRECTIONAL FACILITIES
Maine law requires the establishment of a reintegration team to assist a student entering a
public school from a juvenile correctional facility. The School Committee recognizes the
need for advance planning and appropriate confidentiality in these circumstances.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for determining whether a student will be
accepted or denied access to school based on compliance with the juvenile’s
rehabilitation plan as it affects reintegration. Access may be denied until the
Superintendent is satisfied that conditions have been met.
The school district will comply with reintegration standards established by the Maine
Department of Education. The Superintendent will be responsible for overseeing the
transition of students from juvenile correctional facilities based on the following
guidelines.
A. Within ten days of receiving information from the Department of
Corrections concerning the release of the juvenile offender, the
Superintendent shall establish and convene a meeting of reintegration team
to review information received from the Department of Corrections,
evaluate the student’s individual educational needs, and determine what
additional information may be relevant.
B. The reintegration team shall include at a minimum the principal/designee of
the school to which the student will be admitted, at least one classroom
teacher to which the student will be assigned or who is involved in the
school’s student assistance team, the student’s parent/guardian/custodian,
and a guidance counselor. The student’s juvenile correctional officer or
other representative from the Department of Corrections may be invited to
attend.
C. The reintegration team will determine, on the basis of need, which school
employees should be given (OR receive information, OR have access to)
information that would otherwise be considered confidential. The nature
and extent of information provided should be limited to that needed to
implement the student’s reintegration plan and ensure the health and safety
of the student, the safety of the school’s students and staff, and the integrity
of school property.
D. The Superintendent/designee will be responsible for ensuring that
confidentiality training, including a review of the school unit’s policy and
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLDBG
administrative procedures pertinent to records from the juvenile criminal
justice system, including the juvenile correctional facility, and to all student
educational records under the Family Education Records and Privacy Act
(FERPA), is provided to all school employees who have access to this
information.
E. Before the student enters school, at least one additional meeting of the
reintegration team should be held to develop an individualized plan for the
student’s reintegration based on the student’s educational needs and the
options available within the school system. This meeting should include the
student as well as the members of the reintegration team. The reintegration
plan will address the student’s educational program, participation in
activities (including co-curricular and extracurricular activities), and access
to school facilities (including transportation).
F. Placement in grade, class, and/or school programs will be based on the
student’s abilities and academic achievement demonstrated in prior
educational settings, including the student’s stay at the juvenile correctional
facility. The principal will be responsible for evaluating the student’s
transcript and portfolio from the juvenile correctional facility to assess
progress towards meeting the content standards of the Learning Results.
G. The Superintendent/designee will be responsible for developing and
implementing a process for monitoring and reporting a student’s progress
and compliance with the reintegration plan and for modifying the plan as
needed.
H. A student who violates School Committee policy or school rules will be
subject to the disciplinary consequences described in policy, administrative
procedures, and/or the student handbook/student code of conduct.
I. The Superintendent/designee shall make any reports that may be required
by the Department of Education concerning numbers of students entering
the local school unit from juvenile correctional facilities.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
20-A M.R.S.A. §§254(12), 2902(10, 4502(5)(O), 6001-B(1),
6001-B(2), 6001-B(3-A)
May 19, 2003
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLF
REPORTING CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT
I.
II.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Child abuse or neglect. Child abuse or neglect is defined by Maine law as
“a threat to a child’s health or welfare by physical, mental or emotional
injury or impairment, sexual abuse or exploitation, deprivation of essential
needs or lack of protection from these, or failure to ensure compliance with
school attendance requirement, if the child is at least seven years of age and
has not completed grade six and has the equivalent of seven full days of
unexcused absences or five consecutive school days of unexcused absences
during a school years, by a person responsible for the child.
B.
Person responsible for the child. A “person responsible for the child”
means a person with responsibility for a child’s health or welfare, whether
in the child’s home or another home or a facility which, as part of its
function, provides for the care of the child. It includes the child’s parent,
guardian or other custodian.
EMPLOYEES’ DUTY TO REPORT
Any employee of the school unit who has reason to suspect that a child has been or
is likely to be abused or neglected must immediately notify the building
administrator who shall process the report as provided in Section III of this policy.
In addition to notifying the building administrator, the employee may also make a
report directly to the Department of Human Services (DHS) or the District
Attorney when the employee believes a direct report will better protect the child in
question.
III.
ADMINISTRATORS’ DUTIES
A.
The building administrator shall make an immediate verbal report to the
Superintendent/ designee. If it is determined that there is a duty to make a
report to DHS or the District Attorney, the Superintendent/designee shall
make the appropriate report(s), as provided in section B.
Page 1 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLF
IV.
B.
The law provides that a report must be made to DHS when the person
suspected is a “person responsible for the child,” or to the District Attorney
when the person suspected is not a person responsible for the child.
However, because the legal definition of “person responsible for the child”
is vague, the Superintendent/designee shall report all cases of suspected
abuse or neglect to DHS. In addition, if the person suspected is not the
parent, guardian or other custodian of the child, the Superintendent/
designee shall also make a report to the District Attorney.
C.
The Superintendent/designee shall retain a record of all verbal and written
reports made to DHS, the District Attorney, or other outside agencies as
well as all actions taken by the school unit.
REPORTING PROCEDURES
The verbal report shall include the following information, if known:
A.
The name and address of the child and the persons responsible for his/her
care or custody;
B.
The child’s age and sex;
C.
The nature and extent of the alleged abuse or neglect, including description
of injuries and any explanation given for them;
D.
A description of alleged sexual abuse or exploitation, if any;
E.
Family composition and evidence of prior abuse or neglect of the child or
his/her siblings;
F.
The source of the report, the person making the report, his/her occupation
and where he/she can be contacted;
G.
Any actions taken by school staff, including any photographs taken or other
materials collected; and
H.
Any other information the person making the report believes may be
helpful.
Page 2 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLF
Upon DHS’ request for a written report, the Superintendent/designee shall
complete the Suspected Child Abuse/Neglect Report and mail a copy to DHS.
Proper documentation shall be maintained in accordance with Section III. C.
V.
VI.
INTERNAL INVESTIGATIONS AND DISCIPLINE
A.
Employees. If the person suspected of abuse or neglect is an employee, the
Superintendent/designee shall investigate and take appropriate action, in
accordance with applicable School Committee policies, collective
bargaining contracts, and federal and state laws.
B.
Students. If the person suspected of abuse or neglect is a student, and the
abuse or neglect occurred on school premises, during a school activity, or is
otherwise related to the school, the Superintendent/designee shall
investigate and take appropriate action, in accordance with applicable
School Committee policies and federal and state laws.
INTERVIEWS OF STUDENT AND SCHOOL PERSONNEL
Upon Department of Human Services (DHHS) request, DHHS personnel shall be
permitted to meet with and interview a child who is named in a report of suspected
child abuse and neglect when the child is present at the school. The interviewer
shall provide written certification that he/she is an authorized representative of the
DHHS and that, in DHHS judgment, the interview is necessary to carry out that
Department’s duties under Maine law.
The DHHS caseworker shall discuss the circumstances of the interview and any
relevant information regarding the alleged abuse or neglect with the child’s
teacher or guidance counselor or the school’s nurse, social worker or principal, as
the caseworker determines is necessary for the provision of any needed emotional
support to the child prior to and following the interview.
School officials may not place any other conditions on the DHHS’s ability to
conduct the interview, including but not limited to requiring that certain persons
be present during the interview; prohibiting certain persons from being present
during the interview; or requiring notice to or consent from a parent or guardian.
School officials shall provide an appropriate, quiet and private place for the
interview to occur.
Page 3 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLF
That DHHS intends to interview the child is confidential information and may not
be disclosed to any person except those school officials, including an attorney for
the school, who need the information to comply with Maine law pertaining to
child abuse and neglect investigations.
School personnel who assist DHHS in making a child available for an interview
are regarded as participating in a child protection investigation or proceeding for
the purpose of immunity from liability.
VII.
CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION AND RECORDS
All records, reports and information concerning alleged cases of child abuse and
neglect shall be kept confidential to the extent required by School Committee
policies and applicable law.
The building administrator/designee is permitted to release a student’s school
records without prior consent of the parent/guardian to DHS or law enforcement
officials as necessary to protect the health or safety of the student or other
individuals under federal law.
VIII. GOOD FAITH IMMUNITY FROM LIABILITY
Any person who in good faith reports or participates in the investigation or
proceedings of a child protection investigation is immune from any criminal or
civil liability for the act of reporting or participating in the investigation or
proceeding. Good faith does not include instances when a false report is made and
the person knows the report is false.
Legal Reference:
22 MRSA §4011-A, 4021
20 USC § 1232g, Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
Cross Reference:
JLF-E1 – Suspected Child Abuse/Neglect Report Form
Adopted:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
February 11, 2008
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLF-E1
SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE/NEGLECT REPORT FORM
Reported to Department of Health & Human Services
TO: Superintendent of Schools
FR: ___________________________/______________________________
(school name)
(person making report)
Date and time of report: _________________________________________________
Name of student who is subject of report: ___________________________________
Age: ______________ Sex: ____________ Grade: _______________
Parent/Guardian Name(s): ________________________________________________
Address: __________________________________________________________
Names of sibling(s):______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
Type of Alleged or Suspected Abuse:
⁯ Physical ⁯ Sexual ⁯ Verbal/Emotional ⁯ Neglect
⁯ Absenteeism
⁯ Other
Statements or indicators leading to the suspicion of abuse/neglect (include all known
information, including date, time and location, name of alleged or suspected abuser, and
relationship to student):
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
Page 1 of 2
List any photographs taken or other materials collected related to the report: _____
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Actions taken by school officials (list date, time and personnel involved):
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Reports to authorities (if applicable):
Name and title of office contacted: _______________________________________
Date and time of telephone report: _______________________________________
Copy of report form sent (include date and addressee): ______________________
____________________________________________________________
Signature and title of person completing form:
_________________________________________
______________________
Date: ______________________
6/00
2/08
7/08
Page 2 of 2
SCHOOL ACCIDENT REPORT FORM
(Individual)
School____________________________________ Date_________________________
Principal ____________________________Person Reporting______________________
Name of PersonInjured_____________________________________________________
Teacher___________________________________________ Grade ________________
Sex (Circle) M
F
Date of Accident _________________________Time__________
Parent’s Name ______________________________Telephone Number______________
Address_________________________________________________________________
Activity (e.g. chemistry) ___________________________________________________
Place of Injury (e.g. chemistry lab)___________________________________________
How? (e.g. fell)___________________________________________________________
Kind of Injury (e.g. fracture)_________________________________________________
Body Part Affected (e.g. right arm)___________________________________________
School Time Lost (e.g. 2 days) ______________________________________________
The above accident required medical attention.
By Whom_______________________ Address_________________________________
Insurance Coverage (Student, Family)_________________________________________
Disposition______________________________________________________________
(e.g. sent home, hospitalized)
6/00
2/08
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLG
EDUCATION OF HOMELESS STUDENTS
Recognizing that homelessness is a serious social issue, and that homeless children and
youth often face significant obstacles in accessing education, Lewiston Public Schools
seek to ensure that homeless children and youth have equal opportunity to a free
appropriate public education in compliance with federal and state laws.
Definitions:
“Homeless children and youth” means students that lack a fixed, regular, and adequate
nighttime residence. The term includes:
(1) children and youth who are sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of
housing, economic hardship, or a similar compelling reason; are living in motels,
hotels, trailer parks or camping grounds due to a lack of alternative adequate
accommodations; are living in emergency or transitional shelters; are abandoned
in hospitals; or are awaiting foster care placement;
(2) children or youth that have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or
private place not designed for or ordinarily used as a regular sleeping
accommodation for human beings;
(3) children and youth who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned
buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; and
(4) migratory children (as defined in section 1309 of the Elementary and
Secondary Educations Act of 1965, as amended) who qualify as homeless because
they are living in circumstances described in this definition.
Children and youth who have a fixed, regular and adequate night time residence,
but elect to share the housing of other persons who are not a parent or legal
guardian for reasons not related to personal hardship, are not homeless students.
“Enroll” and “enrollment” include attending classes and participating fully in school
activities.
“Liaison” is the staff person designated by Lewiston Public Schools as the person
responsible for carrying out the duties assigned to the liaison by the McKinney-Vento
Act.
Page 1 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLG
“Unaccompanied youth” includes a youth not in the physical custody of a parent or
guardian. The more general term “youth” also includes unaccompanied youth.
“School of origin” means the school that the child or youth last attended when
permanently housed, or the school in which the child or youth was last enrolled.
Equal Access:
Homeless students will have access to the education and services that are available to
non-homeless students, to ensure that homeless students have the same opportunity to
meet the academic standards that all students are held to. Homeless students will not be
separated, segregated, stigmatized or isolated from the mainstream school environment
on the basis of their homeless status. To the extent feasible, all services provided to
homeless students will be provided within mainstream school programs. The
Superintendent may authorize separation of a homeless student from the mainstream
school programs if and when necessary for short periods of time due to a health and
safety emergency, or to provide temporary, special and supplementary services to meet
the unique needs of the homeless student.
Placement:
School placement decisions will be made by the Superintendent in the best interest of the
homeless child or youth. Based upon the child’s or youth’s best interest, Lewiston Public
Schools shall:
(a) continue the student’s education in the school of origin:
(i) for the duration of homelessness if a family becomes homeless between
academic years or during an academic year; or
(ii) for the remainder of the academic year if the student obtains permanent
housing during an academic year.
(b) enroll the student in any public school that non-homeless students who live in
the attendance area in which the student is actually living are eligible to attend.
In determining the best interest of the child or youth, the Superintendent will, to the
extent feasible, keep a homeless child or youth in the school of origin, unless doing so is
contrary to the wishes of the student’s parent/guardian. In the case of an unaccompanied
youth, the Superintendent shall consult with the Liaison when making a placement
decision and shall consider the views of the unaccompanied youth.
Page 2 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLG
The Superintendent will notify the parent/guardian of any decision to place a child in a
school other than the school of origin or the school requested by the parent/guardian. The
Superintendent will provide the parent/guardian with a written explanation of the
placement decision, and will inform the parent/guardian, in writing, of his/her right to
appeal the placement decision. In the case of an unaccompanied youth, the
Superintendent will provide the same written notice to the youth and the Liaison.
Enrollment:
A school within Lewiston Public Schools will immediately enroll a homeless child or
youth if selected as the placement in the best interest of the child or youth. The
Superintendent may authorize separation of a homeless student from the
mainstream school programs if and when necessary for short periods of time due to
a health and safety emergency, or to provide temporary, special and supplementary
services to meet the unique needs of the homeless students. The school shall not be
required to enroll the student if the student is presently expelled or serving a
suspension imposed by the school of origin. If the student is unable to produce
immunization, medical, academic or other records normally required for enrollment, the
Superintendent or his designee will immediately contact the school last attended by the
student to obtain relevant records. The child’s parent/guardian will be required to supply
contact information necessary for the Superintendent or Liaison to procure necessary
records. If the student needs to obtain immunizations or records, the Superintendent will
refer the parent/guardian or unaccompanied youth to the Liaison. The Liaison will assist
the youth or parent/guardian to obtain necessary immunizations or records. The lack of
these records will not prevent the homeless child or youth from enrollment
Enrollment/Placement Dispute:
In the event of a dispute over school selection or enrollment, the student will be
immediately enrolled in the school in which the parent/guardian seeks enrollment,
pending resolution of the dispute. Immediate enrollment is not required in the case of
a health or safety emergency or if the student is presently expelled or serving a
suspension imposed by the school or origin. The parent/guardian or youth shall be
provided with a written explanation of the Department’s decision, including notice of the
right to appeal the decision. The Superintendent will refer the parent/guardian to the
Liaison who will carry out the dispute resolution process expeditiously, in compliance
with state and federal guidelines. The same process will be followed in the event of a
placement or enrollment dispute between the school district and an unaccompanied
youth. Enrollment disputes shall be handled according to applicable state dispute
resolution processes.
Page 3 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLG
Liaison:
Lewiston Public Schools has appointed a Liaison for Homeless Students and Youth. The
Liaison’s primary duty will be to ensure that homeless children and youth have equal
access to all services for which they are eligible and a full opportunity to succeed in
Lewiston schools. The Liaison’s duties will include, but not be limited to, outreach and
identification of homeless children, provision of public notices concerning educational
rights of homeless children and youths, education of children and their families as to the
educational services and opportunities available to them, assistance with enrollment of
homeless students and youth, assistance and facilitation of grievance or appeal processes
as necessary, review of school policies and practices for compliance with state and
federal guidelines, training of school personnel, and any other responsibilities as
prescribed by Lewiston Public Schools and/or state and federal requirements.
Transportation:
Upon request of the parent/guardian or Liaison (in the case of an unaccompanied youth),
Lewiston Public Schools will provide or arrange for transportation of homeless students
to and from the student’s school of origin. If the student is living and attending school in
Lewiston, the district shall provide transportation. In cases where the student is living
outside the District and attending school in Lewiston, or is living in Lewiston and
attending school outside Lewiston, the responsibility for transportation and costs shall be
determined by agreement between the Superintendent and the Superintendent of the other
district consistent with federal and state requirements. In the event of a dispute over costs
or responsibility for transportation, such costs and responsibility shall be shared equally
and the matter shall be resolved pursuant to available processes in compliance with state
or federal regulations.
Title I Services:
Homeless children and youth shall receive Title I services and sufficient funds will be
reserved to provide services in compliance with state and federal guidelines. Title I
programs will be coordinated with McKinney-Vento services through collaboration
between the District’s Title I director and the Liaison. Homeless children and youth shall
be assessed, reported on and included in accountability systems as required by federal
and state laws and regulations.
Special Education Services:
Homeless children and youth shall be evaluated and identified for special services in
compliance with state and federal regulations. If a child or youth has an Individualized
Page 4 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLG
Education Plan (IEP), the District shall implement it consistent with applicable
regulations, and shall establish a PET as soon as practicable. Re-evaluations or reviews of the
student’s IEP shall be conducted as necessary. If complete records are not available, a PET shall
be convened and shall determine the best course of action consistent with applicable federal and
state regulations.
Policy Review:
The Superintendent, in coordination with the Liaison, shall initiate and oversee a process
of review to develop and revise District policies and practices to remove any barriers to
the enrollment, retention and educational achievement of homeless children and youth.
Policies and practices may be revised from time to time to comply with state and federal
requirements.
Legal Reference:
Adopted:
42 U.S.C. §11431 et. seq.
April 28, 2003
Page 5 of 5
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLIB
STUDENT DISMISSAL PRECAUTIONS
The School Committee seeks to safeguard students by requiring procedures for excusing
students from attendance at school. The building administrators are directed to develop
and implement administrative procedures for dismissing students, subject to the approval
of the Superintendent. It is understood that procedures may vary from school to school
due to the differing ages of the students.
Students will be released only to parents, legal guardians, and other persons specifically
authorized in writing by parents/legal guardians to pick up the student. If the building
administrator/designee has reason to question the authenticity of any written or verbal
communication regarding the release of a student, the parents/guardians shall be
contacted for confirmation. The building administrator/designee has the authority to
deny the release of students to unauthorized or unknown persons. Students who drive to
school must present a note from a parent/guardian authorizing them to leave school at any
time during the school day and must sign out at the school office. Students over 18 must
provide a written reason for leaving school and must sign out at the school office.
A custodial parent/guardian who wishes the school to comply with provisions of a court
order to restrict access to a student is responsible for providing a certified copy of such
order to the school.
In addition, administrative procedures concerning student dismissal shall incorporate the
following components:
A.
A procedure for dismissing students in the event of an emergency during
the school day;
B.
A procedure for dismissing students for illness and other reasons prior to
the end of the school day; and
C.
A procedure for confirming the identity of parents/guardians and others
authorized to pick up students prior to releasing students.
Cross Reference:
JEA – Compulsory Attendance Ages
KI – Visitors to the Schools
Adopted:
July 14, 1997
Revised:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: JO
EMPLOYMENT OF STUDENTS
The School Committee recognizes that Maine statutes restrict the work hours for students
enrolled in school who are under age 16, and, to a lesser extent, for students who are 16
and 17. The law authorizes the Superintendent/designee to issue work permits to minors
under 16 under certain conditions, including that he/she be enrolled in school, not
habitually truant, not under suspension and currently passing a majority of courses.
Permits may be revoked by the Superintendent if these conditions are not maintained.
The School Committee believes there is a need for balance between work and school to
enhance the development of young people. The School Committee directs school staff to
work closely with parents, businesses and employers of students toward that end.
Legal Reference:
26 MRSA §§ 664, 702, 704, 771, 773-775
Cross Reference:
JEA-R – LHS/LRTC Attendance Policy
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA CODE: JRA
STUDENT EDUCATION RECORDS AND INFORMATION
Lewiston Public Schools shall comply with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(“FERPA”) and all other federal and state laws and regulations concerning confidentiality and
maintenance of student records and information.
Lewiston Public Schools designate the following student information as directory information:
name, participation and grade level of students in recognized activities and sports, height and
weight of student athletes, dates of attendance in the school unit, honors and awards received,
and photographs and videos relating to school attendance and participation in school activities
(except photographs and videos on the Internet) . Lewiston Public Schools may disclose
directory information if it has provided notice to parents (and eligible students over 18) and has
not received timely written notice refusing permission to designate such information as directory
information.
Military Recruiters/Higher Education Access to Information
Under federal law, military recruiters and institutions of higher education are entitled to receive
the names, addresses and telephone numbers of secondary students, and Lewiston Public Schools
must comply with any such request, provided that parents have been notified of their right to
request that this information not be released without their prior written consent.
Information on the Internet
Under Maine law, Lewiston Public Schools shall not publish on the Internet any information that
identifies a student, including but not limited to the student’s full name, photograph, personal
biography, e-mail address, home address, date of birth, social security number and parents’
names, without written parental consent.
Transfer of Student Records
As required by Maine law, Lewiston Public Schools send student education records to a school
unit to which a student applies for transfer, including disciplinary records, attendance records,
special education records and health records (except for confidential health records for which
consent for dissemination has not been obtained).
Designation of Law Enforcement Unit
The School Committee hereby designates its School Resource Officer(s) as the Lewiston Public
Schools’ law enforcement unit.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA CODE: JRA
Administrative Procedures and Notices
The Superintendent is responsible for developing and implementing any administrative
procedures and parent notices necessary to comply with the applicable laws and regulations
concerning student education records and information. Notices shall be distributed annually to
parents and eligible students concerning their rights under these laws and regulations. A copy of
this policy shall be posted in each school.
Legal Reference:
20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 C.F.R. Part 99
20 U.S.C. § 7908
20-A M.R.S.A. §§ 6001, 6001-B
Maine Department of Education Rules, Chapters 101 and 125
Cross Reference:
JRA-E1 – Annual Notice of Student Education Records and Information
Rights
JRA-R – Education Records and Information Administrative Procedure
ILD – Student Surveys and Marketing Information
11/18/02
Revised: 1/26/04
Revised: 7/28/08
Revised: 9/14/09
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA CODE: JRA-R
STUDENT EDUCATION RECORDS AND INFORMATION –
This administrative procedure is intended to assist administrators and school staff in
complying with the requirements of federal and state statutes and regulations concerning
student education records and information, including special education requirements.
Definitions
The following definitions apply to terms used in this procedure.
1. "Act" means the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (20 U.S.C.
§1232g).
2. “Directory information” means the following information contained in an
education record of a student: name, participation and grade level of students
in officially recognized activities and sports, height and weight of student
athletes, dates of attendance in the school unit, honors and awards received,
and photographs and videos relating to school attendance and participation in
school activities (except photographs and videos on the Internet).
3. "Eligible student" means a student who has attained 18 years of age who has
not been judged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be so severely impaired
that the student is unable to make decisions or exercise judgment on his/her
own behalf. When a student attains the age of 18, all rights accorded to parents
concerning education records transfer to the eligible student.
4. "Parent" means parent, regardless of divorce or separation, a legal guardian, or
individual acting as a parent or guardian provided that there shall be a
presumption that a parent has the authority to exercise the rights inherent in the
Act, unless there is evidence of a state law or court order governing such
matters as divorce, separation or custody or a legally binding instrument that
specifically revokes such rights.
5. "Education Record" means information or data that directly relates to a student
and is maintained by the school unit in any medium, including but not limited
to handwriting, print, computer media, video or audio tape, microfilm and
microfiche. Records of instructional, supervisory and administrative personnel
and personnel who support these individuals, which are in the sole possession
of the maker thereof and which are not accessible or revealed to any other
person except a temporary substitute for the person who made the record are
excluded from this definition.
Page 1 of 7
6. "Student" includes any individual with respect to whom the School District
maintains education records.
Annual Notification of Rights
Parents and eligible students shall be provided with notice of their rights under FERPA
and other applicable federal and state laws and regulations concerning education records
at the beginning of each school year or upon enrollment if a student enrolls after the start
of the school year. Lewiston Public Schools may provide notice through any of the
following means:
1. Mailing to students’ homes;
2. Distribution to students to take home;
3. Publication in student handbooks;
4. Publication in newsletters or other materials distributed to each
parent/eligible student.
Access to Policy and Administrative Procedures
Lewiston Public Schools’ policy on Student Education Records and Information shall be
posted in each school. In addition, school administrators shall provide copies of this
administrative procedure to parents/eligible students upon request.
Inspection and Review of Education Records
Parents/eligible students may review and inspect their educational records by the
following procedure:
1. The parent/eligible student must make a written request to the Superintendent
or building administrator to review the records.
2. The Superintendent or building administrator will comply with the request
without unnecessary delay and in a reasonable period of time, but in no case
more than 45 days after it received the request, and will comply before any IEP
Team meeting regarding an Individualized Education Program or any due
process hearing relating to the identification, evaluation, or placement of the
student.
Page 2 of 7
3. The Superintendent or building administrator may deny a request for access to
or copies of the student's education records if there is reasonable doubt as to
the legality of the parent-child relationship. Access will be withheld until a
determination of legal right to access can be established.
Parents/eligible students may also request to review the following:
1. Lewiston Public Schools’ list of types and locations of all records and titles of
officials responsible for the records.
2. Lewiston Public Schools’ record of disclosures of personally identifiable
information (see following section).
Requests to Amend Education Records
Parents/eligible students may ask Lewiston Public Schools to amend education records
they believe are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the student’s privacy rights as
follows:
1. The parent/eligible student must make a written request to the Superintendent
or building administrator to amend the education record. The request must
clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it is
inaccurate or misleading.
2. The Superintendent or building administrator shall, within a reasonable period
of time after receipt of the request, either amend the record in accordance with
the request or inform the parent/eligible student of its refusal to amend the
record and inform the parent/eligible student of their right to request a hearing.
3. If the parent/eligible student requests a hearing, it shall be held within a
reasonable period of time from Lewiston Public Schools’ receipt of the written
request. The parent/eligible student shall be given advance notice of the date,
place, and time of the hearing. The Superintendent shall designate an
individual to conduct the hearing. This individual may be an employee of
Lewiston Public Schools so long as he/she does not have a direct interest in the
outcome of the hearing. The parent/eligible student shall be afforded a full and
fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues raised and may be
assisted or represented by individuals of his/her choice at his/her own expense,
including an attorney.
Page 3 of 7
4. Lewiston Public Schools shall make its decision in writing within a reasonable
period of time. The decision of the school shall include a summary of the
evidence and the reasons for the decision.
5. If, as a result of the hearing, Lewiston Public Schools decide that the
information is inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy
rights of the student, it shall amend the education records of the student
accordingly and so inform the parent/eligible student in writing.
6. If, as a result of the hearing, Lewiston Public Schools decide that the
information is not inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the
privacy rights of the student, it shall inform the parent/eligible student of their
right to include a statement in the student’s education record about the
contested information and/or setting forth any reasons for disagreeing with the
decision of Lewiston Public Schools.
7. Any statement placed in the student’s education record under the preceding
paragraph shall be maintained as long as the record or contested portion is
maintained by the School Lewiston Public Schools. If the education records of
the student or the contested portion is disclosed by Lewiston Public Schools to
any party, the explanation shall also be disclosed.
Disclosure of Education Records
All disclosures of education records will be made in compliance with federal and state
statutes and regulations. Lewiston Public Schools will maintain a record of disclosures of
personally identifiable information from the education records of a student. Such records
do not include disclosures to the parents/eligible student, disclosures made pursuant to
written consent of the parents/eligible student, disclosures to school officials or
disclosures of directory information. Lewiston Public Schools will not disclose any
personally identifiable information from the education records of a student without the
prior written consent of the parent/eligible student. The written consent shall include a
specification of the records which may be disclosed, the purpose(s) of the disclosure(s),
and the identity of the party or parties to whom the disclosure(s) may be made.
There are several exceptions to the requirement to obtain prior written consent before
Disclosing education records as follows:
Page 4 of 7
1. Directory Information. Lewiston Public Schools may make directory
information (as described in the Definitions section) public at its discretion
unless a parent/eligible student has notified the Superintendent in writing by
September 15th or within thirty (30) days of enrollment, whichever is later.
Lewiston Public Schools may disclose directory information about former students
without the consent of the parent/eligible student.
2. Military Recruiters/Institutions of Higher Education. Military recruiters
and institutions of higher education are entitled to receive the names, addresses
and telephone numbers of secondary students and Lewiston Public Schools
must comply with any such request, provided that parents have been notified of
their right to request that this information not be released without their prior
written consent. Parents/eligible students who do not want Lewiston Public
Schools to disclose this information must notify the Superintendent in writing
by September 15th or within thirty (30) days of enrollment, whichever is later.
3. School Officials with Legitimate Educational Interests. Education records
may be disclosed to school officials with a “legitimate educational interest.” A
school official has a legitimate educational interest if he/she needs to review an
education record in order to fulfill his/her professional responsibility. School
officials include persons employed by Lewiston Public Schools as an
administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health
or medical staff and the school unit’s designated law enforcement unit
personnel, if any); members of the Board of Education; persons or companies
with whom Lewiston Public Schools have contracted to provide specific
services (such as attorneys, auditors, medical consultants, evaluators or
therapists); and parents, students or volunteers serving on an official committee
(such as a disciplinary or grievance committee) or assisting a school official in
performing his/her professional responsibilities.
4. Other School Units. Under Maine law (20-A M.R.S.A. § 6001-B), Lewiston
Public Schools are required to send a student’s education records to a school
unit to which a student applies for transfer, including disciplinary records,
attendance records, special education records and health records. Consent is
not required for the transfer of these records, except for confidential health
records.
Page 5 of 7
At the request of the Superintendent of the school unit where a student seeks
admission, the student's current or former school administrators shall provide,
in a timely fashion, an oral or written report to the Superintendent indicating
whether the student has been expelled or suspended or is the subject of an
expulsion or suspension proceeding.
5. Other Entities/Individuals. Education records may be disclosed to other
governmental entities and individuals as specifically permitted by FERPA and
the accompanying regulations.
6. Information on the Internet. Under Maine law (20-A M.R.S.A. § 6001),
Lewiston Public Schools shall not publish on the Internet any information that
identifies a student, including but not limited the student’s full name,
photograph, personal biography, e-mail address, home address, date of birth,
social security number and parents’ names, without written parental consent.
Waiver of Confidentiality Rights
A parent/eligible student may waive any of his/her rights regarding confidentiality of
educational records, but any such a waiver must be in writing and signed by the
parent/eligible student. The school may not require that a parent/eligible student waive
his or her rights. Any waiver may be revoked with respect to actions occurring after the
revocation. If a parent executes a waiver, that waiver may be revoked by the student any
time after he/she becomes an eligible student.
Fees for Copying Records
There shall be no charge to search for or retrieve education records of a student.
Lewiston Public Schools shall provide copies of education records to parents/eligible
students upon request. The cost of producing copies of the record to parents/eligible
student will be ten cents ($0.10) per page copied, plus postage. Parents/eligible students
who are unable to pay such fees will not be denied access to education records. This fee,
however, will not prohibit a parent's or eligible student's opportunity for access to the
records if they are unable to pay for such copies. There will be no charge to search for or
to retrieve the education records of a student.
Maintenance and Destruction of Education Records
Lewiston Public Schools shall maintain accurate and up-to-date education records as
required by federal and state statutes and regulations.
Page 6 of 7
1. Records shall be maintained by personnel who are knowledgeable about the
applicable confidentiality. All records shall be safeguarded from unauthorized
access. Student records must be kept in fireproof storage at the school or a
duplicate set kept off-site.
2. The high school transcripts of all former students shall be kept in perpetuity by
Lewiston Public Schools. A permanent record of a special education student's
name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, and
grade and year completed shall be maintained without time limitations. All
other records will be maintained in accordance with Maine State Rules for
Disposition of Local Governmental Records (Schedule L).
3. Lewiston Public Schools shall not destroy any education record if there is any
outstanding request to inspect or review such records.
4. Records of access to education records shall be retained as long as the records
themselves.
5. Lewiston Public Schools shall inform parents of students with disabilities when
education records are no longer needed to provide educational services to the
student or to demonstrate that the school has provided the student with a free
appropriate public education as required by law. At that point, the records may
be turned over to parents/eligible student upon their request, or destroyed in
accordance with the parent’s request or school unit procedures.
Complaints
The United States Department of Education maintains an office that handles complaints
about alleged violations of FERPA by local school units. Complaints regarding
violations of rights accorded parents/eligible students may be submitted in writing to:
Family Policy Compliance Office
Department of Education
400 Maryland Avenue, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20202
Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 C.F.R. Part 99
20 U.S.C. § 7908
20-A M.R.S.A. § 6001, 6001-B
Maine Department of Education Rules, Chapters 101 and 125
Maine State Archives, Rules for Disposition of Local Governmental
Records (Schedule L)
9/2009
Page 7 of 7
NEPN/NSBA CODE: JRA-E1
36 OAK STREET
LEWISTON, ME 04240
ANNUAL NOTICE OF STUDENT EDUCATION RECORDS AND INFORMATION
RIGHTS
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (“FERPA”) provides certain rights to parents
and eligible students (18 years of age or older) with respect to the student=s education records.
Inspection of Records
Parents/eligible students may inspect and review the student’s education records within 45 days
of making a request. Such requests must be submitted to the Superintendent or building
administrator in writing and must identify the record(s) to be inspected. The Superintendent or
building administrator will notify the parent/eligible student of the time and place where the
record(s) may be inspected. Parents/eligible students may obtain copies of education records at a
cost of ten cents ($0.10) per page.
Amendment of Records
Parents/eligible students may ask Lewiston Public Schools to amend education records
they believe are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the student’s right to privacy.
Such requests must be submitted to the Superintendent or building administrator in
writing, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it is
inaccurate or misleading. If the Superintendent or building administrator decides not to
amend the record as requested, the parent/eligible student will be notified of the
decision, their right to request a hearing, and information about the hearing procedure.
Disclosure of Records
Lewiston Public Schools must obtain a parent/eligible student’s written consent prior to
disclosure of personally identifiable information in education records except in
circumstances as permitted by law.
1.
Lewiston Public Schools designates the following student information as directory
information that may be made public at its discretion: name, participation and grade level
of students in officially recognized activities and sports, height and weight of student
athletes, dates of attendance in the school unit, honors and awards received, and
photographs and videos relating to school attendance and participation in school activities
(except photographs and videos on the Internet).
Page 1 of 3
Parents/eligible students who do not want Lewiston Public Schools to disclose directory
information must notify the Superintendent in writing by September 15th or within thirty
(30) days of enrollment, whichever is later.
2.
Military Recruiters/Institutions of Higher Education
Military recruiters and institutions of higher education are entitled to receive the
names, addresses and telephone numbers of secondary students and Lewiston
Public Schools must comply with any such request, provided that parents have
been notified of their right to request that this information not be released without
their prior written consent. Parents/eligible students who do not want Lewiston
Public Schools to disclose this information must notify the Superintendent in
writing by September 15th or within thirty (30) days of enrollment, whichever is
later.
3.
School Officials with Legitimate Educational Interests
Education records may be disclosed to school officials with a “legitimate educational
interest.” A school official has a legitimate educational interest if he/she needs to review
an education record in order to fulfill his/her professional responsibility. School officials
include persons employed by Lewiston Public Schools as an administrator, supervisor,
instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law
enforcement unit personnel); members of the Board of Education; persons or companies
with whom Lewiston Public Schools have contracted to provide specific services (such as
attorneys, auditors, medical consultants, evaluators, or therapists); and parents, students
and volunteers serving on an official committee (such as a disciplinary or grievance
committee) or assisting a school official in performing his/her professional
responsibilities.
4.
Other School Units
As required by Maine law, Lewiston Public Schools send student education records to a
school unit to which a student applies for transfer, including disciplinary records,
attendance records, special education records and health records (except for confidential
health records for which consent for dissemination has not been obtained).
5.
Other Entities/Individuals
Education records may be disclosed to other entities and individuals as specifically
permitted by law. Parents/eligible students may obtain information about other
exceptions to the written consent requirement by request to the Superintendent or
Page 2 of 3
Complaints Regarding Lewiston Public School Compliance with FERPA
Parents/eligible students who believe that Lewiston Public Schools have not complied
with the requirements of FERPA have the right to file a complaint with the U.S.
Department of Education. The office that administers FERPA is:
Family Policy Compliance Office
U.S. Department of Education
400 Maryland Avenue, SW
Washington, DC 20202
9/2009
Page 3 of 3
CONSENT/DENIAL OF CONSENT TO RELEASE STUDENT INFORMATION
(For Grades K-8 Students)
Federal law and regulations pertaining to family educational rights and privacy allow schools,
without prior consent, to release at their discretion information from student educational records
that has been designated by the school system as “directory information.” Lewiston Public
Schools have designated the following as directory information: student’s name, participation in
officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of student athletes, grade level in
school of participants in extracurricular activities, date of attendance at local school unit schools,
and honors and awards received.
Please check the box that applies and return this form to:
I give my permission for _____________________ School to release information about
my son/daughter ___________________________ that the school system has designated
as “directory information.”
I request that _____________________ School NOT release information of any kind,
including “directory information,” concerning my son/daughter _________________
without my prior written consent.
________________________________________
______________________
Date
Page 1 of 1
CONSENT/DENIAL OF CONSENT TO RELEASE STUDENT INFORMATION
(For Grades 9-12 Students)
Federal law and regulations pertaining to family educational rights and privacy allow schools,
without prior consent, to release at their discretion information from student educational records
that has been designated by the school system as “directory information.” Lewiston Public
Schools have designated the following as “directory information”: student’s name, participation
in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of student athletes, grade level in
school of participants in extracurricular activities, date of attendance at local school unit schools,
and honors and awards received.
In addition, the “No Child Left Behind Act of 2001” contains provisions that require that the
school unit provide student names, addresses and telephone numbers to military and institutions
of higher learning when requested to do so, unless the student’s parent/guardian or student 18
years of age or older requests in writing that such information not be released.
If you DO NOT want the information released, please complete the appropriate section of this
form and return it to:
FOR PARENTS OF STUDENTS UNDER THE AGE OF 18:
I request that ____________________ High School
NOT release the name, address, or telephone number of my son/daughter __________ to any
military recruiter or military recruiting organization without my prior written
consent.
NOT release the name, address, or telephone number of my son/daughter __________ to any
institution of higher learning without my prior written consent.
NOT release information of any kind, including “directory information,” concerning my
son/daughter ________________ without my prior written consent.
______________________________________
_______________________
Date
Page 1 of 2
FOR STUDENTS 18 YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER:
I request that __________________ High School
NOT release my name, address, or telephone number to any military recruiter or military
recruiting organization without my prior written consent.
NOT release my name, address, or telephone number to any institution of higher learning
NOT release information of any kind concerning me, including “directory information,”
Student Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
SECTION K: SCHOOL-COMMUNITY-HOME RELATIONS
Section K of the NEPN/NSBA classification system contains policies, regulations, and exhibits
on parent and community involvement in schools. With the exception of policies concerning
education agencies, statements on public sector relations with the school district are also located
in this section.
KBF
KBF-E1
KBF-E2
Title I – Parent Involvement
Lewiston School Department Title One Parent Involvement Policy
Elementary Schools Title One Parent Involvement Policy
KCB
Community Involvement in Decision Making
KDA
KDB
KDB-E
Public Information Program
Public’s Right to Know/Freedom of Information
Public’s Right to Know/Freedom of Information Request Form
KE
Public Concerns and Complaints
KF
KF-R
KF-E1
KF-E2
KF-E3
Community Use of School Facilities
Lewiston Middle School Auditorium Use/Administrative Procedure
Lewiston Public Schools Facility Rental Rates
Lewiston Public Schools Facilities Rental Agreement
Lewiston Regional Technical Center/Culinary Arts Facilities Rental Agreement
KHB
KHC
KI
Advertising in the Schools
Public Distribution/Posting of Non-Curricular Materials
Visitors to the Schools
KLG
KLG-R
Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities
Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities Administrative Procedure
6/09
NEPN/NSBA Code: KBF
PARENT INVOLVEMENT IN TITLE I
The Lewiston School Committee endorses the parent involvement goals of Title I and
encourages the regular participation by parents/guardians in all aspects of the school
system’s Title I programs.
For the purpose of this policy, “parents/guardians” includes other family members
involved in supervising the child’s schooling.
DISTRICT-LEVEL PARENT INVOLVEMENT POLICY [20 U.S.C. § 6318(a)(2)]
In compliance with federal law, Lewiston Public Schools will develop jointly with, agree
on with, and distribute to parents of children participating in Lewiston Public Schools’
Title One program a written district-level parent involvement policy.
Annually, parents/guardians will have opportunities to participate in the evaluation of the
content and effectiveness of Lewiston Public Schools’ parent involvement policy and in
using the findings of the evaluation to design strategies for more effective parent
involvement and to make revisions to the policy.
SCHOOL-PARENT INVOLVEMENT POLICY
As required by law, each school in Lewiston that receives Title I funds shall jointly
develop with parents/guardians of children served in the program a school
parent/guardian involvement policy, including “School-Parent Compact” outlining the
manner in which parents, school staff and students will share the responsibility for
improved student academic achievement in meeting the Maine Learning Results
standards. The school policy will be distributed to parents/guardians of children in the
schools’ Title I programs. [20 U.S.C. §§ 6318(b), (d)]
The “School-Parent Compact” shall:
1.
Describe the school’s responsibility to provide high-quality curriculum and
instruction in a supportive and effective learning environment enabling
children in the Title I program to meet the Maine Learning Results
academic achievement standards; [20 U.S.C. §6318(d)(1)]
Page 1 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: KBF
2.
Indicate the ways in which parents will be responsible for supporting their
children’s learning, such as monitoring attendance, homework completion,
monitoring television watching, volunteering in the classroom, and
participating. as appropriate, in decisions related to their children’s
education and positive use of extra-curricular time; and [20 U.S.C. §
6318(d)(1)
3.
Address the importance of parent-teacher communication on an ongoing
basis, with at a minimum, parent-teacher conferences, frequent reports to
parents, and reasonable access to staff. [20 U.S.C. §6318(d)(2)]
PARENT INVOLVEMENT MEETINGS [20 U.S.C. § 6318(c)]
Each school receiving Title I funds shall convene an annual meeting, to which all
parents/guardians of eligible children shall be invited to inform them about the school’s
participation in Title I and to involve them in the planning, review, and improvement of
the school’s Title I programs and the parent involvement policy.
In addition to the required annual meeting, at least 2 other meetings shall be held at
various times of the day and/or evenings for parents/guardians of students participating in
Title I programs.
These meetings shall be used to provide parents with:
1.
Information about programs the school provides under Title I: [20 U.S.C. §
6318(c)(4)(A)]
2.
A description and explanation of the curriculum in use at the school, the
forms of academic assessment used to measure student progress, and the
proficiency level students are expected to meet. [20 U.S.C. §6318(c)(4)(B)]
3.
Opportunities to formulate suggestions and to participate, as appropriate, in
decisions relating to the education of their children; and [20 U.S.C. §
6318(c)(4)(C)]
4.
The opportunity to submit comments to the district level if they are
dissatisfied with a school-wide Title I program. [20 U.S.C. § 6318(c)(5)]
Title I funding, if sufficient, may be used to facilitate parent/guardian attendance at
meetings through the payment of transportation and childcare costs.
Page 2 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: KBF
PARENT RELATIONS
Parents/guardians of children identified for participation in a Title I program shall receive
from the building principal and Title I staff an explanation of the reasons supporting their
child’s selection, a set of objectives to be addressed, and a description of the services to
be provided. Parents will receive regular reports on their child’s progress and be
provided opportunities to meet with the classroom and Title I teachers. Parents will also
receive training, materials, and suggestions as to how they can assist in the education of
their children at home.
DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITY
The Superintendent/designee shall be responsible for ensuring that Lewiston Public
Schools’ title I plan, programs, and parent involvement policies comply with applicable
law and regulations and for developing administrative procedures, as needed, to
implement this policy.
Legal References: 20 U.S.C. § 6318
Revised: July 26, 2004
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: KBF-E1
TITLE I PARENT INVOLVEMENT POLICY
This district-level policy has been developed in cooperation with the parents/guardians of
students participating in Lewiston Public Schools’ Title One programs. It provides an
understanding of the shared responsibility if the school system and parents/guardians in
improving students’ academic achievement and school performance. The
Superintendent/designee will be responsible for distributing this policy to
parents/guardians of students participating in Lewiston Public Schools’ Title I programs.
Because parent involvement is so important to a student’s success in school, the Lewiston
School Committee encourages regular participation by parents/guardians in all aspects of
the school unit’s Title I programs.
Lewiston Public Schools provide opportunities for parent/guardian involvement that are
aligned with the requirements of Title I programs set forth in law as follows.
1.
Lewiston Public Schools involve parents/guardians in the joint
development of the school system’s plan to help disadvantaged students
meet challenging achievement and academic standards and in the process of
school review and improvement by: [20 U.S.C. § 6318(a)(2)(A), refers to
6312]
• Establishing a district Parent Advisory Committee with parent/guardian
representatives from each building;
• Establishing effective and ongoing two-way communications between
the district, school, staff and parents/guardians;
• Developing a district-wide newsletter to communicate with
parents/guardians about the district’s Title One plan and seek their input
and participation; and
• Training staff to work more effectively with families with diverse
cultural backgrounds and/or barriers such as illiteracy or limited English
proficiency.
2.
Lewiston Public Schools provide the coordination, technical assistance, and
other support necessary to assist participating schools in planning and
implementing effective parent/guardian involvement activities to improve
student academic achievement and school performance by: [20 U.S.C. §
6318(a)(2)(B)].
Page 1 of 3
• Providing information to parents/guardians about the district and various
instruments that will be developed or used to monitor student progress;
• Providing district level workshops to assist individual schools in
planning and implementing various improvement activities;
• Holding training sessions for parent Advisory Committee members so
that there may be more effective liaisons between parents and schools;
and seeking input from parents/guardians in developing workshops that
will help them become more effective partners with the schools in
encouraging academic achievement.
3.
Lewiston Public Schools build the capacity of schools and
parents/guardians for strong parental involvement by: [20 U.S.C. §
6318(a)(2)(C)]
• Engaging school Parent-Teacher-Community Organizations to seek out
and involve parents/guardians through their communications and
informational meetings;
• Promoting cooperation between the district and other agencies or
school/community groups to furnish learning opportunities, increase
awareness of support services, and disseminate information regarding
parenting skills and child/adolescent development; and
• Provide ongoing communication about opportunities to serve on the
Parental Advisory Committee, volunteer in the schools, and lean how to
work more effectively with their children to extend and reinforce
learning and foster achievement.
4.
Lewiston Public Schools coordinate and integrate parent/guardian
involvement strategies for Title One programs with those of the other
programs (such as Head Start, Even Start, and other State-run preschool
programs by: [20 U.S.C. § 6318(a)(2)(D)]
• Involving the district and school representatives from other programs to
assist in identifying specific population needs; and
• Sharing data between programs to assist in developing new initiatives to
improve student academic achievement and school improvement.
Page 2 of 3
5.
Lewiston Public Schools conduct, with the involvement of
parents/guardians, an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness of
the parental involvement policy in improving the academic quality of the
schools served under Title One, including identifying barriers to greater
participation by parents/guardians in activities supported by Title One (with
particular attention to parents/guardians who are economically
disadvantaged, disabled, have limited English proficiency, have limited
literacy, or are of any racial or ethnic minority background), using the
findings of such evaluation to design strategies for more effective
parent/guardian involvement, and revising, if necessary the parent/guardian
involvement policies described in this section by: [20 U.S.C. §
6318(a)(2)(E)]
• Evaluating the content and effectiveness of the parent/guardian
involvement policy through a variety of means such as surveys,
workshops, focus groups and informal meetings involving district and
school administrators, teachers, and parents/guardians;
• Identifying and overcoming barriers to effective evaluation and input,
e.g., language support for parents/guardians who do not speak English or
have limited English proficiency, scheduling multiple meetings at
various times of day or night, providing a means of transportation; and
• Identifying potential policy changes and program improvements.
6.
Lewiston Public Schools involve parents/guardians in the activities of the
schools served under Title One by: [20 U.S.C. § 6318(a)(2)(F)]
• Keeping parents/guardians informed of the objectives of the district’s
Title One program;
• Providing communication and calendar information to alert
parents/guardians of meetings or events and encouraging their
participation;
• Providing central coordination for district, school, and parent-teachercommunity organization meeting and other events to create a master
calendar to facilitate parent/guardian participation; and
• Promoting opportunities for parents as volunteers in the classroom and
in school programs.
Legal Reference:
[20 U.S.C. § 6318]
Page 3 of 3
FARWELL ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
TITLE ONE PARENT INVOLVEMENT POLICY
This school policy has been developed in consultation with the parents/guardians of
students participating in the Title One program at Farwell School. It includes a “SchoolParent Compact” that outlines the manner in which parents, school staff and students will
share the responsibility for improved student academic achievement. The building
principal/designee will be responsible for distributing this policy to parents/guardians of
students participating in the school’s Title I program.
PARENT INVOLVEMENT MEETINGS [20 U.S.C. § 6318]
The school shall convene an annual meeting at a convenient time to which all
parents/guardians of participating children shall be invited and encouraged to attend to
inform them of the school’s participation under Title One, explain the right of parents to
be involved, and to encourage their involvement in the planning, review, and
improvement of the school’s Title One program and parent involvement policy.
The school will hold at least two other meetings during the school year, held at various
times during the day or evening for parents/guardians of students participating in the Title
One program.
The principal/designee will: [20 U.S.C. §§ 6318(c)(4), (c)(5)]
• Invite parents/guardians of participating children to attend the annual
meeting and to other meetings held during the school year;
• Introduce the representatives on the Parent Advisory Committee
• Provide an overview of Title One and the programs the school provides
under Title One;
• Explain the rights of parents/guardians to be involved in developing and
reviewing the schools parent involvement policy, including the SchoolParent Compact;
• Provide a description and explanation of the curriculum in use at the
school, the forms of academic assessment used to measure student progress,
and the proficiency levels students are expected to meet;
• Give parents/guardians an opportunity to ask questions and engage in
informal discussions about student achievement and school performance;
Page 1 of 21
• Invite parents/guardians to serve on the Parent Advisory Committee and/or
other school or district-level Title One committees;
• Invite parents/guardians to participate in the review of programs under Title
One as well as the school-parent involvement policy;
• with the input of parents/guardians, establish a process by which an
adequate representation of parents/guardians can be assured;
• Describe the process by which parents/guardians may express concerns and
complaints if they are dissatisfied with the Title One program;
• Engage school-based parent organizations in outreach to parents/guardians
of students participating in Title One; and
• Arrange for childcare so that parents/guardians who would otherwise be
unable to attend may do so.
SCHOOL-PARENT COMPACT
This School-Parent Compact describes how parents, school staff, and students will share
the responsibility for improved student academic achievement and the means by which
the school and parents will develop a partnership to help children achieve the State’s high
academic achievement standards. [20 U.S.C. § 6318(d))]
1.
The school is responsible for providing a high-quality curriculum and
instruction in a supportive and effective learning environment that enables
students served under Title One to meet the State’s high academic
achievement standards. [20 U.S.C. § 6318(d)(1)]
2.
Parents/guardians will be responsible for supporting their children’s
learning by: [20 U.S.C. §§ 6318(d)(1)]
• Monitoring their children’s attendance;
• Providing assistance and encouraging their children to complete
homework assignments
• Encouraging their children to ask for help from teachers when needed
• Talking with their children about the school day;
• Reading to or with their children
• Monitoring and limiting their children’s television watching;
• Volunteering in the classroom and for school-related activities such as
field trips;
Page 2 of 21
• Participating, as appropriate, in decisions related to the education of
their children; and
• Enrolling their children in extracurricular and age-appropriate,
community-based, after-school activities.
3.
The school will address the importance of communication between parents
and teachers on an ongoing basis by: [20 U.S.C. §§ 6318(d)(4)]
• Scheduling one or more parent-teacher meetings annually for
parents/guardians of elementary school level students during which the
Compact shall be discussed as it relates to the individual child’s
achievement;
• Providing frequent reports to parents/guardians on their children’s
progress;
• Providing parents/guardians with reasonable access to staff to discuss
issues related to their children’s learning
• Giving parents the opportunity to observe classroom activities;
• Welcoming parents as volunteers in the classroom; and
• Providing adequate supervision and feedback for parents/guardians who
volunteer.
Legal Reference: [20 U.S.C. §§ 6318]
Page 3 of 21
GOV. JAMES B. LONGLEY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
students participating in the Title One program at Longley School. It includes a “SchoolParent Compact” that outlines the manner in which parents, school staff and students will
One program.
under Title One;
Page 4 of 21
1.
2.
learning by: [20 U.S.C. §§ 6318(d)(1)]
field trips;
Page 5 of 21
their children; and
3.
achievement;
progress;
volunteer.
Page 6 of 21
MARTEL ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
students participating in the Title One program at Martel School. It includes a “SchoolParent Compact” that outlines the manner in which parents, school staff and students will
One program.
under Title One;
Page 7 of 21
1.
2.
learning by: [20 U.S.C. §§ 6318(d)(1)]
field trips;
their children; and
Page 8 of 21
3.
achievement;
progress;
volunteer.
Page 9 of 21
THOMAS J. McMAHON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
students participating in the Title One program at McMahon School. It includes a
“School-Parent Compact” that outlines the manner in which parents, school staff and
students will share the responsibility for improved student academic achievement. The
building principal/designee will be responsible for distributing this policy to
parents/guardians of students participating in the school’s Title I program.
One program.
under Title One;
Page 10 of 21
1.
2.
learning by: [20 U.S.C. §§ 6318(d)(1)]
field trips;
their children; and
Page 11 of 21
3.
achievement;
progress;
volunteer.
Page 12 of 21
MONTELLO ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
students participating in the Title One program at Montello School. It includes a
One program.
under Title One;
Page 13 of 21
1.
2.
learning by: [20 U.S.C. §§ 6318(d)(1)]
field trips;
their children; and
Page 14 of 21
3.
achievement;
progress;
volunteer.
Page 15 of 21
GEIGER ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
students participating in the Title One program at Pettingill School. It includes a
One program.
under Title One;
Page 16 of 21
1.
2.
learning by: [20 U.S.C. §§ 6318(d)(1)]
field trips;
their children; and
Page 17 of 21
3.
achievement;
progress;
volunteer.
Page 18 of 21
students participating in the Title One program at Lewiston Middle School. It includes a
One program.
under Title One;
Page 19 of 21
1.
2.
learning by: [20 U.S.C. §§ 6318(d)(1)]
field trips;
Page 20 of 21
their children; and
3.
achievement;
progress;
volunteer.
Revised: July 26, 2004
Page 21 of 21
NEPN/NSBA Code: KCB
COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT IN DECISION MAKING
The School Committee believes that community participation in the schools is essential
to maintain mutual confidence and respect and to improve the quality of education for all
students.
Community participation is important both at the School Committee and school levels.
The Committee shall seek to involve the community through established policies
governing public participation at Committee meetings, advisory committees and other
appropriate means. Building administrators are encouraged to establish methods to
involve the community in decision-making processes which are consistent with School
Committee policies.
The School Committee is ultimately responsible for the formulation of policies involving
the curriculum instruction and the overall school program. The School Committee
reserves the right to make the final decision regarding any such policies, while taking into
account the views and suggestions from community members and others.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: KDA
PUBLIC INFORMATION PROGRAM
Public support for the schools depends upon informed public opinion. Opinions are
formed on the basis of available information, or the lack of it. The School Committee
shall maintain a public information program to compile and distribute news of events,
noteworthy facts, statistics, plans and reports regarding the school unit.
Meeting the needs of the community and gaining the necessary community support to
meet those needs depends upon two-way communication between the School Committee
and the public. The School Committee delegates to the Superintendent and
administration the authority to implement a communications program for the school unit
to:
A.
Encourage a better understanding of the goals, programs, needs and
accomplishments of the school unit;
B.
Provide planned, systematic, two-way communication channels between
the schools and the community;
C.
Include the use of a variety of media such as meetings, letters, newsletters,
publications and personal contacts; and
D.
Provide and communicate procedures for addressing public complaints and
concerns.
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: KDB
PUBLIC’S RIGHT TO KNOW/FREEDOM OF INFORMATION
The School Committee recognizes the importance of a well-informed public to the
operations of the public schools. The School Committee will comply with all applicable
sections of Maine’s Freedom of Access Act. Except as otherwise provided by statute, all
School Committee proceedings shall be open to the public, any person shall be permitted
to attend, and any records or minutes of such proceedings that are required by law shall
be made promptly and shall be open to public inspection.
School Committee agendas and minutes, proposed and approved School Committee
policies, annual budget reports and student handbooks shall be available for immediate
inspection and/or copying in the Superintendent’s Office. In order to ensure availability
and avoid disruption of school operations, requests for all other public records shall be
made in writing to the Superintendent, specifying the records desired for
inspection/copying.
The law does not require the school unit to use staff time and resources to compile data or
respond to lengthy requests for information, but simply to produce public records for
inspection. A response to the request shall be provided within five working days. If the
request is granted, an appointment shall be scheduled for inspection/copying as soon as
possible, and in no case later than within 30 working days. If the request for
inspection/copying is not granted, the denial and the reason therefor shall be provided
within five working days.
As permitted by law, persons requesting copies of public records shall be required to pay
the reasonable costs of copying.
The Superintendent is directed to develop and implement such administrative procedures
as may be necessary to carry out this policy.
Legal Reference:
Cross Reference:
BEC – Executive Sessions
GBJ – Personnel Records and Files
Adopted:
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: KDB-E
PUBLIC’S RIGHT TO KNOW/FREEDOM OF INFORMATION REQUEST FORM
Date:__________________________________________________________________
Name:_______________________________________________________________________
Address:______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Telephone: ____________________________________________________________________
Description of Request:__________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Note: Copies are available at 10 cents per page.
____________________________________
Signature of Person Making Request
OFFICE USE
Date information provided:_____________________________________________________
Date Request Denied (if applicable):______________________________________________
Reason for Denial (if applicable):________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
6/00
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: KE
PUBLIC CONCERNS AND COMPLAINTS
Parents, students or other citizens with complaints or concerns regarding any aspect of
Lewiston Public Schools, or an employee thereof, shall be encouraged to seek a
resolution at the level closest to the problem. Complaints that concern School Committee
actions or operations should be addressed to the School Committee Chair.
If the complaint cannot be resolved at the level closest to the problem, the person
initiating the complaint may appeal the decision to the next level (i.e., Principal, Special
Education Director, etc.).
If the complaint cannot be resolved at any lower level, it may be appealed to the
Superintendent. If the complaint remains unresolved at the Superintendent’s level, the
person making the complaint may request that the matter be placed on the agenda of the
next regular School Committee meeting. The Superintendent, in consultation with the
School Committee Chair shall determine whether the complaint should be placed on the
agenda.
At all levels of the complaint process, school employees are required to inform the person
making the complaint of his/her right to appeal the decision to the next level.
This policy shall not be utilized by employees for matters or grievances relating to any
term or condition of their employment. Such matters shall be addressed through
established channels for grievances.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
BEDB – Agenda Preparation and Dissemination
February 25, 2008
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: KF
COMMUNITY USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES
Lewiston Public Schools permit and encourage the use of school facilities by civic,
social, private, educational or school-oriented organizations whose aims are consistent
with the philosophy of the Department and whose use does not interfere with the normal
operations of the schools.
Any organization that wishes to use or rent School Department facilities must complete
the appropriate application form and submit the form in triplicate to the appropriate
school building administrator at least two weeks prior to the time of use or rental. Forms
are available at each building site.
Priorities of Use/Rental
The order of priority for use or rental of school facilities will be as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Regular functions of the facility;
Regular school functions of the facility;
Official functions of the School Committee;
Auxiliary school functions (teachers’ association meetings, etc.)
Parent-teacher groups and other organizations whose chief function is
related to the schools and students; and
Civic organizations, private organizations, etc.
Building administrators will maintain a log of the use of their building by all organizations.
Rules for Use/Rental
A.
Application forms, initial approval and scheduling of events will be
provided by the appropriate building administrator.
B.
Applicants will be billed by the School Department Business Office at the
appropriate rate.
C.
The applicant must note on the application if any special equipment is
needed or other special requests.
D.
School authorities will supervise and control the use of the facility and will
retain authority over the facility.
E.
The applicant will be responsible for maintaining order.
Page 1 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: KF
F.
No smoking is permitted in school buildings or on school grounds.
G.
No drugs or alcoholic beverages may be brought to or consumed in school
buildings or on school grounds.
H.
The applicant shall assume responsibility for any damage to the school
building, grounds or equipment that occurs during use.
I.
The School Committee’s liability insurance covers only school activities.
Any renter/user of the facilities MUST provide their own liability insurance
by purchasing a rider to the City’s liability policy or by providing the
School Department with evidence of coverage.
J.
The Superintendent and/or School Committee reserve the right to deny any
application or to cancel any approved rental/use, if in the opinion of the
School Committee, the rental/use would not be in the best interest of the
School Department.
K.
Users of any facility shall not exceed the stated/posted capacity limits of
any room or area.
Use of Facilities by School Groups or Organizations
It is imperative that an advisor(s) be present at all times that a facility is in use by a
student group. Advisors are responsible for the behavior and control of students.
Athletic events will be planned, conducted and controlled by the appropriate
administrator(s), the Athletic Director and/or coaches.
Police/Security Officers
When a large audience is expected for any scheduled function, the building
administrator has the discretion to require security/police officers for crowd
control. The administrator may consult with the Lewiston Chief of Police
concerning the need for security as necessary.
The employment of police/security officers is the responsibility of the applicant.
Payment of the police/security officers shall be in conformance with City of
Lewiston policies.
Page 2 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: KF
Free Use of Building and Facilities
Free use of school facilities, equipment and grounds is limited to groups which are
directly affiliated with the schools. Certain other groups may also have free use of
facilities, including but not limited to:
Boy Scouts
Girl Scouts
Brownies
Cub Scouts
Parent-Teacher Organizations
Booster Organizations
Advisory Groups
Teacher Associations
If any meetings of such groups require added janitorial services, the group will be
billed for these services at the established rate.
Activities and programs sponsored, controlled and supervised by the Lewiston
Recreation Department are also allowed free use of facilities as long as scheduling
does not conflict with regular school programs. The appropriate building
administrator will make this determination.
Rental at Charity Rates
Recognized charitable organizations, or any organization raising money
specifically for a recognized public charity or benefit, may use school facilities at
charity rates. Charity rates do not apply to organizations raising money solely for
the benefit of their own membership or to secret or religious organizations. All
other organizations must pay the established non-charity rates for facility use.
Payment of Fees
A.
All organizations renting a school facility will be billed by the Business
Office at the applicable rate.
B.
Fees for janitors, food service and/or other personnel shall be charged at the
time of rental on a per hour, per person basis. Under no circumstances
should fees be paid directly to individuals.
C.
All fees due police/security officers shall be billed by and paid to the
appropriate agency. Under no circumstances are fees to be paid directly to
police/security officers.
D.
All fees shall be made payable to Lewiston Public Schools.
Page 3 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: KF
Requests Not Addressed by Policy
Any request for use of school facilities not specifically addressed in this policy
shall be reviewed and approved/denied by the Superintendent.
Cross Reference:
KF-R - Lewiston Middle School Auditorium Use Administrative
Procedure
KF-E1 – School Facilities Rental Rates
KF-E2 – Lewiston Middle School Facilities Rental Agreement
KF-E3 – LRTC/Culinary Arts Facilities Rental Agreement
Adopted:
August 28, 1995
Revised:
Revised:
June 7, 2000
July 28, 2008
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: KF-R
LEWISTON MIDDLE SCHOOL AUDITORIUM USE
Because of recent renovations to the auditorium, certain rules concerning its use must be
observed. Failure to comply with these rules may result in denial of use requests.
A.
There will be no set construction or painting on the stage area.
B.
No nails or screws can be put into the floor.
C.
All tape put on the floor must be removed after the performance/use or an
additional custodial fee will be charged.
D.
No food or beverages are permitted in the auditorium, back stage area, or in
the sound and light booth at any time. This rule is to be observed by all
groups using the auditorium—school as well as other organizations.
E.
A public announcement will be made by the renter/user of the auditorium
that food and beverages are not allowed in the auditorium. It is also the
responsibility of the renter/user to enforce this rule.
F.
The front stage curtain may not be tied back for the convenience of a
production.
G.
Any lights that are in place for the school cannot be moved without
permission of the building administrator/designee. When permission is
granted, the lights must be restored to their original position at the end of a
performance.
H.
The rental fee covers the facility and not the sound and/or theatrical lighting
system. Permission may be granted to use the theatrical lighting system if a
school-approved operator will be responsible for its use. There will be an
additional fee if the lighting board or lights are used. That fee will be a
separate charge and paid directly to Lewiston Middle School.
I.
If any user/renter of the auditorium tampers with the sound system, the
contract for the use of the auditorium may be canceled.
J.
Any lights installed by a renter/user must have a safety wire attached to the
bar to which it is clamped.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: KF-R
K.
There are a limited number of tables and chairs available. They must be
requested in advance. If they are used, the renter is expected to return them
to the storage areas.
L.
The back “psyc” or curtain may be used for a performance. However, after
a rehearsal or a performance it must be raised to its stored position.
M.
All sets, props and costumes must be removed from the building after the
performance; no later than the next school day. Should the auditorium be
rented to more than one group on successive days, these articles must be
removed immediately after the performance. Lewiston Middle School is
not responsible for articles left in the auditorium.
N.
If the piano is used, it must be used in the orchestra pit unless a professional
mover is contracted to move it onto and off the stage. Moving and tuning
charges are the responsibility of the renter/user.
O.
Security arrangements and liability insurance are the responsibility of the
renter/user.
P.
The balconies may not be used for public seating or video taping. This is
an OSHA ruling due to limited access to those areas. This rule must be
enforced by the renter/user.
Q.
Safety must be utmost in the minds of the renter/user and has priority over
any performance or production concerns.
I have read the rules governing the use of the Lewiston Middle School Auditorium and
agree to abide by them. Failure to abide by them may result in cancellation of this event
and denial of future use requests.
________________________________________
Signature
____________________
Date
6/00
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: KF-E1
LEWISTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS FACILITY RENTAL RATES
FACILITY
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
Auditorium*
Classroom (if available)
Gymnasium
Locker Room(s)
Cafeteria w/Kitchen
Cafeteria w/out Kitchen
½ Cafeteria w/Kitchen (where available)
½ Cafeteria w/out Kitchen (where avail)
Multi-Purpose/Lecture Hall
Band Room (if available)
Music Room (if available)
Culinary Arts-one conference room
Culinary Arts-both conference rooms
Culinary Arts-Dining room**
Other:
450
35
450
35
300
225
175
100
85
50
50
50
100
**
TBA
350
30
350
30
250
175
150
75
60
40
40
50
100
**
TBA
300
25
300
25
200
125
125
55
40
30
30
50
100
**
TBA
200
20
200
20
150
100
100
40
25
20
20
50
100
**
TBA
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
**
N/C
NOTE: Custodial fees must be charged to all groups in all classifications. The fee does
not include police protection.
* First rehearsal for any production is free and additional rehearsals will be ½ the rental
fee.
**Must be rented for dining only.
User Classification
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Commercial – Revenue Producing
Commercial – Non-Revenue Producing
Non-Profit – Revenue Producing
Other Non-Profit – Non-Revenue Producing
Exempt – Schools, School-Related Groups, Government
Classification Definitions
Group 1—Commercial, Revenue Producing. Defined as any type of
commercial event where admission or a registration fee is charged,
donations accepted, sales made, or other income derived.
Page 1 of 2
Group 2—Commercial, Non-Revenue Producing. Defined as any type of
commercial event where no admission is charged or donations accepted,
nor any sales made, nor other income derived.
Group 3—Non-Profit, Revenue Producing. Defined as church groups, civic
groups, political organizations (unless otherwise stipulated by state law),
fraternal groups, social organizations, conventions, or any other non-profit
groups or activities sponsored by such groups where admission is charged,
donations accepted, sales made or other income derived.
Group 4—Other Non-Profit, Non-Revenue Producing. Defined same as nonprofit (revenue producing), except that no admission is charged or
donations accepted, nor any sales made, nor any other income derived.
Group 5—Exempt, Lewiston Schools, School-Related Groups, Government.
Defined as non-profit groups or organizations located in the School
Department, the City of Lewiston (and not classified as non-profit revenue),
and the governments of the City of Lewiston, State of Maine and United
States, their departments, agencies or committees.
6/00
7/08
6/09
Page 2 of 2
FACILITIES RENTAL AGREEMENT
Name: ________________________________________________________________
(Enter name of group or organization making request.)
Responsible
Person:
____________________________________
Address:
Telephone: ____________
____________________________________
____________________________________
Requests the use of: (Check facility desired. Rates are per day.)
_____ Auditorium *
_____ Classroom (if available)
_____ Cafeteria w/Kitchen
_____ ½ Cafeteria w/Kitchen (where avail)
_____ Band Room/Music Room **
_____ Multi-Purpose/Lecture Hall
_____ Gymnasium
_____ Locker Room(s)
_____ Cafeteria w/out Kitchen
_____ ½ Cafeteria w/out Kitchen (where avail)
_____ Other: _____________________
The auditorium rental fee is payable at the time the signed contract is returned to
Lewiston Middle School. You will be billed for any additional costs (custodian, etc.).
Date: _______________________
Program Hours: ___________________
Set-Up Hours: ___________________
For: ___________________________________________________________________
(Purpose of use to be indicated specifically.)
Approximate number to be accommodated:
___________
Is an admission fee to be charged?
_____ Yes _____ No
For what purpose are funds to be used? _______________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
* Rental fee does not include theatrical lighting or sound system. Renter will announce
“No food or beverages allowed.” First rehearsal for any production is free and
additional rehearsals will be ½ the rental fee.
** Generally not available during school year.
Page 1 of 3
Rental Agreements should be returned to the Building Administrator’s Office as soon as
possible to ensure date of facility requested. When a Sunday use is requested, the request
shall be received at the Building Administrator’s Office at least one month prior to the
date desired.
Organizational Status: ___________________________________________________
(Determined by school officials.)
Basic Fee:
_________________________________________________________
Make check payable to Lewiston Public Schools
_____ Police officer required—When required, the police officer will be ordered
to report for duty by the party renting the facility.
_____If theatrical lighting or technology is required, an agent of Lewiston Public
Schools must be employed at the rate of $30 per hour (amount subject to
change). This includes setup, operation, and dismantling.
An additional charge may be required for supplementary facilities.
All organizations renting the facility have to purchase Liability Insurance.
NOTE: Custodial fees will be charged to all groups in all classifications. Rate: $30/hour
(amount subject to change).
Safety Procedures
1. Smoking, profanity and disorderly conduct under any and all circumstances are
prohibited in any school building per Lewiston School Committee policy.
2. Insure outside doors are closed and locked when leaving the building.
3. Insure any windows that were opened are closed before leaving the
room/building.
4. Turn off lights and equipment (audio visuals) when leaving.
5. Any keys given out for a room or building must remain with the person they
are given to and not be given to others including students.
6. If using the building during days that school is in session, please check with
the front office upon arrival.
7. When entering the room or area being used, please find and review emergency
evacuation procedures.
8. Students are to be supervised at all times.
9. Police the area being used before and after an event to check for any hazards or
damages and report it immediately to the building custodian.
Page 2 of 3
10. Please inform the building custodian when you leave the building.
11. Insure that you are the last person to leave and that everyone has left the
building. Be sure any students needing transportation have been picked up.
I hereby state that the information in this application is true and accurate and that, if
approved, I will abide by the rules and regulations for the use of public school buildings
as set by the Lewiston School Committee.
Signature: _______________________________________
Date: _______________
Print name:________________________________________
Approved: ______________________________________
(Building administrator)
Date: ________________
______________________________________
(Superintendent/Business Manager)
Date: ________________
Middle School telephone: (207) 795-4180…………….School fax: (207) 753-1789
High School telephone: (207) 795-4190……………….School fax: (207) 795-4119
5/03
7/08
6/09
Page 3 of 3
LEWISTON REGIONAL TECHNICAL CENTER/ CULINARY ARTS
FACILITIES RENTAL AGREEMENT
Name: ________________________________________________________________
(Enter name of group or organization making request.)
Responsible
Person:
____________________________________
Address:
Telephone: ____________
____________________________________
____________________________________
Requests the use of: (Check facility desired. Rates are per day.)
_____ One Conference Room
_____ Two Conference Rooms
_____ Dining Room
The room rental fee is payable at the time the signed contract is returned to Lewiston
Regional Technical Center (LRTC)/Culinary Arts Facility. You will be billed for any
additional costs (custodian, etc.).
Date: _______________________
Program Hours: ___________________
Set-Up Hours: ___________________
For: ___________________________________________________________________
(Purpose of use to be indicated specifically.)
Approximate number to be accommodated:
___________
Is an admission fee to be charged?
_____ Yes _____ No
For what purpose are funds to be used? _______________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Rental Agreements should be returned to the LRTC/Culinary Arts Facility as soon as
possible to ensure date of facility requested.
Organizational Status: ___________________________________________________
(Determined by school officials.)
Page 1 of 3
Basic Fee:
_________________________________________________________
Make check payable to Lewiston Public Schools.
_____ Custodian required—rate: $30/hour (amount subject to change).
_____ Police officer required—When required, the police officer will be ordered
to report for duty by the party renting the facility.
An additional charge may be required for supplementary facilities.
All organizations renting the facility have to purchase Liability Insurance.
NOTE: Custodial fees must be charged to all groups in all classifications.
Safety Procedures
1. Smoking, profanity and disorderly conduct under any and all circumstances are
prohibited in any school building per Lewiston School Committee policy.
2. Insure outside doors are closed and locked when leaving the building.
3. Insure any windows that were opened are closed before leaving the
room/building.
4. Turn off lights and equipment (audio visuals) when leaving.
5. Any keys given out for a room or building must remain with the person they
are given to and not be given to others including students.
6. If using the building during days that school is in session, please check with
the front office upon arrival.
7. When entering the room or area being used, please find and review emergency
evacuation procedures.
8. Students are to be supervised at all times.
9. Police the area being used before and after an event to check for any hazards or
damages and report it immediately to the building custodian.
10. Please inform the building custodian when you leave the building.
11. Insure that you are the last person to leave and that everyone has left the
building. Be sure any students needing transportation have been picked up.
I hereby state that the information in this application is true and accurate and that, if
approved, I will abide by the rules and regulations for the use of public school buildings
as set by the Lewiston School Committee.
Page 2 of 3
Signature: _______________________________________
Date: _______________
Print Name:_______________________________________
Approved: ______________________________________
(Building administrator)
Date: ________________
______________________________________
(Superintendent/Business Manager)
Date: ________________
LRTC/Culinary Arts Facility: (207) 777-3199…………School fax: (207) 777-3199
LRTC Telephone: (207) 794-4144……………………..School fax: (207) 795-4147
6/03
7/08
6/09
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: KHB
ADVERTISING IN THE SCHOOLS
The School Committee believes that, in general, product advertising and/or endorsement
is to be discouraged in the schools. The School Committee has an obligation to assure
that students, who are required by law to attend, are not subjected to commercial
messages of any kind without careful analysis of the benefits and risks that pertain in
each instance. Since the issue of advertising in the schools can be attended by strong
opinions, the School Committee may seek comments and recommendations from the
administration, the professional teaching staff and the community prior to considering
any form of advertising into the schools, on school grounds or on school buses.
The School Committee is opposed in principle to accepting any programming, equipment
or services that are offered only on the basis of mandatory exposure of students to
product advertising. The School Committee recognizes, however, that in some instances
product names, logos or advertising may be acceptable when the programming,
equipment or services can be clearly shown to be of significant benefit to the school
program.
The School Committee reserves the right to consider requests for advertising in the
schools, on school grounds or on school buses on a case-by-case basis.
A.
Brand specific advertising of food or beverages is prohibited in school
buildings, on school grounds or on school buses except for food and
beverages meeting standards for sale or distribution on school grounds in
accordance with Department of Education rules. For the purpose of this
paragraph, “advertising” does not include advertising on broadcast media or
in print media such as newspapers and magazines, clothing with brand
images worn on school grounds or advertising on product packaging.
B. Consistent with its efforts to promote a tobacco, alcohol and drug-free
environment, the School Committee will not agree to displays of advertising in
school buildings, on school grounds or on school buses for tobacco products,
alcoholic beverages, drugs (including prescription and over the counter
medications), performance enhancing substances or dietary supplements.
C. All current signage on school property that does not meet the standards as outlined in
this policy shall be removed or replaced by August 1, 2008.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: KHB
Legal Reference:
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
Revised:
20-A M.R.S.A. § 6662
Me. Dept. of Ed. Rule Ch.51
EFE – Competitive Food Sales – Sales of Foods in Competition with
the School Food Services Program
November 18, 2002
February 11, 2008
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: KHC
PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION/POSTING OF NON-CURRICULAR MATERIALS
Distribution of printed materials to students requires prior approval from the
Superintendent. Requests from the general public and non-school groups to distribute/
post printed non-curricular materials in the Lewiston schools shall be governed by the
following restrictions. The Superintendent shall be notified of requests a minimum of 48
hours in advance. The Superintendent has the authority to make all decisions regarding
such distribution/posting.
A.
B.
Unacceptable Materials
1.
So-called “hate” literature that attacks ethnic, religious or any other
groups;
2.
Material that promotes hostility, disorder or violence, or may create
a disruption of the schools;
3.
Material designed for commercial purposes—advertising a product
or service for sale or rent—unless the material itself has educational
value or is part of a school-sponsored activity that makes the
commercial message a secondary consideration;
4.
Material that is libelous, invades the rights of others or inhibits the
functioning of the school, or advocates interference with the rights of
any individual or with the normal operation of the school;
5.
Material which in any way promotes, favors or opposes the
candidacy of any candidate for election, or the adoption of any bond
issues proposal, or any public question submitted at any general,
municipal or school election. If the school is used as a polling place,
appropriate state election laws shall apply to distribution/posting of
material; and
6.
Material that is obscene or pornographic as defined by prevailing
community standards in the school district.
Place
Distribution of printed materials must be made at places within the school
or on school grounds designated by the Superintendent/building
administrator. Posting of materials shall be done only in locations
approved by the Superintendent/building administrator.
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: KI
VISITORS TO THE SCHOOLS
The School Committee encourages the active interest and involvement of parents and
citizens in the public schools. In order to avoid interruption of the instructional program
and to promote the safety of students and staff, building administrators shall institute
administrative procedures concerning visitors to the schools. Such procedures shall be
subject to the approval of the Superintendent. It is understood that procedures may vary
from school to school due to differing considerations such as the age of the students and
building layout and location.
The following general guidelines shall be incorporated in all building-level administrative
procedures concerning visitors.
A.
The term “visitor” shall apply to any person on school grounds or in school
buildings who is not an employee or student of the school unit. For the
purposes of this policy, all school liaison officers, D.A.R.E. officers,
G.R.E.A.T. officers and the Child Emergency Response Coordinator are
considered school officials.
B.
All visitors shall report to the main office upon arrival at the school.
C.
All visitors who wish to visit classrooms, observe aspects of the
instructional program or meet with staff members are expected to schedule
such visits in advance. Teachers and other staff may not use instructional
time to discuss individual matters with visitors.
D.
Individual School Committee members shall follow the same procedures as
other visitors, and state whether they are visiting the schools on personal
business or in connection with School Committee duties.
E.
The building administrator/designee has the authority to refuse entry to
school grounds or buildings to persons who do not have legitimate, schoolrelated business and/or who may disrupt the operations of the schools. This
may include, but not be limited to, the news media, profit-making
businesses, fundraisers and other organizations seeking access to students
and/or staff.
F.
Students who have been suspended or expelled from the Lewiston schools
are prohibited from entering school grounds and/or buildings unless
specifically authorized by a school administrator.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: KI
G.
School staff shall report unauthorized persons on school grounds or in
school buildings to the building administrator/designee. Unauthorized
persons shall be directed to leave the premises immediately.
H.
The building administrator/designee may request the assistance of law
enforcement as necessary to deal with unauthorized persons or violations of
the law by visitors to the schools.
Cross Reference:
Adopted:
BCA – School Committee Member Code of Ethics
ECA – Buildings and Grounds Security
JLIB – Student Dismissal Precautions
JLF – Reporting Student Abuse and Neglect
KLG – Relations with Law Enforcement Agencies
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: KLG
RELATIONS WITH LAW ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES
The School Committee recognizes that a cooperative relationship with law enforcement
authorities is desirable for the protection of students and staff, maintaining a safe school
environment, and safeguarding school property.
School administrators and staff shall have the primary responsibility for maintaining
proper order in the schools and for disciplining students for violations of School
Committee policies and school rules. However, the School Committee authorizes the
Superintendent/administration to seek the assistance of law enforcement authorities when
they believe there is a substantial threat to the welfare and safety of the schools, students
and/or staff. The Superintendent/ administration shall also inform law enforcement
authorities when they have reason to suspect that a student or staff member may have
violated a local, state or federal law.
The School Committee strongly discourages law enforcement authorities from using the
schools as a venue to arrest and/or interrogate students for activities not related to or
affecting the schools. The Superintendent/administration retain the authority to deny law
enforcement access to students for non-school-related investigations.
The School Committee authorizes the Superintendent and administration to work with
local law enforcement authorities to develop administrative procedures to guide
interactions between the schools and law enforcement. Such procedures should
safeguard the rights of students and parents, be consistent with School Committee
policies, and minimize disruptions to the instructional program. These administrative
procedures are subject to the approval of the School Committee.
The Superintendent shall include law enforcement authorities in the development and
implementation of the school unit’s Emergency Response Plan. The School Committee
also encourages the Superintendent/administration to include law enforcement authorities
in the development and/or implementation of instructional programs/activities related to
student safety.
Cross Reference:
Adopted
JIH –Questioning and Searches of Students
KLG-R – Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities
June 7, 2000
Page 1 of 1
NEPN/NSBA Code: KLG-R
RELATIONS WITH LAW ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES
The following procedures are intended to guide the involvement of law enforcement
authorities in the schools:
A.
Law enforcement officials may enter school premises:
1.
In the event of an emergency endangering student or staff safety;
2.
At the request of the building administrator;
3.
When there is a warrant to arrest a student which cannot be executed
outside of school hours. Building administrators are not obligated to
make students or school facilities available to law enforcement for
non-school-related investigations/arrests;
4.
In exigent circumstances as authorized by law.
B.
Building administrators shall attempt to contact the student’s
parents/guardians prior to allowing law enforcement authorities to
interrogate, search or arrest a student at school, except when there are
reasonable grounds to believe that a health or safety emergency requires the
interrogation, search or arrest to take place without prior notice.
C.
Law enforcement authorities are responsible for ensuring that a student is
informed of his/her rights prior to an interrogation, search or arrest
conducted by law enforcement authorities.
D.
A student may be removed from school by law enforcement authorities
when there is a court order, an arrest warrant or when a warrantless arrest is
authorized by law. Building administrators shall attempt to notify the
student’s parents/guardians as soon as possible of the student’s removal
from school.
E.
Building administrators shall release student information to law
enforcement authorities only as allowed by the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act.
Cross Reference:
6/00
Page 1 of 1
SECTION L: EDUCATION AGENCY RELATIONS
Section L of the NEPS/NSBA classification system contains policies, regulations, and exhibits
on the school district’s relationship with other education agencies – including other school
systems, regional or service districts, private schools, colleges and universities, education
research organizations, and state and national education agencies.
LB
Lewiston and Auburn School Committees – Educational Cooperation
NEPN/NSBA Code: LB
LEWISTON AND AUBURN SCHOOL COMMITTEES
EDUCATIONAL COOPERATION
It is the policy of Lewiston Public Schools and the Lewiston School Committee to
cooperate with the Auburn School Department and the Auburn School Committee in
planning and executing educational programs of joint action whenever such cooperation
will improve service to the citizens of Lewiston and Auburn.
Joint Standing Committee
There shall be a Joint Standing Committee consisting of six School Committee members:
three from the Lewiston School Committee (one of whom will be the City Council
representative to the Lewiston School Committee) and three from the Auburn School
Committee (one of whom will be the City Council representative to the Auburn School
Committee). Committee members may be appointed for not more than two consecutive
one-year terms by their respective School Committee Chairperson. The Joint Committee
shall meet at least annually and more frequently if deemed necessary by committee
members. The annual meeting of the Joint Committee shall be chaired on an alternating
basis by the School Committee members from each city. The Joint Committee, in
conjunction with the two Superintendent and Chairpersons of the School Committees,
shall prepare the agenda for the annual joint session of the Lewiston and Auburn School
Committees.
Joint School Committee Meetings
The Lewiston and Auburn School Committees shall meet in joint session on an annual
basis at a time to be determined by the Lewiston and Auburn Superintendents in
consultation with the Chairpersons of the School Committees. The purpose of the
meetings shall be to consider the report and recommendations of the Joint Standing
Committee with respect to cooperation between the cities. The two School Committees
shall consider areas of continued or potential cooperation between the two school
systems, including but not limited to:
A.
Program development;
B.
Joint grant writing (when appropriate);
C.
Proposals for joint purchasing and sharing of resources;
D.
Communication on common interests to the legislative delegation of
Lewiston and Auburn; and
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: LB
E.
Proposals for curricular or extra-curricular offerings in one city made
available to citizens of the other city.
The Chairpersons of the Lewiston and Auburn School Committees shall serve on an
alternating basis as the Chair of the Joint School Committee meetings.
Regional Collaboratives
The cities of Lewiston and Auburn acknowledge that local regional educational
collaboratives, including the Androscoggin Valley Educational Collaborative and the
Adult Education Alliance serve the purposes of collaboration and cooperation adopted by
this policy statement. As such, the Lewiston School Committee shall encourage
continued development of these organizations through the participation of administrators,
teachers, and support personnel when doing so serves the citizens of the two cities.
The Lewiston Superintendent will consult with the Auburn Superintendent to implement
this policy and maintain communication between the School Committees. The
Superintendents will also exchange their respective School Committee meeting agendas
and minutes for distribution to all School Committee members in each city.
Adopted:
July 14, 1997
Revised:
June 7, 2000
Page 2 of 2

LEWISTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS POLICY MANUAL 36 Oak Street

Transcription

Similar documents

2015 annual report - Rainbow Federal Credit Union

Central Maine Market Forecast

Local History Contest! - Historic Lewiston, New York

Bid Form 2007 Hyundai - Central Maine Credit Union

Repo Bid Form web 816.pub - Central Maine Credit Union

Don`t Miss the 50`sPinup Contest and Starlight Cinema!

Congratulations